WT MUTUAL FUND
497, 2000-11-06
Previous: TESSCO TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10-Q, EX-27, 2000-11-06
Next: MCKESSON HBOC INC, 10-Q, 2000-11-06




                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
              THE WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND

                              INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

     This prospectus gives vital information about these mutual funds, including
information  on investment  policies,  risks and fees.  For your own benefit and
protection,  please  read it before you  invest,  and keep it on hand for future
reference.

     Please note that these Portfolios:

     (BULLET) are not bank deposits

     (BULLET) are not  obligations  of, or  guaranteed or endorsed by Wilmington
              Trust Company or any of its affiliates

     (BULLET) are not federally insured

     (BULLET) are not  obligations  of, or  guaranteed  or endorsed or otherwise
              supported by the U.S.  Government,  the Federal Deposit  Insurance
              Corporation,  the Federal Reserve Board or any other  governmental
              agency

     (BULLET) are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)

  Like all mutual  fund  shares,  these  securities  have not been  approved  or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission  determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.



<PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTIONS
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,         Summary ............................  3
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL            Performance Information ............  6
HISTORY OF EACH PORTFOLIO.               Fees and Expenses .................. 13
                                         Investment Objectives .............. 14
                                         Primary Investment Strategies ...... 15
                                         Additional Risk Information ........ 22
                                         Financial Highlights ............... 24


                                    MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO
DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE                Investment Adviser ................. 29
PROVIDERS.                               Portfolio Managers ................. 30
                                         Sub-Advisers ....................... 31
                                         Service Providers .................. 33


                                    SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR            Pricing of Shares .................. 34
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND                 Purchase of Shares ................. 34
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF             Redemption of Shares ............... 36
THE PORTFOLIOS.                          Exchange of Shares ................. 38
                                         Distributions ...................... 39
                                         Taxes .............................. 39


                                    DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
DETAILS ON THE PORTFOLIOS'               Master/Feeder Structure ............ 40
MASTER/FEEDER ARRANGEMENTS.              Share Classes ...................... 40


                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION .................... 41

For  information  about  key  terms  and  concepts,  look for our  "PLAIN  TALK"
explanations.


                                        2

<PAGE>


                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
              THE WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

                              INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTIONS

         PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                          WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?

   A mutual  fund  pools  shareholders'  money  and,  using a  professional
   investment manager, invests it in securities like stocks and bonds. Each
   Portfolio is a separate mutual fund.
   ========================================================================

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                               WHAT IS "CAP"?

   Cap or the  market  capitalization  of a company  means the value of the
   company's common stock in the stock market.
   ========================================================================

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Objective  (BULLET) The Large Cap Growth  Portfolio and the Small Cap
                               Core  Portfolio  each  seek  superior   long-term
                               growth of capital.

                      (BULLET) The Large Cap Core Portfolio, the Large Cap Value
                               Portfolio,  the Mid Cap Value  Portfolio  and the
                               Small Cap Value  Portfolio  each seek to  achieve
                               long-term capital appreciation.

                      (BULLET) The International Multi-Manager Portfolio seeks
                               superior long-term capital appreciation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Focus      (BULLET)  Equity (or related) securities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Share Price Volatility(BULLET)  Moderate to high
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        3

<PAGE>



Principal Investment  (BULLET) Each Portfolio  operates as a "feeder fund" which
Strategy                       means that the  Portfolio  does not buy  Strategy
                               individual   securities  directly.   Instead,  it
                               invests in a corresponding mutual fund or "master
                               fund,"   which  in  turn   purchases   investment
                               securities.  The  Portfolios  invest all of their
                               assets in master funds which are separate  series
                               of WT Investment  Trust I. Each Portfolio and its
                               corresponding  Series  have the  same  investment
                               objective, policies and limitations.

                      (BULLET) The LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO  invests in the WT
                               Large Cap Growth  Series,  which invests at least
                               65%  of  its  total   assets  in  a   diversified
                               portfolio of U.S. equity (or related)  securities
                               of  corporations  with a market cap of $2 billion
                               or  more,   which  have  above  average  earnings
                               potential  compared to the securities market as a
                               whole.  The Series' adviser  purchases  stocks it
                               believes   exhibit   consistent,    above-average
                               earnings growth,  superior quality and attractive
                               risk/reward characteristics. The adviser analyzes
                               the  stocks  of  over  2000  companies   using  a
                               bottom-up  approach  to search  for high  quality
                               companies  which are growing at about  double the
                               market's  average  rate.  The  adviser  generally
                               sells  stocks  when the  risk/rewards  of a stock
                               turn   negative,    when   company   fundamentals
                               deteriorate,  and when a stock under performs the
                               market or its peer group.

                      (BULLET) The LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO invests in the Large
                               Cap Core  Series,  which  invests at least 65% of
                               its  total  assets,   under  normal   conditions,
                               primarily  in a  diversified  portfolio  of  U.S.
                               equity  (or  related)  securities  of medium  and
                               large cap  corporations.  The Series'  investment
                               adviser  employs  a  combined  growth  and  value
                               investment  approach and invests in the stocks of
                               companies with the most attractive combination of
                               long-term earnings, growth and valuation.

                      (BULLET) The SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO invests in the Small
                               Cap Core  Series,  which  invests at least 65% of
                               its total  assets in a  diversified  portfolio of
                               U.S. equity (or related) securities with a market
                               cap  which at the time of  purchase  is less than
                               that of the  largest  stock in the  Russell  2000
                               Index. The Series'  investment  adviser employs a
                               combined growth and value investment approach and
                               invests in the stocks of companies  with the most
                               attractive  combination  of  long-term  earnings,
                               growth and valuation.

                      (BULLET) The INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO invests
                               in the International  Multi-Manager Series, which
                               invests  at least  85% of its  total  assets in a
                               diversified  portfolio  of  equity  (or  related)
                               securities  of  foreign   issuers.   The  Series'
                               adviser  allocates the Series' assets among three
                               sub-advisers;  the sub-advisers  select stocks to
                               be  purchased  or sold by the  Series  based upon
                               fundamental research,  country and trend analysis
                               and  whether the stocks are  undervalued  or have
                               above average growth potential.

                      (BULLET) The  LARGE  CAP VALUE  PORTFOLIO  invests  in the
                               Large Cap Value  Series,  which  invests at least
                               65%  of  its  total   assets  in  a   diversified
                               portfolio of U.S. equity (or related)  securities
                               with a market cap of $10 billion or higher at the
                               time  of   purchase.   The   Series   invests  in
                               securities believed to be undervalued as compared
                               to the  company's  potential  profitability,  and
                               invests in stocks  which are ignored by financial
                               analysts. The Series' adviser looks for companies
                               facing   dynamic   changes   such  as  merger  or
                               acquisition, restructuring, change of management,
                               or other type of change in  operation,  financing
                               or management. The Series' adviser sets valuation
                               parameters  using   relative  ratios  and  target
                               prices. The adviser seeks stocks believed to have
                               a greater upside potential than

                                        4
<PAGE>


                               downside  risk  over  an 18 to 24  month  holding
                               period.  The Series'  adviser  sells a stock when
                               its  target  price  has  been  reached,  and when
                               company  fundamentals  do not  change  within the
                               stock  holding  period  to bring the stock to its
                               target price.

                      (BULLET) The MID CAP VALUE  PORTFOLIO  invests  in the Mid
                               Cap Value  Series,  which invests at least 65% of
                               its total  assets in a  diversified  portfolio of
                               U.S. equity (or related) securities with a market
                               cap  between  $1 and $10  billion  at the time of
                               purchase.   The  Series   invests  in  securities
                               believed  to be  undervalued  as  compared to the
                               company's  potential  profitability.  The Series'
                               adviser buys and sells stocks based upon the same
                               considerations  described  above  for  Large  Cap
                               Value Portfolio.

                      (BULLET) The  SMALL  CAP VALUE  PORTFOLIO  invests  in the
                               Small Cap Value  Series,  which  invests at least
                               65%  of  its  total   assets  in  a   diversified
                               portfolio of U.S. equity (or related)  securities
                               with a market  cap of $1  billion  or less at the
                               time  of   purchase.   The   Series   invests  in
                               securities believed to be undervalued as compared
                               to the  company's  potential  profitability.  The
                               Series'  adviser buys and sells stocks based upon
                               the same considerations described above for Large
                               Cap Value Portfolio.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Principal Risks     The  Portfolios  are subject to the risks  summarized  below
                    which  are  further   described   under   "Additional   Risk
                    Information."

                      (BULLET) An  investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit of
                               Wilmington Trust Company or any of its affiliates
                               and is not insured or  guaranteed  by the Federal
                               Deposit   Insurance   Corporation  or  any  other
                               government agency.

                      (BULLET) It is  possible to lose money by  investing  in a
                               Portfolio.

                      (BULLET) A  Portfolio's  share  price  will  fluctuate  in
                               response  to changes  in the market  value of the
                               Portfolio's  investments.  Market  value  changes
                               result from  business  developments  affecting an
                               issuer as well as  general  market  and  economic
                               conditions.

                      (BULLET) Small cap companies may be more  vulnerable  than
                               larger  companies to adverse business or economic
                               developments,  and their  securities  may be less
                               liquid  and  more  volatile  than  securities  of
                               larger companies.

                      (BULLET) The  International   Multi-Manager  Portfolio  is
                               subject to foreign  security risk and the risk of
                               losses  caused by  changes  in  foreign  currency
                               exchange rates.

                      (BULLET) Growth-oriented  investments may be more volatile
                               than  the  rest of the  U.S.  stock  market  as a
                               whole.

                      (BULLET) A value-oriented  investment  approach is subject
                               to  the  risk  that  a  security  believed  to be
                               undervalued  does  not  appreciate  in  value  as
                               anticipated.

                      (BULLET) The  performance  of a  Portfolio  will depend on
                               whether  or not the  adviser  or  sub-adviser  is
                               successful in pursuing an investment strategy.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investor Profile      (BULLET) Investors who want the value of their  investment
                               to grow  and  who  are  willing  to  accept  more
                               volatility for the possibility of higher returns.


                                        5

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Total Return would have been lower
had certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed.  Of
course,  the past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio
will perform in the future.

                 ANNUAL RETURNS FOR THE PAST 10 CALENDAR YEARS

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
            [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1990                -7.15%
1991                41.54
1992                 5.95
1993                14.57
1994                -0.23
1995                28.43
1996                24.25
1997                27.50
1998                23.58
1999                48.10

                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: -3.91%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                  BEST QUARTER                   WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                   -------------
                     41.39%                         -17.12%
                (December 31, 1999)           (September 30, 1990)

         PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                               WHAT IS AN INDEX?

   An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific
   group of securities in a particular market, or securities in a market
   sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
   an investment adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If
   an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.
   ========================================================================

AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99              1 YEAR     5 YEARS   10 YEARS
-------------------------------------              -------    -------   --------
Large Cap Growth Portfolio                          48.10%     30.08%    19.48%
Russell 1000 Growth Index*                          33.16%     32.42%    20.32%
S&P 500 Index                                       21.04%     28.56%    18.21%

*  THE RUSSELL 1000 GROWTH INDEX IS FORMED BY ASSIGNING A STYLE  COMPOSITE SCORE
   TO ALL OF THE  COMPANIES  IN THE  RUSSELL  1000 INDEX,  A PASSIVE  INDEX THAT
   INCLUDES  THE  LARGEST  1,000  STOCKS  IN THE  U.S.  AS  MEASURED  BY  MARKET
   CAPITALIZATION,   TO  DETERMINE   THEIR  GROWTH  OR  VALUE   CHARACTERISTICS.
   APPROXIMATELY 70% OF THE STOCKS ARE PLACED IN EITHER A GROWTH OR VALUE INDEX.
   THE REMAINING STOCKS ARE PLACED IN BOTH INDICES WITH A WEIGHT PROPORTIONAL TO
   THEIR GROWTH OR VALUE CHARACTERISTICS.  PREVIOUSLY, THE FUND USED THE S&P 500
   INDEX AS ITS PERFORMANCE  BENCHMARK.  HOWEVER,  THE FUND'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR
   HAS  DETERMINED  THAT  COMPARING THE FUND'S  PERFORMANCE  TO THE RUSSELL 1000
   GROWTH INDEX MAY BE A MORE APPROPRIATE INDICATOR OF THE FUND'S PERFORMANCE IN
   LIGHT OF THE FUND'S PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.



                                        6

<PAGE>


         PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================

                           WHAT IS TOTAL RETURN?

   Total return is a measure of the per-share  change in the total value of
   a fund's  portfolio,  including  any  distributions  paid to you.  It is
   measured from the beginning to the end of a specific time period.

   ========================================================================

                    WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Total Return would have been lower
had certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed.  Of
course,  past performance  does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio will
perform in the future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
          [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1996                16.56%
1997                25.13
1998                29.66
1999                22.41



                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: -2.03%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                  BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                      -------------
                     21.62%                             -9.56%
                (December 31, 1998)               (September 30, 1998)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99          1 YEAR     SINCE INCEPTION (JANUARY 5, 1995)
----------------------------------             ------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                    <C>
Large Cap Core Portfolio                       22.41%                 23.99%
S&P 500 Index*                                 21.04%                 28.43%

</TABLE>

*  THE S&P 500 INDEX IS THE STANDARD AND POOR'S COMPOSITE INDEX OF 500 STOCKS, A
   WIDELY RECOGNIZED, UNMANAGED INDEX OF COMMON STOCK PRICES.

                                        7


<PAGE>

                       WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio and its  predecessor  the Small Cap
Stock Fund, a collective investment fund. The Small Cap Stock Fund's performance
has been included for the periods prior to July 1, 1998 and has been adjusted to
reflect the annual  deduction of fees and expenses  applicable  to shares of the
Small Cap Equity  Portfolio  (i.e.  adjusted  to reflect  anticipated  expenses,
absent  investment  advisory  fees  waivers).  The Small Cap Stock  Fund was not
registered as a mutual fund under  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and therefore
was  not   subject  to  certain   investment   restrictions,   limitations   and
diversification  requirements  imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal  Revenue
Service  Code.  If the Small Cap Stock Fund had been  registered  under the 1940
Act, its performance may have been different. Total Return would have been lower
had certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed.  Of
course,  past performance  does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio will
perform in the future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
          [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1998                -2.32%
1999                21.86




                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: 17.52%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.


                  BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                      -------------
                    22.77%                           -17.92%
               (December 31, 1999)                 (June 30, 1998)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99          1 YEAR     SINCE INCEPTION (APRIL 1, 1997)
-------------------------------------          ------     ------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>
Small Cap Core Portfolio                       21.86%                19.00%
Russell 2000 Index*                            21.26%                16.58%

</TABLE>

*  THE  RUSSELL  2000  INDEX  MEASURES  THE  PERFORMANCE  OF THE 2,000  SMALLEST
   COMPANIES IN THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX, WHICH REPRESENTS APPROXIMATELY 8% OF THE
   TOTAL MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX. THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX
   MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF THE 3,000 LARGEST U.S.  COMPANIES BASED ON MARKET
   CAPITALIZATION.  THE INDEX IS  UNMANAGED  AND REFLECTS  THE  REINVESTMENT  OF
   DIVIDENDS.

                                        8
<PAGE>
                WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility  of  an  investment  in  the  Portfolio  and  its   predecessor   the
International Stock Fund, a collective  investment fund. The International Stock
Fund's  performance  has been included for periods prior to July 1, 1998 and has
been adjusted to reflect the annual deduction of fees and expenses applicable to
shares  of  the  International   Equity  Portfolio  (i.e.  adjusted  to  reflect
anticipated   expenses,   absent   investment   advisory  fees   waivers).   The
International  Stock Fund was not registered as a mutual fund under the 1940 Act
and therefore was not subject to certain  investment  restrictions,  limitations
and  diversification  requirements  imposed  by the  1940  Act and the  Internal
Revenue Code. If the International Stock Fund had been registered under the 1940
Act, its performance may have been different. Total Return would have been lower
had certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed.  Of
course,  the past  performance  does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio
will perform in the future.


                 ANNUAL RETURNS FOR THE PAST 10 CALENDAR YEARS

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
          [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1990                -15.39%
1991                 14.63
1992                 -0.19
1993                 42.64
1994                 -1.36
1995                  7.30
1996                  8.60
1997                  3.43
1998                 13.48
1999                 41.72



                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: -13.75%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR


                  BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                      -------------
                     30.08%                            -22.76%
               (December 31, 1999)               (September 30, 1990)


AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99           1 YEAR      5 YEARS     10 YEARS
-------------------------------------           ------      -------     --------
International Multi-Manager Portfolio           41.72%       14.15%       10.20%
Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe,
 Australasia and Far East Index (MSCI EAFE)*    26.96%       12.83%        7.33%


*  THE  MSCI  EAFE  INDEX  IS  AN  UNMANAGED   INDEX   COMPRISED  OF  STOCKS  OF
   APPROXIMATELY  1,100  COMPANIES  LISTED ON MAJOR STOCK  EXCHANGES  IN EUROPE,
   AUSTRALASIA AND THE FAR EAST.

                                        9


<PAGE>

                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

  The chart below shows the changes in annual total returns of complete calendar
years for the Portfolio,  which  commenced  operations on June 29, 1998, and for
its predecessor the Value Stock Fund, a collective instrument fund, whose assets
were transferred into the Portfolio on June 29, 1998. The information  shows you
how the  Portfolio's  performance  has  varied  year by year and  provides  some
indication  of the risks of investing in the  Portfolio.  The Value Stock Fund's
performance  has been  adjusted  to  reflect  the annual  deduction  of fees and
expenses  applicable  to shares of the  Portfolio  (i.e.,  adjusted  to  reflect
anticipated expenses,  absent investment advisory fees waivers). The Value Stock
Fund was not  registered  as a mutual fund under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940,  as  amended,  (the "1940 Act") and  therefore  was not subject to certain
investment restrictions, limitations and diversification requirements imposed by
the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  If
the Value Stock Fund had been registered under the 1940 Act, its performance may
have been  different.  Total  Return  would have been lower had certain fees and
expenses  not  been  voluntarily  waived  and/or  reimbursed.  Of  course,  past
performance does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the
future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
          [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1992                13.49%
1993                13.75
1994                -1.64
1995                34.38
1996                21.86
1997                24.55
1998                -2.75
1999                 3.02


                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: 15.78%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.


                  BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                      -------------
                     13.48%                            -10.62%
                 (June 30, 1997)                  (September 30, 1998)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/9          9 1 YEAR      5 YEARS      (DECEMBER 1, 1991)
----------------------------------             ------      -------      ------------------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>              <C>
Large Cap Value Portfolio                       3.02%       15.37%           13.70%
Russell 1000 Index*                             7.35%       23.07%           20.86%

</TABLE>

*  THE  RUSSELL  1000  INDEX  MEASURES  THE  PERFORMANCE  OF THE  1,000  LARGEST
   COMPANIES IN THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX WHICH REPRESENTS APPROXIMATELY 92% OF THE
   TOTAL MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX. THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX
   MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF THE 3,000 LARGEST U.S.  COMPANIES BASED ON MARKET
   CAPITALIZATION.


                                       10
<PAGE>

                       WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

The  performance  information  below reflects the preformance of the CRM Mid Cap
Value Fund, which is the predecessor of the Portfolio's  master series.  The bar
chart and the performance  table below illustrate the risks and volatility of an
investment in the Portfolio. Total Return would have been lower had certain fees
and expenses not been  voluntarily  waived and/or  reimbursed.  Of course,  past
performance does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the
future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
          [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1999                  4.57%

                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: 38.32%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.


                  BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                      -------------
                      18.84%                            -16.35%
                (December 31, 1999)              (September 30, 1999)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99             1 YEAR     SINCE INCEPTION (JANUARY 6, 1998)
-------------------------------------             ------     --------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                   <C>
Mid Cap Value Portfolio                             4.57%                 5.68%
Russell Mid Cap Value Index*                        1.49%                -0.23%
Russell Mid Cap Index                              18.23%                15.86%

</TABLE>

*  THE RUSSELL MID CAP VALUE INDEX IS AN UNMANAGED INDEX THAT MEASURES THE
   PERFORMANCE OF THE 800 SMALLEST COMPANIES IN THE RUSSELL 1000 INDEX, WHICH
   REPRESENT APPROXIMATELY 35% OF THE TOTAL MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE RUSSELL
   1000 INDEX. PREVIOUSLY, THE PORTFOLIO USED THE RUSSELL MID CAP INDEX AS ITS
   PERFORMANCE BENCHMARK. HOWEVER, THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR HAS
   DETERMINED THAT COMPARING THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE TO THE RUSSELL MID CAP
   VALUE INDEX MAY BE A MORE APPROPRIATE INDICATOR OF THE PORTFOLIO'S
   PERFORMANCE IN LIGHT OF THE PORTFOLIO'S PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT
   OBJECTIVE.

** THE RUSSELL MID CAP INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF THE 800 SMALLEST
   COMPANIES IN THE RUSSELL 1000 INDEX, WHICH REPRESENTS APPROXIMATELY 24% OF
   THE TOTAL MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE RUSSELL 1000 INDEX.

                                        11
<PAGE>

                    WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

The bar chart and performance table below illustrate the risks and volatility of
an investment in the Portfolio. The performance information below reflects the
performance of the Institutional Class of the CRM Small Cap Value Fund, which
invests in the same master series as the Portfolio and has identical investment
objectives and policies as the Portfolio. The CRM Small Cap Value Fund and the
Wilmington Small Cap Value Fund are both managed by the same investment adviser.
Total return would have been lower had certain fees and expenses not been
voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed. Of course, past performance does not
necessarily indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
          [EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC]

PERFORMANCE
YEARS               RETURNS
-----------         -------
1996                38.95%
1997                21.73
1998               -12.21
1999                11.45

                  2000 Total Return as of September 30: 14.22%

  THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN  THE   PERFORMANCE  OF  THE   PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.


                  BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
                  ------------                      -------------
                      17.86%                            -22.80%
                 (June 30, 1999)                  (September 30, 1998)


                                                              SINCE INCEPTION
AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99          1 YEAR        (JANUARY 27, 1998)
-------------------------------------          ------         ---------------
Small Cap Value Portfolio                      11.45%              -0.08%
Russell 2000 Value Index*                      -1.49%              -3.26%
Russell 2000 Index                             -2.60%              10.97%

*  THE RUSSELL 2000 VALUE INDEX IS A MARKET WEIGHTED INDEX COMPOSED OF COMPANIES
   WITHIN THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX THAT HAVE A LOWER-TO-BOOK RATIO AND LOWER
   FORECASTED GROWTH VALUES WITH MARKET CAPITALIZATIONS FROM $50 MILLION TO $1.8
   BILLION. THE INDEX IS UNMANAGED AND REFLECTS THE REINVESTMENT OF DIVIDENDS.
   PREVIOUSLY, THE PORTFOLIO USED THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX AS ITS PERFORMANCE
   BENCHMARK. HOWEVER, THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTMENT ADVISOR HAS DETERMINED THAT
   COMPARING THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE TO THE RUSSELL 2000 VALUE INDEX MAY BE
   A MORE APPROPRIATE INDICATOR OF THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE IN LIGHT OF THE
   PORTFOLIO's PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE.


                                       12
<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEES AND EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================

                          WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?

   Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
   professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody
   services. Each Portfolio's expenses in the table below are shown as a
   percentage of its net assets. These expenses are deducted from Portfolio
   assets.
   ========================================================================

  The table below  describes  the fees and expenses  that you may pay if you buy
and hold shares of a Portfolio. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly
from your investment.

  ANNUAL FUND  OPERATING  EXPENSES  (EXPENSES  THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM  PORTFOLIO
ASSETS)1:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             INTERNATIONAL
                                           LARGE CAP         LARGE CAP       SMALL CAP       MULTI-MANAGER
                                        GROWTH PORTFOLIO   CORE PORTFOLIO  CORE PORTFOLIO      PORTFOLIO
                                        ----------------   --------------  --------------    -------------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>             <C>                 <C>
  Management fees ...................        0.55%            0.70%           0.60%               0.65%
  Distribution (12b-1) fees .........        None             None            None                None
  Other Expenses ....................        0.22%            0.24%           0.31%               0.56%
  TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES2 ..        0.77%            0.94%           0.91%               1.21%
  Waivers/reimbursements ............        0.02%            0.14%           0.11%               0.21%
  Net Expenses ......................        0.75%            0.80%           0.80%               1.00%

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        LARGE CAP VALUE   MID CAP VALUE  SMALL CAP VALUE
                                           PORTFOLIO         PORTFOLIO       PORTFOLIO
                                        ---------------   -------------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>             <C>
  Management fees ...................        0.55%            0.75%           0.75%
  Distribution (12b-1) fees .........        None             None            None
  Other Expenses ....................        0.42%            1.45%           0.34%
  TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES2 ..        0.97%            2.20%           1.09%
  Waivers/reimbursements ............        0.22%            1.20%           0.09%
  Net Expenses ......................        0.75%            1.00%           1.00%

</TABLE>

1  The table  above and the Example  below each  reflect  the  aggregate  annual
   operating  expenses of each  Portfolio  and the  corresponding  Series of the
   Trust in which the Portfolio invests.

2  For  Institutional  Shares,  the  investment  adviser  has  agreed to waive a
   portion of its advisory fee or reimburse  expenses to the extent total annual
   operating expenses exceed 0.75% for the Large Cap Growth Portfolio; 0.80% for
   the Large Core Portfolio;  0.80% for the Small Cap Core Portfolio;  1.00% for
   the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio;  0.75%  for the Large Cap Value
   Portfolio; 1.00% for the Mid Cap Value Portfolio; and 1.00% for the Small Cap
   Value Portfolio. This waiver will remain in place until the Board of Trustees
   approves its termination.


                                       13
<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This  example is  intended  to help you  compare  the cost of  investing  in a
Portfolio  with the cost of  investing in other  mutual  funds.  The table below
shows what you would pay if you  invested  $10,000  over the various time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:

          (BULLET)  you reinvested all dividends and other distributions;

          (BULLET)  the average annual return was 5%;

          (BULLET)  the  Portfolio's  maximum  (without  regard  to  waivers  or
                    reimbursements)  total  operating  expenses  are charged and
                    remain the same over the time periods; and

          (BULLET)  you redeemed all of your  investment  at the end of the time
                    period.

  Although your actual cost may be higher or lower,  based on these assumptions,
  your costs would be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                   1 YEAR         3 YEARS        5 YEARS       10 YEARS
--------------------                                   ------         -------        -------       --------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
  Large Cap Growth Portfolio ....................        $79           $246           $428           $954
  Large Cap Core Portfolio ......................        $96           $300           $520          $1,155
  Small Cap Core Portfolio ......................        $93           $290           $504          $1,120
  International Multi-Manager Portfolio .........       $123           $384           $665          $1,466
  Large Cap Value Portfolio .....................        $99           $309           $536          $1,190
  Mid Cap Value Portfolio .......................       $223           $688          $1,180         $2,534
  Small Cap Value Portfolio .....................       $111           $347           $601          $1,329

</TABLE>

  THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON  PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION
OF A PORTFOLIO'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The LARGE CAP  GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  and the SMALL CAP CORE  PORTFOLIO  each seek
superior  long-term growth of capital.  THE LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO,  the LARGE
CAP  VALUE  PORTFOLIO,  the MID CAP  VALUE  PORTFOLIO  and the  SMALL  CAP VALUE
PORTFOLIO each seek to achieve long-term capital appreciation. The INTERNATIONAL
MULTI-MANAGER  PORTFOLIO  seeks superior  long-term  capital  appreciation.  The
investment objectives for each Portfolio except Large Cap Core Portfolio may not
be changed without shareholder approval.  There is no guarantee that a Portfolio
will achieve its investment objective.

For purposes of these  investment  objectives,  "superior"  long-term  growth of
capital  means to exceed the  long-term  growth of capital from an investment in
the securities  comprising  the S&P 500 Index for the Large Cap Core  Portfolio;
the Russell  1000 Growth Index for the Large Cap Growth  Portfolio;  the Russell
1000 Index for the Large Cap Value  Portfolio;  the  Russell  2000 Index for the
Small Cap Core  Portfolio;  the Russell 2000 Value Index for the Small Cap Value
Portfolio;  the Russell Mid Cap Value Index for the Mid Cap Value Portfolio; and
the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe,  Australasia and Far East Index
for the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio.  For more  information  on the
specific indexes, see the Section entitled "Primary Investment Strategies."

                                      14

<PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Investment Strategies
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                             WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?

   Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
   seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
   for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
   growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
   out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
   investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
   form of capital appreciation.
   ========================================================================

  The LARGE CAP GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the WT Large Cap Growth
Series, which, under normal market conditions, invests at least 65% of its total
assets in the following equity (or related) securities:

      (BULLET) common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser
               to have strong  growth  characteristics  and,  with respect to at
               least  65%  of  the   Series'   total   assets,   have  a  market
               capitalization of $2 billion or higher at the time of purchase;

      (BULLET) options  on,  or  securities  convertible  (such  as  convertible
               preferred stock and convertible  bonds) into, the common stock of
               U.S. corporations described above;

      (BULLET) options  on  indexes  of the  common  stock of U.S.  corporations
               described above; and

      (BULLET) contracts for either the future  delivery,  or payment in respect
               of the future  market  value,  of  certain  indexes of the common
               stock of U.S. corporations described above, and options upon such
               futures contracts.

  The adviser  looks for high  quality,  sustainable  growth stocks while paying
careful  attention to  valuation.  Research is bottom-up,  emphasizing  business
fundamentals, including financial statement analysis and industry and competitor
evaluations.   The  adviser  selects  stocks  it  believes  exhibit  consistent,
above-average  earnings  growth,  superior  quality and  attractive  risk/reward
characteristics.  These dominant  companies are expected to generate  consistent
earnings growth in a variety of economic environments.

  The adviser also seeks to provide a greater  margin of safety and stability in
the Series.  Superior  earnings growth is expected to translate  ultimately into
superior compounding of returns. Additionally,  several valuation tools are used
to avoid over-paying for growth or chasing "hot" stocks.  Over time, the adviser
believes these favorable characteristics will produce superior returns with less
risk than many growth styles.

  The adviser's research team analyzes a broad universe of over 2,000 companies.
Industry specialists search for high-quality companies growing at roughly double
the market's  average.  Approximately  150 stocks pass these initial screens and
are subject to thorough research.  Dominant market share, strong financials, the
power to price, significant free cash flow and  shareholder-oriented  management
are critical variables.

  Final purchase candidates are selected by the adviser's  investment  committee
based on attractive risk/reward  characteristics and diversification guidelines.
Certain  industries  may be over or  under-weighted  by the  adviser  based upon
favorable growth rates or valuation parameters.



                                       15
<PAGE>


  The  adviser   attempts  to  maintain   portfolio   continuity  by  purchasing
sustainable  growth  companies  that are less  sensitive to short-term  economic
trends than cyclical, low quality companies.  The adviser generally sells stocks
when  the  risk/reward   characteristics  of  a  stock  turn  negative,  company
fundamentals  deteriorate,  or the stock  underperforms  the  market or its peer
group. The latter device is employed to minimize mistakes and protect capital.

  The Series  combines three distinct  components,  each of which is intended to
enhance returns and add balance.

  The LARGE CAP GROWTH  STOCKS  (over $5 billion in total  market  cap) -- Up to
100%, but not less than 65%, of the Series' total
assets:

          (BULLET)  Mature, predictable businesses

          (BULLET)  Capital appreciation and income

          (BULLET)  Highest liquidity

  The MEDIUM CAP GROWTH  STOCKS  (between $1 and $5 billion in total market cap)
-- Up to 20% of the Series' total assets:

          (BULLET)  Superior long-term potential

          (BULLET)  Strong niche or franchise

          (BULLET)  Seasoned management

  The SPECIAL SITUATIONS GROWTH  OPPORTUNITIES -- Up to 20% of the Series' total
assets:

          (BULLET)  Stable return, independent of the market

          (BULLET)  Unusually favorable risk/reward characteristics

          (BULLET)  Typically involve corporate restructuring

  In  order  to  respond  to  adverse  market,  economic,   political  or  other
conditions,  the Series may assume a  temporary  defensive  position  and invest
without limit in commercial  paper and other money market  instruments  that are
rated investment grade. The result of this action may be that the Series will be
unable to achieve its investment objective.

  The LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the Large Cap Core Series,
which, under normal market conditions,  invests at least 65% of its total assets
in the following equity (or related) securities:

          (BULLET)  securities  of U.S.  corporations  that  are  judged  by the
                    adviser to have strong growth and valuation characteristics;

          (BULLET)  options on, or securities  convertible  (such as convertible
                    preferred  stock and  convertible  bonds)  into,  the common
                    stock of U.S. corporations described above;

          (BULLET)  receipts or American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), which are
                    typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company as evidence
                    of ownership of  underlying  securities  issued by a foreign
                    corporation; and

          (BULLET)  cash  reserves  and  money  market  instruments   (including
                    securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government,  its
                    agencies  or   instrumentalities,   repurchase   agreements,
                    certificates of deposit and bankers'  acceptances  issued by
                    banks or  savings  and  loan  associations,  and  commercial
                    paper).



                                       16

<PAGE>


  The Large Cap Core  Series  is a  diversified  portfolio  of U.S.  equity  (or
related)  securities,  including common stocks,  preferred stocks and securities
convertible  into common stock of companies  with market  capitalizations  of at
least $2 billion.  Dividend  income is an incidental  consideration  compared to
growth in capital in the selection of securities.  The adviser seeks  securities
that possess strong growth and value  characteristics based on the evaluation of
the  issuer's  background,   industry  position,   historical  returns  and  the
experience and qualifications of the management team. The adviser may rotate the
Series' holdings among various market sectors based on economic  analysis of the
overall business cycle.

  As a  temporary  defensive  investment  policy,  the Large Cap Core Series may
invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments and other short-term
debt instruments,  rated investment grade or higher at the time of purchase, and
may hold a portion of its assets in cash.  The result of this action may be that
the Series will be unable to achieve its investment objective.

   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                            WHAT ARE SMALL CAP FUNDS?

   Small cap funds invest in the common stock of companies with smaller
   market capitalizations. Small cap stocks may provide the potential for
   higher growth, but they also typically have greater risk and more
   volatility.
   ========================================================================

  The SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the Small Cap Core Series,
which, under normal market conditions,  invests at least 65% of its total assets
in the following equity (or related) securities:

          (BULLET)  common  stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are judged by the
                    adviser  to  have  strong  growth  characteristics  or to be
                    undervalued  in  the  marketplace   relative  to  underlying
                    profitability and have a market capitalization which, at the
                    time of purchase,  is less than that of the largest stock in
                    the Russell 2000 Index.

          (BULLET)  options on, or securities  convertible  (such as convertible
                    preferred  stock and  convertible  bonds)  into,  the common
                    stock of U.S. corporations described above;

          (BULLET)  options on indexes of the common stock of U.S.  corporations
                    described above; and

          (BULLET)  contracts  for  either the  future  delivery,  or payment in
                    respect of the future  market value,  of certain  indexes of
                    the common stock of U.S.  corporations  described above, and
                    options upon such futures contracts.

  The Small Cap Core Series is a diversified  portfolio of small cap U.S. equity
(or  related)  securities  with a market  capitalization  which,  at the time of
purchase,  is less than that of the largest stock in the Russell 2000 Index.  To
achieve the  Series'  objective  of  long-term  growth of  capital,  the Series'
adviser employs a combined  growth and value  investment  approach.  The adviser
uses  proprietary  quantitative  research  techniques  to  find  companies  with
long-term  growth  potential or that seem  undervalued.  After  analyzing  those
companies,  the adviser  invests the Series'  assets in the stocks of  companies
with  the  most  attractive  combination  of  long-term  earnings,   growth  and
valuation.  Securities will be sold to make room for new companies with superior
growth,  valuation and projected return  characteristics  or to preserve capital
where  the  original  assessment  of the  company's  growth  prospects  was  too
optimistic.



                                       17
<PAGE>
  In the  Series'  efforts  to achieve  its  investment  objective,  it seeks to
outperform  the  Russell  2000  Index  (assuming  a  similar  investment  in the
securities  comprising  this index would  reinvest  dividends  and capital gains
distributions).  The Russell 2000 Index is a passive  index of the smallest 2000
stocks in the  Russell  3000  Index of the 3000  largest  stocks in the U.S.  as
measured by market capitalization.

   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                          WHAT ARE INTERNATIONAL FUNDS?

   International funds invest in securities traded in markets of at least
   three different countries outside of the United States. An investor in
   an international fund can avoid the hassles of investing directly in
   foreign securities and let that fund's adviser handle the foreign laws,
   trading practices, customs and time zones of the foreign countries.

   ========================================================================

  The   INTERNATIONAL   MULTI-MANAGER   Portfolio  invests  its  assets  in  the
International Multi-Manager Series, which, at all times, invests at least 85% of
its total assets in the following equity (or related) securities:

          (BULLET)  common stocks of foreign issuers;

          (BULLET)  preferred stocks and/or debt securities that are convertible
                    securities of such foreign issuers; and

          (BULLET)  open or closed-end  investment companies (mutual funds) that
                    invest  primarily  in the  equity  securities  of issuers in
                    countries  where it is impossible or  impractical  to invest
                    directly.

  The International  Multi-Manager  Series is a diversified  portfolio of equity
securities (including convertible securities) of issuers which (1) are organized
under  the laws of a  non-U.S.  country,  or (2)  derives  at  least  50% of its
revenues or profits from goods produced or sold,  investments  made, or services
performed in a non-U.S.  country or has at least 50% of its assets situated in a
non-U.S.  country.  The  Series may use  forward  currency  contracts,  options,
futures contracts and options on futures contracts to attempt to hedge actual or
anticipated investment security positions. Three sub-advisers, Clemente Capital,
Inc.,  Invista Capital  Management Inc., and Scudder Kemper  Investments,  Inc.,
manage the assets of the Series.  The adviser allocates the Series' assets among
each  sub-adviser in roughly equal portions and then allows each  sub-adviser to
use its own investment approach and strategy to achieve the Series' objective.

  Clemente's  investment approach begins with a global outlook,  identifying the
major forces (i.e.,  political events,  social  developments,  trade and capital
flows)  affecting the global  environment and then identifying the themes (i.e.,
corporate restructuring, infrastructure spending, consumer's coming of age) that
are responding to the major forces.  The third step is to decide which countries
or sectors will benefit from these themes and then seek companies with favorable
growth  characteristics  in those  countries  or sectors.  The next steps are to
research and identify specific holdings and ongoing monitoring and evaluation of
the Series.  Series  holdings are sold when shares reach the target  price,  the
fundamentals of a company have  deteriorated or when new companies with superior
growth and valuation characteristics have been identified.

  Invista's investment approach focuses on identifying  opportunities  through a
fundamentally  sound,  economic value driven  process  applied evenly across all
international markets. Candidates for purchase are companies whose current price
is substantially  below investment value as determined by Invista's  estimate of
future free cash flows. Once this evaluation  process is applied,  purchases are
made among those  companies  that provide  optimal  combinations  of  valuation,
growth and risk. Series holdings are sold when the relative  attractiveness of a
security is not as great as  additions  proposed  by a member of the  investment
team.



                                       18

<PAGE>


  Scudder Kemper's  investment approach involves a  top-down/bottom-up  approach
with a focus on fundamental research. Investment ideas are generated by regional
analysts,   global  industry   analysts  and  portfolio   managers  through  the
integration of three analytical  disciplines;  global themes  (identification of
sectors  and  industries  likely  to gain or lose  during  specific  phases of a
theme's  cycle);  country  analysis  (quantitative  assessment of each country's
fundamental   and   political   characteristics   combined  with  an  objective,
quantitative  analysis  of market  and  economic  data);  and  company  analysis
(identification of company opportunities by searching for unique attributes such
as  franchise  or  monopoly,  above  average  growth  potential,  innovation  or
scarcity).  Series  holdings  are  sold  when  the  analysts  indicate  that the
underlying fundamentals are no longer strong.

  The Series utilizes this multiple sub-adviser arrangement to reduce volatility
through multiple  investment  approaches,  a strategy used by many institutional
investors.  For example, a particular  investment approach used by a sub-adviser
may be successful in a bear (falling) market,  while another investment approach
used by a  different  sub-adviser  may be  more  successful  in a bull  (rising)
market. The multiple  investment  approach is designed to soften the impact of a
single   sub-adviser's   performance   in  a  market  cycle  during  which  that
sub-adviser's  investment approach is less successful.  Because each sub-adviser
has  different  investment  approaches,  the  performance  of one or more of the
sub-advisers  is expected to offset the impact of any other  sub-adviser's  poor
performance,  regardless of the market cycle. Unfortunately, this also works the
opposite way. The successful  performance of a sub-adviser will be diminished by
the less  successful  performances  of the other  sub-advisers.  There can be no
guarantee that the expected advantages of the multiple adviser technique will be
achieved.

  In the  Series'  efforts  to achieve  its  investment  objective,  it seeks to
outperform the Morgan Stanley Capital  International  Europe,  Australasia & Far
East ("EAFE") Index (assuming a similar investment in the securities  comprising
this index would reinvest dividends and capital gains  distributions).  The EAFE
Index is an  unmanaged  index  comprised  of the  stocks of  approximately  1100
companies,  screened for liquidity,  cross ownership and industry representation
and listed on major stock exchanges in Europe, Australasia and the Far East.

   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                              WHAT ARE VALUE FUNDS?

   Value funds invest in the common stock of companies that are considered
   by the adviser to be undervalued relative to their underlying
   profitability, or rather their stock price does not reflect the value of
   the company.
   ========================================================================

  The VALUE PORTFOLIOS:  Through their investment in corresponding  Series,  the
Large Cap Value,  Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Portfolios seek to invest in
stocks that are less  expensive  than  comparable  companies,  as  determined by
price/earnings  ratios, cash flows or other measures.  Value investing therefore
may reduce risk while  offering  potential for capital  appreciation  as a stock
gains favor among other investors and its price rises.

  The Series are managed  using  investment  ideas that the adviser has used for
over  twenty-five  years.  The Series'  adviser  relies on selecting  individual
stocks and does not try to predict when the stock market might rise or fall.  It
seeks out those  stocks that are  undervalued  and, in some cases,  neglected by
financial  analysts.  The adviser evaluates the degree of analyst recognition by
monitoring  the number of  analysts  who follow the company  and  recommend  its
purchase or sale to investors.


                                       19

<PAGE>


  The adviser  starts by  identifying  early  change in a company's  operations,
finances or  management.  The adviser is attracted to companies  which will look
different tomorrow -- operationally,  financially, managerially -- when compared
to  yesterday.   This  type  of  dynamic  change  often  creates  confusion  and
misunderstandings  and may lead to a drop in the company's stock price. Examples
of change include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures,  restructuring, change of
management,  new  market/product/means  of  production/distribution,  regulatory
change,  etc. Once change is  identified,  the adviser  evaluates the company on
several levels. It analyzes:

          (BULLET)  Financial models based principally upon projected cash flows

          (BULLET)  The price of the company's  stock in the context of what the
                    market is willing to pay for stock of  comparable  companies
                    and what a strategic buyer would pay for the whole company

          (BULLET)  The extent of management's ownership interest in the company

          (BULLET)  The company's market by  corroborating  its observations and
                    assumptions  by  meeting  with  management,   customers  and
                    suppliers


  The adviser also  evaluates the degree of  recognition  of the business by the
investors by monitoring  the number of sell side analysts who closely follow the
company and the nature of the  shareholder  base.  Before deciding to purchase a
stock,  the adviser  conducts an extensive  amount of business due  diligence to
corroborate its observations and assumptions.

  The  identification  of change comes from a variety of sources  including  the
private  capital  network which the adviser has  established  among its clients,
historical investments and intermediaries.  The adviser also makes extensive use
of clipping  services and regional  brokers and bankers to identify  elements of
change. The investment professionals regularly meet companies around the country
and sponsor more than 200 company/management meetings in its New York office.

  By reviewing historical relationships and understanding the characteristics of
a business,  the adviser establishes  valuation parameters using relative ratios
or target prices.  In its overall  assessment,  the adviser seeks stocks that it
believes  have a  greater  upside  potential  than  downside  risk over an 18 to
24-month holding period.

  An important  function of the adviser is to set a price  target,  that is, the
price at which the stock will be sold when there has been no fundamental  change
in the investment  case. The adviser  constantly  monitors the companies held by
the  Series to  determine  if there  have been any  fundamental  changes  in the
reasons that prompted the initial purchase of the stock. If significant  changes
for the  better  have not  materialized,  the stock  will be sold.  The  initial
investment case for stock purchase,  which has been  documented,  is examined by
the adviser's investment professionals. A final decision on selling the stock is
made after all such factors are analyzed.

  The  LARGE  CAP  VALUE  PORTFOLIO  invests  its  assets in the Large Cap Value
Series, which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets
in the following equity (or related) securities:

          (BULLET)  common  stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are judged by the
                    adviser to be  undervalued  in the  marketplace  relative to
                    underlying profitability and have a market capitalization of
                    $10 billion or higher at the time of purchase;

          (BULLET)  options on, or securities  convertible  (such as convertible
                    preferred  stock and  convertible  bonds)  into,  the common
                    stock of U.S. corporations described above;

          (BULLET)  options on indexes of the common stock of U.S.  corporations
                    described above;



                                       20

<PAGE>


          (BULLET)  contracts  for  either the  future  delivery,  or payment in
                    respect of the future  market value,  of certain  indexes of
                    the common stock of U.S.  corporations  described above, and
                    options upon such futures contracts; and

          (BULLET)  without  limit in  commercial  paper and other money  market
                    instruments   rated  in  one  of  the  two  highest   rating
                    categories  by a nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
                    organization   ("NRSRO"),  in  response  to  adverse  market
                    conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result of
                    this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve
                    its investment objective.

  The Large Cap Value Series is a diversified portfolio of large cap U.S. equity
(or  related)  securities  that are deemed by the adviser to be  undervalued  as
compared to the company's profitability potential.

  The MID CAP VALUE  PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the Mid Cap Value  Series,
which, under normal conditions,  invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

          (BULLET)  common and preferred  stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are
                    judged by the adviser to be undervalued  in the  marketplace
                    relative  to  underlying  profitability  and  have a  market
                    capitalization  between  $1 and $10  billion  at the time of
                    purchase;

          (BULLET)  securities  convertible (such as convertible preferred stock
                    and  convertible  bonds)  into,  the  common  stock  of U.S.
                    corporations described above;

          (BULLET)  warrants; and

          (BULLET)  without  limit in  commercial  paper and other money  market
                    instruments   rated  in  one  of  the  two  highest   rating
                    categories  by  a  NRSRO,  in  response  to  adverse  market
                    conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result of
                    this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve
                    its investment objective.

  The Mid Cap Value Series is a diversified  portfolio of medium cap U.S. equity
(or  related)  securities  that are deemed by the adviser to be  undervalued  as
compared to the company's profitability potential.

  The  Small  Cap  Value  Portfolio  invests  its  assets in the Small Cap Value
Series, which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets
in the following equity (or related) securities:

          (BULLET)  common and preferred  stocks of U.S.  corporations  that are
                    judged by the adviser to be undervalued  in the  marketplace
                    relative  to  underlying  profitability  and  have a  market
                    capitalization  of  $1  billion  or  less  at  the  time  of
                    purchase;

          (BULLET)  securities  convertible (such as convertible preferred stock
                    and  convertible  bonds)  into,  the  common  stock  of U.S.
                    corporations described above;

          (BULLET)  warrants; and

          (BULLET)  without  limit in  commercial  paper and other money  market
                    instruments   rated  in  one  of  the  two  highest   rating
                    categories  by  a  NRSRO,  in  response  to  adverse  market
                    conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result of
                    this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve
                    its investment objective.

  The Small Cap Value Series is a diversified portfolio of small cap U.S. equity
(or  related)  securities  that are deemed by the adviser to be  undervalued  as
compared to the company's profitability potential.



                                       21
<PAGE>



  ALL SERIES.  The frequency of portfolio  transactions  and a Series'  turnover
rate will vary from year to year  depending  on the market.  Increased  turnover
rates incur the cost of additional  brokerage  commissions  and may cause you to
receive  larger  capital gain  distributions.  Series  turnover rate is normally
expected to be less than 100% for each of the Series.

  Each  Series  also may use other  strategies  and  engage in other  investment
practices,  which  are  described  in  detail  in our  Statement  of  Additional
Information.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your  investment in
a Portfolio,  unless otherwise  indicated.  Further information about investment
risks is available in our Statement of Additional Information:

          (BULLET)  CURRENCY RISK:  The risk related to investments  denominated
                    in  foreign  currencies.   Foreign  securities  are  usually
                    denominated in foreign currency therefore changes in foreign
                    currency  exchange  rates can affect the net asset  value of
                    the International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio.  (International
                    Multi-Manager Portfolio)

          (BULLET)  DERIVATIVES  RISK:  Some of the Series'  investments  may be
                    referred to as "derivatives" because their value depends on,
                    or derives from, the value of an underlying asset, reference
                    rate or index.  These investments  include options,  futures
                    contracts  and  similar  investments  that  may be  used  in
                    hedging and related income  strategies.  The market value of
                    derivative  instruments  and  securities  is sometimes  more
                    volatile  than that of other  investments,  and each type of
                    derivative may pose its own special risks.  As a fundamental
                    policy,  no more than 15% of a Series'  total  assets may at
                    any time be committed or exposed to derivative strategies.

          (BULLET)  FOREIGN  SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political,
                    regulatory,  economic, social or other uncontrollable forces
                    in a foreign country not normally  associated with investing
                    in the U.S. markets.  (International Multi-Manager Portfolio
                    and the Large Cap Core Portfolio)

          (BULLET)  GROWTH-ORIENTED  INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment
                    in   a   growth-oriented   portfolio,   which   invests   in
                    growth-oriented  companies,  will be more  volatile than the
                    rest of the U.S. market as a whole. (Large Cap Growth, Large
                    Cap Core and Small Cap Core Portfolios)

          (BULLET)  MARKET  RISK:  The risk that the market  value of a security
                    may move up and down,  sometimes rapidly and  unpredictably.
                    The prices of equity  securities  change in response to many
                    factors including the historical and prospective earnings of
                    the  issuer,  the  value  of its  assets,  general  economic
                    conditions,  interest rates, investor perceptions and market
                    liquidity.

          (BULLET)  MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The Portfolios'  master/feeder structure
                    is relatively new and more complex.  While this structure is
                    designed  to  reduce  costs,  it  may  not do  so,  and  the
                    Portfolios    might    encounter    operational   or   other
                    complications. For example, large-scale redemptions by other
                    feeders of their  shares of a master fund could have adverse
                    effects on a Portfolio such as requiring the  liquidation of
                    a  substantial  portion of the master  fund's  holdings at a
                    time when it could be  disadvantageous to do so. Also, other
                    feeders  of a  master  fund  may  have a  greater  ownership
                    interest  in the master  fund than a  Portfolio's  interest,
                    and, therefore, could have effective voting control over the
                    operation of the master fund.



                                       22

<PAGE>


          (BULLET)  Opportunity  Risk:  The risk of missing out on an investment
                    opportunity  because the assets  necessary to take advantage
                    of it are tied up in less advantageous investments.

          (BULLET)  Small Cap Risk:  Small cap companies may be more  vulnerable
                    than  larger  companies  to  adverse  business  or  economic
                    developments.  Small cap  companies  may also  have  limited
                    product  lines,  markets  or  financial  resources,  may  be
                    dependent on relatively  small or  inexperienced  management
                    groups and may operate in industries  characterized by rapid
                    technological obsolescence. Securities of such companies may
                    be less liquid and more volatile  than  securities of larger
                    companies  and  therefore  may  involve  greater  risk  than
                    investing in larger companies. (Small Cap Core Portfolio)

          (BULLET)  Valuation Risk: The risk that a Series has valued certain of
                    its securities at a higher price than it can sell them.

          (BULLET)  Value Investing Risk: The risk that a Series'  investment in
                    companies  whose  securities are believed to be undervalued,
                    relative   to  their   underlying   profitability,   do  not
                    appreciate in value as  anticipated.  (Large Cap Value,  Mid
                    Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Small Cap Core Portfolios)


                                       23

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The  financial  highlights  table  is  intended  to help you  understand  each
Portfolio's  financial performance for the past 5 years or since the Portfolio's
inception,  if shorter.  Certain  information  reflects  financial results for a
single  Institutional  share of a  Portfolio.  The  total  returns  in the table
represent  the  rate  that a  shareholder  would  have  earned  (or  lost) on an
investment  in a Portfolio  (assuming  reinvestment  of all  dividends and other
distributions).  Financial  highlights (except those of Large Cap Core Portfolio
for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995 which were audited
by other auditors), have been audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, whose report, along
with each Portfolio's  financial  statements,  is included in the Annual Report,
which is available without charge upon request.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   FOR THE                 FOR THE PERIOD
                                                  FISCAL YEAR             JANUARY 1, 1999    FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ENDED                     THROUGH
WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO --     JUNE 30, 20003,4(DAGGER)  JUNE 30, 1999(DAGGER)  19981(DAGGER)   1997(DAGGER)
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                         -----------------------   ---------------------  -------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>                        <C>                 <C>             <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD .......    $  25.76                   $  23.59            $  21.37        $ 19.22
                                                  --------                   --------            --------        -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment loss .......................       (0.14)2                    (0.02)              (0.01)         (0.19)2
   Net realized and unrealized gain
     on investments ..........................        8.70                       2.19                5.02           5.44
                                                  --------                   --------            --------        -------
     Total from investment operations ........        8.56                       2.17                5.01           5.25
                                                  --------                   --------            --------        -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income ................          --                         --                  --             --
   From net realized gain ....................       (0.93)                        --               (2.79)         (3.10)
                                                  --------                   --------            --------        -------
     Total distributions .....................       (0.93)                        --               (2.79)         (3.10)
                                                  --------                   --------            --------        -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD .............    $  33.39                   $  25.76            $  23.59        $ 21.37
                                                  ========                   ========            ========        =======
TOTAL RETURN .................................      33.27%                    9.20%**              23.58%         27.50%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations .............       0.75%                     0.75%*               0.80%          1.38%
   Excluding expense limitations .............       0.77%                     0.80%*               0.92%            N/A
Net investment loss ..........................     (0.45)%                   (0.14)%*             (0.08)%        (0.86)%
Portfolio turnover rate ......................     111.49%                     15.50%              51.64%         28.05%
Net assets at end of period
   (000 omitted) .............................    $277,290                   $222,538            $223,151        $91,445






                                         FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO --          1996(DAGGER)  1995(DAGGER)
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                              ------------  ------------
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD .......      $ 17.41       $ 15.14
                                                    -------       -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment loss .......................        (0.15)2       (0.10)
   Net realized and unrealized gain
     on investments ..........................         4.37          4.38
                                                    -------       -------
     Total from investment operations ........         4.22          4.28
                                                    -------       -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income ................           --            --
   From net realized gain ....................        (2.41)        (2.01)
                                                    -------       -------
     Total distributions .....................        (2.41)        (2.01)
                                                    -------       -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD .............      $ 19.22       $ 17.41
                                                    =======       =======
TOTAL RETURN .................................       24.25%        28.43%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations .............        1.43%         1.43%
   Excluding expense limitations .............          N/A           N/A
Net investment loss ..........................      (0.78)%       (0.53)%
Portfolio turnover rate ......................       34.84%        49.12%
Net assets at end of period
   (000 omitted) .............................      $76,174       $66,311


<FN>

-----------------------

*  Annualized.

** Not annualized.

1  Effective  February 23, 1998,  Wilmington  Trust  Company  (WTC)  assumed the
   responsibility of Adviser to the Large Cap Growth Portfolio.

2  The net  investment  loss per  share  was  calculated  using  average  shares
   outstanding method.

3  Effective  November 1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income  ratios
   include  expenses  allocated  from the WT Investment  Trust I -- WT Large Cap
   Growth  Series  (the  "Series")  and  the  portfolio  turnover  reflects  the
   investment activity of the Series.

4  Effective  November 1, 1999,  Roxbury Capital  Management,  LLC,  assumed the
   responsibility of Adviser to the WT Large Cap Growth Series.

(DAGGER)  Effective  November  1,  1999,  the  Rodney  Square  Large Cap  Growth
   Portfolio  ("Rodney Square  Portfolio") was merged into the Wilmington  Large
   Cap Growth Portfolio.  The financial highlights for periods prior to November
   1, 1999 reflect the performance history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO --                      2000 1         1999 1      1998 1       1997 1        1996
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                       --------       --------    --------     -------     -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................    $  22.50       $  18.72    $  20.56     $ 16.58     $ 14.04
                                                           --------       --------    --------     -------     -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income ..............................        0.10           0.12        0.16        0.13        0.13
   Net realized and unrealized gain on
      investments .....................................        1.83           4.14        4.52        4.09        2.56
                                                           --------       --------    --------     -------     -------
      Total from investment operations ................        1.93           4.26        4.68        4.22        2.69
                                                           --------       --------    --------     -------     -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income .........................       (0.12)         (0.14)      (0.16)      (0.15)      (0.15)
   From net realized gain .............................       (0.28)         (0.34)      (6.36)      (0.09)         --
                                                           --------       --------    --------     -------     -------
      Total distributions .............................       (0.40)         (0.48)      (6.52)      (0.24)      (0.15)
                                                           --------       --------    --------     -------     -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD ......................    $  24.03       $  22.50    $  18.72     $ 20.56     $ 16.58
                                                           ========       ========    ========     =======     =======
TOTAL RETURN ..........................................       8.57%         23.25%      29.09%      25.67%      19.24%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/
   SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations ......................       0.80%          0.80%       0.80%       0.80%       0.80%
   Excluding expense limitations ......................       0.94%          0.91%       0.93%       0.94%       1.05%
Net investment income .................................       0.40%          0.65%       0.81%       0.80%       1.34%
Portfolio turnover rate ...............................      11.52%          5.19%      93.08%      26.33%      16.95%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted) .............    $127,812       $139,228    $110,052     $88,763     $66,137

<FN>

----------------------

1 The expense and net  investment  income  ratios for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2000,  1999,  1998 and 1997 include  expenses
  allocated  from the WT  Investment  Trust I -- Large Cap Core  Series (the  "Series")  and the  portfolio  turnover  reflects  the
  investment activity of the Series.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       25

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE              FOR THE PERIOD            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                               FISCAL YEAR            JANUARY 1, 1999           JUNE 29, 19981
                                                                  ENDED                  THROUGH                    THROUGH
WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO --                   JUNE 30, 20002,3(DAGGER) JUNE 30, 1999(DAGGER)   DECEMBER 31, 1998(DAGGER)
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                      -----------------------  --------------------    -------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                     <C>                       <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................          $  9.82                 $  9.30                     $ 10.00
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income ..............................             0.13                    0.10                        0.10
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on
      investments .....................................             0.50                    0.42                       (0.58)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
      Total from investment operations ................             0.63                    0.52                       (0.48)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income .........................            (0.20)                     --                       (0.10)
   In excess of net realized gain .....................               --                      --                       (0.12)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
      Total distributions .............................            (0.20)                     --                       (0.22)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD ......................          $ 10.25                 $  9.82                     $  9.30
                                                                 =======                 =======                     =======
TOTAL RETURN ..........................................            6.61%                 5.59%**                   (4.79)%**

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses
   Including expense limitations ......................            0.75%                  0.75%*                      0.75%*
   Excluding expense limitations ......................            0.97%                  0.84%*                      0.88%*
Net investment income .................................            1.06%                  1.92%*                      2.07%*
Portfolio turnover rate ...............................          136.45%                  25.14%                      36.78%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted) .............          $64,272                 $79,060                     $93,780

<FN>

-----------------------

*   Annualized.

**  Not annualized.

1   Commencement of operations.

2   Effective November 1, 1999, the expense and net investment income ratios include expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust
    I -- Large Cap Value Series (the "Series") and the portfolio turnover reflects the investment activity of the Series.

3   Effective November 1, 1999, Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, assumed the responsibility of Adviser to the Large Cap Value Series.

(DAGGER) Effective  November 1, 1999, the Rodney Square Large Cap Value Portfolio  ("Rodney  Square  Portfolio") was merged into the
    Wilmington  Large Cap Value  Portfolio.  The financial  highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the performance
    history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.

</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       26


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE              FOR THE PERIOD            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                               FISCAL YEAR            JANUARY 1, 1999           JUNE 29, 19981
                                                                  ENDED                  THROUGH                    THROUGH
WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO --                    JUNE 30, 20002,3(DAGGER) JUNE 30, 1999(DAGGER)   DECEMBER 31, 1998(DAGGER)
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                      -----------------------  --------------------    ------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                      <C>                       <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................         $   9.51                 $  9.36                     $ 10.00
                                                                --------                 -------                     -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income ..............................               --                    0.02                        0.02
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on
      investments .....................................             3.50                    0.13                       (0.62)
                                                                --------                 -------                     -------
   Total from investment operations ...................             3.50                    0.15                       (0.60)
                                                                --------                 -------                     -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income .........................            (0.02)                     --                       (0.02)
   From net realized gain .............................            (0.02)                     --                          --
   In excess of net realized gain .....................               --                      --                       (0.02)
                                                                --------                 -------                     -------
      Total distributions .............................            (0.04)                   0.00                       (0.04)
                                                                --------                 -------                     -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD ......................         $  12.97                 $  9.51                     $  9.36
                                                                ========                 =======                     =======
TOTAL RETURN ..........................................           36.93%                 1.60%**                   (6.03)%**

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations ......................            0.80%                  0.80%*                      0.80%*
   Excluding expense limitations ......................            0.91%                  0.90%*                      0.95%*
Net investment income .................................            0.02%                  0.39%*                      0.45%*
Portfolio turnover rate ...............................           46.80%                   7.42%                       9.81%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted) .............         $103,456                 $76,316                     $82,156

<FN>

----------------------

*   Annualized.

**  Not annualized.

1   Commencement of operations.

2   Effective November 1, 1999, the expense and net investment income ratios include expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust
    I -- Small Cap Core Series (the "Series") and the portfolio turnover reflects the investment activity of the Series.

(DAGGER) Effective  November 1, 1999, the Rodney Square Small Cap Equity Portfolio  ("Rodney Square  Portfolio") was merged into the
    Wilmington  Small Cap Core  Portfolio.  The financial  highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the  performance
    history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       27
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE              FOR THE PERIOD            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                               FISCAL YEAR            JANUARY 1, 1999           JUNE 29, 19981
                                                                  ENDED                  THROUGH                    THROUGH
WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO --       JUNE 30, 20003(DAGGER) JUNE 30, 1999(DAGGER)   DECEMBER 31, 1998(DAGGER)
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                      ---------------------  --------------------    -------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                     <C>                       <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................          $ 10.03                 $  9.82                     $ 10.00
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income2 .............................             0.08                    0.06                        0.02
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on
      investments and foreign currency ................             3.09                    0.26                       (0.09)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
      Total from investment operations ................             3.17                    0.32                       (0.07)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income .........................            (0.06)                     --                          --
   From net realized gain .............................            (0.66)                  (0.11)                      (0.11)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
      Total distributions .............................            (0.72)                  (0.11)                      (0.11)
                                                                 -------                 -------                     -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD ......................          $ 12.48                 $ 10.03                     $  9.82
                                                                 =======                 =======                     =======
TOTAL RETURN ..........................................           31.52%                 3.29%**                   (0.70)%**

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations ......................            1.00%                  1.00%*                      1.00%*
   Excluding expense limitations ......................            1.21%                  1.19%*                      1.10%*
Net investment income .................................            0.66%                  1.86%*                      0.46%*
Portfolio turnover rate ...............................           78.24%                  33.02%                      27.66%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted) .............          $84,078                 $69,401                     $73,784

<FN>

------------------------

*   Annualized.

**  Not annualized.

1   Commencement of operations.

2   The net investment income per share was calculated using the average share outstanding method.

3   Effective November 1, 1999, the expense and net investment income ratios include expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust
    I --  International  Multi-Manager  Series (the "Series") and the portfolio  turnover  reflects the  investment  activity of the
    Series.

(DAGGER) Effective  November 1, 1999, the Rodney Square  International  Equity Portfolio ("Rodney Square Portfolio") was merged into
    the Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio. The financial highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the
    performance history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.

</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       28

<PAGE>


                             MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

  The Board of Trustees for each Portfolio supervises the management, activities
and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved  contracts with various  financial
organizations  to  provide,  among other  services,  the  day-to-day  management
required by the Portfolio and its shareholders.

         PLAIN TALK

   ========================================================================
                         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?

   The investment adviser makes investment  decisions for a mutual fund and
   continuously  reviews,  supervises and administers the fund's investment
   program.  The Board of Trustees  supervises the  investment  adviser and
   establishes  policies  that the adviser  must  follow in its  management
   activities.

   ========================================================================


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT ADVISER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Wilmington Trust Company,  the investment adviser for the Large Cap Core Series,
the Small Cap Core Series and the International Multi-Manager Series, is located
at 1100 North Market Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware 19890. WTC is a wholly owned
subsidiary  of  Wilmington  Trust  Corporation,  which is a  publicly  held bank
holding  company.  WTC,  subject to the  supervision  of the Board of  Trustees,
directs the  investments  of these Series in  accordance  with their  respective
investment   objectives,   policies  and  limitations.   For  the  International
Multi-Manager  Series,  WTC  allocates  the  Series'  assets  equally  among the
sub-advisers  and then  oversees  their  investment  activities.  In addition to
serving as  investment  adviser for the  Series,  WTC is engaged in a variety of
investment advisory  activities,  including the management of other mutual funds
and collective investment pools.

Under an advisory agreement, the Large Cap Core Series pays a monthly fee to WTC
at the annual rate of 0.70% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net
assets;  0.65% of the Series' next $1 billion of average  daily net assets;  and
0.60% of the Series'  average  daily net assets  over $2 billion.  The Small Cap
Core Series pays WTC a monthly  advisory  fee at the annual rate of 0.60% of the
Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets;  0.55% of the Series' next
$1 billion of average daily net assets;  and 0.50% of the Series'  average daily
net assets over $2 billion.  The International  Multi-Manager  Series pays WTC a
monthly  advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.65% of the Series'  average  daily
net assets.  Prior to November 1, 1999, WTC served as investment  adviser to the
Large Cap Growth  Series and the Large Cap Value  Series.  For its services from
July 1, 1999 through  October 31, 1999, WTC received  0.55%,  as a percentage of
each Portfolio's  average daily net assets. For the twelve months ended June 30,
2000,  WTC received the following  fees (after fee waivers),  as a percentage of
each Series' average daily net assets:

         WT Large Cap Growth Series                  0.47%
         Large Cap Growth Series                     0.39%
         Large Cap Core Series                       0.56%
         Small Cap Core Series                       0.49%
         International Multi-Manager Series          0.44%

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn,  LLC, 707 Westchester  Avenue,  White Plains, New York
10604,  serves as the investment  adviser to the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid
Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series.  Subject to the  supervision of
the Board of Trustees,  CRM makes investment decisions for these Series. CRM and
its predecessors have managed equity  investments,  including a mutual fund, for
more than  twenty-five  years. As of September 30, 2000, CRM has over $3 billion
of assets under management.



                                       29

<PAGE>

Under the advisory agreement, the Large Cap Value Series pays a monthly advisory
fee to CRM at the annual  rate of 0.55% of its first 1 billion of average  daily
net assets;  0.50% of the Series'  next $1 billion of average  daily net assets;
and 0.45% of the Series'  average daily net assets over $2 billion.  The Mid Cap
Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series each pay CRM a monthly  advisory fee
of 0.75% of the Series' first $1 billion of average  daily net assets;  0.70% of
the  Series'  next $1  billion  of average  daily net  assets;  and 0.65% of the
Series'  average  daily net assets over $2 billion.  For the twelve months ended
June 30, 2000,  CRM received  advisory fees (after fee waivers) of 0.33% for the
Large Cap Value  Series,  0.00% for Mid Cap Value Series and 0.66% for Small Cap
Value Series, as a percentage of the Series' average daily net assets.

Roxbury  Capital  Management,  LLC, 100  Wilshire  Boulevard,  Suite 600,  Santa
Monica,  California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the WT Large Cap
Growth Series. Roxbury is engaged in a variety of investment advisory activities
including the  management of separate  accounts and, as of August 31, 2000,  had
assets under management of approximately $14.2 billion.

Under the  advisory  agreement,  the WT Large Cap Growth  Series  pays a monthly
advisory  fee to  Roxbury at the annual  rate of 0.55% of the  Series'  first $1
billion  of average  daily net  assets;  0.50% of the Series  next $1 billion of
average daily net assets; and 0.45% of the Series' average daily net assets over
$2 billion.  For the period  November  1, 1999  through  June 30,  2000  Roxbury
received  advisory  fees (after fee waivers) of 0.51% of the WT Large Cap Growth
Series' average daily net assets.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  E. MATTHEW  BROWN,  Vice  President of WTC is  responsible  for the management
process of the Large Cap Core and Small Cap Core Series. Mr. Brown joined WTC in
October of 1996. Prior to joining WTC, he served as Chief Investment  Officer of
PNC Bank, Delaware, from 1993 through 1996.

  RAFAEL E. TAMARGO, Vice President, Director of Equity Research, is responsible
for the day-to-day  management of the Large Cap Core Series.  Mr. Tamargo joined
WTC in 1996 as an  equities  analyst.  Prior to joining  WTC,  Mr.  Tamargo  was
employed by U.S. Trust as an Equities Analyst.

  THOMAS P. NEALE,  CFA,  Vice  President,  Equity  Research  Division of WTC is
responsible  for the  management of the Small Cap Core Series.  Mr. Neale joined
Wilmington Trust in 1986 as an Institutional  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  Manager.
Currently he  specializes  in managing  taxable  accounts  for Delaware  holding
companies and has equity research  responsibilities  following the insurance and
brokerage industries.

  ROBERT J.  CHRISTIAN,  Chief  Investment  Officer of WTC, or his delegate,  is
primarily responsible for monitoring the day-to-day investment activities of the
sub-advisers to the International Multi-Manager Series. Mr. Christian has been a
Director of Rodney Square  Management  Corporation  since February 1996, and was
Chairman and Director of PNC Equity  Advisors  Company,  and President and Chief
Investment Officer of PNC Asset Management Group, Inc. from 1994 to 1996. He was
Chief  Investment  Officer of PNC Bank,  N.A.  from 1992 to 1996 and Director of
Provident Capital Management from 1993 to 1996.

  The  day-to-day  management of the Large Cap Value  Series,  the Mid Cap Value
Series  and the  Small Cap  Value  Series  is  shared  by a team of  individuals
employed by the CRM.  Ronald H. McGlynn and Jay B. Abramson are  responsible for
the overall  management of these Series. In addition,  Michael A. Prober is part
of the team  responsible  for the  management of Mid Cap Value Series;  Scott L.
Scher and Christopher Fox are part of the team responsible for the management of
Small Cap Value Series; and Kevin M. Chin and Adam L. Starr are part of the team
responsible  for the  management of the Large Cap Value Series.  Each  portfolio
manager's business experience and educational background is as follows:



                                       30
<PAGE>

  RONALD  H.  MCGLYNN  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  since  1983 and
Co-Chief  Investment  Officer of CRM. He has been with CRM for twenty-five years
and is responsible for investment  policy,  portfolio  management and investment
research. Prior to his association with CRM, Mr. McGlynn was a Portfolio Manager
at Oppenheimer & Co. He received a B.A. from Williams College and a M.B.A.  from
Columbia University.

  JAY B.  ABRAMSON,  CPA  Executive  Vice  President  since 1989 and Director of
Research and Co-Chief Investment Officer of CRM. He has been with CRM for twelve
years and is responsible for investment research and portfolio  management.  Mr.
Abramson received a B.S.E. and J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania  Wharton
School and Law School, respectively, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

  MICHAEL A. PROBER Vice President of CRM since 1993 where he is responsible for
investment  research.  Prior to  joining  CRM in 1993,  he worked  in  corporate
finance and commercial banking at Chase Manhattan Bank and as a Research Analyst
for Alpha  Capital  Venture  Partners.  Mr.  Prober  received a B.B.A.  from the
University of Michigan and an M.M. from the Northwestern University J.L. Kellogg
Graduate School of Management.

  SCOTT L. SCHER,  CFA Vice  President of CRM since 1995 where he is responsible
for  investment  research.  Prior  to  joining  CRM in  1995,  he  worked  as an
analyst/portfolio manager at The Prudential from 1988. Mr. Scher received a B.A.
from Harvard College,  a M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.

  KEVIN M. CHIN is a Vice  President  at CRM.  Kevin  joined CRM in 1989.  He is
responsible for investment research. Formerly, Kevin was a Financial Analyst for
the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Morgan Stanley and a risk arbitrageur
with The First Boston  Corporation.  He received a BS from  Columbia  University
School of Engineering and Applied Science.

  CHRISTOPHER  S. FOX, CFA joined CRM in 1999 as a Vice  President  and has over
fifteen years  experience in the Investment  business.  In 1995 Chris co-founded
Schaenen  Fox  Capital  Management,  LLC,  a hedge  fund  with  small  cap value
investments.  He  previously  was at Schaenen  Wood &  Associates,  Inc. as Vice
President and Senior  Manager/Analyst;  Chemical Bank's Private Banking Division
as a portfolio  manager  and  analyst;  and Drexel  Burnham  Lambert,  Inc. as a
financial  analyst.  Chris earned a BA in Economics from the State University of
New York at Albany and an MBA in Finance from New York University's Stern School
of Business.

  ADAM L. STARR joined CRM in 1999 as a Vice  President and is  responsible  for
investment  research.  Prior to CRM, he was a Partner and  Portfolio  Manager at
Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC. Previously, he was an Analyst and Portfolio Manager at
Charter  Oak  Partners  and First  Manhattan  Company.  Adam  earned an MBA from
Columbia University.

  The day-to-day management of the Large Cap Growth Series is the responsibility
of Roxbury's Investment  Committee.  The Investment Committee meets regularly to
make investment decisions for the Series and relies on Roxbury's research team.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUB-ADVISERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The  International  Multi-Manager  Series  has  three  sub-advisers,  Clemente
Capital Inc., Invista Capital  Management,  LLC. and Scudder Kemper Investments,
Inc. Clemente, located at Carnegie Hall Tower, 152 West 57th Street, 25th Floor,
New York, New York 10019,  registered as an investment adviser in 1979. Clemente
manages in excess of $620 million in assets. Leopoldo M. Clemente, President and
Chief Investment Officer



                                       31


<PAGE>

serves as portfolio manager for the portion of the  International  Multi-Manager
Series' assets under  Clemente's  management.  Mr. Clemente has been responsible
for portfolio management and security selection for the past eight years.

  Invista, located at 1800 Hub Tower, 699 Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309,
is a registered  investment  adviser organized in 1984.  Invista is an indirect,
wholly owned  subsidiary of Principal  Mutual Life  Insurance  Company.  Invista
manages in excess of $26 billion in assets, of which  approximately $3.8 billion
are in foreign  equities in  separately  managed  accounts  and mutual funds for
public funds, corporations,  endowments and foundations, insurance companies and
individuals.  Scott D. Opsal,  CFA,  Executive Vice President and lead portfolio
manager of international  equities for Invista, is the portfolio manager for the
portion of the International  Multi-Manager  Series under Invista's  management.
Mr.  Opsal  joined  Invista at its  inception  in 1985 and  assumed  his current
responsibilities  in 1993. Before 1993, his  responsibilities  included security
analysis and portfolio management activities for various U.S. equity portfolios,
managing the firm's convertible  securities and overseeing  Invista's index fund
and derivatives positions. Kurtis D. Spieler, CFA, Vice President and manager of
the firm's  dedicated  emerging market  portfolios,  is Mr. Opsal's backup.  Mr.
Spieler has been  Invista's  emerging  markets  portfolio  manager since joining
Invista in 1995.

  Scudder  Kemper,  located at 345 Park Avenue,  New York,  New York 10154,  was
founded as America's first  independent  investment  counselor and has served as
investment  adviser,  administrator  and distributor of mutual funds since 1928.
Scudder Kemper manages in excess of $200 billion in assets,  with  approximately
$30  billion  of those  assets in  foreign  investments  in  separately  managed
accounts for pension funds, foundations, educational institutions and government
entities and in open-end and  closed-end  investment  companies.  Irene T. Cheng
serves  as the lead  portfolio  manager  for the  portion  of the  International
Multi-Manager  Series' assets under Scudder Kemper's  management.  Ms. Cheng has
been in the asset  management  business  for over nine years and joined  Scudder
Kemper as a portfolio manager in 1993.


                                       32

<PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICE PROVIDERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The chart  below  provides  information  on the  Portfolios'  primary  service
providers.



Asset                                            Shareholder
Management                                       Services

----------------------------------               -------------------------------
    INVESTMENT ADVISERS
  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                              TRANSFER AGENT
     RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                                   PFPC INC.
    1100 N. MARKET STREET                             400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
   WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001                         WILMINGTON, DE 19809
CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC
   707 WESTCHESTER AVENUE                         Handles shareholder services,
   WHITE PLAINS, NY 10604                         including recordkeeping and
ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC                     statements, payment of
100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, SUITE 600                 distributions and processing
    SANTA MONICA, CA 90401                          of buy and sell requests.

Manages each Portfolio's
investment activities.
----------------------------------               -------------------------------

                                ----------------
                                 WT MUTUAL FUND
                                ----------------

Fund                                             Asset
Operations                                       Safe Keeping

---------------------------                     --------------------------------

 ADMINISTRATOR AND                                       CUSTODIAN
  ACCOUNTING AGENT                                WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
     PFPC INC.                                      1100 N. MARKET STREET
400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                                WILMINGTON, DE 19890
WILMINGTON, DE 19809                                    BANKERS TRUST
                                                (INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER
   Provides facilities,                                PORTFOLIO ONLY)
equipment and personnel to                           130 LIBERTY STREET
 carry out administrative                           NEW YORK, NY 10006
 services related to each
 Portfolio and calculates                       Holds each Portfolio's assets,
 each Portfolio's NAV per                       settles all portfolio trades and
 share and distributions.                        collects most of the valuation
                                                 data required for calculating
                                                each Portfolio's NAV per share.

---------------------------                     --------------------------------

                                        33

<PAGE>

                             SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRICING OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The  Portfolios  value their assets based on current  market  values when such
values are available.  These prices normally are supplied by a pricing  service.
Any assets held by a Portfolio that are  denominated  in foreign  currencies are
valued daily in U.S.  dollars at the foreign  currency  exchange  rates that are
prevailing  at the time that PFPC  determines  the  daily  net asset  value.  To
determine  the value of those  securities,  PFPC may use a pricing  service that
takes into account not only  developments  related to specific  securities,  but
also  transactions  in  comparable  securities.  Securities  that do not  have a
readily  available  current  market  value are  valued in good  faith  under the
direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK

   ========================================================================

                     WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE OR "NAV"?

                           NAV = Assets -- Liabilities
                                 ---------------------
                                 Outstanding Shares

   ========================================================================

  PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Portfolio as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.  Eastern time), on
each  Business  Day (a day  that  the  Exchange,  the  Transfer  Agent  and  the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business).  The NAV
is  calculated  by adding  the  value of all  securities  and other  assets in a
Portfolio,  deducting its  liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of
outstanding shares in that Portfolio.

  Shares will not be priced on those days the Portfolios  are closed.  As of the
date of this prospectus, those days are:

    New Year's Day                     Memorial Day            Veterans' Day
    Martin Luther King, Jr. Day        Independence Day        Thanksgiving Day
    President's Day                    Labor Day               Christmas Day
    Good Friday                        Columbus Day




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:

   (BULLET)  Directly by mail or by wire

   (BULLET)  As a client of WTC through a trust account or a corporate cash
             management account

   (BULLET)  As a client of a Service Organization
   ========================================================================



                                       34

<PAGE>

  Portfolio  shares are offered on a  continuous  basis and are sold without any
sales charges.  The minimum initial investment in Institutional  class shares of
each Portfolio is $1,000. Additional investments in any Portfolio may be made in
any amount. You may purchase shares as specified below.

  You may also purchase  shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust or
corporate cash management accounts.  If you are a client of an institution (such
as a bank or broker-dealer) that has entered into a servicing agreement with the
distributor ("Service Organization"),  you may also purchase shares through such
Service Organization.  You should also be aware that you may be charged a fee by
WTC or the  Service  Organization  in  connection  with your  investment  in the
Portfolios. If you wish to purchase Portfolio shares through your account at WTC
or  a  Service  Organization,  you  should  contact  that  entity  directly  for
information and instructions on purchasing shares.

  BY MAIL:  You may  purchase  shares by  sending a check  drawn on a U.S.  bank
payable to Wilmington Equity  Portfolios,  indicating the name of the Portfolio,
along with a completed application (included at the end of this prospectus).  If
a  subsequent  investment  is being made,  the check should also  indicate  your
Portfolio  account number.  When you make purchases by check, each Portfolio may
withhold payment on redemptions until it is reasonably  satisfied that the funds
are  collected  (which can take up to 10 days).  If you  purchase  shares with a
check  that does not  clear,  your  purchase  will be  canceled  and you will be
responsible for any losses or fees incurred in that transaction.  Send the check
and application to:

     Regular mail:                            Overnight mail:
     -------------                            ---------------
     Wilmington Equity Portfolios             Wilmington Equity Portfolios
     c/o PFPC Inc.                            c/o PFPC Inc.
     P.O. Box 8951                            400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
     Wilmington, DE 19899                     Wilmington, DE 19809


  BY WIRE: You may purchase  shares by wiring  federal funds readily  available.
Please  call  PFPC at  (800)  336-9970  for  instructions  and to make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING PURCHASES:  Purchase orders received by the
Transfer  Agent  before the close of  regular  trading  on the  Exchange  on any
Business  Day will be  priced at the NAV that is  determined  as of the close of
trading.  Purchase  orders  received  after the close of regular  trading on the
Exchange  will be priced as of the close of  regular  trading  on the  following
Business Day.

  Any purchase  order may be rejected if a Portfolio  determines  that accepting
the  order  would  not  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Portfolio  or  its
shareholders.

  It is the responsibility of WTC or the Service Organization to transmit orders
for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required  funds on a timely basis,  in  accordance  with the  procedures  stated
above.

  For  information  on other  ways to  purchase  shares,  including  through  an
individual  retirement account (IRA), an automatic  investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.



                                       35


<PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REDEMPTION OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                          HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:

   (BULLET)  By mail
   (BULLET)  By telephone
   ========================================================================


  You may sell your shares on any Business Day, as described below.  Redemptions
are effected at the NAV next  determined  after the Transfer  Agent has received
your redemption request.  There is no fee when Portfolio shares are redeemed. It
is the responsibility of WTC or the Service  Organization to transmit redemption
orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption proceeds on a timely
basis.  Redemption  checks are mailed on the next Business Day following receipt
by the Transfer  Agent of redemption  instructions,  but never later than 7 days
following such receipt.  Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date
of receipt of redemption instructions or the next Business Day if received after
4:00 p.m.  Eastern time, or on a  non-Business  Day, but never later than 7 days
following  such receipt.  If you purchased your shares through an account at WTC
or a Service  Organization,  you should contact WTC or the Service  Organization
for information  relating to redemptions.  The Portfolio's name and your account
number should accompany any redemption requests.

  BY MAIL:  If you  redeem  your  shares  by mail,  you  should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee." A signature  guarantee  verifies the
authenticity  of  your   signature.   You  can  obtain  one  from  most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a notary  public.  You must
indicate the  Portfolio  name,  your account  number and your name.  The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

     Regular mail:                           Overnight mail:
     -------------                           ---------------
     Wilmington Equity Portfolios            Wilmington Equity Portfolios
     c/o PFPC Inc.                           c/o PFPC Inc.
     P.O. Box 8951                           400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
     Wilmington, DE 19899                    Wilmington, DE 19809


  BY  TELEPHONE:  If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect
to do  so.  However  there  are  certain  risks.  The  Portfolios  have  certain
safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that
the instructions  communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you
will bear the risk of any losses.

  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your  predesignated  bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The  receiving  bank may charge a fee for this
service.  Proceeds may also be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or
less, mailed to your Portfolio account address of record if the address has been
established  for at least 60 days. In order to authorize  the Transfer  Agent to
mail redemption  proceeds to your Portfolio account address of record,  complete
the appropriate section of the Application for Telephone  Redemptions or include
your Portfolio  account address of record when you submit written  instructions.
You may change the account that you have designated to



                                       36

<PAGE>


receive  amounts  redeemed  at any  time.  Any  request  to change  the  account
designated to receive  redemption  proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee
of your  signature  by an  eligible  institution.  A  signature  and a signature
guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account is  registered.
Further  documentation  will be required to change the designated account when a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor holds the Portfolio shares.

  If the shares to be redeemed  represent a recent investment made by check, the
Portfolio  reserves  the  right  not to send the  redemption  proceeds  until it
believes that the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

  SMALL ACCOUNTS:  If the value of your Portfolio  account falls below $500, the
Portfolio may ask you to increase  your  balance.  If the account value is still
below $500 after 60 days,  the Portfolio may close your account and send you the
proceeds.  The  Portfolio  will not close your  account  if it falls  below $500
solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

  The Mid Cap Value,  Small Cap Value and Large Cap Value Portfolios reserve the
right to make  "redemptions  in kind" --  payments  of  redemption  proceeds  in
portfolio  securities rather than cash -- if the amount redeemed is large enough
to affect their  respective  Series'  operations (for example,  if it represents
more than 1% of the Series' assets).

  For additional information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information.


                                       37

<PAGE>





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCHANGE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   PLAIN TALK

   ========================================================================

                        WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?

   An  exchange  of shares  allows  you to move your money from one fund to
   another fund within a family of funds.

   ========================================================================

  You  may  exchange  all  or a  portion  of  your  shares  in a  Portfolio  for
Institutional class shares of the following Portfolios:

     Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio
     Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio
     Wilmington U.S. Government Portfolio
     Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio
     Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio
     Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio
     Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio
     Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio
     Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio
     Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio
     Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio
     Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio
     Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio
     Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio

  Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next  determined  after the Transfer Agent receives your request.  A purchase of
shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share  determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

  Exchange  transactions  will be subject to the minimum initial  investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

  To obtain  prospectuses of the other Portfolios,  you may call (800) 336-9970.
To obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer  Agent,  or, if your shares are held in a trust account with WTC or
in  an  account  with  a  Service  Organization,  contact  WTC  or  the  Service
Organization.  The  Portfolios  may  terminate  or  modify  the  exchange  offer
described  here  and  will  give  you 60 days'  notice  of such  termination  or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of Portfolio  shares to be acquired  through  such  exchange may be legally
made.


                                       38


<PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   PLAIN TALK
   ========================================================================
                      WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?

   Net  investment  income  consists of interest and dividends  earned by a
   fund on its investments less accrued expenses.

   ========================================================================

  Distributions  from the net  investment  income of each Portfolio are declared
and paid annually to you. Any net capital gain  realized by a Portfolio  will be
distributed  annually.  Net  realized  gains or  losses  from  foreign  currency
transactions  in the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  are included as a
component of net investment income.

  Distributions  are  payable  to the  shareholders  of  record  at the time the
distributions  are declared  (including  holders of shares being  redeemed,  but
excluding holders of shares being  purchased).  All distributions are reinvested
in additional  shares,  unless you have elected to receive the  distributions in
cash.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As  long  as a  Portfolio  meets  the  requirements  for  being  a  "regulated
investment  company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings and gains it
distributes to shareholders.  While each Portfolio may invest in securities that
earn interest exempt from Federal income tax, the Portfolios invest primarily in
taxable  securities.  Each  Portfolio  will notify you  following the end of the
calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that year.

  The Portfolios  distributions  of net investment  income,  whether recieved in
cash or reinvested in additional  Portfolio shares, are generally taxable to you
as ordinary income.  The Portfolios'  distributions of net capital gain, whether
received in cash or reinvested in additional  Portfolio  shares,  are taxable to
you as long-term  capital  gain,  regardless of the length of time you have held
your shares.  You should be aware that if Portfolio shares are purchased shortly
before the record date for any  dividend or net capital gain  distribution,  you
will pay the full  price for the  shares and will  receive  some  portion of the
price back as a taxable  distribution.  Each of the Large Cap Growth  Portfolio,
the Small  Cap Core  Portfolio  and the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio
anticipates  the  distribution  of net capital gain. Each of the Large Cap Value
Portfolio,  the Mid Cap  Value  Portfolio  and the  Small  Cap  Value  Portfolio
anticipates the distribution of net investment income.

  It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of any Portfolio.
Depending on the purchase  price and the sale price of the shares you  exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction.  You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

  STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES:  You should consult your tax adviser  concerning
state and local taxes,  which may have different  consequences from those of the
Federal income law.

  This  section is only a summary of some  important  income tax  considerations
that may affect your investment in a Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser  regarding  the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.



                                       39


<PAGE>

                            DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

  The  Distributor  manages the  Portfolios'  distribution  efforts and provides
assistance and expertise in developing  marketing  plans and  materials,  enters
into  dealer  agreement  with   broker-dealers   to  sell  shares  and  provides
shareholder support services,  directly or through affiliates. The Portfolios do
not charge any sales  loads,  deferred  sales loads or other fees in  connection
with the purchase of shares.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
master  funds.  The  master/feeder   structure  enables  various   institutional
investors, including a Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading  certain  fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each  shareholder  of a  master  fund,  including  a  Portfolio,  will  pay  its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

  For reasons  relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Portfolio  could  switch to another  master  fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. No Portfolio is currently contemplating such a move.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHARE CLASSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The  Portfolios  issue  Investor  and  Institutional  classes of  shares.  The
Institutional  class is offered to retirement  plans. The Investor class pays an
additional 12b-1 fee. Any investor may purchase Investor class shares.



                                       40


<PAGE>

                              FOR MORE INFORMATION

  FOR  INVESTORS  WHO WANT MORE  INFORMATION  ON THE  PORTFOLIOS,  THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

  ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL  REPORTS:  Contain  performance  data  and  information  on
portfolio holdings,  operating results and a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affected a Portfolio's  performance
for the most recently completed fiscal year or half-year.

  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION (SAI):  Provides a complete technical and
legal description of a Portfolio's policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

  Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolios may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

     WT Mutual Fund
     c/o PFPC Inc.
     400 Bellevue Parkway
     Suite 108
     Wilmington, Delaware 19809
     (800) 336-9970
     9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time

  Information  about the  Portfolios  (including  the SAI) can be  reviewed  and
copied at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington,  D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained,  upon payment of a
duplicating  fee,  by  electronic  request  at  the  following  e-mail  address:
[email protected],  or by  writing  the  Public  Reference  Room  of  the  SEC,
Washington, DC, 20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at  1-(202)-942-8090.  Reports and other
information  about the Portfolios may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the
SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  FOR MORE  INFORMATION  ON OPENING A NEW  ACCOUNT,  MAKING  CHANGES TO EXISTING
ACCOUNTS,  PURCHASING,   EXCHANGING  OR  REDEEMING  SHARES,  OR  OTHER  INVESTOR
SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-336-9970.

  The investment company registration number for WT Mutual Fund is 811-08648.



                                       41

<PAGE>

                THE WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                   THE WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND

                              INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

     This prospectus gives vital information about these mutual funds, including
information  on investment  policies,  risks and fees.  For your own benefit and
protection,  please  read it before you  invest,  and keep it on hand for future
reference.

     Please note that these Portfolios:

          o are not bank deposits

          o are not  obligations  of, or  guaranteed  or endorsed by  Wilmington
            Trust Company or any of its affiliates

          o are not federally insured

          o are not  obligations  of, or  guaranteed  or endorsed  or  otherwise
            supported  by the U.S.  Government,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
            Corporation,  the Federal  Reserve  Board or any other  governmental
            agency

          o are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)

     Like all mutual fund shares,  these  securities  have not been  approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission  determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTIONS

A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,       Summary ................................3
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL          Performance Information ................4
HISTORY OF EACH PORTFOLIO.             Fees and Expenses ......................8
                                       Investment Objectives ..................9
                                       Primary Investment Strategies ..........9
                                       Series Composition ....................11
                                       Additional Risk Information ...........12
                                       Financial Highlights ..................14

                                  MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE              Investment Adviser ....................17
PROVIDERS.                             Portfolio Managers ....................17
                                       Service Providers .....................18

                                  SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR          Pricing of Shares .....................19
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND               Purchase of Shares ....................19
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF           Redemption of Shares ..................21
THE PORTFOLIOS.                        Exchange of Shares ....................22
                                       Distributions .........................23
                                       Taxes .................................23

                                  DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

DETAILS ON THE PORTFOLIO'S             Master/Feeder Structure ...............25
MASTER/FEEDER ARRANGEMENTS.            Share Classes .........................25

                                  FOR MORE INFORMATION .......................26

For  information  about  key  terms  and  concepts,  look for our  "PLAIN  TALK"
explanations.

                                        2

<PAGE>

                THE WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                   THE WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     THE WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

                              INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTIONS

         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
  A mutual fund pools shareholders'  money and, using a professional  investment
  manager,  invests it in  securities  like  stocks and  bonds.  Each  Portfolio
  described in this prospectus is a separate mutual fund.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Objective              o   The SHORT/INTERMEDIATE  BOND PORTFOLIO and
                                      the  INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO each seek
                                      a high total return,  consistent with high
                                      current income.

                                  o   The MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO  seeks a high
                                      level of income exempt from federal income
                                      tax,  consistent with the  preservation of
                                      capital.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus                  o  Fixed income securities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility            o  Moderate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal InvestmentStrategy      o  Each Portfolio  operates as a "feeder fund"
                                     which means that the Portfolio does not buy
                                     individual securities directly. Instead, it
                                     invests in a  corresponding  mutual fund or
                                     "master  fund,"  which  in  turn  purchases
                                     investment   securities.   The   Portfolios
                                     invest all of their  assets in master funds
                                     which are separate  series of WT Investment
                                     Trust   I.   Each    Portfolio    and   its
                                     corresponding    Series   have   the   same
                                     investment    objective,    policies    and
                                     limitations.

                                  o   The   SHORT/INTERMEDIATE   BOND  PORTFOLIO
                                      invests  in  the  Short/Intermediate  Bond
                                      Series,  which invests at least 85% of its
                                      total   assets   in   various   types   of
                                      investment grade fixed income securities.

                                  o   The INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO invests in
                                      the   Intermediate   Bond  Series,   which
                                      invests  at least 85% of its total  assets
                                      in various types of investment grade fixed
                                      income securities.

                                        3

<PAGE>

                                  o   The MUNICIPAL  BOND  PORTFOLIO  invests in
                                      the Municipal  Bond Series,  which invests
                                      at  least   80%  of  its  net   assets  in
                                      municipal securities that provide interest
                                      exempt from federal income tax.

                                  o  The Series'  adviser  purchases  securities
                                     based on their yield or  potential  capital
                                     appreciation, or both. The adviser may sell
                                     securities   in   anticipation   of  market
                                     declines   or   if   the   securities   are
                                     downgraded to below investment grade.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks                    The  Portfolios  are  subject  to  the  risks
                                   summarized below which are further  described
                                   under "Additional Risk Information."

                                  o   An  investment  in a  Portfolio  is  not a
                                      deposit of Wilmington Trust Company or any
                                      of its  affiliates  and is not  insured or
                                      guaranteed   by   the   Federal    Deposit
                                      Insurance   Corporation   or   any   other
                                      government agency.

                                  o   It is possible to lose money by  investing
                                      in a Portfolio.

                                  o   The fixed income  securities  in which the
                                      Portfolios     invest     through    their
                                      corresponding Series are subject to credit
                                      risk,   prepayment   risk,   market  risk,
                                      liquidity  risk and  interest  rate  risk.
                                      Typically,  when interest  rates rise, the
                                      market  prices of fixed income  securities
                                      go down.

                                  o   The performance of a Portfolio will depend
                                      on   whether   or  not  the   adviser   is
                                      successful   in  pursuing  an   investment
                                      strategy.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile                   o  Investors  who  want  income  from   their
                                      investments  without the  volatility of an
                                      equity portfolio.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              WHAT IS TOTAL RETURN?
  Total  return is a measure  of the  per-share  change in the total  value of a
  fund's portfolio, including any distributions paid to you. It is measured from
  the beginning to the end of a specific time period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio.  The performance prior to November
1, 1999, reflects the performance of the Rodney Square  Short/Intermediate  Bond
Portfolio,  which  was  merged  into  the  Wilmington   Short/Intermediate  Bond
Portfolio,  effective  November 1, 1999.  In  connection  with the  merger,  the
Wilmington  Short/Intermediate  Bond Portfolio changed its investment objective,
policies and limitations to match those of the Rodney Square  Short/Intermediate
Bond Portfolio. Total Return would have been lower had certain fees and expenses
not been voluntarily waived and/or  reimbursed.  Of course, the Portfolio's past
performance does not necessarily  indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the
future.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

[bar graph omitted]
plot points as follows:

PERFORMANCE YEARS   RETURNS
    1992             6.73%
    1993             7.92%
    1994            -2.02%
    1995            14.95%
    1996             3.37%
    1997             7.56%
    1998             7.75%
    1999             0.33%

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 6.13%

     THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN THE  PERFORMANCE  OF  THE  PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                              BEST QUARTER                   WORST QUARTER
                              ------------                 ----------------
                                  5.13%                         -1.77%
                             (June 30, 1995)               (March 31, 1994)

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                WHAT IS AN INDEX?
  An index is a broad measure of the market  performance  of a specific group of
  securities  in a particular  market,  or securities  in a market  sector.  You
  cannot  invest  directly  in an index.  An index  does not have an  investment
  adviser  and  does  not pay any  commissions  or  expenses.  If an  index  had
  expenses, its performance would be lower.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99          1 YEAR       5 YEARS    SINCE INCEPTION (APRIL 2, 1991)
     -------------------------------------          ------        ------    -------------------------------
     <S>                                             <C>          <C>                   <C>
     Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio               0.33%        6.68%                 6.42%
     Merrill Lynch 1-10 Year U.S.
          Treasury Index*                            0.55%        6.98%                 6.74%
     Lehman Intermediate Government/
          Credit Index**                             0.39%        7.10%                 6.88%

<FN>
 * The Merrill Lynch 1 to 10 Year U.S.  Treasury Index is an unmanaged  index of
   fixed rate coupon bearing U.S.Treasury  securities with a maturity range of 1
   to 10 years.
** The Lehman  Intermediate  Government/Credit  Index is an  unmanaged  index of
   fixed rate U.S. Treasury Bonds and Notes, U.S.  Government Agency obligations
   and investment grade corporate debt obligations with maturities  between 1 to
   10 years.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                        5

<PAGE>

                     WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio and its predecessor, the Bond Fund,
a collective  investment fund. The Bond Fund's performance has been included for
the  periods  prior to July 1, 1998 and has been  adjusted to reflect the annual
deduction of fees and expenses  applicable  to shares of the  Intermediate  Bond
Portfolio (i.e.  adjusted to reflect  anticipated  expenses,  absent  investment
advisory fees waivers).  The Bond Fund was not registered as a mutual fund under
the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  and  therefore was not subject to certain
investment restrictions, limitations and diversification requirements imposed by
the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code. If the Bond Fund had been registered
under the 1940 Act, its performance may have been different.  Total Return would
have been lower had certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or
reimbursed.  Of course,  the Portfolio's  past  performance does not necessarily
indicate how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

     [bar chart omitted]
     plot points as follows:

PERFORMANCE YEARS   ANNUAL RETURNS
     1991               14.36%
     1992                6.82%
     1993               10.60%
     1994               -4.20%
     1995               18.90%
     1996                1.73%
     1997                9.06%
     1998                8.73%
     1999               -2.19%

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 7.39%

     THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN THE  PERFORMANCE  OF  THE  PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                              BEST QUARTER                    WORST QUARTER
                              ------------                  ---------------
                                 6.54 %                          -3.41%
                             (June 30, 1995)                (March 31, 1994)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99            1 YEAR      5 YEAR     SINCE INCEPTION (DECEMBER 31, 1990)
     -------------------------------------            ------      ------     -----------------------------------
     <S>                                              <C>         <C>                    <C>
     Intermediate Bond Portfolio                      -2.19%      7.01%                  6.85%
     Merrill Lynch U.S. Treasury Master Index*        -2.38%      7.43%                  7.33%
     Lehman Government/Credit Index**                 -2.15%      7.60%                  7.59%
<FN>

 * The  Merrill  Lynch U.S.  Treasury  Master  Index is an  unmanaged  index of
   fixed rate coupon bearing U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity range of 1
   to 30 years.
** The Lehman  Government/Credit  Index is an unmanaged index of fixed rate U.S.
   Treasury Bonds and Notes, U.S.  Government Agency  obligations and investment
   grade corporate debt obligations with maturities no less than 1 year.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                        6

<PAGE>

                       WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

  The bar  chart  and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Total Return would have been lower
had certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed.  Of
course,  the Portfolio's past performance does not necessarily  indicate how the
Portfolio will perform in the future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION

[bar chart omitted]
plot points as follows:

PERFORMANCE YEARS   ANNUAL RETURNS
    1994                -4.17%
    1995                14.08%
    1996                 3.51%
    1997                 7.18%
    1998                 5.24%
    1999                -0.64%

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 5.38%

     THIS  BAR  CHART  SHOWS  CHANGES  IN THE  PERFORMANCE  OF  THE  PORTFOLIO'S
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                              BEST QUARTER                WORST QUARTER
                              ------------              ----------------
                                 5.86 %                      -4.79%
                            (March 31, 1995)            (March 31, 1994)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99           1 YEAR     5 YEAR     SINCE INCEPTION (NOVEMBER 1, 1993)
     -------------------------------------           ------     ------     ----------------------------------
     <S>                                             <C>         <C>                      <C>
     Municipal Bond Portfolio                        -0.64%      5.76%                    4.16%
     Merrill Lynch Intermediate
          Municipal Index*                           -0.01%      6.31%                    4.98%

<FN>
 * The Merrill Lynch Intermediate Municipal Index is an unmanaged weighted index
   including  investment grade tax-exempt bonds with a maturity range of 0 to 22
   years.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 WHAT IS YIELD?

   Yield is a measure  of the  income  (dividends  and  interest)  earned by the
   securities  in a  fund's  portfolio  and paid to you  over a  specified  time
   period.  The yield is  expressed as a  percentage  of the offering  price per
   share on a specified date.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   You may call (800) 336-9970 to obtain a Portfolio's current yield.

                                        7

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEES AND EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?

  Unlike  an  index,  every  mutual  fund  has  operating  expenses  to pay  for
  professional advisory,  shareholder  distribution,  administration and custody
  services.  Each  Portfolio's  expenses  in the  table  below  are  shown  as a
  percentage  of its net assets.  These  expenses  are deducted  from  Portfolio
  assets.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy
and hold shares of a Portfolio. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly
from your investment.

     ANNUAL FUND OPERATING  EXPENSES  (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO
ASSETS)1:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHORT/INTERMEDIATE       INTERMEDIATE            MUNICIPAL
                                                      BOND PORTFOLIO        BOND PORTFOLIO        BOND PORTFOLIO
                                                    ------------------      --------------        --------------
     <S>                                                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>
     Management fees ...................................   0.35%                0.35%                 0.35%
     Distribution (12b-1) fees .........................   None                 None                  None
     Other Expenses ....................................   0.37%                0.36%                 0.68%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES2 ..................   0.72%                0.71%                 1.03%
     Waivers/reimbursements ............................   0.17%                0.16%                 0.28%
     Net Expenses ......................................   0.55%                0.55%                 0.75%

<FN>
1 The table  above and the  Example  below each  reflect  the  aggregate  annual
   operating  expenses of each  Portfolio  and the  corresponding  Series of the
   Trust in which the Portfolio invests.
2  For Institutional  shares,  WTC has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory
   fee or  reimburse  expenses to the extent  total  annual  operating  expenses
   exceed  0.55%  for  the  Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio;  0.55%  for the
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio; and 0.75% for the Municipal Bond Portfolio. This
   waiver  will  remain  in place  until  the  Board of  Trustees  approves  its
   termination.
</FN>
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     This  example is intended to help you  compare the cost of  investing  in a
Portfolio  with the cost of  investing in other  mutual  funds.  The table below
shows what you would pay if you  invested  $10,000  over the various time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:

          o  you reinvested all dividends and other distributions;
          o  the average annual return was 5%;
          o  the   Portfolio's   maximum   (without   regard   to   waivers   or
             reimbursements) total operating expenses are charged and remain the
             same over the time periods; and
          o  you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

                                        8

<PAGE>

     Although  your  actual  cost  may  be  higher  or  lower,  based  on  these
assumptions, your costs would be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                      1 Year         3 Years        5 Years       10 Years
--------------------                                      ------         -------        -------       --------
     <S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
     Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio .................    $74           $230           $401           $894
     Intermediate Bond Portfolio .......................    $73           $227           $395           $883
     Municipal Bond Portfolio ..........................   $105           $328           $569          $1,259
</TABLE>

     THE  ABOVE  EXAMPLE  IS  FOR   COMPARISON   PURPOSES  ONLY  AND  IS  NOT  A
REPRESENTATION  OF A  PORTFOLIO'S  ACTUAL  EXPENSES AND RETURNS,  EITHER PAST OR
FUTURE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The  SHORT/INTERMEDIATE  BOND PORTFOLIO and the INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
each  seek a high  total  return,  consistent  with  high  current  income.  The
MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO seeks a high level of income exempt from federal income
tax,  consistent with the preservation of capital.  These investment  objectives
may not be changed without  shareholder  approval.  There is no guarantee that a
Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        WHAT ARE FIXED INCOME SECURITIES?

   Fixed income securities are generally bonds, which is a type of security that
   functions  like  a  loan.  Bonds  are  IOUs  issued  by  private   companies,
   municipalities or government agencies.  By comparison,  when you buy a stock,
   you are buying  ownership  in a company.  With a bond,  your  "loan" is for a
   specific period, usually 2 to 30 years. You receive regular interest payments
   at the rate stated when you bought the bond.  Hence,  the term "fixed income"
   security.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The   SHORT/INTERMEDIATE   BOND   PORTFOLIO   invests  its  assets  in  the
Short/Intermediate Bond Series, which:

          o  will  invest at least 85% of its total  assets in various  types of
             investment grade fixed income securities;

          o  may invest up to 10% of its total assets in investment  grade fixed
             income securities of foreign issuers;

          o  will,   as   a   matter   of   fundamental   policy,   maintain   a
             short-to-intermediate average duration (21/2 to 4 years); and

          o  the  average  dollar-weighted  duration of  securities  held by the
             Short/Intermediate Bond Series will normally fall within a range of
             21/2 to 4 years.

                                        9

<PAGE>

         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                WHAT IS DURATION?

  Duration  measures  the  sensitivity  of  fixed  income  securities  held by a
  Portfolio to a change in interest rates. The value of a security with a longer
  duration will normally  fluctuate to a greater degree than will the value of a
  security with a shorter duration should interest rates change. For example, if
  interest rates were to move 1%, a bond with a 3-year duration would experience
  approximately a 3% change in principal  value. An identical bond with a 5-year
  duration would experience approximately a 5% change in its principal value.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Intermediate Bond
Series, which:

          o  will  invest at least 85% of its total  assets in various  types of
             investment grade fixed income securities;

          o  may invest up to 10% of its total assets in investment  grade fixed
             income securities of foreign issuers;

          o  will, as a matter of fundamental  policy,  maintain an intermediate
             average duration (4 to 7 years); and

          o  the  average  dollar-weighted  duration of  securities  held by the
             Intermediate  Bond Series will normally fall within a range of 4 to
             7 years.

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      WHAT ARE INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES?

  Investment  grade  securities  are securities  that have been  determined by a
  rating  agency to have a medium to high  probability  of being paid,  although
  there is always a risk of default.  Investment grade securities are rated BBB,
  A, AA or AAA by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or Baa, A, Aa or Aaa by Moody's
  Investors Service.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT ARE MUNICIPAL SECURITIES?

  Municipal  securities are bonds issued by state and local governments to raise
  money for their activities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The  MUNICIPAL  BOND  PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the  Municipal  Bond
Series, which:

          o  will, as a fundamental policy,  invest  substantially all (at least
             80%) of its net  assets in a  diversified  portfolio  of  municipal
             securities that provide interest that is exempt from federal income
             tax;

          o  may  invest  up to 20% of its net  assets  in other  types of fixed
             income  securities  that provide  income that is subject to federal
             tax; and

          o  will, as a matter of fundamental  policy,  maintain an intermediate
             average duration (4 to 8 years); and

          o  the  average  dollar-weighted  duration of  securities  held by the
             Municipal  Bond Series will  normally fall within a range of 4 to 8
             years.

                                       10

<PAGE>

      The Municipal Bond Series may not invest more than 25% of its total assets
in any one  industry.  You should note that  governmental  issuers of  municipal
securities are not considered part of any industry.  The 25% limitation  applies
to municipal  securities  backed by the assets and revenues of  non-governmental
users, such as private operators of educational, hospital or housing facilities.
However,  the  investment  adviser  may decide  that the yields  available  from
concentrating  in  obligations  of  a  particular  market  sector  or  political
subdivision  justify the risk that the  performance of the Municipal Bond Series
may be adversely affected by such  concentration.  Under such market conditions,
the  Municipal  Bond Series may invest more than 25% of its assets in sectors of
the  municipal  securities  market,  such  as  health  care  or  housing,  or in
securities relating to one political subdivision,  such as a given state or U.S.
territory.  Under these conditions,  the Municipal Bond Series' vulnerability to
any special risks that affects that sector or jurisdiction could have an adverse
impact on the value of an investment in the Series.  There are no limitations on
the Municipal Bond Series' investment in any one of the three general categories
of  municipal  obligations:  general  obligation  bonds,  revenue  (or  special)
obligation bonds and private activity bonds.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERIES COMPOSITION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          The composition of each Series'  holdings  varies,  depending upon the
investment  adviser's  analysis  of the  fixed  income  markets,  the  municipal
securities  market and the  expected  trends in those  markets.  The  securities
purchased  by the Series may be  purchased  based upon their  yield,  the income
earned by the security, or their potential capital  appreciation,  the potential
increase in the  security's  value,  or both.  The  investment  adviser seeks to
protect the Series'  principal value by reducing  fluctuations in value relative
to those that may be  experienced  by fixed income  funds with a longer  average
duration.  This strategy may reduce the level of income  attained by the Series.
There is no guarantee  that principal  value can be protected  during periods of
extreme interest volatility.

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      CORPORATE BONDS VS. GOVERNMENT BONDS:

  Bonds  issued  by  corporations  generally  pay a higher  interest  rate  than
  government  bonds.  That's because  corporate bonds are somewhat  riskier than
  government bonds and the interest payments on government bonds are exempt from
  some or all taxes. For example,  if you live in Delaware and buy a bond issued
  by the state of Delaware or by any other  government  or  municipal  agency in
  Delaware,  your  interest on the bond is exempt from state and federal  income
  taxes. But if your bond is issued by any state other than the one in which you
  reside,  the  interest  would only be exempt from  federal  income tax and you
  would have to pay your state income tax.  Interest  payments on U.S.  Treasury
  bonds are exempt from state and local taxes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The  Series  invest  only in  securities  that  are  rated,  at the time of
purchase,  in the top  four  categories  by a  rating  agency  such  as  Moody's
Investors  Service,  Inc. or Standard & Poor's. If the securities are not rated,
then the investment adviser must determine that they are of comparable quality.

     The table below shows each  Series'  principal  investments.  These are the
types of securities  that will most likely help a Series  achieve its investment
objective.

                                       11

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                        SHORT/INTERMEDIATE     INTERMEDIATE        MUNICIPAL
                                                               BOND                BOND              BOND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                <C>
    Asset-Backed Securities                                      X                   X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Bank Obligations                                             X                   X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Corporate Bonds, Notes and Commercial Paper                  X                   X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Mortgage-Backed Securities                                   X                   X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Municipal Securities                                         X                   X                  X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Obligations Issued By Supranational Agencies                 X                   X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    U.S. Government Obligations                                  X                   X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Each Series also may use other  strategies  and engage in other  investment
practices,  which  are  described  in  detail  in our  Statement  of  Additional
Information.   The  investments  and  strategies   listed  above  and  described
throughout this prospectus are those that we use under normal market conditions.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your  investment
in a Portfolio.  Further  information about investment risks is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

          o  CREDIT  RISK:  The  risk  that the  issuer  of a  security,  or the
             counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable
             to honor a financial obligation.

          o  FOREIGN  SECURITY  RISK:  The  risk  of  losses  due to  political,
             regulatory,  economic,  social or other uncontrollable  forces in a
             foreign  country  (Short/Intermediate  Bond and  Intermediate  Bond
             Series only).

          o  INTEREST  RATE  RISK:  The risk of market  losses  attributable  to
             changes in interest rates.  With fixed-rate  securities,  a rise in
             interest rates typically  causes a fall in values,  while a fall in
             rates  typically  causes a rise in  values.  The yield  earned by a
             Portfolio will vary with changes in interest rates.

          o  LEVERAGE RISK:  The risk  associated  with  securities or practices
             (such as  when-issued  and forward  commitment  transactions)  that
             multiply small market movements into larger changes in value.

          o  LIQUIDITY  RISK: The risk that certain  securities may be difficult
             or  impossible  to sell at the time and the price  that the  seller
             would like.

          o  MARKET RISK:  The risk that the market value of a security may move
             up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

                                       12

<PAGE>

          o  MASTER/FEEDER  RISK:  The  Portfolios'  master/feeder  structure is
             relatively  new and more complex.  While this structure is designed
             to  reduce  costs,  it may  not do so,  and  the  Portfolios  might
             encounter   operational  or  other   complications.   For  example,
             large-scale  redemptions  by other  feeders  of their  shares  of a
             master  fund could have  adverse  effects  on a  Portfolio  such as
             requiring the  liquidation  of a substantial  portion of the master
             fund's  holdings at a time when it could be  disadvantageous  to do
             so.  Also,  other  feeders  of a master  fund  may  have a  greater
             ownership  interest in the master fund than a Portfolio's  interest
             and,  therefore,  could  have  effective  voting  control  over the
             operation of the master fund.

          o  OPPORTUNITY  RISK:  The  risk  of  missing  out  on  an  investment
             opportunity  because the assets  necessary to take  advantage of it
             are tied up in less advantageous investments.

          o  PREPAYMENT  RISK: The risk that a debt security may be paid off and
             proceeds  invested  earlier than  anticipated.  Depending on market
             conditions,  the new  investments  may or may not  carry  the  same
             interest rate.

          o  VALUATION  RISK:  The risk that a Series has valued  certain of its
             securities at a higher price than it can sell them for.

                                       13

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The  financial  highlights  table  is  intended  to help you  understand  each
Portfolio's  financial performance for the past 5 years or since the Portfolio's
inception,  if shorter.  Certain  information  reflects  financial results for a
single  Institutional  share of a  Portfolio.  The  total  returns  in the table
represent  the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an  investment  in a
Portfolio  (assuming  reinvestment  of all dividends  and other  distributions).
Financial Highlights have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, whose report, along
with each Portfolio's  financial  statements,  is included in the Annual Report,
which is available without charge upon request.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE PERIOD
                                                       FOR THE    NOVEMBER 1,
                                                     FISCAL YEAR     1998                FOR THE FISCAL YEARS
                                                        ENDED       THROUGH                ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                                      JUNE 30,     JUNE 30,   ----------------------------------------
                                                       20001+        1999+     1998+     1997+     1996+      1995+
WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO --     -----------  ------------  -------  --------   -------    --------
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ...........  $   9.86      $ 10.27     $ 10.03   $  9.94   $ 10.04    $  9.53
                                                    --------      -------     -------   -------   -------    -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income .........................      0.52         0.37        0.58      0.59      0.60       0.64
   Net realized and unrealized gain
      (loss) on investments ......................     (0.16)       (0.39)       0.24      0.09     (0.10)      0.51
                                                    --------      -------     -------   -------   -------    -------
      Total from investment operations ...........      0.36        (0.02)       0.82      0.68      0.50       1.15
                                                    --------      -------     -------   -------   -------    -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income ....................     (0.52)       (0.37)      (0.58)    (0.59)    (0.60)     (0.64)
   From net realized gain ........................     (0.03)       (0.02)      --        --        --         --
                                                    --------      -------     -------   -------   -------    -------
      Total distributions ........................     (0.55)       (0.39)      (0.58)    (0.59)    (0.60)     (0.64)
                                                    --------      -------     -------   -------   -------    -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD .................  $   9.67      $  9.86     $ 10.27   $ 10.03   $  9.94    $ 10.04
                                                    ========      =======     =======   =======   =======    =======
TOTAL RETURN .....................................     4.28%     0.27)%**       8.40%     7.13%     5.18%     12.41%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations .................     0.55%       0.55%*       0.59%     0.65%     0.65%      0.65%
   Excluding expense limitations .................     0.72%       0.67%*       0.83%     1.12%     1.09%      1.14%
Net investment income ............................     6.35%       5.47%*       5.64%     5.98%     6.07%      6.56%
Portfolio turnover ...............................    47.23%       29.71%      40.66%    83.54%    85.77%    116.40%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted) ........  $140,015      $89,383     $94,597   $31,456   $31,777    $32,214

---------------------------
<FN>
*   Annualized.
**  Not annualized.
+   Effective  November  1, 1999,  the  Rodney  Square  Short/Intermediate  Bond
    Portfolio  ("Rodney  Square  Portfolio")  was  merged  into  the  Wilmington
    Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio.  The financial  highlights  for periods
    prior to November  1, 1999  reflect  the  performance  history of the Rodney
    Square  Portfolio  which have been restated to reflect the share  conversion
    ratio applied in the merger.
(1) Effective  November 1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income ratios
    include   expenses   allocated   from   the   WT   Investment   Trust   I  -
    Short/Intermediate  Bond Series (the  "Series") and the  portfolio  turnover
    reflects the investment activity of the Series.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       14

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS -- CONTINUED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE
                                                                  FISCAL YEAR      FOR THE PERIOD     FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                     ENDED        NOVEMBER 1, 1998     JUNE 29, 1998
                                                                   JUNE 30,            THROUGH            THROUGH
WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO --                           20001+         JUNE 30, 1999+    OCTOBER 31, 1998+
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                                              -----------     ----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>                 <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD                             $  9.63           $ 10.19             $ 10.00
                                                                   -------           -------             -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income                                              0.58              0.38                0.20
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on
      investments                                                    (0.15)            (0.53)               0.19
                                                                   -------           -------             -------
      Total from investment operations                                0.43             (0.15)               0.39
                                                                   -------           -------             -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income                                        (0.58)            (0.38)              (0.20)
   From net realized gain                                            (0.02)            (0.03)              --
                                                                   -------           -------             -------
      Total distributions                                            (0.60)            (0.41)              (0.20)
                                                                   -------           -------             -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD                                   $  9.46           $  9.63             $ 10.19
                                                                   =======           =======             =======
TOTAL RETURN                                                         4.72%         (1.52)%**             3.89%**

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations                                     0.55%            0.55%*              0.55%*
   Excluding expense limitations                                     0.71%            0.67%*              0.66%*
Net investment income                                                6.15%            5.71%*              5.69%*
Portfolio turnover                                                  53.23%            18.23%              17.66%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted)                          $79,310           $87,297             $93,002

----------------------------
<FN>
*   Annualized.
**  Not annualized.
+   Effective  November 1, 1999, the Rodney Square  Intermediate  Bond Portfolio
    ("Rodney Square Portfolio") was merged into the Wilmington Intermediate Bond
    Portfolio.  The financial  highlights  for periods prior to November 1, 1999
    reflect the performance history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.
(1) Effective  November 1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income ratios
    include  expenses  allocated  from the WT Investment  Trust I - Intermediate
    Bond  Series  (the  "Series")  and  the  portfolio   turnover  reflects  the
    investment activity of the Series.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       15

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS -- CONTINUED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FOR THE
                                             FISCAL YEAR   FOR THE PERIOD
                                                ENDED     NOVEMBER 1, 1998   FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                               JUNE 30,        THROUGH       ---------------------------------------
WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO --          20001+      JUNE 30, 1999+     1998+      1997+     1996+     1995+
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES                         -----------  ----------------   -------    -------   -------    -------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD          $ 12.48        $ 12.94       $ 12.74    $ 12.46   $ 12.49    $ 11.64
                                                -------        -------       -------    -------   -------    -------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income                           0.56           0.36          0.56       0.55      0.55       0.54
   Net realized and unrealized gain
      (loss) on investments                       (0.15)         (0.40)         0.20       0.28     (0.03)      0.85
                                                -------        -------       -------    -------   -------    -------
      Total from investment operations             0.41          (0.04)         0.76       0.83      0.52       1.39
                                                -------        -------       -------    -------   -------    -------
Distributions:
   From net investment income                     (0.56)         (0.36)        (0.56)     (0.55)    (0.55)     (0.54)
   From net realized gain                         (0.08)         (0.06)           --         --        --         --
                                                -------        -------       -------    -------   -------    -------
      Total distributions                         (0.64)         (0.42)        (0.56)     (0.55)    (0.55)     (0.54)
                                                -------        -------       -------    -------   -------    -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD                $ 12.25        $ 12.48       $ 12.94    $ 12.74   $ 12.46    $ 12.49
                                                =======        =======       =======    =======   =======    =======
TOTAL RETURN                                      3.40%      (0.30)%**         6.07%      6.85%     4.24%     12.23%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/
   SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations                  0.75%         0.75%*         0.75%      0.75%     0.75%      0.75%
   Excluding expense limitations                  1.03%         0.90%*         1.23%      1.52%     1.37%      1.45%
Net investment income                             4.59%         4.29%*         4.35%      4.42%     4.41%      4.50%
Portfolio turnover                               50.26%         19.13%        43.72%     28.56%    15.91%     42.08%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted)       $16,009        $16,612       $17,579    $17,446   $16,619    $16,570

-------------------------------------------------
<FN>
*   Annualized.
**  Not annualized.
+   Effective  November 1, 1999,  the Rodney  Square  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio
    ("Rodney Square  Portfolio")  was merged into the Wilmington  Municipal Bond
    Portfolio.  The financial  highlights  for periods prior to November 1, 1999
    reflect the performance history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.
(1) Effective  November 1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income ratios
    include  expenses  allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Municipal Bond
    Series (the  "Series") and the portfolio  turnover  reflects the  investment
    activity of the Series.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       16

<PAGE>

                          MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

     The  Board  of  Trustees  for each  Portfolio  supervises  the  management,
activities and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved  contracts with various
organizations to provide,  among other services,  day-to-day management required
by the Portfolio and its shareholders.

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?

  The  investment  adviser  makes  investment  decisions  for a mutual  fund and
  continuously  reviews,   supervises  and  administers  the  fund's  investment
  program.   The  Board  of  Trustees  supervises  the  investment  adviser  and
  establishes   policies  that  the  adviser  must  follow  in  its   management
  activities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT ADVISER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Wilmington Trust Company ("WTC"),  the Series' investment adviser, is located
at 1100 North Market Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware 19890. WTC is a wholly owned
subsidiary  of  Wilmington  Trust  Corporation,  which is a  publicly  held bank
holding  company.  WTC,  subject to the  supervision  of the Board of  Trustees,
directs  the  investments  of each  Series  in  accordance  with its  investment
objective,  policies  and  limitations.  In  addition  to serving as  investment
adviser  for the  Series,  WTC is engaged in a variety  of  investment  advisory
activities,  including  the  management  of other  mutual  funds and  collective
investment pools.

   Each  Series  pays a monthly  fee to WTC at the  annual  rate of 0.35% of the
Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets;  0.30% of the Series' next
$1 billion of average daily net assets;  and 0.25% of the Series'  average daily
net assets in excess of $2 billion,  as  determined  at the close of business on
each day  throughout  the month.  For its investment  advisory  services for the
twelve months ended June 30, 2000,  WTS received  (after  waivers) the following
fees as a percentage of each Series' average daily net assets:

     Short/Intermediate Bond Series               0.80%
     Intermediate Bond Series                     0.19%
     Municipal Bond Series                        0.07%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Eric K. Cheung,  Vice President and Manager of the Fixed Income  Management
Division,  Clayton  M.  Albright,  III,  Vice  President  of  the  Fixed  Income
Management  Division and Dominick J. D'Eramo,  CFA, Vice  President of the Fixed
Income Management Division,  all of the Asset Management  Department of WTC, are
primarily  responsible for the day-to-day  management of the  Short/Intermediate
Bond Series and the Intermediate  Bond Series.  From 1978 until 1986, Mr. Cheung
was the  Portfolio  Manager for fixed  income  assets of the  Meritor  Financial
Group.  In 1986, Mr. Cheung joined WTC. In 1991, he became the Division  Manager
for all fixed income products. Mr. Albright has been employed at WTC since 1976.
In 1987,  he joined  the Fixed  Income  Management  Division  and since then has
specialized  in the  management  of  intermediate  and  long-term  fixed  income
portfolios.  Mr.  D'Eramo  began his career  with WTC in 1986 as a fixed  income
trader and was promoted to portfolio manager in 1990.

     Lisa More, Vice President of Credit  Research and Municipal  Trading within
the Fixed Income  Management  Division of Asset Management  Department of WTC is
primarily  responsible  for the  day-to-day  management  of the  Municipal  Bond
Portfolio.  Mrs. More has been  employed at WTC since 1988. In 1990,  she joined
the Fixed Income Management Division specializing in the management of municipal
income portfolios.

                                       17
<PAGE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICE PROVIDERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The chart below provides  information on the  Portfolios'  primary  service
providers.

Asset                                 Shareholder
Management                            Services

     INVESTMENT ADVISER                          TRANSFER AGENT

  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY                          PFPC INC.
     RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                      400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
   1100 N. MARKET STREET                      WILMINGTON, DE 19809
  WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001

  Manages each Portfolio's              Handles shareholder services, including
   investment activities.              recordkeeping and statements, payment of
                                        distributions and processing of buy and
                                                     sell requests.

                                 WT MUTUAL FUND
                  WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO

Fund                                     Asset
Operations                               Safe Keeping

       ADMINISTRATOR AND                                CUSTODIAN
       ACCOUNTING AGENT

           PFPC INC.                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
     400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                         1100 N. MARKET STREET
     WILMINGTON, DE 19809                         WILMINGTON, DE 19890

 Provides facilities, equipment and          Holds each Portfolio's assets,
personnel to carry out administrative        settles all portfolio trades and
 services related to each Portfolio               collects most of the
       and distributions.                      and valuation data required for
                                              calculating each calculates each
                                           Portfolio's NAV per share Portfolio's
                                                        NAV per share.

                                       18

<PAGE>

                             SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRICING OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The  Portfolios  value their  assets  based on current  market value when such
values are available.  Prices for fixed income securities  normally are supplied
by a pricing  service.  Fixed income  securities  maturing within 60 days of the
valuation   date  are  valued  at  amortized   cost.  Any  assets  held  by  the
Short/Intermediate  Bond  Series  and the  Intermediate  Bond  Series  that  are
denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  valued  daily in U.S.  dollars at the
foreign  currency  exchange  rates  that are  prevailing  at the time  that PFPC
determines  the daily net asset value per share.  Securities  that do not have a
readily available current market value are valued in good faith by, or under the
direction of, the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE OR "NAV"?

                              NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                    --------------------
                                    Outstanding Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PFPC  determines  the NAV per  share of each  Portfolio  as of the close of
regular  trading on the New York Stock  Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.  Eastern
time),  on each  Business  Day (a day  that  the New York  Stock  Exchange,  the
Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia  branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open
for  business).  The NAV is calculated by adding the value of all securities and
other assets in a Portfolio,  deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance
by the number of outstanding shares in that Portfolio.

     Shares will not be priced on those days the  Portfolios  are closed.  As of
the date of this prospectus, those days are:

    New Year's Day                    Memorial Day              Veterans' Day
    Martin Luther King, Jr. Day       Independence Day          Thanksgiving Day
    President's Day                   Labor Day                 Christmas Day
    Good Friday                       Columbus Day

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:

   o Directly by mail or by wire

   o As a client of WTC through a trust account or a corporate  cash  management
     account

   o As a client of a Service Organization

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       19

<PAGE>

     Portfolio shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any
sales charges.  The minimum initial investment in Institutional  class shares of
the Portfolios is $1,000. Additional investments in any Portfolio may be made in
any amount. You may purchase shares as specified below.

     You may also purchase  shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust
or corporate  cash  management  accounts.  If you are a client of an institution
(such as a bank or  broker-dealer)  that has entered into a servicing  agreement
with the Portfolios' distributor ("Service Organization"), you may also purchase
shares through such Service Organization.  You should also be aware that you may
be charged a fee by WTC or the  Service  Organization  in  connection  with your
investment in the Portfolios.  If you wish to purchase  Portfolio shares through
your account at WTC or a Service  Organization,  you should  contact that entity
directly for information and instructions on purchasing shares.

     BY MAIL:  You may purchase  shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S.  bank
payable  to  Wilmington  Fixed  Income  Portfolios,  indicating  the name of the
Portfolio,  along  with a  completed  application  (included  at the end of this
prospectus).  If a subsequent  investment  is being made,  the check should also
indicate your Portfolio  account number.  When you make purchases by check, each
Portfolio may withhold payment on redemptions  until it is reasonably  satisfied
that the funds are  collected  (which can take up to 10 days).  If you  purchase
shares with a check that does not clear,  your purchase will be canceled and you
will be responsible  for any losses or fees incurred in that  transaction.  Send
the check and application to:

     Regular mail:                            Overnight mail:
     ---------------                          ------------------
     Wilmington Fixed Income Portfolios       Wilmington Fixed Income Portfolios
     c/o PFPC Inc.                            c/o PFPC Inc.
     P.O. Box 8951                            400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
     Wilmington, DE 19899                     Wilmington, DE 19809

     BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please  call  PFPC at  (800)  336-9970  for  instructions  and to make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Purchase orders received by the
Transfer  Agent  before the close of  regular  trading  on the  Exchange  on any
Business  Day will be  priced at the NAV that is  determined  as of the close of
trading.  Purchase  orders  received  after the close of regular  trading on the
Exchange  will be priced as of the close of  regular  trading  on the  following
Business Day.

     Any purchase order may be rejected if a Portfolio determines that accepting
the  order  would  not  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Portfolio  or  its
shareholders.

     It is the  responsibility  of WTC or the Service  Organization  to transmit
orders for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer  Agent and to
deliver  required  funds on a timely basis,  in accordance  with the  procedures
stated above.

     For  information  on other ways to purchase  shares,  including  through an
individual  retirement account (IRA), an automatic  investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       20

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REDEMPTION OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:

   o By mail
   o By telephone
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     You may  sell  your  shares  on any  Business  Days,  as  described  below.
Redemptions are effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has
received your  redemption  request.  There is no fee when  Portfolio  shares are
redeemed.  It is  the  responsibility  of WTC or  the  Service  Organization  to
transmit  redemption orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption
proceeds on a timely  basis.  Redemption  checks are mailed on the next Business
Day  following  receipt by the Transfer  Agent of redemption  instructions,  but
never later than 7 days  following  such receipt.  Amounts  redeemed by wire are
normally  wired on the date of receipt of  redemption  instructions  or the next
Business Day if received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, or on a non-Business Day,
but never later than 7 days following such receipt. If you purchased your shares
through an account at WTC or a Service  Organization,  you should contact WTC or
the  Service   Organization  for  information   relating  to  redemptions.   The
Portfolio's  name  and your  account  number  should  accompany  any  redemption
requests.

     BY MAIL:  If you redeem  your  shares by mail,  you should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee".  A signature  guarantee verifies the
authenticity  of  your   signature.   You  can  obtain  one  from  most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a notary  public.  You must
indicate the  Portfolio  name,  your account  number and your name.  The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

     Regular mail:                            Overnight mail:
     ---------------                          ------------------
     Wilmington Fixed Income Portfolios       Wilmington Fixed Income Portfolios
     c/o PFPC Inc.                            c/o PFPC Inc.
     P.O. Box 8951                            400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
     Wilmington, DE 19899                     Wilmington, DE 19809

     BY  TELEPHONE:  If you prefer to redeem your shares by  telephone,  you may
elect to do so.  However there are certain risks.  The  Portfolios  have certain
safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that
the instructions  communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you
will bear the risk of any losses.

     ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  Redemption proceeds may be
wired to your  predesignated  bank account in any commercial  bank in the United
States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The receiving bank may charge a fee for
this  service.  Proceeds  may also be  mailed to your bank or,  for  amounts  of
$10,000  or less,  mailed to your  Portfolio  account  address  of record if the
address has been  established  for at least 60 days.  In order to authorize  the
Transfer Agent to mail redemption  proceeds to your Portfolio account address of
record,  complete  the  appropriate  section of the  Application  for  Telephone
Redemptions or include your Portfolio  account address of record when you submit
written  instructions.  You may change the  account that you have  designated to

                                       21

<PAGE>

receive  amounts  redeemed  at any  time.  Any  request  to change  the  account
designated to receive  redemption  proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee
of your  signature  by an  eligible  institution.  A  signature  and a signature
guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account is  registered.
Further  documentation  will be required to change the designated account when a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor holds the Portfolio shares.

     If the shares to be redeemed  represent a recent  investment made by check,
the Portfolio  reserves the right not to send the  redemption  proceeds until it
believes that the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

     SMALL  ACCOUNTS:  If the value of your Portfolio  account falls below $500,
the  Portfolio  may ask you to increase  your  balance.  If the account value is
still below $500 after 60 days,  the  Portfolio  may close your account and send
you the proceeds.  The  Portfolio  will not close your account if it falls below
$500 solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

     For additional  information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to
the Statement of Additional Information.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCHANGE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?

   An exchange of shares  allows you to move your money from one fund to another
fund within a family of funds.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     You may  exchange  all or a  portion  of your  shares  in a  Portfolio  for
Institutional class shares of the following Portfolios:

          Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio
          Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio
          Wilmington U.S. Government Portfolio
          Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio
          Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio
          Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio
          Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio
          Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio
          Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio
          Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio
          Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio
          Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio
          Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio
          Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio

                                       22

<PAGE>

     Redemption  of shares  through an exchange  will be effected at the NAV per
share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
of shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share  determined
at that time or as next determined thereafter.

     Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

     To  obtain  prospectuses  of the  other  Portfolios,  you  may  call  (800)
336-9970.  To obtain more  information  about  exchanges,  or to place  exchange
orders,  contact  the  Transfer  Agent,  or, if your  shares are held in a trust
account  with WTC or in an account with a Service  Organization,  contact WTC or
the Service  Organization.  The  Portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange
offer  described  here and will give you 60 days' notice of such  termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the Portfolio shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?

   Net investment income consists of interest and dividends (and, in the case of
   the Municipal  Bond  Portfolio,  market  discount on  tax-exempt  securities)
   earned by a fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Distributions from the net investment income of each Portfolio are declared
daily as a dividend and paid monthly to you. Any net capital gain  realized by a
Portfolio will be distributed annually.  The  Short/Intermediate  Bond Portfolio
and the  Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio  will  distribute net realized gains from
foreign currency transactions, if any, after the end of the fiscal year in which
the gain was realized by them.

     Distributions  are  payable to the  shareholders  of record at the time the
distributions  are declared  (including  holders of shares being  redeemed,  but
excluding holders of shares being  purchased).  All distributions are reinvested
in additional shares,  unless you elect to receive distributions in cash. Shares
become entitled to receive distributions on the day after the shares are issued.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As  long  as a  Portfolio  meets  the  requirements  for  being  a  "regulated
investment  company" it pays no Federal  income tax on the earnings and gains it
distributes to  shareholders.  The Portfolios'  distributions  of net investment
income and net short-term  capital gains,  if any,  whether  received in cash or
reinvested  in additional  Portfolio  shares,  are  generally  taxable to you as
ordinary  income.  Each  Portfolio  will  notify  you  following  the end of the
calendar year of the amount of dividends paid that year.

                                       23

<PAGE>

     Dividend distributions by the Municipal Bond Portfolio of the excess of its
interest  income on tax-exempt  securities  over certain  amounts  disallowed as
deductions  ("exempt-interest  dividends")  may be  treated  by you as  interest
excludable  from your gross income.  The  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  intends to
distribute income that is exempt from federal income tax, though it may invest a
portion of its assets in securities that generate taxable income.  Income exempt
from  federal  income  tax  may be  subject  to  state  and  local  income  tax.
Additionally,  any capital gains distributed by the Municipal Bond Portfolio may
be taxable.

     It is a  taxable  event  for you if you  sell  or  exchange  shares  of any
Portfolio,  including the Municipal  Bond  Portfolio.  Depending on the purchase
price and the sale price of the shares you exchange, you may have a taxable gain
or loss on the transaction.  You are responsible for any tax liability generated
by your transactions.

     STATE  AND  LOCAL  INCOME  TAXES:  You  should  consult  your  tax  adviser
concerning  state and local taxes,  which may have different  consequences  from
those of the Federal income law.

     This section is only a summary of some important income tax  considerations
that may affect your investment in a Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser  regarding  the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                            DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

     The Distributor manages the Portfolios'  distribution  efforts and provides
assistance and expertise in developing  marketing  plans and  materials,  enters
into  dealer  agreement  with   broker-dealers   to  sell  shares  and  provides
shareholder support services,  directly or through affiliates. The Portfolios do
not charge any sales  loads,  deferred  sales loads or other fees in  connection
with the purchase of shares.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Other institutional investors,  including other mutual funds, may invest in
the master funds.  The  master/feeder  structure  enables various  institutional
investors, including a Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading  certain  fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each  shareholder  of a  master  fund,  including  a  Portfolio,  will  pay  its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

     For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others,
a Portfolio  could switch to another  master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. No Portfolio is currently contemplating such a move.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHARE CLASSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Portfolios  issue  Investor and  Institutional  classes of shares.  The
Institutional  class is offered to retirement  plans. The Investor class pays an
additional 12b-1 fee. Any investor may purchase Investor class shares.


                                       25

<PAGE>

                              FOR MORE INFORMATION

     FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE  INFORMATION ON THE  PORTFOLIOS,  THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

     ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL  REPORTS:  Contain  performance  data and information on
portfolio holdings, operating results, and a discussion of the market conditions
and investment strategies that significantly affected a Portfolio's  performance
for the most recently completed fiscal year or half-year.

     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  (SAI):  Provides a complete technical
and legal description of a Portfolio's policies, investment restrictions, risks,
and business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

     Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolios may
be obtained without charge by contacting:

     WT Mutual Fund c/o PFPC Inc.
     400 Bellevue Parkway
     Suite 108
     Wilmington, Delaware 19809
     (800) 336-9970
     9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time

     Information  about the  Portfolios  (including the SAI) can be reviewed and
copied at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington,  D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained,  upon payment of a
duplicating  fee,  by  electronic  request  at  the  following  e-mail  address:
[email protected],  or by  writing  the  Public  Reference  Room  of  the  SEC,
Washington, DC, 20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at  1-(202)-942-8090.  Reports and other
information  about the Portfolios may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the
SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

     FOR MORE  INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT,  MAKING CHANGES TO EXISTING
ACCOUNTS,  PURCHASING,   EXCHANGING  OR  REDEEMING  SHARES,  OR  OTHER  INVESTOR
SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-336-9970.

   The investment company registration number for WT Mutual Fund is 811-08648.

                                       26

<PAGE>

                   THE WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                    THE WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
                       THE WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO

                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND

                                 INVESTOR SHARES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

     This  prospectus  gives vital  information  about these money market mutual
funds,  including  information on investment policies,  risks and fees. For your
own benefit  and  protection,  please read it before you invest,  and keep it on
hand for future reference.

     Please note that these Portfolios:

          [BULLET] are not bank deposits

          [BULLET] are  not   obligations  of,  or  guaranteed  or  endorsed  by
                   Wilmington Trust Company or any of its affiliates

          [BULLET] are not federally insured

          [BULLET] are  not   obligations  of,  or  guaranteed  or  endorsed  or
                   otherwise  supported  by the  U.S.  Government,  the  Federal
                   Deposit Insurance  Corporation,  the Federal Reserve Board or
                   any other governmental agency

          [BULLET] are not guaranteed to achieve their goal(s)

          [BULLET] may not be able to maintain a stable $1 share price

     Like all mutual fund shares,  these  securities  have not been  approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission  determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.


<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                    PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTIONS
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,         Summary ..............................3
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL            Performance Information ..............5
HISTORY OF EACH PORTFOLIO                Fees and Expenses ....................8
                                         Investment Objectives ................9
                                         Primary Investment Strategies ........9
                                         Additional Risk Information .........10
                                         Financial Highlights ................12

                                    MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE                Investment Adviser ..................15
PROVIDERS.                               Service Providers ...................16

                                    SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR            Pricing of Shares ...................17
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND                 Purchase of Shares ..................17
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF             Redemption of Shares ................19
THE PORTFOLIOS.                          Exchange of Shares ..................21
                                         Distributions .......................22
                                         Taxes ...............................22


                                    DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION                  Rule 12b-1 Fees .....................23
PLANS AND THE PORTFOLIOS'                Master/Feeder Structure .............23
MASTER/FEEDER ARRANGEMENT.               Share Classes .......................23


                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION .....................24

For  information  about  key  terms  and  concepts,  look for our  "PLAIN  TALK"
explanations.


                                        2

<PAGE>

                   THE WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

                    THE WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

                       THE WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO

                                 INVESTOR SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTIONS

         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                          WHAT ARE MONEY MARKET FUNDS?

         Money market funds  invest only in high  quality,  short-term
         debt securities,  commonly known as money market instruments.
         Money  market  funds  follow  strict rules about credit risk,
         maturity  and   diversification  of  their  investments.   An
         investment  in a money  market  fund  is not a bank  deposit.
         Although a money  market fund seeks to keep a constant  share
         price of $1.00,  you may lose money by  investing  in a money
         market fund.
         =============================================================

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment  Objective  [BULLET]  The  PRIME  MONEY  MARKET  and U.S.  GOVERNMENT
                                 PORTFOLIOS   each  seek  high  current  income,
                                 while  preserving  capital  and liquidity.

                       [BULLET]  The TAX  EXEMPT  PORTFOLIO  seeks high  current
                                 interest  income  exempt  from  federal  income
                                 taxes while preserving principal.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus       [BULLET]  Money market instruments.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility [BULLET]  Each Portfolio will strive to maintain a stable
                                 $1.00 share price.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal  Investment
  Strategy             [BULLET]  Each  Portfolio  operates  as a  "feeder  fund"
                                 which  means  that the  Portfolio  does not buy
                                 individual  securities  directly.  Instead,  it
                                 invests  in  a  corresponding  mutual  fund  or
                                 "master   fund,"   which   in  turn   purchases
                                 investment  securities.  The Portfolios  invest
                                 all of their assets in master funds,  which are
                                 separate series of WT Investment  Trust I. Each
                                 Portfolio and its corresponding Series have the
                                 same   investment   objective,   policies   and
                                 limitations.

                       [BULLET]  The U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PORTFOLIO  invests in the
                                 U.S. Government Series,  which invests at least
                                 65%   of  its   assets   in   U.S.   Government
                                 obligations    and    repurchase     agreements
                                 collateralized by such obligations.

                                        3

<PAGE>


                       [BULLET]  The PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO invests in the
                                 Prime Money  Market  Series,  which  invests in
                                 money  market   instruments,   including   bank
                                 obligations,  high quality commercial paper and
                                 U.S. Government obligations.

                       [BULLET]  The   TAX-EXEMPT   PORTFOLIO   invests  in  the
                                 Tax-Exempt   Series,   which  invests  in  high
                                 quality municipal obligations,  municipal bonds
                                 and  other  instruments   exempt  from  federal
                                 income tax.

                       [BULLET]  In  selecting  securities  for the Series,  the
                                 adviser  seeks  current  income,  liquidity and
                                 safety  of  principal.  The  adviser  may  sell
                                 securities if the  securities are downgraded to
                                 a lower ratings category.

                       [BULLET]  Each of the U.S. Government Portfolio and Prime
                                 Money    Market    Portfolio,    through    its
                                 corresponding  Series, may invest more than 25%
                                 of its total assets in the obligations of banks
                                 and finance companies.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks        The Portfolios are subject to the risks  summarized below
                       which  are  further   described  under  "Additional  Risk
                       Information."

                       [BULLET]  An  investment  in a Portfolio is not a deposit
                                 of  Wilmington  Trust  Company  or  any  of its
                                 affiliates  and is not insured or guaranteed by
                                 the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation or
                                 any  other  government  agency.  Although  each
                                 Portfolio  seeks to preserve  the value of your
                                 investment  at $1.00 per share,  it is possible
                                 to lose money by investing in a Portfolio.

                       [BULLET]  The obligations in which the Portfolios  invest
                                 through their corresponding  Series are subject
                                 to  credit   risk  and   interest   rate  risk.
                                 Typically, when interest rates rise, the market
                                 prices of debt securities go down.

                       [BULLET]  The  performance  of a Portfolio will depend on
                                 whether  or not the  adviser is  successful  in
                                 pursuing an investment strategy.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile       [BULLET]  Conservative
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        4

<PAGE>




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   THE WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

     The bar chart and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

                 ANNUAL RETURNS FOR THE PAST 10 CALENDAR YEARS

[Line chart omitted, plot points as follows]

       PERFORMANCE YEARS              RETURNS
            1990                      8.04%
            1991                      6.05
            1992                      3.61
            1993                      2.86
            1994                      3.89
            1995                      5.63
            1996                      5.08
            1997                      5.22
            1998                      5.17
            1999                      4.80

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 4.50%

     THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTOR
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                              BEST QUARTER                 WORST QUARTER
                              ------------                ---------------
                                  1.92%                        0.70%
                           (December 31, 1990)            (June 30, 1993)


     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99     1 YEAR       5 YEAR       10 YEAR
     -------------------------------------     ------       ------       -------
     Prime Money Market Portfolio               4.80%        5.18%        5.03%





                                        5

<PAGE>


                    THE WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

     The bar chart and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.


                 ANNUAL RETURNS FOR THE PAST 10 CALENDAR YEARS

[Line chart omitted, plot points as follows]

       PERFORMANCE YEARS              RETURNS
            1990                       7.86
            1991                       5.73
            1992                       3.38
            1993                       2.82
            1994                       3.82
            1995                       5.51
            1996                       4.99
            1997                       5.12
            1998                       5.07
            1999                       4.69

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 4.33%

     THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTOR
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                              BEST QUARTER                 WORST QUARTER
                              ------------                ----------------
                                  1.86%                        0.69%
                           (December 31, 1990)            (June 30, 1993)


     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99     1 YEAR       5 YEAR       10 YEAR
     -------------------------------------     ------       ------       -------
     U.S. Government Portfolio                  4.69%        5.08%        4.89%


                                        6

<PAGE>


                       THE WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO

     The bar chart and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Of course, past performance is not
necessarily an indicator of how the Portfolio will perform in the future.

                 ANNUAL RETURNS FOR THE PAST 10 CALENDAR YEARS

[Line chart omitted, plot points as follows]

       PERFORMANCE YEARS              RETURNS
            1990                      5.57%
            1991                      4.15
            1992                      2.66
            1993                      1.98
            1994                      2.42
            1995                      3.47
            1996                      3.01
            1997                      3.15
            1998                      2.98
            1999                      2.76

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 2.67%

     THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PORTFOLIO'S INVESTOR
SHARES FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                              BEST QUARTER                 WORST QUARTER
                              ------------                ----------------
                                  1.41%                         0.47%
                           (December 31, 1990)            (March 31, 1994)


     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99     1 YEAR       5 YEAR       10 YEAR
     -------------------------------------     ------       ------       -------
     Tax-Exempt Portfolio                      2.76%        3.07%         3.21%


                                        7

<PAGE>


         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                                 WHAT IS YIELD?

         Yield is a measure  of the  income  (interest)  earned by the
         securities  in a  fund's  portfolio  and  paid to you  over a
         specified time period. The annualized yield is expressed as a
         percentage  of the  offering  price per share on a  specified
         date.
         =============================================================

     You may call (800) 336-9970 to obtain a Portfolio's current 7-day yield.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEES AND EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                        WHAT ARE MUTUAL FUND EXPENSES?

         Unlike an index,  every mutual fund has operating expenses to
         pay for professional advisory,  distribution,  administration
         and custody services.  The Portfolio's  expenses in the table
         below  are  shown  as a  percentage  of the  Portfolio's  net
         assets. These expenses are deducted from Portfolio assets.
         =============================================================

     The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy
and hold shares of a Portfolio. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly
from your investment.

                            INVESTOR CLASS

     ANNUAL FUND OPERATING  EXPENSES  (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM
     PORTFOLIO ASSETS)(1):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              THE PRIME MONEY           THE U.S.          THE TAX-EXEMPT
                                             MARKET PORTFOLIO     GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO       PORTFOLIO
                                             ----------------     --------------------    --------------
     <S>                                               <C>                   <C>                  <C>
     Management fees .....................             .44%                  .47%                 .47%
     Distribution (12b-1) fees2 ..........             .02%                  .01%                 .02%
     Other expenses ......................             .04%                  .06%                 .06%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES .....             .50%                  .54%                 .55%
<FN>
1 The table  above and the  Example  below each  reflect  the  aggregate  annual
  operating expenses of each Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the Trust
  in which the Portfolio invests.
2 While the Distribution (12b-1) Plan provides for reimbursement of up to 0.20%
  of each Portfolio's average net assets, the Board of Trustees has authorized
  annual payments of up to 0.05% of each Portfolio's average net assets for the
  current fiscal year. The expenses above reflect the actual expenses incurred
  for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                        8

<PAGE>




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     This  example is intended to help you  compare the cost of  investing  in a
Portfolio  with the cost of investing in other  mutual  funds.  The tables below
show what you would pay if you  invested  $10,000  over the various  time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:

          [BULLET] you reinvested all dividends;
          [BULLET] the average annual return was 5%;

          [BULLET] the Portfolio's  maximum total operating expenses are charged
                   and remain the same over the time periods; and
          [BULLET] you  redeemed all of your  investment  at the end of the time
                   period.

     Although  your  actual  cost  may  be  higher  or  lower,  based  on  these
assumptions, your costs would be:


     INVESTOR SHARES                     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years   10 Years
     --------------                      ------    -------    -------   --------
     Prime Money Market Portfolio .....    $51      $160       $280       $628
     U.S. Government Portfolio ........    $55      $173       $302       $677
     Tax-Exempt Portfolio .............    $56      $176       $307       $689

     THE  ABOVE  EXAMPLE  IS  FOR   COMPARISON   PURPOSES  ONLY  AND  IS  NOT  A
REPRESENTATION  OF A  PORTFOLIO'S  ACTUAL  EXPENSES AND RETURNS,  EITHER PAST OR
FUTURE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          [BULLET] The  PRIME  MONEY  MARKET   PORTFOLIO  and  U.S.   GOVERNMENT
                   PORTFOLIO each seek a high level of current income consistent
                   with the preservation of capital and liquidity.

          [BULLET] The  TAX-EXEMPT  PORTFOLIO  seeks as high a level of interest
                   income exempt from federal  income tax as is consistent  with
                   preservation of principal.

     The investment  objectives  for each  Portfolio may not be changed  without
shareholder  approval.  Each  Portfolio  is a money  market  fund and intends to
maintain  a stable  $1 share  price,  although  this may not be  possible  under
certain circumstances. There can be no guarantee that any Portfolio will achieve
its investment objective.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The PRIME  MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO  invests  its assets in the Prime Money
Market Series, which in turn invests in:

          [BULLET] U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of major U.S. and foreign
                   banks  and  their  branches  located  outside  of the  United
                   States,  of  U.S.  branches  of  foreign  banks,  of  foreign
                   branches of foreign banks, of U.S.  agencies of foreign banks
                   and wholly-owned banking subsidiaries of foreign banks;


                                        9

<PAGE>


          [BULLET] high quality commercial paper and corporate obligations;

          [BULLET] U.S. Government obligations;

          [BULLET] high quality municipal securities; and

          [BULLET] repurchase  agreements that are fully  collateralized by U.S.
                   Government obligations.

     U.S. Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed by the
U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

     The U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the U.S.  Government
Series, which in turn invests at least 65% of its total assets in:

          [BULLET] U.S. Government obligations; and

          [BULLET] repurchase  agreements that are fully  collateralized by such
                   obligations.

     The TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO invests its assets in the Tax-Exempt Series, which
in turn invests in:

          [BULLET] high quality municipal obligations and municipal bonds;

          [BULLET] floating and variable rate obligations;

          [BULLET] participation interests;

          [BULLET] high quality tax-exempt commercial paper; and

          [BULLET] high quality short-term municipal notes.

     The   Tax-Exempt   Series  has  adopted  a  policy   that,   under   normal
circumstances,  at least 80% of its annual  income will be exempt  from  federal
income tax.  Additionally,  at least 80% of its annual  income will not be a tax
preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax.

     High quality  securities include those that (1) are rated in one of the two
highest  short-term rating categories by two nationally  recognized  statistical
rating organizations  ("NRSRO"),  such as S&P, Moody's and Fitch IBCA (or by one
NRSRO if only one NRSRO has issued a rating) or; (2) if unrated are issued by an
issuer with comparable  outstanding debt that is rated or are otherwise  unrated
and determined by the investment adviser to be of comparable quality.

     Each Series also may invest in other  securities,  use other strategies and
engage  in other  investment  practices,  which are  described  in detail in our
Statement of Additional Information.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your  investment
in a Portfolio.  Further  information about investment risks is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

          [BULLET] CREDIT RISK:  The risk that the issuer of a security,  or the
                   counterparty to a contract,  will default or otherwise become
                   unable to honor a financial obligation.


                                       10

<PAGE>


          [BULLET] FOREIGN  SECURITY  RISK: The risk of losses due to political,
                   regulatory,  economic,  social or other uncontrollable forces
                   in a foreign country.

          [BULLET] INTEREST RATE RISK: The risk of market losses attributable to
                   changes in interest rates. With fixed-rate securities, a rise
                   in interest rates typically causes a fall in values,  while a
                   fall in rates  typically  causes a rise in values.  The yield
                   paid by a Portfolio will vary with changes in interest rates.

          [BULLET] MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may
                   move up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

          [BULLET] MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The Portfolios'  master/feeder  structure
                   is relatively  new and more complex.  While this structure is
                   designed  to  reduce  costs,  it  may  not  do  so,  and  the
                   Portfolios    might    encounter    operational    or   other
                   complications.  For example, large-scale redemptions by other
                   feeders of their  shares of a master fund could have  adverse
                   effects on a Portfolio such as requiring the liquidation of a
                   substantial  portion of the master fund's  holdings at a time
                   when  it  could  be  disadvantageous  to do so.  Also,  other
                   feeders  of a  master  fund  may  have  a  greater  ownership
                   interest in the master fund than a Portfolio's  interest and,
                   therefore,  could  have  effective  voting  control  over the
                   operation of the master fund.

          [BULLET] PREPAYMENT  RISK:  The risk that a debt  security may be paid
                   off and proceeds invested earlier than anticipated. Depending
                   on  market  conditions,  the new  investments  may or may not
                   carry the same interest rate.

                                       11

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The  financial  highlights  table is intended to help you  understand  each
Portfolio's financial performance for the past 5 years or since the inception of
the Portfolio, if shorter.  Certain information reflects financial results for a
single  Investor share of a Portfolio.  The total returns in the table represent
the rate that you would have  earned (or lost) on an  investment  in a Portfolio
(assuming  reinvestment  of all  dividends and other  distributions).  Financial
highlights have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, whose report, along with each
Portfolio's  financial  statements,  is included in the Annual Report,  which is
available without charge upon request.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            FOR THE         FOR THE PERIOD
                                          FISCAL YEAR      OCTOBER 1, 1998
                                             ENDED              THROUGH         FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        JUNE 30, 2000(1)+    JUNE 30, 1999+       1998+       1997+       1996+       1995+
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                 <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY
   MARKET PORTFOLIO --
   INVESTOR SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE-- BEGINNING OF PERIOD           $1.00               $1.00           $1.00       $1.00       $1.00       $1.00
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Operations:
   Net investment income ............            0.05                0.04            0.05        0.05        0.05        0.05
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions:

   From net investment income .......           (0.05)              (0.04)          (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET ASSET VALUE-- END OF PERIOD .....           $1.00               $1.00           $1.00       $1.00       $1.00       $1.00
                                        =====================================================================================

TOTAL RETURN ........................           5.45%             3.51%**           5.26%       5.17%       5.17%       5.50%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET

   ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:

   Expenses .........................           0.50%              0.52%*           0.53%       0.54%       0.53%       0.54%
   Net investment income ............           5.35%              4.61%*           5.13%       5.06%       5.03%       5.37%
Net assets at end of period
   (000 omitted) ....................      $2,064,018          $1,651,174      $1,702,734  $1,191,271    $980,856    $751,125

------------------------
<FN>
* Annualized.
**Not annualized.
1 Effective  November  1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income  ratios
  include expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Prime Money Market
  Series.
+ Effective  November 1, 1999, the Rodney Square Money Market Portfolio ("Rodney
  Square   Portfolio")  was  merged  into  the  Wilmington  Prime  Money  Market
  Portfolio.  The financial highlights for the periods prior to November 1, 1999
  reflect the performance history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       12

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            FOR THE         FOR THE PERIOD
                                          FISCAL YEAR      OCTOBER 1, 1998
                                             ENDED              THROUGH         FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        JUNE 30, 2000(1)+    JUNE 30, 1999+       1998+       1997+       1996+       1995+
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO --
   INVESTOR SHARES
NET ASSET VALUE-- BEGINNING OF PERIOD           $1.00              $1.00           $1.00       $1.00       $1.00       $1.00
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income ............            0.05               0.03            0.05        0.05        0.05        0.05
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distributions:
   From net investment income .......           (0.05)             (0.03)          (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET ASSET VALUE-- END OF PERIOD .....           $1.00              $1.00           $1.00       $1.00       $1.00       $1.00
                                        ====================================================================================
TOTAL RETURN ........................            5.25%           3.42%**           5.19%       5.07%       5.08%       5.37%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET

   ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:

   Expenses .........................            0.54%            0.54%*           0.54%       0.55%       0.55%       0.55%
   Net investment income ............            5.17%            4.51%*           5.06%       4.96%       4.97%       5.25%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted)    $765,121           $547,833        $802,153    $378,475    $341,426    $306,096

------------------------
<FN>
* Annualized.
** Not annualized.
1 Effective  November  1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income  ratios
  include expenses  allocated from the WT Investment  Trust I - U.S.  Government
  Series.
+ Effective  November  1, 1999,  the Rodney  Square  U.S.  Government  Portfolio
  ("Rodney Square  Portfolio")  was merged into the Wilmington  U.S.  Government
  Portfolio.  The financial highlights for the periods prior to November 1, 1999
  reflect the performance history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       13

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            FOR THE         FOR THE PERIOD
                                          FISCAL YEAR      OCTOBER 1, 1998
                                             ENDED              THROUGH         FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        JUNE 30, 2000(1)+    JUNE 30, 1999+       1998+       1997+       1996+       1995+
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO --
   INVESTOR SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD          $1.00               $1.00           $1.00       $1.00       $1.00      $1.00
                                              -------            --------        --------    --------    --------   --------
Investment Operations:
   Net investment income                         0.03                0.02            0.03        0.03        0.03       0.03
                                              -------            --------        --------    --------    --------   --------
Distributions:
   From net investment income                   (0.03)              (0.02)          (0.03)      (0.03)      (0.03)     (0.03)
                                              -------            --------        --------    --------    --------   --------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD                $1.00               $1.00           $1.00       $1.00       $1.00      $1.00
                                              =======            ========        ========    ========    ========   ========
TOTAL RETURN                                    3.23%             1.96%**           3.11%       3.09%       3.11%      3.36%
RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET
   ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Expenses                                        0.55%              0.55%*           0.55%       0.57%       0.56%      0.54%
Net investment income                           3.21%              2.58%*           3.05%       3.05%       3.08%      3.29%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted)    $483,092            $451,509        $392,610    $280,864    $237,185   $318,213

------------------------
<FN>
* Annualized.
** Not annualized.
1 Effective  November  1, 1999,  the expense and net  investment  income  ratios
  include expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Tax-Exempt Series.
+ Effective  November 1, 1999, the Rodney Square Tax-Exempt Fund ("Rodney Square
  Portfolio") was merged into the Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio. The financial
  highlights  for the periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the  performance
  history of the Rodney Square Portfolio.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       14

<PAGE>

                          MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS

     The  Board  of  Trustees  for each  Portfolio  supervises  the  management,
activities and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved  contracts with various
organizations  to  provide,  among other  services,  the  day-to-day  management
required by the Portfolio and its shareholders.

         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?

         The  investment  adviser  makes  investment  decisions  for a
         mutual  fund  and   continuously   reviews,   supervises  and
         administers  the  fund's  investment  program.  The  Board of
         Trustees  supervises the investment  adviser and  establishes
         policies  that the  adviser  must  follow  in its  management
         activities.
         =============================================================

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT ADVISER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Rodney Square Management  Corporation,  the Series' investment  adviser, is
located at 1100 North  Market  Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware  19890.  RSMC is a
wholly owned  subsidiary of Wilmington  Trust Company,  which is wholly owned by
Wilmington Trust  Corporation.  RSMC also provides asset management  services to
collective  investment  funds  maintained by WTC. In the past, RSMC has provided
asset  management  services to  individuals,  personal  trusts,  municipalities,
corporations and other organizations.

     Each of the U.S.  Government Series, the Prime Money Market Series, and the
Tax-Exempt  Series pays a monthly fee to RSMC at the annual rate of 0.47% of the
Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets;  0.43% of the Series' next
$500 million of average daily net assets; 0.40% of the Series' next $500 million
of average daily net assets;  and 0.37% of the Series'  average daily net assets
in excess of $2  billion,  as  determined  at the close of  business on each day
throughout the month.  Out of its fees, RSMC makes payments to PFPC Inc. for the
provision of administration, accounting and transfer agency services and to PFPC
Trust Company for provision of sub-custodial services.

     For the twelve months ended June 30, 2000,  the Prime Money Market  Series,
U.S.  Government Series and Tax-Exempt Series paid RSMC 0.44%,  0.47% and 0.47%,
respectively,  of the Series'  average daily net assets for investment  advisory
services.

                                  15

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICE PROVIDERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The chart below provides  information on the  Portfolios'  primary  service
providers.

Asset                                   Shareholder
Management                              Services
-------------------------------         ----------------------------------------

      INVESTMENT ADVISER                         TRANSFER AGENT

 RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORP.                    PFPC INC.

       RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                    400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

      1100 N. MARKET STREET                   WILMINGTON, DE 19809

    WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001


                                        Handles shareholder services,
                                        including recordkeeping  and
    Manages each Portfolio's            statements, payment of distributions
     investment activities.             and processing of buy and sell requests.

-------------------------------         ----------------------------------------



                     ---------------------------------------
                                  WT MUTUAL FUND


                     WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

                      WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO

                         WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO

                     ---------------------------------------

Fund                                         Asset
Operations                                   Safe Keeping
---------------------------------            -----------------------------------

       ADMINISTRATOR AND                                   CUSTODIAN

       ACCOUNTING AGENT                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

           PFPC INC.                               1100 NORTH MARKET STREET

     400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                             WILMINGTON, DE 19890

     WILMINGTON, DE 19809

Provides  facilities,  equipment
and   personnel   to  carry  out               Holds each  Portfolio's  assets,
administrative  services related               settles all portfolio trades and
to each Portfolio and calculates               collects  most of the  valuation
each    Portfolio's    NAV   and               data  required  for  calculating
distributions.                                 each  Portfolio's NAV per share.

---------------------------------              ---------------------------------


                                       16

<PAGE>

                             SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRICING OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Each Portfolio uses its best effort to maintain its $1 constant share price
and values its securities at amortized  cost.  This involves  valuing a security
initially  at its  cost and  thereafter  assuming  a  constant  amortization  to
maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates on
the market value of the security. All cash, receivables and current payables are
carried at their face value.  Other assets,  if any, are valued at fair value as
determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                      WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE OR "NAV"?

                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                  Outstanding Shares
         =============================================================

     PFPC  determines  the NAV per  share of each  Portfolio  as of  12:00  p.m.
Eastern time for the Tax-Exempt  Portfolio and as of 2:00 p.m.  Eastern Time for
the U.S.  Government  Portfolio  and the Prime Money  Market  Portfolio  on each
Business Day (a day that the New York Stock Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business).  The NAV
is  calculated  by adding  the  value of all  securities  and other  assets in a
Portfolio,  deducting its  liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of
outstanding shares in that Portfolio.

     Shares will not be priced on those days the  Portfolios  are closed.  As of
the date of this prospectus, those days are:

        New Year's Day                   Memorial Day           Veterans' Day
        Martin Luther King, Jr. Day      Independence Day       Thanksgiving Day
        President's Day                  Labor Day              Christmas Day
        Good Friday                      Columbus Day

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:

          [BULLET] Directly by mail or by wire

          [BULLET] As a client of WTC through a trust account or a
                   corporate cash management account

          [BULLET] As a client of a Service Organization
         =============================================================

                                       17

<PAGE>

     Portfolio shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any
sales  charges.  The  minimum  initial  investment  in  Investor  shares  of the
Portfolios is $1,000. Additional investments in any Portfolio may be made in any
amount. You may purchase shares as specified below.

     You may also purchase  shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust
or corporate  cash  management  accounts.  If you are a client of an institution
(such as a bank or  broker-dealer)  that has entered into a servicing  agreement
with the Portfolios' distributor ("Service Organization"), you may also purchase
shares through such Service Organization.  You should also be aware that you may
be charged a fee by WTC or the  Service  Organization  in  connection  with your
investment in the Portfolios.  If you wish to purchase  Portfolio shares through
your account at WTC or a Service  Organization,  you should  contact that entity
directly for information and instructions on purchasing shares.

     BY MAIL:  You may purchase  shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S.  bank
payable  to  Wilmington  Money  Market  Portfolios,  indicating  the name of the
Portfolio,  along  with a  completed  application  (included  at the end of this
prospectus).  If a subsequent  investment  is being made,  the check should also
indicate your Portfolio  account number.  When you make purchases by check, each
Portfolio may withhold payment on redemptions  until it is reasonably  satisfied
that the funds are  collected  (which can take up to 10 days).  If you  purchase
shares with a check that does not clear,  your purchase will be canceled and you
will be responsible  for any losses or fees incurred in that  transaction.  Send
the check and application to:

      Regular mail:                           Overnight mail:
      ------------                            --------------
      Wilmington Money Market Portfolios      Wilmington Money Market Portfolios
      c/o PFPC Inc.                           c/o PFPC Inc.
      P.O. Box 8951                           400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
      Wilmington, DE 19899                    Wilmington, DE 19809

     BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please  call  PFPC at  (800)  336-9970  for  instructions  and to make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES:  Investments in a Portfolio are
accepted on the Business Day that federal  funds are  deposited for your account
on or before 12:00 p.m.  Eastern  time for the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolio  and on or
before 2:00 p.m.  Eastern Time for the U.S.  Government  Portfolio and the Prime
Money Market  Portfolio.  Monies  immediately  convertible  to federal funds are
deposited  for  your  account  on or  before  12:00  p.m.  Eastern  time for the
Tax-Exempt  Portfolio  and on or  before  2:00  p.m.  Eastern  Time for the U.S.
Government  Portfolio and the Prime Money Market  Portfolio or checks  deposited
for your  account  have been  converted  to federal  funds  (usually  within two
Business Days after  receipt).  All  investments  in a Portfolio are credited to
your account as shares of the Portfolio  immediately  upon acceptance and become
entitled to dividends declared as of the day and time of investment.

     Any purchase order may be rejected if a Portfolio determines that accepting
the  order  would  not  be  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Portfolio  or  its
shareholders.

     It is the  responsibility  of WTC or the Service  Organization  to transmit
orders for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer  Agent and to
deliver  required  funds on a timely basis,  in accordance  with the  procedures
stated above.

     For  information  on other ways to purchase  shares,  including  through an
individual  retirement account (IRA), an automatic  investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       18

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REDEMPTION OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                          HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:

          [BULLET] By mail
          [BULLET] By telephone
          [BULLET] By check
         =============================================================

     You  may  sell  your  shares  on any  Business  Day,  as  described  below.
Redemptions are effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has
received your  redemption  request.  There is no fee when  Portfolio  shares are
redeemed.  It is  the  responsibility  of WTC or  the  Service  Organization  to
transmit  redemption orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption
proceeds on a timely  basis.  Redemption  checks are mailed on the next Business
Day  following  receipt by the Transfer  Agent of redemption  instructions,  but
never later than 7 days  following  such receipt.  Amounts  redeemed by wire are
normally  wired on the date of receipt of  redemption  instructions  or the next
Business  Day if  received  after  12:00 p.m.  Eastern  time for the  Tax-Exempt
Portfolio and after 2:00 p.m. Eastern time for the U.S. Government Portfolio and
the Prime Money Market Portfolio, or on a non-Business Day, but never later than
7 days following  such receipt.  If you purchased your shares through an account
at WTC  or a  Service  Organization,  you  should  contact  WTC  or the  Service
Organization for information  relating to redemptions.  The Portfolio's name and
your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

     BY MAIL:  If you redeem  your  shares by mail,  you should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee." A signature  guarantee  verifies the
authenticity  of  your   signature.   You  can  obtain  one  from  most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a notary  public.  You must
indicate the  Portfolio  name,  your account  number and your name.  The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

     Regular mail:                            Overnight mail:
     ------------                             --------------
     Wilmington Money Market Portfolios       Wilmington Money Market Portfolios
     c/o PFPC Inc.                            c/o PFPC Inc.
     P.O. Box 8951                            400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
     Wilmington, DE 19899                     Wilmington, DE 19809

     BY  TELEPHONE:  If you prefer to redeem  your shares by  telephone  you may
elect to do so.  However there are certain risks.  The  Portfolios  have certain
safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that
the instructions  communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you
will bear the risk of any losses.

     BY CHECK: You may use the checkwriting option to redeem Portfolio shares by
drawing a check for $500 or more against a Portfolio account.  When the check is
presented for payment,  a sufficient number of shares will be redeemed from your
account to cover the amount of the check. This procedure enables you to continue
receiving  dividends on those  shares until the check is presented  for payment.
Because the aggregate  amount of Portfolio shares owned is likely to change each
day,  you should not attempt to redeem all shares held in your  account by using
the  checkwriting  procedure.  Charges will be imposed for  specially  imprinted
checks, business checks,

                                       19

<PAGE>

copies  of  canceled  checks,  stop  payment  orders,  checks  returned  due  to
"nonsufficient  funds" and other returned checks.  These charges will be paid by
redeeming   automatically  an  appropriate  number  of  Portfolio  shares.  Each
Portfolio  and the  Transfer  Agent  reserve the right to terminate or alter the
checkwriting  service at any time. The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
impose a service charge in connection with the checkwriting  service. If you are
interested in the check writing service, contact the Transfer Agency for further
information.  This service is generally not available for clients of WTC through
their trust or corporate cash management accounts,  since it is already provided
for these  customers  through  WTC.  The service may also not be  available  for
Service  Organization  clients  who are  provided  a  similar  service  by those
organizations.

     ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  Redemption proceeds may be
wired to your  predesignated  bank account in any commercial  bank in the United
States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The receiving bank may charge a fee for
this  service.  Proceeds  may also be  mailed to your bank or,  for  amounts  of
$10,000  or less,  mailed to your  Portfolio  account  address  of record if the
address has been  established  for at least 60 days.  In order to authorize  the
Transfer Agent to mail redemption  proceeds to your Portfolio account address of
record,  complete  the  appropriate  section of the  Application  for  Telephone
Redemptions or include your Portfolio  account address of record when you submit
written  instructions.  You may change the account that you have  designated  to
receive  amounts  redeemed  at any  time.  Any  request  to change  the  account
designated to receive  redemption  proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee
of your  signature  by an  eligible  institution.  A  signature  and a signature
guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account is  registered.
Further  documentation  will be required to change the designated account when a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor holds the Portfolio shares.

     If the shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by a check,
the Portfolio  reserves the right not to send the  redemption  proceeds until it
believes that the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

     SMALL  ACCOUNTS:  If the value of your Portfolio  account falls below $500,
the  Portfolio  may ask you to increase  your  balance.  If the account value is
still below $500 after 60 days,  the  Portfolio  may close your account and send
you the proceeds.  The  Portfolio  will not close your account if it falls below
$500 solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

     For additional  information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to
the Statement of Additional Information.



                                        20

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCHANGE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================

                         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?

         An exchange of shares  allows you to move your money from one
         fund to another fund within a family of funds.
         =============================================================

     You may  exchange  all or a  portion  of your  shares  in a  Portfolio  for
Investor class shares of the following Portfolios:

     Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio

     Wilmington U.S. Government Portfolio

     Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio

     Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio

     Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio

     Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio

     Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio

     Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio

     Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio

     Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio

     Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio

     Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio

     Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio

     Redemption  of shares  through an exchange  will be effected at the NAV per
share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
of shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share  determined
at that time or as next determined thereafter.

     Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

     To  obtain  prospectuses  of the  other  Portfolios,  you  may  call  (800)
336-9970.  To obtain more  information  about  exchanges,  or to place  exchange
orders,  contact  the  Transfer  Agent,  or, if your  shares are held in a trust
account  with WTC or in an account with a Service  Organization,  contact WTC or
the Service  Organization.  The  Portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange
offer  described  here and will give you 60 days' notice of such  termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the Portfolio shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.


                                  21

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================

                         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?

         Net investment  income  consists of interest earned by a fund
         on its investments less accrued expenses.
         =============================================================

     Distributions from the net investment income of each Portfolio are declared
daily as a dividend and paid monthly to you. Any net capital gain  realized by a
Portfolio will be distributed annually.

     All distributions are reinvested in additional shares,  unless you elect to
receive  distributions in cash. Shares become entitled to receive  distributions
on the day after the shares are issued.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     As long as a  Portfolio  meets  the  requirements  for  being a  "regulated
investment  company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings and gains it
distributes to  shareholders.  The Portfolios'  distributions  of net investment
income (which include net short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or
reinvested  in  additional  Portfolio  shares,  are  taxable to you as  ordinary
income. Each Portfolio will notify you following the end of the calendar year of
the amount of dividends paid that year.

     You  will  not  recognize  any  gain or loss on the  sale  (redemption)  or
exchange of shares of a Portfolio so long as that  Portfolio  maintains a stable
price of $1.00 a share.  Dividend  distributions by the Tax-Exempt  Portfolio of
the excess of its interest income on tax-exempt  securities over certain amounts
disallowed as deductions ("exempt-interest  dividends") may be treated by you as
interest excludable from your gross income. The Tax-Exempt  Portfolio intends to
distribute income that is exempt from federal income tax, though it may invest a
portion of its assets in securities that generate taxable income.  Income exempt
from  federal  income  tax  may be  subject  to  state  and  local  income  tax.
Additionally,  any capital gains distributed by the Tax-Exempt  Portfolio may be
taxable.

     STATE  AND  LOCAL  INCOME  TAXES:  You  should  consult  your  tax  adviser
concerning  state and local taxes,  which may have different  consequences  from
those of the Federal income law.

     This section is only a summary of some important income tax  considerations
that may affect your investment in a Portfolio. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser  regarding  the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.



                                  22

<PAGE>

                            DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

     The Distributor manages the Portfolios'  distribution  efforts and provides
assistance and expertise in developing  marketing  plans and  materials,  enters
into  dealer  agreement  with   broker-dealers   to  sell  shares  and  provides
shareholder support services,  directly or through affiliates. The Portfolios do
not charge any sales  loads,  deferred  sales loads or other fees in  connection
with the purchase of shares.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RULE 12B-1 FEES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
         =============================================================
                              WHAT ARE 12B-1 FEES?

         12b-1 fees,  charged by some funds,  are  deducted  from fund
         assets to pay for marketing and advertising expenses or, more
         commonly,  to compensate sales professionals for selling fund
         shares.
         =============================================================

     The Investor class of each Portfolio has adopted a distribution  plan under
Rule 12b-1 that allows a Portfolio to pay a fee to the  Distributor for the sale
and distribution of Investor class shares, and for services provided to Investor
class  shareholders.  Because  these fees are paid out of a  Portfolio's  assets
continuously, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and
may cost you more than  paying  other  types of sales  charges.  For the current
fiscal year, the maximum  distribution  fees for Investor shares as a percentage
of average daily net assets are as follows:

     Prime Money Market Portfolio - Investor Class .......   0.05%

     U.S. Government Portfolio - Investor Class ..........   0.05%

     Tax-Exempt Portfolio - Investor Class ...............   0.05%


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Other institutional investors,  including other mutual funds, may invest in
the master funds.  The  master/feeder  structure  enables various  institutional
investors, including a Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected to
result in economies by spreading  certain  fixed costs over a larger asset base.
Each  shareholder  of a  master  fund,  including  a  Portfolio,  will  pay  its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

     For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others,
a Portfolio  could switch to another  master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. No Portfolio is currently contemplating such a move.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHARE CLASSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Portfolios  issue  Investor and  Institutional  classes of shares.  The
Institutional  class is offered to retirement  plans. The Investor class pays an
additional 12b-1 fee. Any investor may purchase the Investor class shares.

                                  23

<PAGE>

                              FOR MORE INFORMATION

     FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE  INFORMATION ON THE  PORTFOLIOS,  THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

     ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL  REPORTS:  Contain  performance  data and information on
portfolio  holdings  and  operating  results  for a  Portfolio's  most  recently
completed  fiscal year or half-year.  The annual reports include a discussion of
the market conditions and investment  strategies that  significantly  affected a
Portfolio's performance.

     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  (SAI):  Provides a complete technical
and legal description of a Portfolio's policies, investment restrictions, risks,
and business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

     Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Portfolios may
be obtained without charge by contacting:

     WT Mutual Fund c/o PFPC Inc.
     400 Bellevue Parkway
     Suite 108
     Wilmington, Delaware 19809
     (800) 336-9970
     9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time

     Information  about the  Portfolios  (including the SAI) can be reviewed and
copied at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington,  D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained,  upon payment of a
duplicating  fee  by  electronic   request  at  the  following  e-mail  address:
[email protected],  or by  writing  the  Public  Reference  Room  of  the  SEC,
Washington, DC, 20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at  1-(202)-942-8090.  Reports and other
information  about the Portfolios may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the
SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

     FOR MORE  INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT,  MAKING CHANGES TO EXISTING
ACCOUNTS,  PURCHASING,   EXCHANGING  OR  REDEEMING  SHARES,  OR  OTHER  INVESTOR
SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)336-9970.

   The investment company registration number for WT Mutual Fund is 811-08648.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                  THE WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                                OF WT MUTUAL FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

     This prospectus gives vital information about the Wilmington  Premier Money
Market Portfolio,  including information on investment policies, risks and fees.
For your own benefit and protection,  please read it before you invest, and keep
it on hand for future reference.

     Please note that this Portfolio:

   (BULLET) is not a bank deposit

   (BULLET) is not  an obligation of,  or guaranteed  or endorsed  by Wilmington
            Trust Company or any of its affiliates

   (BULLET) is not federally insured

   (BULLET) is  not an  obligation of,  or guaranteed or  endorsed  or otherwise
            supported  by the  U.S. Government,  the  Federal  Deposit Insurance
            Corporation,  the Federal  Reserve  Board or  any other governmental
            agency

   (BULLET) is not guaranteed to achieve its goals

   (BULLET) may not be able to maintain a stable $1 share price

     Like all mutual fund shares,  these  securities  have not been  approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission  determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime.

                                     <PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,       Summary.................................3
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL          Performance Information.................4
HISTORY OF THE PORTFOLIO.              Fees and Expenses.......................5
                                       Investment Objectives...................6
                                       Primary Investment Strategies ..........6
                                       Additional Risk Information.............7
                                       Financial Highlights....................9


                                  MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO
DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE              Investment Adviser.....................10
PROVIDERS.                             Service Providers......................11


                                  SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR          Pricing of Shares......................12
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND               Purchase of Shares.....................13
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE              Redemption of Shares...................14
PORTFOLIO.                             Exchange of Shares.....................16
                                       Distributions..........................17
                                       Taxes..................................17


                                  DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
DETAILS ON THE PORTFOLIO'S             Master/Feeder Structure................18
MASTER/FEEDER ARRANGEMENT

                                  FOR MORE INFORMATION........................19

For  information  about  key  terms  and  concepts,  look for our  "PLAIN  TALK"
explanations.


                                        2
                                     <PAGE>

                  THE WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PORTFOLIO DESCRIPTION

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          WHAT ARE MONEY MARKET FUNDS?

     Money market funds invest only in high quality, short-term debt securities,
     commonly  known as money  market  instruments.  Money  market  funds follow
     strict  rules about  credit risk,  maturity  and  diversification  of their
     investments.  An  investment  in a money market fund is not a bank deposit.
     Although a money market fund seeks to keep a constant share price of $1.00,
     you may lose money by investing in a money market fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Objective          (BULLET)  The PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO seeks
                                        high  current income,  while  preserving
                                        capital and liquidity.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Focus              (BULLET)  Money market instruments.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Share Price Volatility        (BULLET)  The  Portfolio  will strive to  maintain
                                        a stable $1.00 share price.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Principal Investment Strategy (BULLET)  The  Portfolio  operates  as  a  "feeder
                                        fund"  which  means  that the  Portfolio
                                        does  not  buy   individual   securities
                                        directly.   Instead,  it  invests  in  a
                                        corresponding  mutual  fund  or  "master
                                        fund,"    which   in   turn    purchases
                                        investment  securities.   The  Portfolio
                                        invests  all of its  assets  in a master
                                        fund,  which is a separate  series of WT
                                        Investment  Trust I. The  Portfolio  and
                                        its  corresponding  Series  has the same
                                        investment   objective,   policies   and
                                        limitations.
                              (BULLET)  The  PREMIER   MONEY  MARKET   PORTFOLIO
                                        invests  in  the  Premier  Money  Market
                                        Series,  which  invests in money  market
                                        instruments, including bank obligations,
                                        high quality  commercial  paper and U.S.
                                        Government obligations.
                              (BULLET)  In selecting  securities for the Series,
                                        the  adviser   seeks   current   income,
                                        liquidity and safety of  principal.  The
                                        adviser  may  sell   securities  if  the
                                        securities  are  downgraded  to a  lower
                                        ratings category.
                              (BULLET)  The  Premier  Money  Market   Portfolio,
                                        through its  corresponding  Series,  may
                                        invest more than 25% of its total assets
                                        in the  obligations of banks and finance
                                        companies.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        3
                                     <PAGE>

Principal Risks               The  Portfolio is subject to the risks  summarized
                              below   which   are   further   described    under
                              "Additional  Risk  Information."

                              (BULLET)  An  investment in the Portfolio is not a
                                        deposit of  Wilmington  Trust Company or
                                        any of its affiliates and is not insured
                                        or  guaranteed  by the  Federal  Deposit
                                        Insurance   Corporation   or  any  other
                                        government    agency.    Although    the
                                        Portfolio seeks to preserve the value of
                                        your  investment at $1.00 per share,  it
                                        is possible  to lose money by  investing
                                        in the Portfolio.
                              (BULLET)  The  obligations  in which the Portfolio
                                        invests through its corresponding Series
                                        are subject to credit risk and  interest
                                        rate  risk.  Typically,   when  interest
                                        rates  rise,  the market  prices of debt
                                        securities go down.
                              (BULLET)  The performance  of the  Portfolio  will
                                        depend  on whether or not the adviser is
                                        successful  in  pursuing  an  investment
                                        strategy.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investor Profile              (BULLET)  Conservative
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  THE WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

     The bar chart and the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Portfolio. Total Return would have been lower
had certain expenses not been voluntarliy waived and/or  reimbursed.  Of course,
past  performance  is not  necessarily  an indicator of how the  Portfolio  will
perform in the future.

                         ANNUAL RETURNS SINCE INCEPTION
[bar chart omitted]

plot points as follows:
PERFORMANCE YEARS        RETURNS
1995                      5.90%
1996                      5.40%
1997                      5.54%
1998                      5.49%
1999                      5.17%

                   2000 Total Return as of September 30: 4.73%

     THIS BAR CHART SHOWS CHANGES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE  PORTFOLIO'S  SHARES
FROM CALENDAR YEAR TO CALENDAR YEAR.

                      BEST QUARTER                 WORST QUARTER
                      ------------                ---------------
                          1.47%                        1.19%
                     (June 30, 1995)              (June 30, 1999)


                                        4
                                     <PAGE>


                                                                SINCE INCEPTION
     AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99  1 YEAR  5 YEARS   (DECEMBER 6, 1994)
     -------------------------------------  ------  -------   ------------------
     Premier Money Market Portfolio          5.17%   5.50%           5.54%

     PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 WHAT IS YIELD?
   Yield is a measure of the income  (interest)  earned by the  securities  in a
   fund's portfolio and paid to you over a specified time period. The annualized
   yield is  expressed  as a  percentage  of the  offering  price per share on a
   specified date.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     You may call (800) 336-9970 to obtain the Portfolio's current 7-day yield.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEES AND EXPENSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT ARE MUTUAL FUND EXPENSES?
   Unlike  an  index,  every  mutual  fund  has  operating  expenses  to pay for
   professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody services. The
   Portfolio's  expenses  in the table  below are shown as a  percentage  of the
   Portfolio's net assets. These expenses are deducted from Portfolio assets.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy
and  hold shares  of the  Portfolio. No  sales charges  or other fees  are  paid
directly from your investment.

     ANNUAL  FUND OPERATING  EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM PORTFOLIO
     ASSETS)1

                                                               THE PREMIER MONEY
                                                               MARKET PORTFOLIO
                                                               -----------------
     Management fees .......................................         0.20%
     Other Expenses ........................................         0.06%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES2 ......................         0.26%
     Waivers/reimbursements ................................         0.06%
     Net annual operating expenses .........................         0.20%

1  The table  above and  the Example below  each reflect  the  aggregate  annual
   operating expenses of the Portfolio and the corresponding Series of the Trust
   in which the Portfolio invests.
2  The adviser has agreed to  waive a portion of its  advisory fee  or reimburse
   expenses  to the extent total operating  expenses  exceed 0.20%.  This waiver
   will remain in place until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.


                                        5
                                     <PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     This  example is intended to help you compare the cost of  investing in the
Portfolio  with the cost of  investing in other  mutual  funds.  The table below
shows what you would pay if you  invested  $10,000  over the various time frames
indicated. The example assumes that:

  (BULLET) you reinvested all dividends;
  (BULLET) the average annual return was 5%;
  (BULLET) the Portfolio's maximum (without regard to waivers or reimbursements)
           total  operating  expenses are charged  and remain the  same over the
           time periods; and
  (BULLET) you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

     Although  your  actual  cost  may  be  higher  or  lower,  based  on  these
assumptions, your costs would be:

                                           1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
                                           ------   -------   -------   --------
     Premier Money Market Portfolio ....     $27      $84      $146       $331

     THE  ABOVE  EXAMPLE  IS  FOR   COMPARISON   PURPOSES  ONLY  AND  IS  NOT  A
REPRESENTATION  OF THE PORTFOLIO'S  ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS,  EITHER PAST OR
FUTURE.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (BULLET) The PREMIER  MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO  seeks a high level of current
            income consistent with the preservation of capital and liquidity.

     The  investment   objective  for  the  Portfolio  may  be  changed  without
shareholder  approval.  The  Portfolio  is a money  market  fund and  intends to
maintain  a stable  $1 share  price,  although  this may not be  possible  under
certain circumstances. There can be no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve
its investment objective.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO  invests its assets in the Premier Money
Market Series, which in turn invests in:

   (BULLET)  U.S.  dollar-denomination  obligations of  major  U.S.  and foreign
             banks and their branches located outside of the United  States,  of
             U.S.  branches of  foreign banks, of  foreign branches  of  foreign
             banks, of U.S. agencies of foreign banks and  wholly-owned  banking
             subsidiaries of foreign banks;

   (BULLET)  commercial  paper rated,  at the time of  purchase,  in the highest
             category  of  short-term   debt  ratings  of  any  two   nationally
             recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSRO");


                                        6
                                     <PAGE>

   (BULLET)  corporate  obligations  having a remaining maturity of 397 calendar
             days or less, issued by corporations having outstanding  comparable
             obligations that are (a) rated in the two highest categories of any
             two  NRSROs or (b) rated no lower  than the two  highest  long-term
             debt ratings categories by any NRSRO.

   (BULLET)  U.S. Government obligations;

   (BULLET)  high quality municipal securities; and

   (BULLET)  repurchase   agreements  that  are  fully  collateralized   by U.S.
             Government obligations.

     High quality  securities include those that (1) are rated in one of the two
highest  short-term  rating  categories by two NRSROs,  such as S&P, Moody's and
Fitch  IBCA (or by one NRSRO if only one NRSRO has  issued a rating)  or; (2) if
unrated are issued by an issuer with comparable  outstanding  debt that is rated
or are  otherwise  unrated and  determined  by the  investment  adviser to be of
comparable quality.

     The Series may also invest in other  securities,  use other  strategies and
engage  in other  investment  practices,  which are  described  in detail in our
Statement of Additional Information.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your  investment
in the Portfolio. Further information about investment risks is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

   (BULLET)  CREDIT  RISK:  The  risk  that the  issuer  of a  security,  or the
             counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable
             to honor a financial obligation.

   (BULLET)  FOREIGN  SECURITY  RISK:  The  risk  of losses  due  to  political,
             regulatory,  economic,  social or other  uncontrollable forces in a
             foreign country.

   (BULLET)  INTEREST  RATE  RISK:  The risk of market  losses  attributable  to
             changes in interest rates.  With fixed-rate  securities,  a rise in
             interest rates typically  causes a fall in values,  while a fall in
             rates  typically  causes a rise in  values.  The yield  paid by the
             Portfolio will vary with changes in interest rates.

   (BULLET)  MARKET RISK: The  risk that the market value of a security may move
             up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

   (BULLET)  MASTER/FEEDER  RISK:  The  Portfolio's  master/feeder  structure is
             relatively  new and more complex.  While this structure is designed
             to  reduce  costs,  it may  not  do so,  and  the  Portfolio  might
             encounter   operational  or  other   complications.   For  example,
             large-scale  redemptions  by other  feeders  of their  shares  of a
             master fund could have  adverse  effects on the  Portfolio  such as
             requiring the  liquidation  of a substantial  portion of the master
             fund's  holdings at a time when it could be  disadvantageous  to do
             so.  Also,  other  feeders  of a master  fund  may  have a  greater
             ownership interest in the master fund than the Portfolio's interest
             and,  therefore,  could  have  effective  voting  control  over the
             operation of the master fund.

   (BULLET)  PREPAYMENT  RISK: The risk that a debt security may be paid off and
             proceeds  invested  earlier than  anticipated.  Depending on market
             conditions,  the new  investments  may or may not  carry  the  same
             interest rate.

                                        7
                                     <PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The  financial  highlights  table is  intended to help you  understand  the
Portfolio's financial performance for the past 5 years or since the inception of
the Portfolio, if shorter.  Certain information reflects financial results for a
single share of the Portfolio. The total returns in the table represent the rate
that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming
reinvestment  of all dividends and other  distributions).  Financial  highlights
(except  for the  fiscal  years  ended June 30,  1996,  1997 and 1998 which were
audited by other auditors) have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, whose report,
along with the  Portfolio's  financial  statements,  is  included  in the Annual
Report, which is available without charge upon request.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,

                                                             20002       19991       1998        1997        1996
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD                     $   1.00    $   1.00    $   1.00    $   1.00    $   1.00
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------

Investment Operations:
   Net investment income                                       0.06        0.05        0.05        0.05        0.05
                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
Distributions:
   From net investment income                                 (0.06)      (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)      (0.05)
                                                             ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD                           $   1.00    $   1.00    $   1.00    $   1.00    $   1.00
                                                           ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
TOTAL RETURN                                                  5.80%       5.15%       5.61%       5.43%       5.61%

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA3:
Expenses:
   Including expense limitations                              0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%       0.20%
   Excluding expense limitations                              0.26%       0.31%       0.31%       0.27%       0.27%
Net investment income                                         5.66%       5.00%       5.46%       5.31%       5.47%
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted)                  $503,234    $411,701    $240,359    $415,285    $389,967

</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Effective October 20, 1998,  Wilmington Trust Company ("WTC"),  a wholly owned
  subsidiary of Wilmington Trust Corporation, became the investment adviser to
  the WT Investment Trust I - Premier Money Market Series.
2 Effective  November 1, 1999,  Rodney Square Management  Corporation,  a wholly
  owned  subsidiary of WTC, became the investment  adviser to the  WT Investment
  Trust I Premier Money Market Series.
3 The expense  and net  investment  income  ratios for  the  fiscal  years ended
  June 30, 2000, 1999, 1998  and 1997  include expenses  allocated from  the  WT
  Investment Trust I - Premier Money Market Series.


                                        8
                                     <PAGE>


                           MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

     The  Board  of  Trustees  for  the  Portfolio  supervises  the  management,
activities and affairs of the Portfolio and has approved  contracts with various
organizations  to  provide,  among other  services,  the  day-to-day  management
required by the Portfolio and its shareholders.

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?

   The  investment  adviser  makes  investment  decisions  for a mutual fund and
   continuously  reviews,  supervises  and  administers  the  fund's  investment
   program.  The  Board  of  Trustees  supervises  the  investment  adviser  and
   establishes   policies  that  the  adviser  must  follow  in  its  management
   activities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT ADVISER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Rodney Square Management  Corporation,  the Series' investment  adviser, is
located at 1100 North  Market  Street,  Wilmington,  Delaware  19890.  RSMC is a
wholly owned  subsidiary of Wilmington  Trust Company,  which is wholly owned by
Wilmington Trust  Corporation.  RSMC also provides asset management  services to
collective  investment  funds  maintained by WTC. In the past, RSMC has provided
asset  management  services to  individuals,  personal  trusts,  municipalities,
corporations and other organizations.

     The Premier  Money  Market  Series pays a monthly fee to RSMC at the annual
rate of 0.20% of its average daily net assets.  For the twelve months ended June
30, 2000,  RSMC received a fee (after waivers) of 0.14% of its average daily net
assets.


                                        9
                                     <PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICE PROVIDERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The chart below provides  information on the  Portfolio's  primary  service
providers.

Asset                                      Shareholder
Management                                 Services
---------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
          INVESTMENT ADVISER                          TRANSFER AGENT

    RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORP.                       PFPC INC.
          RODNEY SQUARE NORTH                      400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
         1100 N. MARKET STREET                     WILMINGTON, DE 19809
       WILMINGTON, DE 19890-0001           Handles shareholder services,
    Manages the Portfolio's investment.    including recordkeeping and
             activities                    statements, payment of distributions
                                           and processing of buy and sell
                                           requests.
---------------------------------------    -------------------------------------

                             ----------------------
                                 WT MUTUAL FUND
                               WILMINGTON PREMIER
                             MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                             ----------------------

Fund                                       Asset
Operations                                 Safe Keeping
---------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
        ADMINISTRATOR AND                            CUSTODIAN
        ACCOUNTING AGENT
                                             WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
            PFPC INC.                           RODNEY SQUARE NORTH
      400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                   1100 NORTH MARKET STREET
      WILMINGTON, DE 19809                     WILMINGTON, DE 19890

    Provides facilities, equipment and     Holds the Portfolio's assets, settles
    personnel to carry out                   all portfolio trades and collects
    administrative services related         most of the valuation data required
    to the Portfolio and calculates           for calculating the Portfolio's
    the Portfolio's NAV and                           NAV per share.
    distributions.
---------------------------------------    -------------------------------------

                                       10
                                     <PAGE>


                             SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRICING OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Portfolio  uses its best effort to maintain its $1 constant share price
and values its securities at amortized  cost.  This involves  valuing a security
initially  at its  cost and  thereafter  assuming  a  constant  amortization  to
maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates on
the market value of the security. All cash, receivables and current payables are
carried at their face value.  Other assets,  if any, are valued at fair value as
determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, the Board of Trustees.


         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE OR "NAV"?

                                        NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                              --------------------
                                              Outstanding Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PFPC determines the NAV per share of the Portfolio as of 2:00 p.m.  Eastern
Time on each Business Day (a day that the New York Stock Exchange,  the Transfer
Agent and the  Philadelphia  branch  of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank are open for
business). The NAV is calculated by adding the value of all securities and other
assets in the Portfolio,  deducting its  liabilities and dividing the balance by
the number of outstanding shares in the Portfolio.

     Shares will not be priced on those days the Portfolio is closed.  As of the
date of this prospectus, those days are:

          New Year's Day                  Memorial Day          Veterans' Day
          Martin Luther King, Jr. Day     Independence Day      Thanksgiving Day
          President's Day                 Labor Day             Christmas Day
          Good Friday                     Columbus Day


                                       11
                                     <PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:

   (BULLET) Directly by mail or by wire

   (BULLET) As a client of WTC through a trust account or a corporate cash
            management account

   (BULLET) As a client of a Service Organization
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Portfolio shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any
sales  charges.   The  minimum  initial  purchase  is  $10,000,000.   Additional
investments in the Portfolio may be made in any amount.  You may purchase shares
as specified below.

     You may also purchase  shares if you are a client of WTC through your trust
or corporate  cash  management  accounts.  If you are a client of an institution
(such as a bank or  broker-dealer)  that has entered into a servicing  agreement
with the Portfolio's distributor ("Service Organization"), you may also purchase
shares through such Service Organization.  You should also be aware that you may
be charged a fee by WTC or the  Service  Organization  in  connection  with your
investment in the Portfolio.  If you wish to purchase  Portfolio  shares through
your account at WTC or a Service  Organization,  you should  contact that entity
directly for information and instructions on purchasing shares.

     BY MAIL:  You may purchase  shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S.  bank
payable to Wilmington Premier Money Market Portfolio, indicating the name of the
Portfolio,  along  with a  completed  application  (included  at the end of this
prospectus).  If a subsequent  investment  is being made,  the check should also
indicate your Portfolio  account number.  When you make purchases by check,  the
Portfolio may withhold payment on redemptions  until it is reasonably  satisfied
that the funds are  collected  (which can take up to 10 days).  If you  purchase
shares with a check that does not clear,  your purchase will be canceled and you
will be responsible  for any losses or fees incurred in that  transaction.  Send
the check and application to:

            Regular mail:                        Overnight mail:
            -------------                        ---------------
            Wilmington Premier                   Wilmington Premier
            Money Market Portfolio               Money Market Portfolio
            c/o PFPC Inc.                        c/o PFPC Inc.
            P.O. Box 8951                        400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
            Wilmington, DE 19899                 Wilmington, DE 19809

     BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please  call  PFPC at  (800)  336-9970  for  instructions  and to make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.


                                       12
                                     <PAGE>

     ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING PURCHASES:  Investments in the Portfolio
are  accepted on the  Business Day that  federal  funds are  deposited  for your
account on or before 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Monies  immediately  convertible to
federal  funds are  deposited  for your  account on or before 2:00 p.m.  Eastern
Time, or checks  deposited for your account have been converted to federal funds
(usually  within  two  Business  Days after  receipt).  All  investments  in the
Portfolio  are credited to your account as shares of the  Portfolio  immediately
upon acceptance and become entitled to dividends declared as of the day and time
of investment.

     Any  purchase  order  may be  rejected  if the  Portfolio  determines  that
accepting  the order would not be in the best  interest of the  Portfolio or its
shareholders.

     It is the  responsibility  of WTC or the Service  Organization  to transmit
orders for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer  Agent and to
deliver  required  funds on a timely basis,  in accordance  with the  procedures
stated above.

     For  information  on other ways to purchase  shares,  including  through an
individual  retirement account (IRA), an automatic  investment plan or a payroll
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REDEMPTION OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:

   (BULLET) By mail

   (BULLET) By telephone
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     You  may  sell  your  shares  on any  Business  Day,  as  described  below.
Redemptions are effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has
received your  redemption  request.  There is no fee when  Portfolio  shares are
redeemed.  It is  the  responsibility  of WTC or  the  Service  Organization  to
transmit  redemption orders and credit their customers' accounts with redemption
proceeds on a timely  basis.  Redemption  checks are mailed on the next Business
Day  following  receipt by the Transfer  Agent of redemption  instructions,  but
never later than 7 days  following  such receipt.  Amounts  redeemed by wire are
normally  wired on the date of receipt of  redemption  instructions  or the next
Business Day if received after 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time, or on a non-Business Day,
but never later than 7 days following such receipt. If you purchased your shares
through an account at WTC or a Service  Organization,  you should contact WTC or
the  Service   Organization  for  information   relating  to  redemptions.   The
Portfolio's  name  and your  account  number  should  accompany  any  redemption
requests.

     BY MAIL:  If you redeem  your  shares by mail,  you should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee." A signature  guarantee  verifies the
authenticity  of  your   signature.   You  can  obtain  one  from  most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a notary  public.  You must
indicate the  Portfolio  name,  your account  number and your name.  The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:


                                       13
                                     <PAGE>

            Regular mail:                        Overnight mail:
            -------------                        ---------------
            Wilmington Premier                   Wilmington Premier
            Money Market Portfolio               Money Market Portfolio
            c/o PFPC Inc.                        c/o PFPC Inc.
            P.O. Box 8951                        400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
            Wilmington, DE 19899                 Wilmington, DE 19809

     BY  TELEPHONE:  If you prefer to redeem  your shares by  telephone  you may
elect to do so.  However  there are certain  risks.  The  Portfolio  has certain
safeguards and procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that
the instructions  communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you
will bear the risk of any losses.

     ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  Redemption proceeds may be
wired to your  predesignated  bank account in any commercial  bank in the United
States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The receiving bank may charge a fee for
this  service.  Proceeds  may also be  mailed to your bank or,  for  amounts  of
$10,000  or less,  mailed to your  Portfolio  account  address  of record if the
address has been  established  for at least 60 days.  In order to authorize  the
Transfer Agent to mail redemption  proceeds to your Portfolio account address of
record,  complete  the  appropriate  section of the  Application  for  Telephone
Redemptions or include your Portfolio  account address of record when you submit
written  instructions.  You may change the account that you have  designated  to
receive  amounts  redeemed  at any  time.  Any  request  to change  the  account
designated to receive  redemption  proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee
of your  signature  by an  eligible  institution.  A  signature  and a signature
guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account is  registered.
Further  documentation  will be required to change the designated account when a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor holds the Portfolio shares.

     If the shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by a check,
the Portfolio  reserves the right not to send the  redemption  proceeds until it
believes that the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

     SMALL  ACCOUNTS:  If the value of your Portfolio  account falls below $500,
the  Portfolio  may ask you to increase  your  balance.  If the account value is
still below $500 after 60 days,  the  Portfolio  may close your account and send
you the proceeds.  The  Portfolio  will not close your account if it falls below
$500 solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

     For additional  information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to
the Statement of Additional Information.


                                       14
                                     <PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCHANGE OF SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?

           An exchange of shares  allows you to move your money from one fund to
           another fund within a family of funds.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     You may  exchange  all or a portion  of your  shares in the  Portfolio  for
Institutional shares of the following Portfolios:

     Wilmington Prime Money Market Portfolio
     Wilmington U.S. Government Portfolio
     Wilmington Tax-Exempt Portfolio
     Wilmington Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio
     Wilmington Intermediate Bond Portfolio
     Wilmington Municipal Bond Portfolio
     Wilmington Large Cap Growth Portfolio
     Wilmington Large Cap Core Portfolio
     Wilmington Small Cap Core Portfolio
     Wilmington International Multi-Manager Portfolio
     Wilmington Large Cap Value Portfolio
     Wilmington Mid Cap Value Portfolio
     Wilmington Small Cap Value Portfolio

     Redemption  of shares  through an exchange  will be effected at the NAV per
share next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
of shares  through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share  determined
at that time or as next determined thereafter.

     Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

     To  obtain  prospectuses  of the  other  Portfolios,  you  may  call  (800)
336-9970.  To obtain more  information  about  exchanges,  or to place  exchange
orders,  contact  the  Transfer  Agent,  or, if your  shares are held in a trust
account  with WTC or in an account with a Service  Organization,  contact WTC or
the Service  Organization.  The  Portfolio  may terminate or modify the exchange
offer  described  here and will give you 60 days' notice of such  termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of the Portfolio shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.


                                       15
                                     <PAGE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?

            Net  investment  income  consists  of  interest  earned  by  a  fund
            on  its investments less accrued expenses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Distributions  from the net investment income of the Portfolio are declared
daily as a dividend and paid  monthly to you.  Any net capital gain  realized by
the Portfolio will be distributed annually.

     All distributions are reinvested in additional shares,  unless you elect to
receive  distributions in cash. Shares become entitled to receive  distributions
on the day after the shares are issued.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAXES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     As long as the  Portfolio  meets the  requirements  for being a  "regulated
investment  company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings and gains it
distributes to  shareholders.  The Portfolio's  distributions  of net investment
income (which include net short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or
reinvested  in  additional  Portfolio  shares,  are  taxable to you as  ordinary
income.  The Portfolio will notify you following the end of the calendar year of
the amount of dividends paid that year.

     You  will  not  recognize  any  gain or loss on the  sale  (redemption)  or
exchange of shares of the Portfolio so long as the Portfolio  maintains a stable
price of $1.00 a share.

     STATE  AND  LOCAL  INCOME  TAXES:  You  should  consult  your tax  advisers
concerning  state and local taxes,  which may have different  consequences  from
those of the Federal income law.

     This section is only a summary of some important income tax  considerations
that may affect your  investment in the Portfolio.  More  information  regarding
those considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are
urged to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your
tax situation.


                                       16
                                     <PAGE>


                            DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

     The Distributor manages the Portfolio's  distribution  efforts and provides
assistance and expertise in developing  marketing  plans and  materials,  enters
into  dealer  agreement  with   broker-dealers   to  sell  shares  and  provides
shareholder support services, directly or through affiliates. The Portfolio does
not charge any sales  loads,  deferred  sales loads or other fees in  connection
with the purchase of shares.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Other institutional investors,  including other mutual funds, may invest in
the master funds.  The  master/feeder  structure  enables various  institutional
investors,  including the Portfolio, to pool their assets, which may be expected
to result in  economies  by  spreading  certain  fixed costs over a larger asset
base. Each shareholder of a master fund,  including the Portfolio,  will pay its
proportionate share of the master fund's expenses.

     For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others,
the Portfolio could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets
itself. The Portfolio is not currently contemplating such a move.


                                       17
                                     <PAGE>


                              FOR MORE INFORMATION

     FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE  INFORMATION  ON THE  PORTFOLIO,  THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

     ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL  REPORTS:  Contain  performance  data and information on
portfolio  holdings and  operating  results for the  Portfolio's  most  recently
completed  fiscal year or half-year.  The annual report includes a discussion of
the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly  affected the
Portfolio's performance.

     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  (SAI):  Provides a complete technical
and legal  description of the  Portfolio's  policies,  investment  restrictions,
risks,  and  business  structure.   This  prospectus  incorporates  the  SAI  by
reference.

     Copies of these  documents and answers to questions about the Portfolio may
be obtained without charge by contacting:

     WT Mutual Fund c/o PFPC Inc.
     400 Bellevue Parkway
     Suite 108
     Wilmington, Delaware 19809
     (800) 336-9970
     9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time

     Information  about the  Portfolio  (including  the SAI) can be reviewed and
copied at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
Washington,  D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained,  upon payment of a
duplicating  fee  by  electronic   request  at  the  following  e-mail  address:
[email protected],  or by  writing  the  Public  Reference  Room  of  the  SEC,
Washington, DC, 20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at  1-(202)-942-8090.  Reports and other
information  about the Portfolio may be viewed  on-screen or downloaded from the
SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

     FOR MORE  INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT,  MAKING CHANGES TO EXISTING
ACCOUNTS,  PURCHASING,   EXCHANGING  OR  REDEEMING  SHARES,  OR  OTHER  INVESTOR
SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-336-9970.

  The investment company registration number for WT Mutual Fund is 811-08648.


                                       18
                                     <PAGE>

   FOR MORE INFORMATION
   FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE FUNDS,
   THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:


                           ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

  Contain performance data and information on fund holdings, operating results
    and a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
   significantly affect the Funds' performance for the most recently completed
                            fiscal year or half-year.


                    STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)

   Provides a complete technical and legal description of the Funds' policies,
 investment restrictions, risks, and business structure.
               This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.


    Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Funds may be
                     obtained without charge by contacting:




                                    CRM Funds
                                  c/o PFPC Inc.
                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                                    Suite 108
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809
                                 (800) CRM-2883
                       9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time


  Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at
     the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
 Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a
    duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address:
[email protected], or writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC, Washington,
DC, 20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
 obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(202) 942-8090. Reports and other information
 about the Funds may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's Internet
                          site at http://www.sec.gov.


                 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT,
                MAKING CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING,
                    EXCHANGING OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER
                INVESTOR SERVICES, PLEASE CALL 1-(800)-CRM-2883.

        The investment company registration number is 811-08648.CRM FUNDS

[GRAPHICS OMITTED]
CRM FUNDS

CRM LARGE CAP
VALUE FUND

CRM MID CAP
VALUE FUND

CRM SMALL CAP
VALUE FUND


CRM FUNDS
C/O PFPC
400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
WILMINGTON, DE 19809
800-CRM-2883


    WEB SITE:
WWW.CRMFUNDS.COM

<PAGE>

[GRAPHICS OMITTED]
CRM FUNDS

THIS PROSPECTUS GIVES VITAL
INFORMATION ABOUT THESE MUTUAL
FUNDS, INCLUDING INFORMATION ON
INVESTMENT POLICIES, RISKS AND FEES.
FOR YOUR OWN BENEFIT AND PROTECTION,
PLEASE READ IT BEFORE YOU INVEST, AND
KEEP IT ON HAND FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

LIKE ALL MUTUAL FUND SHARES, THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION DETERMINED WHETHER THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE.
ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A CRIME.

PROSPECTUS
NOVEMBER 1, 2000

CRM LARGE CAP
VALUE FUND

CRM MID CAP
VALUE FUND

CRM SMALL CAP
VALUE FUND

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS

A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,
RISKS, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL
HISTORY OF EACH FUND.

FUND DESCRIPTIONS

           SUMMARY ..................................................     2
           PERFORMANCE INFORMATION ..................................     4
           FEES AND EXPENSES ........................................     7
           INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES ....................................     9
           PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES ............................     9
           ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION ..............................    12
           FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS .....................................    14

     DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE
     PROVIDERS.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

           INVESTMENT ADVISER .......................................    16
           SERVICE PROVIDERS ........................................    19

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

     POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR
     OPENING, MAINTAINING AND
     CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY OF
     THE FUNDS.

           PRICING OF SHARES ........................................    20
           PURCHASE OF SHARES .......................................    21
           REDEMPTION OF SHARES .....................................    23
           EXCHANGE OF SHARES .......................................    25
           DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS ..............................    26
           TAXES ....................................................    26

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

     DETAILS ON THE FUNDS' SHARE
     CLASSES AND MASTER/FEEDER
     ARRANGEMENT.

           MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE ..................................    26
           SHARE CLASSES ............................................    28

FOR MORE INFORMATION ..........................................  BACK COVER


For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

<PAGE>

FUND DESCRIPTION

CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

  INSTITUTIONAL SHARES


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional investment
   manager, invests it in securities like stocks and bonds. Each Fund is a
   separate mutual fund.




SUMMARY

         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 WHAT IS "CAP"?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Cap or the market capitalization of a company means the value of the
   company's common stock in the stock market.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE    o The LARGE CAP VALUE FUND, MID CAP VALUE FUND and
                          SMALL CAP VALUE FUND each seek to achieve long-term
                          capital appreciation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT FOCUS        o Equity (or related) securities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHARE PRICE VOLATILITY  o Moderate to high
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT    o Each Fund operates as a "feeder fund," which means
STRATEGY                  that  the  Fund  does  not buy  individual  securities
                          directly.    Instead,   the   Funds'   invest   in   a
                          corresponding  mutual fund or "master  fund," which in
                          turn  purchases  investment   securities.   Each  Fund
                          invests  all of its assets in a master fund which is a
                          separate  series of WT  Investment  Trust I. The Funds
                          and   their   corresponding   Series   have  the  same
                          investment objective, policies and limitations.

                       o  The LARGE CAP VALUE FUND will invest its assets in the
                          Large Cap Value Series,  which invests at least 65% of
                          its total  assets in a  diversified  portfolio of U.S.
                          equity (or  related)  securities  with a market cap of
                          $10  billion  or higher at the time of  purchase.  The
                          Series  invests  in  securities  whose  prices are low
                          relative to comparable companies.  The Series' adviser
                          looks for  companies  facing  dynamic  changes such as
                          merger  or  acquisition,   restructuring,   change  of


2

<PAGE>
                          management,  or other  type of  change  in  operation,
                          financing  or  management.  The adviser  seeks  stocks
                          believed  to  have a  greater  upside  potential  than
                          downside risk over an 18-24 month holding  period.  An
                          important  aspect of an  investment  case is setting a
                          price  target.   This  target  typically   reflects  a
                          risk/reward   ratio  of  50%  appreciation   potential
                          achievable  over a two-year  period versus a perceived
                          risk of no more than 10% of capital.  The  achievement
                          of the target price is the Series'  adviser's  primary
                          sell discipline.  In other words, if there has been no
                          fundamental  change in the investment  case, the stock
                          will be sold once the target  price is met.  Portfolio
                          companies  are   constantly   monitored  to  determine
                          whether there is any fundamental change, for better or
                          worse,   in  the  reasons  for  which  the  stock  was
                          purchased.  If  the  dynamics  do  not  appear  to  be
                          materializing, the stock will be sold.

                        o The MID CAP VALUE  FUND will  invest its assets in the
                          Mid Cap Value  Series,  which  invests at least 65% of
                          its total  assets in a  diversified  portfolio of U.S.
                          equity  (or  related)  securities  with a  market  cap
                          between $1 and $10  billion  at the time of  purchase.
                          The Series invests in securities  whose prices are low
                          relative to comparable companies.  The Series' adviser
                          buys   and   sells   stocks   based   upon   the  same
                          considerations  described  above  for  Large Cap Value
                          Fund.

                       o  The SMALL CAP VALUE FUND will invest its assets in the
                          Small Cap Value Series,  which invests at least 65% of
                          its total  assets in a  diversified  portfolio of U.S.
                          equity (or related) securities with a market cap of $1
                          billion  or less at the time of  purchase.  The Series
                          invests in securities whose prices are low relative to
                          comparable  companies.  The Series'  adviser  buys and
                          sells  stocks  based  upon  the  same   considerations
                          described    above   for   Large   Cap   Value   Fund.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          PRINCIPAL  RISKS The Funds  are  subject  to the risks
                          summarized  below  which  arefurther  described  under
                          "Additional Risk Information."

                        o It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.
                        o A Fund's share price will fluctuate in response to
                          changes in the market value of the Fund's investments.
                          Market value changes result from business developments
                          affecting an issuer as well as general market and
                          economic conditions.

                        o A value-oriented investment approach is subject to the
                          risk that a security believed to be undervalued does
                          not appreciate in value as anticipated. o Small cap
                          companies may be more vulnerable than larger companies
                          to adverse business or economic developments, and
                          their securities may be less liquid and more volatile
                          than securities of larger companies. o The performance
                          of a Fund will depend on whether or not the adviser is
                          successful in pursuing its investment strategy.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR PROFILE        o Investors who want the value of their investment to
                          grow and who are willing to accept more volatility for
                          the possibility of higher returns.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund.  Total Return would have been lower had
certain fees and expenses not been  voluntarily  waived  and/or  reimbursed.  Of
course,  the Fund's past performance does not necessarily  indicate how the Fund
will perform in the future.

                               [GRAHICS OMITTED]

           EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
LARGE CAP VALUE

1999                 -5.39%

           Year-to-Date Total Return as of September 30, 2000: 15.18%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              15.08%                            -18.24%
                       (December 31, 1999)                (September 30, 1999)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         PLAIN TALK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                WHAT IS AN INDEX?

   An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific group of
   securities in a particular market or securities in a market sector. You
   cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have an investment
   adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If an index had
   expenses, its performance would be lower.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4
<PAGE>
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   YEAR(S)                                 LARGE CAP VALUE FUND    RUSSELL 1000 VALUE INDEX*     S&P 500 INDEX
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>                  <C>                         <C>
   AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99
   1 Year                                           -5.39%                7.35%                      21.04%
   Since Inception (August 25, 1998)                 6.64%               13.32%                      24.50%
<FN>

*  The Russell 1000 Value Index  measures the  performance of those Russell 1000
   companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.
   The Russell 1000 measures the  performance  of the 1000 largest  companies in
   the Russell 3000 Index which represents approximately 98% of the total market
   capitalization  of the  Russell  3000  Index.  Previously,  the Fund used the
   Russell  1000  Index  as  its  performance  benchmark.  However,  the  Fund's
   investment  advisor has determined  that comparing the Fund's  performance to
   the  Russell  1000 Value  Index may be a more  appropriate  indicator  of the
   Fund's  performance  in  light  of  the  Fund's  portfolio   investments  and
   investment objective.

** The S&P 500 Index is the Standard & Poor's  Composite Index of 500 stocks,  a
   widely recognized, unmanaged index of common stock prices.
</FN>
</TABLE>

CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund.  Total Return would have been lower had
certain fees and expenses not been  voluntarily  waived  and/or  reimbursed.  Of
course,  the Fund's past performance does not necessarily  indicate how the Fund
will perform in the future.

                                [GRAHICS OMITTED]

           EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
Mid Cap

                               1999             4.57

           Year-to-Date Total Return as of September 30, 2000: 38.32%


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    18.84 %                            -16.35%
              (December 31, 1999)                 (September 30, 1999)

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   YEAR                                     MID CAP VALUE FUND       RUSSELL MID CAP VALUE INDEX*    RUSSELL MID CAP INDEX**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   <S>                                             <C>                       <C>                             <C>
   AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99
   1 Year                                          4.57%                      -0.11%                         18.23%
   Since Inception (January 6, 1998)               5.68%                     -14.22%                         15.86%

<FN>
*  The Russell Midcap Value Index measures the performance of those companies in
   the Russell Midcap Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted
   growth values.

** The  Russell  Midcap  Index  measures  the  performance  of the 800  smallest
   companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 24% of the
   total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

The bar  chart  and  the  performance  table  below  illustrate  the  risks  and
volatility of an investment in the Fund.  Total Return would have been lower had
certain fees and expenses not been  voluntarily  waived  and/or  reimbursed.  Of
course,  the Fund's past performance does not necessarily  indicate how the Fund
will perform in the future.

                                [GRAHICS OMITTED]

           EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC


1999                 11.45

           Year-to-Date Total Return as of September 30, 2000: 14.22%



------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         BEST QUARTER                      WORST QUARTER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            17.86%                            -22.79%
                        (June 30, 1999)                (September 30, 1998)

INSTITUTIONAL SHARES*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   YEAR(S)                                 SMALL CAP VALUE FUND     RUSSELL 2000 VALUE INDEX*     RUSSELL 2000 INDEX**
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                            <C>                     <C>                           <C>

   AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS AS OF 12/31/99
   1 Year                                         11.45%                  -1.49%                        21.26%
   Since Inception
   (January 27, 1998)                             -0.08%                  -2.60%                        10.97%
<FN>
*  The Russell 2000 Value Index measures  the performance of  those companies in
   the Russell 2000 Index with lower  price-to-book ratios  and lower forecasted
   growth values.

** The  Russell  2000  Index  measures  the  performance  of the 2,000  smallest
   companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 8% of the
   total  market  capitalization  of the  Russell  3000 Index  which  represents
   approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.
</FN>
</TABLE>

6

<PAGE>
                                FEES AND EXPENSES

                                   PLAIN TALK

                             WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody services. Each
Fund's expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its net assets.
These expenses are deducted from Fund assets.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Fund. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly from
your investment.


INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management fees                                                  0.55%
     Distribution (12b-1 fees)                                         None
     Other expenses                                                   1.55%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES(2)                               2.10%
     Fee Waiver                                                       0.95%
     Net Expenses                                                     1.15%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   MID CAP VALUE FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management fees                                                  0.75%
     Distribution (12b-1 fees)                                         None
     Other expenses                                                   1.45%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES(2)                               2.20%
     Fee Waiver                                                       1.05%
     Net Expenses                                                     1.15%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management fees                                                  0.75%
     Distribution (12b-1 fees)                                         None
     Other expenses                                                   0.34%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES(2)                               1.09%

(1) The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
    operating expenses of each Fund and the corresponding Series in which the
    Fund invests.

(2) The adviser has a contractual obligation to waive a portion of its fees and
    assume certain expenses of the above Funds to the extent that the total
    annual operating expenses exceed 1.15% of net assets.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

EXAMPLE


This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated. The
example assumes that:


     o  you reinvested all dividends and other distributions

     o  the average annual return was 5%

     o  the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain the
        same over the time periods

     o  you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:




INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     LARGE CAP                MID CAP               SMALL CAP
                                    VALUE FUND              VALUE FUND             VALUE FUND
   <S>                                <C>                     <C>                    <C>
   1 year                             $  117                  $  117                 $  111
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3 years                            $  365                  $  365                 $  347
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   5 years                            $  633                  $  633                 $  601
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   10 years                           $1,398                  $1,398                 $1,329
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.


8
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The Large Cap Value Fund, Mid Cap Value Fund and Small Cap Value Fund each seek
to achieve long-term capital appreciation. These investment objectives may not
be changed without shareholder approval. There is no guarantee that a Fund will
achieve its investment objective.


PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


         PLAIN TALK


                              WHAT ARE VALUE FUNDS?

   Value funds invest in the common stock of companies that are considered by
   the adviser to be undervalued relative to their underlying profitability, or
   rather their stock price does not reflect the value of the company.


VALUE INVESTING. Through their investment in the corresponding Series, the Large
Cap Value, Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds seek to invest in stocks that
are less expensive than comparable companies, as determined by price/earnings
ratios, price/cash flow ratios, asset value/per share or other measures. Value
investing therefore may reduce risk while offering potential for capital
appreciation as a stock gains favor among other investors and its price rises.

The Series are managed using investment strategies that the adviser has used for
over twenty-five years. The Series' adviser relies on selecting individual
stocks and does not try to predict when the stock market might rise or fall. It
seeks out those stocks that are undervalued and, in some cases, neglected by
financial analysts. The adviser evaluates the degree of analyst recognition by
monitoring the number of analysts who follow the company and recommend its
purchase or sale to investors.

THE ADVISER'S PROCESS. The adviser starts by identifying early change in a
company's operations, finances or management. The adviser is attracted to
companies which will look different tomorrow -- operationally, financially,
managerially -when compared to yesterday. This type of dynamic change often
creates confusion and misunderstanding and may lead to a drop in the company's
stock price. Examples of change include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures,
restructuring, change of management, new market/product/means of
production/distribution, regulatory change, etc. Once change is identified, the
adviser evaluates the company on several levels. It analyzes:

     o  Financial models based principally upon projected cash flows

     o  The price of the company's stock in the context of what the market is
        willing to pay for stock of comparable companies and what a strategic
        buyer would pay for the whole company

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

     o  The extent of management's ownership interest in the company


     o  The company's market position by corroborating its observations
        and assumptions by meeting with management, customers and suppliers


The adviser also evaluates the degree of recognition of the business by
investors by monitoring the number of sell side analysts who closely follow the
company and nature of the shareholder base. Before deciding to purchase a stock,
the adviser conducts an extensive amount of business due diligence to
corroborate its observations and assumptions.

The identification of change comes from a variety of sources including the
private capital network which the adviser has established among its clients,
historical investments and intermediaries. The advisor also makes extensive use
of clipping services and regional brokers and bankers to identify elements of
change. The investment professionals regularly meet with companies around the
country and sponsor more than 200 company/management meetings in its New York
office.

In order to place a valuation on the proposed investment, the adviser will
consider the company's historic valuation multiples, multiples of comparable
companies and multiples paid in private market transactions. In its overall
assessment, the adviser seeks stocks that it believes have a greater upside
potential than downside risk over an 18-24 month holding period.

An important function of the adviser is to set a price target, that is, the
price at which the stock will be sold when there has been no fundamental change
in the investment case. The adviser constantly monitors the companies held by
the Series to determine if there have been any fundamental changes in the
reasons that prompted the initial purchase of the stock. If significant changes
for the better have not materialized, the stock will be sold. The initial
investment case for stock purchase, which has been documented, is examined by
the adviser's investment professionals. A final decision on selling the stock is
made after all such factors are analyzed.

THE LARGE CAP VALUE FUND invests its assets in the Large Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

     o  common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to be
        undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying profitability and
        have a market capitalization of $10 billion or higher at the time of
        purchase;

     o  options on, or securities convertible (such as convertible preferred
        stock and convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations
        described above;

     o  options on indexes of the common stock of U.S. corporations described
        above;

     o  contracts for either the future delivery, or payment in respect of the
        future market value, of certain indexes of the common stock of U.S.
        corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts;
        and

10

<PAGE>

     o  without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments
        rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally
        recognized statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"), in response to
        adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result
        of this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve its
        investment objective.


The Large Cap Value Series is a diversified fund of large cap U.S. equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.


The MID CAP VALUE FUND invests its assets in the Mid Cap Value Series, which,
under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

     o  common and preferred stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the
        adviser to be undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying
        profitability and have a market capitalization between $1 and $10
        billion at the time of purchase;

     o  securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock and
        convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations described
        above;

     o  warrants; and

     o  without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments
        rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO, in
        response to adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive
        position. The result of this action may be that the Series will be
        unable to achieve its investment objective.


The Mid Cap Value Series is a diversified fund of medium cap U.S. equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            WHAT ARE SMALL CAP FUNDS?

   Small cap funds invest in the common stock of companies with smaller market
   capitalizations. Small cap stocks may provide the potential for higher growth
   but they also typically have greater risk and more volatility.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The SMALL CAP VALUE FUND invests its assets in the Small Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

     o  common and preferred stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the
        adviser to be undervalued in the market- place relative to underlying
        profitability and have a market capitalization of $1 billion or less at
        the time of purchase;

                                                                              11
<PAGE>

     o  securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock and
        convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations described
        above;

     o  warrants; and

     o  without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments
        rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO, in
        response to adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive
        position. The result of this action may be that the Series will be
        unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Small Cap Value Series is a diversified fund of large cap U.S. equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

ALL SERIES.  The frequency of fund transactions and a Series' turnover rate will
vary from year to year depending on the market.  Increased  turnover rates incur
the cost of additional brokerage commissions and may cause you to receive larger
capital gain distributions. Series turnover rate is normally expected to be less
than  100% for  each of the  Series.  However,  the CRM Mid Cap  Value  Fund has
experienced  a high  turnover  rate  since  its  inception  (January  8,  1998).
Increased  turnover  of the  portfolio's  securities  is due to (i)  the  Fund's
relatively   small  asset  base,  which  is  affected  by  large  purchases  and
redemptions  (as the assets of the Fund "grows",  large purchases will have less
of an impact on the turnover ratio); and (ii) merger and acquisition activity of
various portfolio holdings.


Each Series also may use other strategies and engage in other investment
practices, which are described in detail in our Statement of Additional
Information.




ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION


The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in
the Funds unless otherwise indicated. Further information about a Fund's
investments is available in our Statement of Additional Information:


     o  DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Series' investments may be referred to as
        "derivatives" because their value depends on, or derives from, the value
        of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These investments
        include options, futures contracts and similar investments that may be
        used in hedging and related income strategies. The market value of
        derivative instruments and securities is sometimes more volatile than
        that of other investments, and each type of derivative may pose its own
        special risks. As a fundamental policy, no more than 15% of a Series'
        total assets may at any time be committed or exposed to derivative
        strategies.

     o  MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up
        and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity
        securities change in response to many factors including the historical
        and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general
        economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market
        liquidity.

12

<PAGE>
     o  MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master/feeder structure is relatively new and
        more complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may
        not do so, and there may be operational or other complications. For
        example, large-scale redemptions by other feeders of their shares of a
        master fund could have adverse effects on a Fund such as requiring the
        liquidation of a substantial portion of the master fund's holdings at a
        time when it could be disadvantageous to do so. Also, other feeders of a
        master fund may have a greater ownership interest in the master fund
        than a Fund's interest and, therefore, could have effective voting
        control over the operation of the master fund.

     o  OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
        because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less
        advantageous investments.

     o  SMALL CAP RISK: Small cap companies may be more vulnerable than larger
        companies to adverse business or economic developments. Small cap
        companies may also have limited product lines, markets or financial
        resources, may be dependent on relatively small or inexperienced
        management groups and may operate in industries characterized by rapid
        technological obsolescence. Securities of such companies may be less
        liquid and more volatile than securities of larger companies and
        therefore may involve greater risk than investing in larger companies.
        (Small Cap Value Fund)

     o  VALUATION RISK: The risk that a Series has valued certain of its
        securities at a higher price than it can sell them.

     o  VALUE INVESTING RISK: The risk that a Series' investment in companies
        whose securities are believed to be undervalued, relative to their
        underlying profitability, do not appreciate in value as anticipated.
        (Large Cap Value, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value Funds)

                                                                              13
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each Fund's
financial performance for the past 5 years or since the Fund's inception, if
shorter. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share of a
Fund. The total returns in the table represent the rate that a shareholder would
have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund (assuming reinvestment of all
dividends and other distributions). This information has been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, whose report, along with each Fund's financial statements, is
included in the Annual Report, which is available without charge upon request.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              YEAR ENDED          PERIOD ENDED        PERIOD ENDED
                                                               JUNE 30,              JUNE 30          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 2000+              1999(b)+            1998(a)+
<S>                                                              <C>                   <C>                <C>
MID CAP VALUE FUND - INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
NET ASSET VALUE-- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..................         $ 11.13               $ 9.67             $ 10.00
                                                                 -------               ------              ------

INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income ................................            0.05                 0.02                0.05
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments            2.09                 1.53               (0.38)
                                                                 -------               ------              ------
    Total from investment operations ...................            2.14                 1.55               (0.33)
                                                                 -------               ------              ------

DISTRIBUTIONS:
  From net investment income ...........................           (0.02)               (0.05)                 --
  From net realized gain on investments ................              --                (0.04)                 --
                                                                 -------               ------              ------
    Total Distributions ................................           (0.02)               (0.09)                 --
                                                                 -------               ------              ------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD .......................         $ 13.25               $11.13              $ 9.67
                                                                 =======               ======              ======
TOTAL RETURN ...........................................           19.30%               16.11%(c)           (3.30)%(c)

RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Expenses, including reimbursement/waiver .............            1.15%(e)             1.15%(d)            1.15%(d)
  Expenses, excluding reimbursement/waiver .............            2.20%(e)             2.85%(d)            4.16%(d)
  Net investment income, including reimbursement/waiver             0.44%(e)             0.22%(d)            0.84%(d)
Portfolio turnover rate ................................             274%(e)              118%                 78%
Net assets at end of period (000's omitted) ............         $18,573               $9,887              $5,338

<FN>
+   Effective November 1, 1999, The CRM Funds - Mid Cap Value Fund ("Predecessor
    Fund") was merged into the WT Mutual Fund - CRM Mid Cap Value Fund. The
    financial highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the
    performance of the Predecessor Fund.
(a) For the period January 6, 1998 (commencement of operations) through
    September 30, 1998.
(b) For the period October 1, 1998 through June 30, 1999.
(c) Not Annualized.
(d) Annualized
(e) Effective November 1, 1999, the ratios to average net assets include
    expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Mid Cap Value Series
    (the "Series") and the portfolio turnover reflects the investment activity
    of the Series.
</FN>
</TABLE>

14

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               YEAR ENDED           PERIOD ENDED         PERIOD ENDED
                                                                JUNE 30,               JUNE 30           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  2000+               1999(B)+             1998(A)+
<S>                                                              <C>                   <C>                 <C>
SMALL CAP VALUE FUND - INSTITUTIONAL SHARES
NET ASSET VALUE-- BEGINNING OF PERIOD ..................         $  15.11               $ 13.72             $ 15.99
INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
  Net investment income (loss) .........................            (0.09)                 0.01                0.01
  Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments             1.47                  1.38               (2.28)
                                                                 --------               -------             -------
    Total from investment operations ...................             1.38                  1.39               (2.27)
                                                                 --------               -------             -------
DISTRIBUTIONS:
  Return of capital ....................................               --                    --(c)               --
                                                                 --------               -------             -------
NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD .......................         $  16.49               $ 15.11             $ 13.72
                                                                 ========               =======             =======
TOTAL RETURN ...........................................             9.13%                10.16%(d)          (14.20)%(d)
RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Expenses, including reimbursement/waiver .............             1.09%(f)              1.08%(e)            1.15%(e)
  Expenses, excluding reimbursement/waiver .............             1.09%(f)              1.09%(e)            1.23%(e)
  Net investment income, including reimbursement/waiver             (0.56)%(f)             0.11%(e)            0.08%(e)
Portfolio turnover rate ................................               96%(f)                64%                 57%
Net assets at end of period (000's omitted) ............         $104,562               $90,051             $48,246
<FN>
+   Effective November 1, 1999, The CRM Funds - Small Cap Value Fund
    ("Predecessor Fund") was merged into the WT Mutual Fund - CRM Small Cap
    Value Fund. The financial highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999
    reflect the performance of the Predecessor Fund.
(a) For the period January 27, 1998 (inception of Institutional Share class)
    through September 30, 1998.
(b) For the period October 1, 1998 through June 30, 1999.
(c) Less than $0.01 per share.
(d) Not Annualized.
(e) Annualized.
(f) Effective November 1, 1999, the ratios to average net assets include
    expenses allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Small Cap Value Series
    (the"Series") and the portfolio turnover reflects the investment activity of
    the Series.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                                              15
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

The Board of Trustees for each Fund supervises the management, activities and
affairs of the Fund and has approved contracts with various financial
organizations to provide, among other services, the day-to-day management
required by a Fund and its shareholders.


INVESTMENT ADVISER


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?

   The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
   continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
   program. The Board of Trustees supervises the investment adviser and
   establishes policies that the adviser must follow in its management
   activities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, 707 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York
10604, serves as the investment adviser to the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid
Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series. Subject to the general control
of the Board of Trustees, CRM makes investment decisions for these Series. CRM
and its predecessors have managed investments in small, medium and large
capitalization companies for more than twenty-five years. As of September 30,
2000, CRM had over $3 billion of assets under management.

Under the advisory agreement, the Large Cap Value Series pays a monthly advisory
fee to CRM at the annual rate of 0.55% of the Series' first $1 billion of
average daily net assets; 0.50% of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily
net assets; and 0.45% of the Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion.
The Mid Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series each pay a monthly
advisory fee to CRM at the annual rate of 0.75% of the Series' first $1 billion
of average daily net assets; 0.70% of the Series' next $1 billion of average
daily net assets; and 0.65% of the Series' average daily net assets over $2
billion.

In the twelve months ended June 30, 2000, CRM received  investment advisory fees
of 0.55% for the Large Cap Value Series,  0.75% for the Mid Cap Value Series and
0.75% for the Small Cap Value  Series,  as a percentage  of the Series'  average
daily net assets.

16
<PAGE>

FUND MANAGERS

The day-to-day management of the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid Cap Value
Series and the Small Cap Value Series is shared by a team of individuals
employed by CRM. Ronald H. McGlynn is responsible for the management of each of
these Series. In addition, Kevin M. Chin and Adam L. Starr are part of the team
responsible for the management of the Large Cap Value Fund; Jay B. Abramson and
Michael A. Prober are part of the team responsible for the management of the Mid
Cap Value Fund; and Scott L. Scher and Christopher S. Fox are part of the team
responsible for the management of the Small Cap Value Fund. Each fund manager's
business experience and educational background is as follows:


RONALD H. MCGLYNN Chief Executive Officer and President of CRM. Bringing over 30
years of investment experience to the firm, Mr. McGlynn serves as Chief
Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager. Prior to co-founding CRM in 1973, Mr.
McGlynn was a Portfolio Manager at Oppenheimer & Co. He received a B.A. from
Williams College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.


JAY B. ABRAMSON, CPA Executive Vice President of CRM. Jay joined CRM in 1985 and
is responsible for investment research and portfolio management. Mr. Abramson
received a B.S.E. and J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School
and Law School, respectively, and is a Certified Public Accountant.


MICHAEL A. PROBER Vice President of CRM. Michael joined the firm in 1993 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, he worked in
corporate finance and commercial banking at Chase Manhattan Bank and as a
Research Analyst for Alpha Capital Venture Partners. Mr. Prober received a
B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.M. from the Northwestern
University J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management.


SCOTT L. SCHER, CFA Vice President of CRM. Scott joined the firm in 1995 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, he worked as an
Analyst/Portfolio Manager at The Prudential. Mr. Scher received a B.A. from
Harvard College, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.


KEVIN M. CHIN Vice President of CRM. Kevin joined the firm in 1989 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, Kevin was a Financial
Analyst for the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Morgan Stanley and a Risk
Arbitrageur with The First Boston Corporation. He received a B.S. from Columbia
University School of Engineering & Applied Science.


                                                                              17
<PAGE>

CHRISTOPHER S. FOX, CFA Vice President of CRM. Chris joined the firm in 1999 and
is responsible for investment  research.  Chris co-founded  Schaenen Fox Capital
Management,  LLC, a hedge fund with small cap value  investments.  He previously
was  at  Schaenen  Wood  &  Associates,   Inc.  as  Vice  President  and  Senior
Manager/Analyst; Chemical Bank's Private Banking Division as a portfolio manager
and analyst;  and Drexel Burnham  Lambert,  Inc. as a financial  analyst.  Chris
earned a B.A. in Economics  from the State  University of New York at Albany and
an MBA in Finance from New York University's Stern School of Business.


ADAM L. STARR Vice President of CRM. Adam joined the firm in 1999 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, he was a Partner and
Portfolio Manager at Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC and an Analyst and Portfolio
Manager at Charter Oak Partners and First Manhattan Company. Adam earned a B.A.
in History from Clark University and an MBA from Columbia University.


TERRY  LALLY,  CFA  Vice  President  of CRM.  Terry  joined  CRM in 2000  and is
responsible for investment  research.  Prior to joining CRM, Terry spent 9 years
working at  Prudential  Investments  in US small cap and emerging  market equity
analysis,  corporate  finance,  and equity trading.  Terry earned a BBA from the
University  of Notre Dame,  an MBA from Harvard  University,  and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.

18
<PAGE>

SERVICE PROVIDERS

The chart below provides information on the Funds' primary service providers.

                                                  Shareholder
Asset Management                                  Services
------------------------------                    ------------------------------

    INVESTMENT ADVISER                                    TRANSFER AGENT

CRAMER ROSENTHALL MCGLYNN,LLC                                PFPC INC.
  707 WEST CHESTER AVENUE                              400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY
   WHITE PLAINS, NY 10604                              WILMINGTON, DE 19809


 Manages each Fund's business                     Handles shareholder services,
  and investment activities.                       including recordkeeping and
                                                     statements, payment of
                                                  distributions and processing
                                                    of buy and sell requests.

                              --------------------
                               CRM LARGE CAP VALUE
                                CRM MID CAP VALUE
                               CRM SMALL CAP VALUE
                              --------------------

                                                  Asset
Fund Operations                                   Safe Keeping
------------------------------                    ------------------------------

     ADMINISTRATOR AN                                       CUSTODIAN
     ACCOUNTING AGENT                                WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

         PFPC INC.                                      RODNEY SQUARE NORTH
  400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                               1100 NORTH MARKET STREET
  WILMINGTON, DE 19809                                 WILMINGTON, DE 19890

Provides facilities, equipment                       Hold each Fund's assets,
  and personnel to carry out                       settles all portfolio trades
   administrative services                           and collects most of the
   related to each Fund and                        valuation data required for
calculates each Fund's NAV and                     calculating each Fund's NAV
        distributions.                                    per share.


                                                                              19
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

PRICING OF SHARES

The Funds value their assets based on current market values when such values are
readily  available.  These prices  normally  are supplied by a pricing  service.
Securities that do not have a readily  available current market value are valued
in good faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE OR "NAV"?

                             NAV    =  Assets - Liabilities
                                       --------------------
                                       Outstanding Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Fund as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on
each Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all securities and other assets in a Fund,
deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding
shares in that Fund.


Shares will not be priced on those days the Funds are closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

          New Year's Day                 Memorial Day          Veterans' Day
          Martin Luther King, Jr. Day    Independence Day      Thanksgiving Day
          President's Day                Labor Day             Christmas Day
          Good Friday                    Columbus Day
20
<PAGE>

PURCHASE OF SHARES


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:

                                 o Directly by mail or by wire

                                 o As a client of a Third Party
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Fund shares are  offered on a  continuous  basis and are sold  without any sales
charges. The minimum initial investment in the Fund's Institutional class shares
is  $1,000,000.  The Funds,  in their  sole  discretion,  may waive the  minimum
initial amount to establish  certain  Institutional  share accounts.  Additional
investments  may be made in any amount.  You may  purchase  shares as  specified
below.

You may also purchase shares if you are a client of a broker or other financial
institution, a "Third Party." The policies and fees charged by the Third Party
may be different than those charged by a Fund. Banks, brokers, retirement plans
and financial advisers may charge transaction fees and may set different minimum
investments or limitations on buying or selling shares. Consult a representative
of your financial institution or retirement plan for further information.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to CRM Funds, indicating the name of the Fund, along with a completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Fund account number. When you
make purchases by check, each Fund may withhold payment on redemptions until it
is reasonably satisfied that the funds are collected (which can take up to 10
days). If you purchase shares with a check that does not clear, your purchase
will be canceled and you will be responsible for any losses or fees incurred in
that transaction. Send the check and application to:


               REGULAR MAIL:                    OVERNIGHT MAIL:
               --------------                   ------------------
               CRM Funds                        CRM Funds
               c/o PFPC Inc.                    c/o PFPC Inc.
               P.O. Box 8742                    400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
               Wilmington, DE 19899             Wilmington, DE 19809
                                                                              21


<PAGE>

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800) CRM-2883 before making a purchase by wire, and if
making an initial purchase, to also obtain an account number. Once you have an
account number, you should instruct your bank to wire funds to:


                                  PFPC Trust Company
                                  c/o PNC Bank
                                  Philadelphia, PA
                                  ABA #031-0000-53
                                  DDA #86-0172-6591
                                  Attention: The CRM Funds

Be sure to include your account number, the Fund name and your name. If you make
an initial purchase by wire, you must promptly forward a completed application
to the Transfer Agent at the address above. If you are making a subsequent
purchase, the wire should also indicate your Fund account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Purchase orders received by the
Transfer Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any
Business Day will be priced at the NAV that is determined as of the close of
trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Fund determines that accepting the order
would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders. The Funds
will not accept third party checks.

It is the responsibility of the Third Party to transmit orders for the purchase
of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver required funds
on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated above.


22
<PAGE>


REDEMPTION OF SHARES


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:

                                       o By mail

                                       o By telephone
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption request. There is no fee when Fund shares are redeemed. It is the
responsibility of the Third Party to transmit redemption orders and credit their
customers' accounts with redemption proceeds on a timely basis. Redemption
checks are mailed on the next Business Day following receipt by the Transfer
Agent of redemption instructions, but never later than 7 days following such
receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date of receipt of
redemption instructions (if received by the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m.
Eastern time), or the next Business Day (if received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern
time, or on a non-Business Day), but never later than 7 days following such
receipt. If you purchased your shares through an account at a Third Party, you
should contact the Third Party for information relating to redemptions. The
Fund's name and your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee". A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a notary public. You must
indicate the Fund name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:


                  REGULAR MAIL:               OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  --------------              ------------------
                  CRM Funds                   CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.               c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box 8742               400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899        Wilmington, DE 19809


BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Fund has certain safeguards and
procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

                                                                              23
<PAGE>

AUTOMATIC REDEMPTIONS: You may redeem a specified amount of money from your
account once a month on a specified date. These payments are sent from your
account to a designated bank account by ACH payment. Automatic redemptions must
be for at least $250.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this
service. Proceeds may also be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or
less, mailed to your Fund account address of record if the address has been
established for at least 60 days. In order to authorize the Transfer Agent to
mail redemption proceeds to your Fund account address of record, complete the
appropriate section of the Application for Telephone Redemptions or include your
Fund account address of record when you submit written instructions. You may
change the account that you have designated to receive amounts redeemed at any
time. Any request to change the account designated to receive redemption
proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee of your signature, as the
shareholder, by an eligible institution. A signature and a signature guarantee
are required for each person in whose name the account is registered. Further
documentation will be required to change the designated account when a
corporation, other organization, trust, fiduciary or other institutional
investor holds the Fund shares.

If shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by check, each Fund
reserves the right not to make the redemption proceeds available until it has
reasonable grounds to believe that the check has been collected (which could
take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund account falls below $1,000,000 for
Institutional share accounts ($2,000 for IRAs or automatic investment plans),
the Fund may ask you to increase your balance. If the account value is still
below such amounts after 60 days, the Fund may close your account and send you
the proceeds. The Fund will not close your account if it falls below these
amounts solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

REDEMPTIONS IN KIND: The Funds reserve the right to make "redemptions in kind"
-- payments of redemption proceeds in fund securities rather than cash -- if the
amount redeemed is large enough to affect the Series' operations (for example,
if it represents more than 1% of a Series' assets).

24
<PAGE>


EXCHANGE OF SHARES


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?

   An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to another
   fund within a family of funds.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Fund for Institutional
class shares of the following funds:


          Wilmington Prime Money Market Fund
          Wilmington Tax-Exempt Fund
          Wilmington Intermediate Bond Fund
          Wilmington Municipal Bond Fund
          CRM Large Cap Value Fund
          CRM Mid Cap Value Fund
          CRM Small Cap Value Fund

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase of
shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Fund into which the exchange is made. An exchange may
not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account of
less than $1,000,000 for Institutional share accounts.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Funds, you may call (800) CRM-2883. To
obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer Agent, or, if your shares are held in an account with a Third
Party, contact the Third Party. The Funds may terminate or modify the exchange
offer described here and will give you 60 days' notice of such termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of Prospectus shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

                                                                              25
<PAGE>

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS


         PLAIN TALK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?

   Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a fund on
   its investments less accrued expenses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As a shareholder of a Fund, you are entitled to dividends and other
distributions arising from the net investment income and net realized gains, if
any, earned on the investments held by the Funds. Dividends are declared and
paid annually to you. Each Fund expects to distribute any net realized gains
once a year.

Distributions are payable to the shareholders of record at the time the
distributions are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but
excluding holders of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested
in additional Fund shares unless you have elected to receive the distributions
in cash.


TAXES

FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as a Fund meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While each Fund may invest in
securities that earn interest exempt from Federal income tax, the Funds invest
primarily in taxable securities. Each Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that
year.

Dividends you receive from a Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken as
cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions of a Fund's
net  capital  gain  whether  reinvested  in Fund  shares or taken as cash,  when
designated as such, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain,  regardless of
the length of time you have held your  shares.  You should be aware that if Fund
shares are purchased  shortly before the record date for any dividend or capital
gain  distribution,  you will pay the full price for the shares and will receive
some  portion of the price back as a taxable  distribution.  The Large Cap Value
Fund,  the Mid Cap Value Fund and the Small Cap Value Fund each  anticipate  the
distribution of net investment income.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of any Fund.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

26
<PAGE>

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME  TAXES:  You should  consult your tax adviser  concerning
state and local taxes,  which may have different  consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in a Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

                                                                              27
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

The Distributor manages the Funds' distribution efforts and provides assistance
and expertise in developing marketing plans and materials, enters into dealer
agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and provides shareholder support
services, directly or through affiliates. The Funds do not charge any sales
loads, deferred sales loads or other fees in connection with the purchase of
shares.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE

Other investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the master funds.
The master/feeder structure enables various institutional investors, including a
Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by
spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder of a
master fund, including a Fund, will pay its proportionate share of the master
fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
No Fund is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASSES


Each Fund issues Investor and Institutional share classes, which have different
minimum investment requirements and fees. Institutional shares are offered only
to those investors who invest in the Fund through an intermediary (i.e. broker)
or through a consultant, and who invest $1,000,000 or more or where related
accounts total $1,000,000 or more when combined. Other investors investing
$10,000 or more may purchase Investor shares.

28
<PAGE>

       FOR MORE INFORMATION[GRAPHICS OMITTED]
       FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE
       INFORMATION ON THE FUNDS, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE UPON
       REQUEST:
                                                                      CRM FUNDS

                                                                   CRM LARGE CAP
                                                                   VALUE FUND

                                                                     CRM MID CAP
                                                                      VALUE FUND

                                                                   CRM SMALL CAP
                                                                      VALUE FUND
                           ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

  Contain performance data and information on fund holdings, operating results
    and a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that
        significantly affect the Funds' performance for the most recently
                           completed fiscal year or half-year.


                        STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)

     Provides a complete technical and legal description of the Funds' policies
investment restrictions, risks, and business structure. This prospectus
                         incorporates the SAI by reference.


                    Copies of these documents and answers to
                    questions about the Funds may be obtained
                          without charge by contacting:

                                    CRM Funds
                                  c/o PFPC Inc.
                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                                    Suite 108
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809
                                 (800) CRM-2883
                       9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

  Information about the Funds (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at
     the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in
  Washington, D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of
       a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address:
     [email protected], or by writing the Public Reference Room of the SEC,
     Washington, DC, 20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public
     Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-(202)-942-8090.
    Reports and other information about the Funds may be viewed on-screen or
         downloaded from the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

                 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT,
                MAKING CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING,
                    EXCHANGING OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER
                         INVESTOR SERVICES, PLEASE CALL
                                1-(800)-CRM-2883.

       The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

                                                            CRM FUNDS

                                                            C/O PFPC

                                                            400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

                                                            WILMINGTON, DE 19809

                                                            800-CRM-2883

                                                            WEB SITE:

                                                            WWW.CRMFUNDS.COM
<PAGE>
                                                                PROSPECTUS
CRM FUNDS
[GRAPHICS OMITTED]                                              NOVEMBER 1, 2000



                                                                CRM LARGE CAP
                                                                VALUE FUND

                                                                CRM MID CAP
                                                                VALUE FUND

                                                                CRM SMALL CAP
                                                                VALUE FUND

                                                                INVESTOR SHARES

THIS PROSPECTUS GIVES VITAL

INFORMATION ABOUT THESE MUTUAL FUNDS, INCLUDING INFORMATION

ON INVESTMENT  POLICIES,  RISKS AND FEES.  FOR YOUR OWN BENEFIT AND  PROTECTION,

PLEASE READ IT BEFORE YOU INVEST, AND KEEP IT ON HAND FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.

Like all mutual fund shares,  these  securities  have not been  approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission  determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a crime. [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

<PAGE>
                                                          TABLE  OF CONTENTS
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

A LOOK AT THE GOALS,           FUND DESCRIPTIONS
STRATEGIES, RISKS,
EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL             SUMMARY ................................. 2
HISTORY OF EACH FUND.              PERFORMANCE INFORMATION ................. 4
                                   FEES AND EXPENSES ....................... 7
                                   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES ................... 9
                                   PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES ........... 9
                                   ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION .............12
                                   FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS ....................14


DETAILS ABOUT THE              MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
SERVICE PROVIDERS.
                                   INVESTMENT ADVISER ......................16
                                   SERVICE PROVIDERS .......................19


POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS      SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
FOR OPENING, MAINTAINING AND
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN ANY          PRICING OF SHARES .......................20
OF THE  FUNDS.                     PURCHASE OF SHARES ......................21
                                   REDEMPTION OF SHARES ....................22
                                   EXCHANGE OF SHARES ......................24
                                   DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS..............25
                                   TAXES ...................................26


DETAILS ON THE FUNDS'SHARE     DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
CLASSES AND MASTER/FEEDER
ARRANGEMENT.                       MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE ..................27
                                   SHARE CLASSES ............................27


                               FOR MORE INFORMATION .............BACK COVER

                               FOR INFORMATION ABOUT KEY TERMS AND CONCEPTS,
                               LOOK FOR OUR "PLAIN TALK" EXPLANATIONS.

<PAGE>

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
FUND DESCRIPTION
                CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
                CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
                CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

                    INVESTOR SHARES

         PLAIN TALK

                             WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
A  mutual  fund  pools   shareholders'  money  and,  using  a  professional
investment manager, invests it in securities like stocks and bonds. Each Fund is
a separate mutual fund.

SUMMARY

         PLAIN TALK

                                 WHAT IS "CAP"?

Cap or the  market  capitalization  of a  company  means  the  value of the
company's common stock in the stock market.

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE   o The LARGE CAP VALUE FUND, MID CAP VALUE FUND and SMALL
                          CAP VALUE FUND each seek to achieve long-term
                          capital appreciation.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT FOCUS        o Equity (or related) securities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHARE PRICE VOLATILITY  o Moderate to high
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT    o Each Fund operates as a "feeder fund," which means
STRATEGY                  that the Fund does not buy individual  securities
                          directly.Instead,  the Funds'  invest in a
                          corresponding  mutual fund or "master  fund," which in
                          turn purchases investment securities. Each Fund
                          invests all of its assets in a master fund which is a
                          separate  series of WT Investment Trust I.  The Funds
                          and their corresponding Series  have  the  same
                          investment   objective,   policies  and limitations.

                        o The LARGE CAP VALUE  Fund will  invest  its assets in
                          the Large Cap Value Series, which invests at least
                          65% of its total assets in a diversified portfolio of
                          U.S.  equity (or related)  securities with a market
                          cap of $10 billion or higher at the time of purchase.
                          The Series invests in securities  whose prices are low
                          relative to comparable companies. The Series' adviser
                          looks for companies facing dynamic  changes  such  as
                          merger  or  acquisition,  restructuring,  change  of
                          management,
2
<PAGE>

                          or other type of change in operation, financing or
                          management. The adviser seeks stocks believed to have
                          a greater upside potential than downside risk over an
                          18-24 month holding period. An important aspect of an
                          investment case is setting a price target. This target
                          typically reflects a risk/reward ratio of 50%
                          appreciation potential achievable over a two-year
                          period versus a perceived risk of no more than 10% of
                          capital. The achievement of the target price is the
                          Series' adviser's primary sell discipline. In other
                          words, if there has been no fundamental change in the
                          investment case, the stock will be sold once the
                          target price is met. Portfolio companies are
                          constantly monitored to determine whether there is any
                          fundamental change, for better or worse, in the
                          reasons for which the stock was purchased. If the
                          dynamics do not appear to be materializing, the stock
                          will be sold.

                        o The MID CAP VALUE FUND will invest its assets in the
                          Mid Cap Value Series, which invests at least 65% of
                          its total assets in a diversified portfolio of U.S.
                          equity (or related) securities with a market cap
                          between $1 and $10 billion at the time of purchase.
                          The Series invests in securities whose prices are low
                          relative to comparable companies. The Series' adviser
                          buys and sells stocks based upon the same
                          considerations described above for Large Cap Value
                          Fund.

                        o The SMALL CAP VALUE FUND will invest its assets in
                          the Small Cap Value Series, which invests
                          at least 65% of its total assets in a diversified
                          portfolio of U.S. equity (or related) securities with
                          a market cap of $1 billion or less at the time of
                          purchase. The Series invests in securities whose
                          prices are low relative to comparable companies. The
                          Series' adviser buys and sells stocks based upon the
                          same considerations described above for Large Cap
                          Value Fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINCIPAL  RISKS          The Funds are subject to the risks summarized below
                          which are further described under "Additional Risk
                          Information."

                        o It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

                        o A Fund's share price will fluctuate in response to
                          changes in the market value of the Fund's investments.
                          Market value changes result from business developments
                          affecting an issuer as well as general market and
                          economic conditions.

                          o A value-oriented investment approach is subject to
                          the risk that a security believed to be undervalued
                          does not appreciate in value as anticipated.

                        o Small cap companies may be more vulnerable than larger
                          companies to adverse business or economic
                          developments, and their securities may be less liquid
                          and more volatile than securities of larger companies.
                        o The performance of a Fund will depend on whether or
                          not the adviser is successful in pursuing its
                          investment strategy.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR PROFILE        o Investors who want the value of
                          their investment to grow and who are willing to accept
                          more volatility for the possibility of higher returns.

                                                                               3

<PAGE>
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Total Return would have been lower had
certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed.
Of course, the Fund's past performancedoes not necessarily indicate how the
Fund will perform in the future.

                             PAST PERFORMANCE CHART
                               [BAR CHART OMITTED]
                             plot points as follows:
                                   Large Cap

                                 1999    -5.39

           Year-to-Date Total Return as of September 30, 2000: 15.18%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Best Quarter                     Worst Quarter

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          15.08%                           -18.24%
                     (December 31, 1999)           (September 30, 1999)
         PLAIN TALK

                                WHAT IS AN INDEX?

        An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific
        group of securities in a particular market or securities in a market
        sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
        an investment adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses.
        If an index had expenses, its performance would be lower.


<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Year(s)                        Large Cap     Russell         S&P 500 Index**
                                  Value Fund 1000 Value Index*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS
  AS OF 12/31/99                    -5.39%       7.35%              21.04%
  1 Year
  Since Inception (August 25, 1998)  6.64%      13.32%              24.50%

*  The Russell 1000 Value Index measures the performance of the 1,000 largest
   companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 98% of
   the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index. Previously, the
   Fund used the Russell 1000 Index as its performance benchmark. However, the
   Funds' investment advisor has determined that comparing the Fund's
   performance to the Russell 1000 Value Index may be a more appropriate
   indicator of the Fund's performance in light of the Fund's portfolio
   investments and investment objective.

** The S&P 500 Index is the Standard and Poor's Composite Index of 500 Stocks, a
   widely recognized unmanaged index of common stock prices.

CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND

The Investor shares of the Fund were first offered on September 20, 2000. The
performance information below reflects the performance of the Fund's
Institutional shares and have not been adjusted to reflect the shareholder
service fee. Had the shareholder service fee been included or certain other fees
and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed, the actual return
would have been lower than reflected. The bar chart and the performance table
below illustrate the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund. Of
course, the Fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how the Fund
will perform in the future.

                             PAST PERFORMANCE CHART
                              [BAR CHART OMITTED]
                                   Mid Cap
                             plot points as follows

                              1999            4.57

              Year-to-Date Total Return as of September 30, 2000: 38.32%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           BEST QUARTER                                 WORST QUARTER

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              18.84%                                       -16.35%
        (December 31, 1999)                         (September 30, 1999)
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Year                            Mid Cap    Russell Midcap      Russell Midcap
                                Value Fund      Value Index*         Index**
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   AVERAGE ANNUAL
   RETURNS AS OF
   12/31/99
   1 Year                             4.57%        -0.11%             18.23%
   Since Inception (January 6, 1998)* 5.68%        14.22%             15.86%

*  The Russell Midcap Value Index measures the performance of those companies in
   the Russell Midcap Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted
   growth values.
**The Russell Midcap Index measures the performance of the 800 smallest
   companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 24% of the
   total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

The bar chart and the performance table below illustrate the risks and
volatility of an investment in the Fund. Total Return would have been lower had
certain fees and expenses not been voluntarily waived and/or reimbursed. Of
course, the Fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how the Fund
will perform in the future.

                             PAST PERFORMANCE CHART
                               [BAR CHART OMITTED]
                             plot points as follows:
                                    Small Cap

                                   1996    38.95
                                   1997    21.73
                                   1998   -12.21
                                   1999    10.99

           Year-to-Date Total Return as of September 30, 2000: 14.02%

This bar chart shows changes in the  performance of the Fund's  Investor  shares
from calendar year to calendar year.  The bar chart does not reflect  deductions
for shareholder services fees. If such fees had been reflected, returns would be
less than those shown below.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        BEST QUARTER                                    WORST QUARTER

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            17.64%                                          -22.80%
      (June 30, 1999)                                (September 30, 1998)


INVESTOR SHARES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Year(s)                 Small Cap     Russell 2000     Russell 2000
                           Value Fund    Value Index*        Index**

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURNS
   AS OF 12/31/99
   1 Year                      10.99%      -1.49%             21.26%
   Since Inception
   (October 1, 1995)           14.35%      11.69%             12.06%

*  The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those companies in
   the Russell 2000 Index with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted
   growth values.
** The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest
   companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 8% of the
   total market capitalization of the Russelll 3000 Index which represents
   approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

6
<PAGE>

                                                            FEES AND EXPENSES
   PLAIN TALK

                             WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?

     Unlike an index, every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for
     professional advisory, distribution, administration and custody services.
     Each Fund's expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its
     net assets. These expenses are deducted from Fund assets.

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of a Fund. No sales charges or other fees are paid directly from
your investment.

INVESTOR SHARES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES(1) (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Large Cap Value Fund

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management fees                                                  0.55%
     Distribution (12b-1 fees)                                        None
     Other expenses                                                   1.55%
     Shareholder Servicing fees                                       0.25%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES(2)                               2.35%
     Fee Waiver                                                       0.85%
     Net Expenses                                                     1.50%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Mid Cap Value Fund

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management fees                                                  0.75%
     Distribution (12b-1 fees)                                        None
     Other expenses                                                   1.45%
     Shareholder Servicing fees                                       0.25%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES(2)                               2.45%
     Fee Waiver                                                       0.95%
     Net Expenses                                                     1.50%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Small Cap Value Fund

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Management fees                                                  0.75%
     Distribution (12b-1 fees)                                        None
     Other expenses                                                   0.42%
     Shareholder Servicing fees                                       0.25%
     TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES(2)                               1.42%
     Fee Waiver                                                       0.00%
     Net Expenses                                                     1.42%

(1) The table above and the Example below each reflect the aggregate annual
    operating expenses of each Fund and the corresponding Series in which the
    Fund invests.
(2) The adviser has a contractual obligation to waive a portion of its fees and
    assume certain expenses of the above Funds to the extent that the total
    annual operating expenses exceed 1.50% of net assets.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>



EXAMPLE

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated.
The example assumes that:

     o  you reinvested all dividends and other distributions

     o  the average annual return was 5%

     o  the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain the
        same over the time periods

     o  you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.


Although  your actual cost may be higher or lower,  based on these  assumptions,
your costs would be:

INVESTOR SHARES

----------------------------------------------------------------------
             LARGE CAP                MID CAP               SMALL CAP
            VALUE FUND              VALUE FUND             VALUE FUND
----------------------------------------------------------------------
   1 year     $  153                  $  153                 $  145
----------------------------------------------------------------------
   3 years    $  474                  $  474                 $  449
----------------------------------------------------------------------
   5 years    $  818                  $  818                 $  776
----------------------------------------------------------------------
   10 years   $1,791                  $1,791                 $1,702
----------------------------------------------------------------------


THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
A FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.


<PAGE>

                                                          INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVES

The  Large Cap Value Fund,  Mid Cap Value Fund and SmallCap Value Fund each
seek to achieve  long-term  capital  appreciation.  These investment
objectives may not be changed without shareholder approval.  There is
no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment objective.


PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

         PLAIN TALK

                              WHAT ARE VALUE FUNDS?

   Value funds invest in the common stock of companies  that are  considered by
   the adviser to be undervalued relative to their underlying profitability, or
   rather their stock price does not reflect the value of the company.

VALUE INVESTING. Through their investment in the corresponding Series, the Large
Cap Value, Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds seek to invest in stocks that
are less expensive than comparable companies, as determined by price/earnings
ratios, price/cash, flow ratios, asset value per share or other measures. Value
investing therefore may reduce risk while offering potential for capital
appreciation as a stock gains favor among other investors and its price rises.

The Series are managed using investment strategies that the adviser has used for
over twenty-five years. The Series' adviser relies on selecting individual
stocks and does not try to predict when the stock market might rise or fall. It
seeks out those stocks that are undervalued and, in some cases, neglected by
financial analysts. The adviser evaluates the degree of analyst recognition by
monitoring the number of analysts who follow the company and recommend its
purchase or sale to investors.

THE ADVISER'S PROCESS. The adviser starts by identifying early change in a
company's operations, finances or management. The adviser is attracted to
companies which will look different tomorrow -- operationally, financially,
managerially -- when compared to yesterday. This type of dynamic change often
creates confusion and misunderstanding and may lead to a drop in the company's
stock price. Examples of change include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures,
restructuring, change of management, new market/product/means of
production/distribution, regulatory change, etc. Once change is identified, the
adviser evaluates the company on several levels. It analyzes:

     o Financial models based principally upon projected cash flows

     o The price of the  company's  stock in the  context  of what the market is
       willing to pay for stock of  comparable  companies  and what a strategic
       buyer would pay for the whole company
                                                                               9
<PAGE>

     o The extent of management's ownership interest in the company

     o The company's  market  position by  corroborating  its  observations and
       assumptions by meeting with management, customers and suppliers

The adviser also evaluates the degree of recognition of the business by
investors by monitoring the number of sell side analysts who closely follow the
company and nature of the shareholder base. Before deciding to purchase a stock,
the adviser conducts an extensive amount of business due diligence to
corroborate its observations and assumptions.

The identification of change comes from a variety of sources including the
private capital network which the adviser has established among its clients,
historical investments and intermediaries. The advisor also makes extensive use
of clipping services and regional brokers and bankers to identify elements of
change. The investment professionals regularly meet with companies around the
country and sponsor more than 200 company/management meetings in its New York
office.

In order to place a valuation on the proposed investment, the adviser will
consider the company's historic valuation multiples, multiples of comparable
companies and multiples paid in private market transactions. In its overall
assessment, the adviser seeks stocks that it believes have a greater upside
potential than downside risk over an 18-24 month holding period.

An important function of the adviser is to set a price target, that is, the
price at which the stock will be sold when there has been no fundamental change
in the investment case. The adviser constantly monitors the companies held by
the Series to determine if there have been any fundamental changes in the
reasons that prompted the initial purchase of the stock. If significant changes
for the better have not materialized, the stock will be sold. The initial
investment case for stock purchase, which has been documented, is examined by
the adviser's investment professionals. A final decision on selling the stock is
made after all such factors are analyzed.

The LARGE CAP VALUE FUND invests its assets in the Large Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

   o common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to be
     undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying profitability and
     have a market capitalization of $10 billion or higher at the time of
     purchase;

  o  options on, or securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock
     and convertible bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations
     described above;

  o  options on indexes of the common stock of U.S. corporations described
     above;

  o  contracts for either the future delivery, or payment in respect of the
     future market value, of certain indexes of the common stock of U.S.
     corporations described above, and options upon such futures contracts; and


10
<PAGE>

  o without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments rated
    in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized
    statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"), in response to adverse market
    conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result of this action may
    be that the Series will be unable to achieve its investment objective.

The Large Cap Value Series is a  diversified  fund of large cap U.S.  equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

The MID CAP VALUE FUND invests its assets in the Mid Cap Value Series, which,
under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

 o  common and preferred stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the
    adviser to be undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying
    profitability and have a market capitalization between $1 and $10 billion at
    the time of purchase;

o   securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock and convertible
    bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations described above;

o   warrants; and

o   without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments rated
    in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO, in response to
    adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result of
    this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve its investment
    objective.

The Mid Cap Value Series is a diversified fund of medium cap U.S. equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

         PLAIN TALK

                            WHAT ARE SMALL CAP FUNDS?

   Small cap funds invest in the common stock of companies  with smaller market
   capitalizations. Small cap stocks may provide the potential for higher growth
   but they also typically have greater risk and more volatility.

The SMALL CAP VALUE FUND invests its assets in the Small Cap Value Series,
which, under normal conditions, invests at least 65% of its total assets in the
following equity (or related) securities:

o   common and preferred stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the
    adviser to be undervalued in the marketplace relative to underlying
    profitability and have a market capitalization of $1 billion or less at the
    time of purchase;
                                                                              11


<PAGE>

o   securities convertible (such as convertible preferred stock and convertible
    bonds) into, the common stock of U.S. corporations described above;

o   warrants; and

o   without limit in commercial paper and other money market instruments rated
    in one of the two highest rating categories by a NRSRO, in response to
    adverse market conditions, as a temporary defensive position. The result of
    this action may be that the Series will be unable to achieve its investment
    objective.

The Small Cap Value Series is a diversified fund of large cap U.S. equity (or
related) securities that are deemed by the adviser to be undervalued as compared
to the company's profitability potential.

ALL SERIES. The frequency of fund transactions and a Series' turnover rate will
vary from year to year depending on the market. Increased turnover rates incur
the cost of additional brokerage commissions and may cause you to receive larger
capital gain distributions. Series turnover rate is normally expected to be less
than 100% for each of the Series.

Each  Series  also may use  other  strategies  and  engage  in other  investment
practices,  which  are  described  in  detail  in our  Statement  of  Additional
Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION

The  following is a list of certain  risks that may apply to your  investment in
the  Funds  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Further  information  about a  Fund's
investments is available in our Statement of Additional Information:

     o DERIVATIVES  RISK: Some of the Series'  investments may be referred to as
       "derivatives"  because their value depends on, or derives from,  the
       value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These investments
       include options, futures  contracts  and  similar  investments  that may
       be used in  hedging  and related  income  strategies.  The market  value
       of derivative  instruments  and securities is sometimes more volatile
       than that of other  investments,  and each type of derivative may pose
       its own special risks. As a fundamental  policy,  no more than 15% of a
       Series'  total assets may at any time be committed or exposed to
       derivative strategies.

     o MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up and
       down,  sometimes  rapidly  and  unpredictably.  The prices of equity
       securities change in response to many factors  including  the historical
       and  prospective earnings of the issuer,  the value of its assets,
       general economic  conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and
       market liquidity.
12

<PAGE>




     o  MASTER/FEEDER  RISK: The  master/feeder  structure is relatively new and
        more complex.  While this structure is designed to reduce costs,  it may
        not do so,  and  there  may  be  operational  or  other  complications.
        For  example, large-scale  redemptions by other feeders of their shares
        of a master fund could have  adverse  effects  on  a  Fund  such  as
        requiring  the  liquidation  of a substantial  portion of the master
        fund's  holdings  at a time when it could be disadvantageous  to do so.
        Also,  other  feeders  of a  master  fund may have a greater  ownership
        interest  in the  master  fund than a Fund's  interest  and, therefore,
        could have effective voting control over the operation of the master
        fund.

     o OPPORTUNITY  RISK:  The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
       because  the  assets  necessary  to  take  advantage  of it are  tied up
       in less advantageous investments.

     o SMALL CAP RISK:  Small cap companies may be more  vulnerable  than larger
       companies to adverse business or economic developments.  Small cap
       companies may also  have  limited  product  lines,  markets  or
       financial  resources,  may be dependent on relatively small or
       inexperienced management groups and may operate in industries
       characterized by rapid technological  obsolescence.  Securities of
       such  companies may be less liquid and more  volatile than  securities of
       larger companies  and  therefore may involve greater risk than investing
       in larger companies.
       (Small Cap Value Fund)

     o  VALUATION  RISK:  The  risk  that a Series  has  valued  certain  of its
        securities at a higher price than it can sell them.

     o  VALUE INVESTING RISK: The risk that a Series' investment in companies
        whose securities are believed to be undervalued, relative to their
        underlying profitability, do not appreciate in value as anticipated.
        (Large Cap Value, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value Funds)

                                                                              13



<PAGE>





FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand each Fund's
financial performance for the past 5 years or since the Fund's inception, if
shorter. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share of a
Fund. The total returns in the table represent the rate that a shareholder would
have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund (assuming reinvestment of all
dividends and other distributions). This information has been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, whose report, along with each Fund's financial statements, is
included in the Annual Report, which is available without charge upon request.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  YEAR ENDED      PERIOD ENDED      PERIOD ENDED
                                                                   JUNE 30,         JUNE 30,        SEPTEMBER 30,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     2000+          1999(b)+          1998(a)+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                             <C>               <C>               <C>

   LARGE CAP VALUE FUND -- INVESTOR SHARES

   Net Asset Value -- Beginning of Period .......................... $12.17           $ 10.02          $ 10.00
                                                                     ------           -------          -------
   INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:

     Net investment income ........................................      --(c)           0.06             0.01
     Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments .......   (0.37)             2.16             0.01
                                                                     ------           -------          -------
       Total from investment operations ...........................   (0.37)             2.22             0.02
                                                                    -------           -------          -------
   DISTRIBUTIONS:

     From net investment income ...................................      --(c)          (0.06)              --
     From net realized gain on investments ........................   (0.17)            (0.01)              --
                                                                     ------           -------          -------
       Total Distributions ........................................   (0.17)            (0.07)              --
                                                                     ------           -------          -------
   NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD ................................ $11.63           $ 12.17          $ 10.02
                                                                     ======          ========         ========

   TOTAL RETURN ...................................................  (2.85)%            22.16%(D)         0.20%(D)
   RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:

     Expenses, including reimbursement/waiver .....................    1.44%(f)          1.50%(e)         1.50%(e)
     Expenses, excluding reimbursement/waiver ....................     2.35%(f)          1.92%(e)         3.95%(e)
     Net investment income, including reimbursement/waiver .......     0.05%(f)          0.63%(e)         1.78%(e)
   Portfolio turnover rate .......................................      136%(f)            56%               7%
   Net assets at end of period (000's omitted) ..................    $7,941           $30,936          $10,668
<FN>

+ Effective November 1, 1999, The CRM Funds - Large Cap Value Fund ("Predecessor
Fund") was merged into the WT Mutual Fund - CRM Large Cap Value Fund. The
financial highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the
performance of the Predecessor Fund.

(a)For the period August 25, 1998 (commencement of operations) through September 30, 1998.
(b)For the period October 1, 1998 through June 30, 1999.
(c)Less than $0.01 per share.
(d)Not Annualized.
(e)Annualized.
(f)Effective  November  1,  1999,  the ratios to  average  net assets
   include expenses  allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Large Cap
   Value Series (the "Series") and the portfolio  turnover  reflects the
   investment  activity of the Series.
</FN>
</TABLE>
14

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Year Ended    Period Ended   Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended
                                           June 30,       June 30,    September 30,  September 30,  September 30,
                                             2000+        1999(b)+        1998+          1997+        1996(a)+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   SMALL CAP VALUE FUND -- INVESTOR SHARES
   <S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
   NET ASSET VALUE -- BEGINNING OF PERIOD  $  14.94      $  13.61      $    17.68     $    13.71      $  10.00
                                           --------      --------      ----------     ----------      --------
   INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:

     Net investment loss .................    (0.13)        (0.02)          (0.06)         (0.06)        (0.02)
     Net realized and unrealized gain
       (loss) on investments .............     1.45          1.35           (3.15)          4.89          3.73
                                           --------      --------      ----------     ----------      --------
       Total from investment operations ..     1.32          1.33           (3.21)          4.83          3.71
                                           --------      --------      ----------     ----------      --------
   DISTRIBUTIONS:

     From net investment income .........        --            --              --             --            --(c)
     From net realized gain on investments       --            --           (0.84)         (0.86)           --

     Return of capital ..................        --            --(c)        (0.02)            --            --
                                           --------      --------      ----------     ----------      --------
       Total Distributions ..............        --            --           (0.86)         (0.86)           --
                                           --------      --------      ----------     ----------      --------
   NET ASSET VALUE -- END OF PERIOD .....  $  16.26      $  14.94         $ 13.61        $ 17.68       $ 13.71
                                           ========      ========      ==========     ==========      ========
   TOTAL RETURN                                8.84%         9.80%(d)      (18.81)%        37.14%        37.15%
   RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/
     SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
     Expenses, including
       reimbursement/waiver .............      1.42%(f)     1.42%(e)        1.38%           1.50%         1.49%
     Expenses, excluding reimbursement/waiver  1.42%(f)     1.46%(e)        1.38%           1.50%         1.98%
     Net investment loss, including
       reimbursement/waiver .............     (0.88)%(f)   (0.16)%(e)      (0.34)%         (0.56)%       (0.40)%
  Portfolio turnover rate                        96%(f)       64%             57%             99%          111%
  Net assets at end of period ...........   $69,351      $94,806        $130,929        $144,001       $45,385
     (000's omitted)
<FN>

+         Effective November 1, 1999, The CRM Funds - Small Cap Value Fund ("Predecessor
          Fund") was merged into the WT Mutual Fund - CRM Small Cap Value Fund. The
          financial highlights for periods prior to November 1, 1999 reflect the
          performance of the Predecessor Fund.

(a)      For the year October 1, 1995 (commencement of operations) through September 30, 1996.
(b)      For the period October 1, 1998 through June 30, 1999.
(c)      Less than $0.01 per share.
(d)      Not Annualized.
(e)      Annualized.
(f)      Effective  November  1,  1999,  the ratios to  average  net assets  include
         expenses  allocated from the WT Investment Trust I - Small Cap Value Series (the
         "Series") and the portfolio  turnover  reflects the  investment  activity of the
         Series.
</FN>

</TABLE>
                                                                              15
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT OF THE  FUND

The Board of Trustees for each Fund supervises the management, activities and
affairs of the Fund and has approved contracts with various financial
organizations to provide, among other services, the day-to-day management
required by a Fund and its shareholders.


INVESTMENT ADVISER

         PLAIN TALK

                         WHAT IS AN INVESTMENT ADVISER?

    The investment adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
    continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
    program. The Board of Trustees supervises the investment adviser and
    establishes policies that the adviser must follow in its management
    activities.

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, 707 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York
10604, serves as the investment adviser to the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid
Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series. Subject to the general control
of the Board of Trustees, CRM makes investment decisions for these Series. CRM
and its predecessors have managed investments in small, medium and large
capitalization companies for more than twenty-five years. As of September 30,
2000, CRM had over $3 billion of assets under management.

Under the advisory agreement, the Large Cap Value Series pays a monthly advisory
fee to CRM at the annual rate of 0.55% of the Series' first $1 billion of
average daily net assets; 0.50% of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily
net assets; and 0.45% of the Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion.
The Mid Cap Value Series and the Small Cap Value Series each pay a monthly
advisory fee to CRM at the annual rate of 0.75% of the Series' first $1 billion
of average daily net assets; 0.70% of the Series' next $1 billion of average
daily net assets; and 0.65% of the Series' average daily net assets over $2
billion.

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2000, CRM received investment advisory fees
of 0.55% for the Large Cap Value Series, 0.75% for the Mid Cap Value Series and
0.75% for the Small Cap Value Series, as a percentage of the Series' average
daily net assets.

16
<PAGE>
FUND MANAGERS

The day-to-day management of the Large Cap Value Series, the Mid Cap Value
Series and the Small Cap Value Series is shared by a team of individuals
employed by CRM. Ronald H. McGlynn is responsible for the management of each of
these Series. In addition, Kevin M. Chin and Adam L. Starr are part of the team
responsible for the management of Large Cap Value Fund; Jay Abramson and Michael
A. Prober are part of the team responsible for the management of Mid Cap Value
Fund; and Scott L. Scher and Christopher S. Fox are part of the team responsible
for the management of Small Cap Value Fund. Each fund manager's business
experience and educational background is as follows:

RONALD H. MCGLYNN Co-founder, Chief Executive Officer and President of CRM.
Bringing over 30 years of investment experience to the firm, Mr. McGlynn serves
as Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager. Prior to co-founding CRM in
1973, Mr. McGlynn was a Portfolio Manager at Oppenheimer & Co. He received a
B.A. from Williams College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.


JAY B. ABRAMSON, CPA Executive Vice President of CRM. Jay joined CRM in 1985 and
is responsible for investment research and portfolio management. Mr. Abramson
received a B.S.E. and J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School
and Law School, respectively, and is a Certified Public Accountant.


MICHAEL A. PROBER Vice President of CRM. Michael joined the firm in 1993 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, he worked in
corporate finance and commercial banking at Chase Manhattan Bank and as a
Research Analyst for Alpha Capital Venture Partners. Mr. Prober received a
B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.M. from the Northwestern
University J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management.


SCOTT L. SCHER, CFA Vice President of CRM. Scott Joined the firm in 1995 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, he worked as an
Analyst/Portfolio Manager at The Prudential. Mr. Scher received a B.A. from
Harvard College, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.


KEVIN M. CHIN Vice President of CRM. Kevin joined the firm in 1989 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, Kevin was a Financial
Analyst for the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of Morgan Stanley and a Risk
Arbitrageur with The First Boston Corporation. He received a B.S. from Columbia
University School of Engineering & Applied Science.
                                                                              17
<PAGE>
CHRISTOPHER S. FOX, CFA, of CRM. Chris joined the firm in 1999 and is
responsible for investment research. Chris co-founded Schaenen Fox Capital
Management, LLC, a hedge fund with small cap value investments. He previously
was at Schaenen Wood & Associates, Inc. as Vice President and Senior
Manager/Analyst; Chemical Bank's Private Banking Division as a portfolio manager
and analyst; and Drexel Burnham Lambert, Inc. as a financial analyst. Chris
earned a B.A. in Economics from the State University of New York at Albany and
an MBA in Finance from New York University's Stern School of Business.

ADAM L. STARR Vice President of CRM. Adam joined CRM in 1999 and is responsible
for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, he was a Partner and Portfolio
Manager at Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC and an Analyst and Portfolio Manager at
Charter Oak Partners and First Manhattan Company. Adam earned a B.A. in History
from Clark University and an MBA from Columbia University.

TERRY LALLY, CFA, Vice President of CRM. Terry joined CRM in 2000 and is
responsible for investment research. Prior to joining CRM, Terry spent 9 years
working at Prudential Investments in US small cap and emerging market equity
analysis, corporate finance, and equity trading. Terry earned a BBA from the
University of Notre Dame, an MBA from Harvard University, and is a Chartered
Financial Analyst.

18
<PAGE>
SERVICE PROVIDERS

The chart below provides information on the Funds' primary service providers.

Asset                                                   Shareholder
Management                                              Services

    INVESTMENT ADVISER                                      TRANSFER AGENT

 CRAMER ROSENTHALL MCGLYNN, LLC                                PFPC INC.

   707 WESTCHESTER AVENUE                                400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

   WHITE PLAINS, NY 10604                                WILMINGTON, DE 19809

Manages each Fund's business and                          Handles shareholder
    investment activities.                                 recordkeeping and
                                                         statements, payment of
                                                            distributions and
                                                         processing of buy and
                                                              sell requests.


                               CRM LARGE CAP VALUE

                               CRM MID CAP VALUE

                               CRM SMALL CAP VALUE



Fund                                                   Asset
Operations                                             Safe Keeping


    ADMINISTRATOR AND                                        CUSTODIAN

     ACCOUNTING AGENT                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

        PFPC INC.                                         RODNEY SQUARE NORTH

    400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                               1100 NORTH MARKET STREET

    WILMINGTON, DE 19809                                WILMINGTON, DE  19890

    Provides facilities,                                Hold each Fund's assets,
    equipment and personnel                               settles all portfolio
    to carry out administrative                         trades and collects most
    services related to each                              of the valuation data
    Fund and calculates each Fund's                     required for calculating
    NAV and distributions.                                  each Fund's NAV per
                                                                  share.



                                                                           19
<PAGE>
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

PRICING OF SHARES

The Funds value their assets based on current market values when such values are
readily available. These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service.
Securities that do not have a readily available current market value are valued
in good faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK

                      WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?

                             NAV    =  Assets - Liabilities
                                       --------------------
                                       Outstanding Shares

PFPC determines the NAV per share of each Fund as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on
each Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the
Philadelphia branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV
is calculated by adding the value of all securities and other assets in a Fund,
deducting its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding
shares in that Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Funds are closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

          New Year's Day                     Memorial Day       Veterans Day
          Martin Luther King, Jr. Day        Independence Day   Thanksgiving Day
          President's Day                    Labor Day          Christmas Day
          Good Friday                        Columbus Day



20
<PAGE>
PURCHASE OF SHARES

         PLAIN TALK

                               HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES:

                                 o Directly by mail or by wire

                                 o As a client of a Third Party


Fund shares are offered on a continuous basis and are sold without any sales
charges. The minimum initial investment in the Fund's Investor class shares is
$10,000 ($2,000 for IRAs or automatic investment plans). The Funds, in their
sole discretion, may waive the minimum initial amount to establish certain
Investor share accounts. The minimum additional investment for all accounts
is $100. You may purchase shares as specified below.

You may also purchase shares if you are a client of a broker or other financial
institution, a "Third Party." The policies and fees charged by the Third Party
may be different than those charged by a Fund. Banks, brokers, retirement plans
and financial advisers may charge transaction fees and may set different minimum
investments or limitations on buying or selling shares. Consult a representative
of your financial institution or retirement plan for further information.

BY MAIL: You may purchase shares by sending a check drawn on a U.S. bank payable
to CRM Funds, indicating the name of the Fund, along with a completed
application (included at the end of this prospectus). If a subsequent investment
is being made, the check should also indicate your Fund account number. When you
make purchases by check, each Fund may withhold payment on redemptions until it
is reasonably satisfied that the funds are collected (which can take up to 10
days). If you purchase shares with a check that does not clear, your purchase
will be canceled and you will be responsible for any losses or fees incurred in
that transaction. Send the check and application to:

                  REGULAR MAIL:                  OVERNIGHT MAIL:
                  -------------                  ---------------
                  CRM Funds                      CRM Funds
                  c/o PFPC Inc.                  c/o PFPC Inc.
                  P.O. Box 8742                  400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
                  Wilmington, DE 19899           Wilmington, DE 19809


                                                                              21

<PAGE>

BY WIRE: You may purchase shares by wiring federal funds readily available.
Please call PFPC at (800)  CRM-2883  before  making a purchase  by wire,  and if
making an initial purchase,  to also obtain an account number.  Once you have an
account number, you should instruct your bank to wire funds to:

                               PFPC Trust Company
                                  c/o PNC Bank
                                Philadelphia, PA
                                ABA #031-0000-5
                                DDA#86-0172-6591
                            Attention: The CRM Funds

Be sure to include your account number,
the Fund name and your name. If you make an initial purchase by wire, you must
promptly forward a completed application to the Transfer Agent at the address
above. If you are making a subsequent purchase, the wire should also indicate
your Fund account number.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PURCHASES: Purchase orders received by the
Transfer Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any
Business Day will be priced at the NAV that is determined as of the close of
trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if a Fund determines that accepting the order
would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders. The Funds
will not accept third party checks.

It is the responsibility of the Third Party
to transmit orders for the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer
Agent and to deliver required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the
procedures stated above.

For information on other ways to purchase shares,
including through an individual retirement account (IRA), or an automatic
investment plan, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

         PLAIN TALK

                          HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:

                                       o By mail

                                       o By telephone

You may sell your shares on any Business Day as described below. Redemptions are
effected at the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent has received your
redemption request. There is no fee when Fund shares are redeemed. It is the
responsibility of the Third Party to transmit redemption orders and credit their
customers' accounts with redemption pro-

22
<PAGE>

ceeds on a timely basis. Redemption checks are mailed on the next Business Day
following receipt by the Transfer Agent of redemption instructions, but never
later than 7 days following such receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally
wired on the date of receipt of redemption instructions (if received by the
Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time), or the next Business Day (if
received after 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, or on a non-Business Day), but never
later than 7 days following such receipt. If you purchased your shares through
an account at a Third Party, you should contact the Third Party for information
relating to redemptions. The Fund's name and your account number should
accompany any redemption requests.

BY MAIL: If you redeem your shares by mail, you should submit written
instructions with a "signature guarantee". A signature guarantee verifies the
authenticity of your signature. You can obtain one from most banking
institutions or securities brokers, but not from a notary public. You must
indicate the Fund name, your account number and your name. The written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

              REGULAR MAIL:                      OVERNIGHT MAIL:
              -------------                      ---------------
              CRM Funds                          CRM Funds
              c/o PFPC Inc.                      c/o PFPC Inc.
              P.O. Box 8742                      400 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 108
              Wilmington, DE 19899               Wilmington, DE 19809


BY TELEPHONE: If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However there are certain risks. The Fund has certain safeguards and
procedures to confirm the identity of callers and to confirm that the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

AUTOMATIC REDEMPTIONS: You may redeem a specified amount of money from your
account once a month on a specified date. These payments are sent from your
account to a designated bank account by ACH payment. Automatic redemptions must
be for at least $250.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: Redemption proceeds may be wired
to your predesignated bank account in any commercial bank in the United States
if the amount is $1,000 or more. The receiving bank may charge a fee for this
service. Proceeds may also be mailed to your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or
less, mailed to your Fund account address of record if the address has been
established for at least 60 days. In order to authorize the Transfer Agent to
mail redemption proceeds to your Fund account address of record, complete the
appropriate section of the Application for Telephone Redemptions or include your
Fund account address of record when you submit written instructions. You may
change the account that you have designated to receive amounts redeemed at any
time. Any request to change the account designated to receive redemption
proceeds should be accompanied by a guarantee of your signature, as the
shareholder, by an eligible institution. A signature and a signature guarantee
are required for each person in whose name the

                                                                              23
<PAGE>

account is registered. Further documentation will be required to change the
designated account when a corporation, other organization, trust, fiduciary or
other institutional investor holds the Fund shares.

If shares to be redeemed represent a recent investment made by check, each Fund
reserves the right not to make the redemption proceeds available until it has
reasonable grounds to believe that the check has been collected (which could
take up to 10 days).

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund account falls below $10,000 for
Investor share accounts ($2,000 for IRAs or automatic investment plans), the
Fund may ask you to increase your balance. If the account value is still below
such amounts after 60 days, the Fund may close your account and send you the
proceeds. The Fund will not close your account if it falls below these amounts
solely as a result of a reduction in your account's market value.

REDEMPTIONS IN KIND: The Funds reserve the right to make redemptions in kind" --
payments of redemption proceeds in fund securities rather than cash -- if the
amount redeemed is large enough to affect the Series' operations (for example,
if it represents more than 1% of a Series' assets).

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

         PLAIN TALK

                         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?

     An exchange of shares  allows you to move your money from one fund to
     another fund within a family of funds.

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares in a Fund for Investor class
shares of the following funds:

     Wilmington Prime Money Market Fund
     Wilmington Tax-Exempt Fund
     Wilmington Intermediate Bond Fund
     Wilmington Municipal Bond Fund
     CRM Large Cap Value Fund
     CRM Small Cap Value Fund

24
<PAGE>


Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase of
shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at
that time or as next determined thereafter.

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the Fund into which the exchange is made. An exchange may
not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account of
less than $10,000 for Investor share accounts.

To obtain prospectuses of the other Funds, you may call (800) CRM-2883. To
obtain more information about exchanges, or to place exchange orders, contact
the Transfer Agent, or, if your shares are held in an account with a Third
Party, contact the Third Party. The Funds may terminate or modify the exchange
offer described here and will give you 60 days' notice of such termination or
modification. This exchange offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the
sale of Prospectus shares to be acquired through such exchange may be legally
made.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

         PLAIN TALK

                         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?

   Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a fund on
   its investments less accrued expenses.

As a shareholder of a Fund, you are entitled to dividends and other
distributions arising from the net investment income and net realized gains, if
any, earned on the investments held by the Funds. Dividends are declared and
paid annually to you. Each Fund expects to distribute any net realized gains
once a year.

Distributions are payable to the shareholders of record at the time the
distributions are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but
excluding holders of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested
in additional Fund shares unless you have elected to receive the distributions
in cash.

                                                                              25
<PAGE>


TAXES

FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as a Fund meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While each Fund may invest in
securities that earn interest exempt from Federal income tax, the Funds invest
primarily in taxable securities. Each Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that
year.

Dividends you receive from a Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken as
cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions of a Fund's
net capital gain whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken as cash, when
designated as such, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of
the length of time you have held your shares. You should be aware that if Fund
shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any dividend or capital
gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and will receive
some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution. The Large Cap Value
Fund, the Mid Cap Value Fund and the Small Cap Value Fund each anticipate
the distribution of net investment income.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of any Fund.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in a Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

26
<PAGE>

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]                                      DISTRIBUTION
                                                       ARRANGEMENTS

The Distributor manages the Funds' distribution efforts and provides assistance
and expertise in developing marketing plans and materials, enters into dealer
agreement with broker-dealers to sell shares and provides shareholder support
services, directly or through affiliates. The Funds do not charge any sales
loads, deferred sales loads or other fees in connection with the purchase of
shares.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE

Other investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the master funds.
The master/feeder structure enables various institutional investors, including a
Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in economies by
spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each shareholder of a
master fund, including a Fund, will pay its proportionate share of the master
fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, a
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
No Fund is currently contemplating such a move.

SHARE CLASSES

Each Fund issues Investor and Institutional share classes, which have different
minimum investment requirements and fees. Institutional shares are offered only
to those investors who invest in the Fund through an intermediary (i.e. broker)
or through a consultant, and who invest $1,000,000 or more or where related
accounts total $1,000,000 or more when combined. Other investors investing
$10,000 or more may purchase Investor shares.

                                                                              27

<PAGE>

                        THE ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

================================================================================

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

This prospectus contains important information about the Fund, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Like all mutual fund shares, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a criminal offense.

      INFORMATION ABOUT THE ADVISER'S PRIOR PERFORMANCE APPEARS ON PAGE 6.

           PRESENTLY CLASS A SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED ONLY TO CERTAIN
         PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES AT NET ASSET VALUE.
           CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES ARE NOT CURRENTLY BEING OFFERED.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>                                                      <C>
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,    FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS AND EXPENSES OF THE           Summary...................................................3
FUND.                               Performance Information...................................4
                                    Fees and Expenses.........................................4
                                    Adviser Prior Performance.................................6
                                    Investment Objective......................................7
                                    Primary Investment Strategies.............................7
                                    Additional Risk Information...............................9
                                    Financial Highlights.....................................10

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE           MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
PROVIDERS.                          Investment Adviser.......................................11
                                    Fund Manager.............................................11
                                    Service Providers........................................12

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR       SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND            How Share Price is Calculated............................13
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE           Selecting the Correct Class of Shares....................13
FUND.                               Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers......................15
                                    Purchase of Shares.......................................17
                                    Redemption of Shares.....................................18
                                    Exchange of Shares.......................................18
                                    Distributions............................................19
                                    Taxes....................................................19

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION PLANS,      DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE FEES       Rule 12b-1 Fees..........................................20
AND THE FUND'S MASTER/FEEDER        Shareholder Service Fees.................................21
ARRANGEMENT.                        Master/Feeder Structure..................................21


                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION.............................back cover

</TABLE>

For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                        THE ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests in securities like stocks and bonds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT DOES "CAP" MEAN?
         Cap or the market capitalization of a company means the value of all of
         the shares of the company's common stock in the stock market.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Objective       o    The ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND seeks superior
                                long-term growth of capital.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus           o    Equity securities (generally common stocks)
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility     o    Moderate to high
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment       o    The Fund invests in a diversified  portfolio of
Strategy                        equity securities (generally common stocks) of
                                U.S. corporations with a market cap of $5
                                billion or more that have above average earnings
                                potential, compared to the securities market as
                                a whole.
                           o    The Fund operates as a "feeder fund" which means
                                that the Fund does not buy individual securities
                                directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding
                                mutual fund or "master fund," which in turn
                                purchases the actual stock holdings. The Fund's
                                master fund is the Large Cap Growth Series (the
                                "Series") of WT Investment Trust I ("the
                                Master").
                           o    In a master/feeder arrangement, a feeder fund,
                                like the Fund, takes your investment dollars and
                                transfers them to an even larger pool, like the
                                Series, for greater efficiency. The Fund and the
                                Series have the same investment objective,
                                policies and limitations. When this prospectus
                                refers to investments of the Fund it is actually
                                referring to the investments of the Series.
                           o    The adviser purchases stocks it believes exhibit
                                consistent, above-average earnings growth,
                                superior quality and attractive risk/reward
                                characteristics. The adviser analyzes the stocks
                                of over 2,000 companies to search for high
                                quality companies which are growing at about
                                double the market's average rate. The adviser's
                                approach focuses on stock selection and
                                generally sells stocks when the risk/rewards of
                                a stock turn negative, when company fundamentals
                                deteriorate, or when a stock under performs the
                                market or its peer group.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks            The Fund is subject to the following risks
                           summarized below which are further described under
                           "Additional Risk Information."
                           o    There is no guarantee that the stock market or
                                the stocks that the Fund buys will always
                                increase in value. Therefore, it is possible to
                                lose money by investing in the Fund.
                           o    The Fund's share price will fluctuate in
                                response to changes in the market value of the
                                Fund's investments. Market value will change as
                                a result of business developments affecting an
                                issuer as well as general market and economic
                                conditions.
                           o    Growth-oriented investments may be more volatile
                                than the rest of the U.S. stock market as a
                                whole.
                           o    The performance of the Fund will depend on how
                                successfully the adviser pursues its investment
                                strategy.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile           o    Investors who want the value of their investment
                                investment to grow and who are willing to accept
                                more volatility for the possibility of higher
                                returns.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The Large Cap Growth Fund commenced  operations on March  14,2000,  accordingly,
there is no calender year preformance  information  available at this time. (See
page 6 under "Adviser's Prior Performance in Large Cap Growth Seperate Accounts"
for performance history of the Advisor.)

FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for professional
         advisory, distribution, administration and custody services. The Fund's
         expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its average
         annual net assets. Sales charges are deducted once when you make or
         redeem your investment. Expenses are deducted from Fund assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the Fund. The Fund offers different share classes to allow you to
maximize your potential return depending on your and your financial consultant's
current expectations for your investment in the Fund.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE SALES CHARGES?
         The sales charge or load that you pay is a separate fee based on how
         much you invest. This fee compensates your financial consultant for
         providing you with investment assistance and on-going service as well
         as handling all the paperwork associated with your investment and any
         subsequent adjustments you make. For your convenience, the Fund is
         offered in several classes, giving you several ways to pay this fee.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SHAREHOLDER  FEES (FEES PAID  DIRECTLY FROM YOUR
INVESTMENT)                                        CLASS A  CLASS B(a)  CLASS C
                                                   -------  ----------  -------
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on            5.50%(b)     None      None
   purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
Maximum deferred sales charge                      None(c)   5.00%(d)  1.00%(e)
Maximum sales charge imposed on                     None       None      None
   reinvested dividends (and other
   distributions)
Redemption fee(f)                                   None       None      None
-------------
(a)  Class B shares convert to Class A shares automatically at the end of the
     eighth year (96th month) after purchase. Investors seeking to purchase
     Class B shares in amounts that exceed $250,000 should discuss with their
     financial consultant whether the purchase of another class would be more
     appropriate; such orders may be rejected by the Fund.
(b)  Reduced for purchases of $50,000 and more.
(c)  Class A shares are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (a
     "CDSC"); except certain purchases that are not subject to an initial sales
     charge may instead be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% of amounts redeemed within
     the first year of purchase. Such a CDSC may be waived in connection with
     redemptions to participants in certain fee-based programs.
(d)  5.00% during the first year; 4.00% during the second year; 3.00% during the
     third and fourth years;  2.00% during the fifth year;  and 1.00% during the
     sixth year. Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares at the
     end of the eighth year after purchase and thereafter will not be subject to
     a CDSC.
(e)  Class C shares are subject to a 1.00% CDSC only if redeemed within the
     first 18 months after purchase.
(f)  If you effect a redemption via wire transfer, you may be required to pay
     fees, including a $10 wire fee and other fees, that will be directly
     deducted from your redemption proceeds. If you request redemption checks to
     be sent by overnight mail, you may be required to pay a $10 fee that will
     be directly deducted from your redemption proceeds.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES 1
(EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)   CLASS A      CLASS B     CLASS C
                                                -------      -------     -------
Management fees                                  0.55%        0.55%       0.55%
Distribution (12b-1) fee                         0.00%        0.75%       0.75%
Shareholder Service fee                          0.25%        0.25%       0.25%
Other expenses 2                                 1.00%        1.00%       1.00%
Total Annual Operating Expenses 3                1.80%        2.55%       2.55%
Cost Reduction                                   0.50%        0.50%       0.50%
 TOTAL NET EXPENSES                              1.30%        2.05%       2.05%

----------------------
1 The table above and the example below each reflect the aggregate annual
  operating expenses of the Fund and the Series.
2 "Other expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
3 The adviser has agreed to reduce its fees and/or reimburse expenses to limit
  the total annual operating expenses to 1.30% for Class A Shares, 2.05% for
  each of Class B shares and Class C shares. This arrangement will remain in
  place until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated. The
example assumes that:

o    you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
o    the average annual return was 5%
o    the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain the same
     over the time periods
o    you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:

                                          1 YEAR   3 YEARS   5 YEARS   10 YEARS
                                          ------   -------   -------   --------

Class A 1                                  $723     $1,085   $1,471     $2,550

Class B (assuming no redemptions)          $258     $  794     N/A       N/A

Class B (assuming complete redemption
  at the end of the period)2               $758     $1,094     N/A       N/A

Class C (assuming no redemptions)          $258     $  794     N/A       N/A

Class C (assuming complete redemption
   at end of period)2                      $358     $  794     N/A       N/A

1        Assumes deduction at time of purchase of maximum sales charge.
2        Assumes deduction at redemption of maximum deferred sales charge.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
THE FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

ADVISER'S PRIOR PERFORMANCE IN LARGE CAP GROWTH SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
The table below shows relevant performance data for the adviser and its
predecessors' investment advisory accounts (the "Accounts") during the ten year
period ended September 30, 2000, using the same investment approach specified
for the Fund under "Investment Objective" and "Primary Investment Strategies."

The results for the period October 1, 1990 through July 31, 1998 are the results
of Roxbury Capital Management Inc., the predecessor to Roxbury Capital
Management, LLC.

The Accounts constitute the portfolios managed by the adviser (and its
predecessor) that have an identical or substantially similar investment
objective or investment approach as the Series and that have met certain basic
criteria as to minimum account value, discretionary status, tax-exempt status
and period of management of more than one month. The Accounts were managed for
tax-exempt clients and, therefore, may have been managed differently than for
taxable clients. The Series will be managed primarily for taxable investors. The
Accounts were not subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is
subject, nor to the diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and
investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the Investment Company Act of
1940, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The performance of the Accounts may
have been adversely affected had they been subject to the same expenses,
restrictions and limitations. The adviser believes that any adverse effect would
not have been significant. The results presented are not intended to predict or
suggest the return to be experienced by the Fund or the return you might achieve
by investing in the Fund. You should not rely on the following performance data
as an indication of future performance of the adviser or of the Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          TOTAL RETURN OF ADVISER'S LARGE CAP GROWTH SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Annual Return for the      1 Year Ended        3 Years Ended          5 Years Ended        10 Years Ended
Periods Specified:              September 30, 2000   September 30, 2000    September 30, 2000    September 30, 2000
                                ------------------   ------------------    ------------------   -------------------
<S>                                <C>                  <C>                   <C>                   <C>
The Accounts (net of
  expenses)...................     35.95%               28.14%                26.30%                22.51%
S&P 500 Index.................     13.28%               16.44%                21.69%                19.44%
Russell 1000 Growth Index ....     23.41%               22.74%                25.07%                21.44%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

Please read the following important notes concerning the Accounts:

1.   The results for the Accounts reflect both income and capital appreciation
     or depreciation (total return). Dividends are accounted for on a cash
     basis; other items of income are accounted for on an accrual basis. Returns
     are time-weighted and represent the dollar-weighted average of the
     Accounts. Return figures are net of applicable fees and expenses (other
     than separate custody fees). As of April 1, 1995, the Accounts were valued
     daily.

2.   The S&P 500 Index consists of 500 stocks chosen by Standard & Poor's for
     market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted unmanaged index (stock price times number of shares
     outstanding), with each stock's weight in the S&P 500 Index proportionate
     to its market value.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific
         group of securities in a particular market or securities in a market
         sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If an index
         had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     SPECIAL NOTE CONCERNING ADVISER INVESTMENT RETURNS: You should note that
     the Fund will compute and disclose its average annual compounded rate of
     return using the standard formula set forth in SEC rules, which differs in
     certain respects from the method used to compute the returns for the
     Accounts noted above. The SEC total return calculation method calls for
     computation and disclosure of an average annual compounded rate of return
     for one, five and ten year periods or shorter periods from inception. The
     SEC formula provides a rate of return that equates a hypothetical initial
     investment of $10,000 to an ending redeemable value. The returns shown for
     the Accounts are reduced to reflect the deduction of advisory fees in
     accordance with the SEC calculation formula, which requires that returns
     shown for a fund be net of advisory fees as well as all other applicable
     fund operating expenses. Performance was calculated on a trade date basis.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The Fund and the Series seek superior long-term growth of capital.

For purposes of this investment objective, "superior" long-term growth of
capital means long-term growth of capital from an investment in the securities
comprising the S&P 500 Index that exceeds the return of the S&P 500 Index. This
investment objective may not be changed without shareholder approval. There is
no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?
         Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
         seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
         for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
         growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
         out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
         investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
         form of capital appreciation.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund invests its assets in the Series, which, under normal market
conditions, invests at least 65%, and typically more, of its total assets in the
following equity (or equity-related) securities:

o    common stocks of U.S. corporations that are judged by the adviser to have
     strong growth characteristics and, with respect to at least 65% of the
     Series' total assets, have a market capitalization of $5 billion or higher
     at the time of purchase;
o    securities convertible into the common stock of U.S. corporations described
     above;
o    options on common stock or options on stock indexes.

The adviser looks for high quality, sustainable growth stocks while paying
careful attention to valuation. Research is bottom-up, emphasizing business
fundamentals, including financial statement analysis and industry and competitor
evaluations. The adviser selects stocks it believes exhibit consistent,
above-average earnings growth, superior quality and attractive risk/reward
characteristics. These dominant companies are expected to generate consistent
earnings growth in a variety of economic environments.

The adviser also seeks to provide a greater margin of safety and stability in
its investments. Superior earnings growth is expected to translate ultimately
into superior compounding of returns. Additionally, several valuation tools are
used to avoid over-paying for growth or chasing "hot" stocks. Over time, the
adviser believes these favorable characteristics will produce superior returns
with less risk than many other growth styles.

The adviser's research team analyzes a broad universe of over 2,000 companies.
Industry specialists search for high-quality companies that are growing their
earnings at roughly double the market's average. Approximately 150 stocks pass
these initial screens and are subject to thorough research. Dominant market
share, strong financials, the power to price, significant free cash flow and
shareholder-oriented management are critical attributes or factors.

Final purchase candidates are selected by the adviser's investment committee
based on attractive risk/reward characteristics and diversification guidelines.
Certain industries may be over or under-weighted by the adviser based upon
favorable growth rates or valuation parameters.

The adviser attempts to maintain portfolio continuity by purchasing growth
companies that are less sensitive to short-term economic trends than cyclical,
low quality companies. The adviser

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

generally sells stocks when the risk/reward characteristics of a stock turn
negative, company fundamentals deteriorate, or the stock underperforms the
market or its peer group. The latter device is employed to minimize mistakes and
protect capital.

The Fund's investments will emphasize large cap growth stocks, but also may
include medium cap stocks and special situations.

LARGE CAP GROWTH STOCKS (over $5 billion in total market cap) - Up to 100%, but
not less than 65%, of the Series' total assets:

  o    Mature, predictable businesses
  o    Capital appreciation and income
  o    Highest liquidity

MEDIUM CAP GROWTH STOCKS (between $1 and $5 billion in total market cap) - Up to
20% of the Series' total assets:

  o    Superior long-term potential
  o    Strong niche or franchise
  o    Seasoned management

SPECIAL SITUATIONS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES - Up to 20% of the Series' total assets:

  o    Stable return, independent of the market
  o    Unusually favorable risk/reward characteristics
  o    Typically involve corporate restructuring

In order to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions,
the Fund may assume a temporary defensive position and invest without limit in
commercial paper and other money market instruments that are rated investment
grade. The result of this action may be that the Fund will be unable to achieve
its investment objective. The Fund also may use other strategies and engage in
other investment practices, which are described in detail in our Statement of
Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in
the Fund. Further information about investment risk is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

o    MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up and
     down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity securities
     change in response to many factors including the historical and prospective
     earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic
     conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity.
o    GROWTH-ORIENTED INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment in a
     growth-oriented

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     portfolio may be more  volatile than the rest of the U.S. market as a
     whole.
o    DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Fund's investments may be referred to as
     "derivatives" because their value depends on, or derives from, the value of
     an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These investments include
     options, futures contracts and similar investments that may be used in
     hedging and related income strategies. The market value of derivative
     instruments and securities is sometimes more volatile than that of other
     investments, and each type of derivative may pose its own special risks. As
     a fundamental policy, no more than 15% of the Series' total assets may at
     any time be committed or exposed to derivative strategies.
o    MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master /feeder structure is relatively new and
     complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do
     so, and there may be operational or other complications. For example,
     large-scale redemptions by other feeders of their shares of the master fund
     could have adverse effects on a fund such as requiring the liquidation of a
     substantial portion of the master fund's holdings at a time when it could
     be disadvantageous to do so. Also, other feeders of a master fund may have
     a greater ownership interest in the master fund and, therefore, could have
     effective voting control over the operation of the master fund.
o    OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
     because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less
     advantageous investments.
o    VALUATION RISK: The risk that a series has valued certain of its securities
     at a higher price that it can sell them.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund's
financial performance since its inception. Certain information reflects
financial results for a single Class A share of the Fund. The total returns in
the table represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an
investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and other
distributions). Financial highlights have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
whose report, along with the Fund's financial statements, is included in the
Annual Report, which is available without charge upon request.

                                                               For the Period
                                                              March 14, 2000(1)
                                                                  through
                                                               June 30, 2000+
                                                              -----------------
ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
CLASS A SHARES
NET ASSET VALUE - BEGINNING OF PERIOD......................        $10.00

INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
   Net investment income...................................         0.00
   Net realized and unrealized loss on investments.........        (1.20)
                                                                   ------

Total from investment operations...........................        (1.20)
                                                                   ------

NET ASSET VALUE - END OF PERIOD............................        $8.80
                                                                   =====

TOTAL RETURN...............................................     (12.00)%(2)
RATIOS (TO AVERAGE NET ASSETS)/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
   Expenses:
     Including expense limitations.........................        0.00%(3)
     Excluding expense limitations.........................         --NM
   Net investment income...................................        0.62%(3)
Portfolio Turnover.........................................          13%(2)
Net assets at end of period (000 omitted)..................         $190

(1)  Commencement of operations.
(2)  Not Annualized.
(3)  Annualized
+    The expense and net investment income ratios include expenses allocated
     from the WT Investment Trust I - Large Cap Growth Series (the "Series")
     and the portfolio turnover reflects investment activity of the Series.
NM   Not meaningful.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees supervises the management, activities and affairs of the
Fund and has approved contracts with various financial organizations to provide,
among other services, the day-to-day management required by the Fund and its
shareholders. The Board of Trustees

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
includes a member of the Roxbury Investment Committee.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN ADVISER?
         The adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the adviser and establishes
         policies that the adviser must follow in its management activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Roxbury Capital Management, LLC, 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 600, Santa
Monica, California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the Fund (by
managing the Series). Under an advisory agreement, Roxbury, subject to the
supervision of the Board of Trustees, directs the investments of the Series in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations. In addition
to serving as adviser to the Series, Roxbury is engaged in a variety of
investment advisory activities, including the management of separately managed
accounts. The Series pays a monthly advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual rate
of 0.55% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.50% of
the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.45% of the
Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion.

FUND MANAGER
The day-to-day management of the Series is the responsibility of Roxbury's
Investment Committee. The Investment Committee meets regularly to make
investment decisions for the Fund and relies on Roxbury's research team.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The following chart provides information on the Fund's primary service
providers.

For the period  March 14, 2000  (commencement  of  operations)  through June 30,
2000,  Roxbury waived its advisory fee. Had there been no waiver,  Roxbury would
have received a fee of 0.55% of the Series' average daily net assets.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Asset                                             Shareholder
Management                                        Services
------------------------------------              ------------------------------

              ADVISER                                     TRANSFER AGENT

  ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC                            PFPC INC.

      100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD                           400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

             SUITE 600                                 WILMINGTON, DE 19809

      SANTA MONICA, CA 90401                                 SUITE 108

                                                   Handles shareholder services,
                                                    including recordkeeping and
                                                      statements, payment of
   Manages the Fund's investment                  distribution and processing of
            activities.                               buy and sell requests.
------------------------------------              ------------------------------

                          -----------------------------

                          ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

                          -----------------------------

Fund                                              Asset
Operations                                        Safe Keeping
------------------------------------              ------------------------------

         ADMINISTRATOR AND                                   CUSTODIAN

         ACCOUNTING AGENT                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

             PFPC INC.                                  RODNEY SQUARE NORTH

       400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                          1100 NORTH MARKET STREET

       WILMINGTON, DE 19809                            WILMINGTON, DE 19890

Provides facilities, equipment and                   Holds the Fund's assets,
      personnel to carry out                        settle all portfolio trades
administrative services related to                    and collect most of the
the Fund and calculates the Fund's                  valuation data required for
      NAV and distributions.                      calculating the Fund's NAV per
                                                              share.
------------------------------------    --------- ------------------------------

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
HOW SHARE PRICE IS CALCULATED
The Fund values its assets based on current  market  values when such values are
readily  available.  These prices  normally  are supplied by a pricing  service.
Securities that do not have a readily  available current market value are valued
in good faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         --------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                 Outstanding Shares
         --------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of the Fund as of the close of regular trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each
Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia
branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV is calculated
by adding the value of all securities and other assets in the Fund, deducting
its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding shares in
the Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Fund is closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

New Year's Day                   Memorial Day            Veterans Day
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day      Independence Day        Thanksgiving Day
Presidents' Day                  Labor Day               Christmas Day
Good Friday                      Columbus Day

SELECTING THE CORRECT CLASS OF SHARES
This prospectus offers Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund. Each
class has its own cost structure, allowing you to choose the one that best meets
your requirements and current expectations. Your financial consultant can help
you decide which class is best for you. For estimated expenses of each class,
see the table under "Fees and Expenses" earlier in this prospectus.

CLASS A SHARES--INITIAL SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class A shares, you will incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase (a "front-end load") based on the dollar amount of your purchase. The
maximum initial sales charge is

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

5.50%, which is reduced for purchases of $50,000 and more. Sales charges also
may be reduced by using the accumulation privilege described under "Sales Charge
Reductions and Waivers" (see page 17). Class A shares are subject to an ongoing
shareholder service fee of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets attributable
to Class A shares. Class A shares will not be subject to any contingent deferred
sales charge (CDSC or "back end load") when they are redeemed. Although some
purchases may not be subject to an initial sales charge, if the initial sales
charge is waived, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% if the shares
are redeemed within one year after purchase. Class A shares also will be issued
upon conversion of Class B shares, as described below under "Class B Shares."
The minimum initial investment in Class A shares is $2,000.

Part of the front-end sales charge is paid directly to the selling broker-dealer
(the "dealer reallowance"). The remainder is retained by the distributor and may
be used either to promote the sale of the Fund's shares or to compensate the
distributor for its efforts to sell the shares of the Fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR INVESTMENT                         AS A PERCENTAGE OF   AS A PERCENTAGE OF
                                          OFFERING PRICE      YOUR INVESTMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 and less                              5.50%                5.82%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 up to $150,000                        5.00%                5.26%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$150,000 up to $250,000                       4.50%                4.71%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$250,000 up to $500,000                       3.50%                3.63%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$500,000 up to $1,000,000                     3.00%                3.09%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over $1,000,000                               0.00%                0.00%*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CLASS B SHARES--DEFERRED SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class B shares, you will not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class B shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. The Rule 12b-1 distribution fee and
the shareholder service fee accrue daily and are paid monthly. Class B shares
are subject to a CDSC if you redeem them prior to the seventh year after
purchase. At the end of the eighth year after purchase, Class B shares will
automatically convert into Class A shares of the Fund, which are subject to the
shareholder service fee of 0.25%. Automatic conversion of Class B shares into
Class A shares will occur at least once a month on the basis of the relative net
asset values of the shares of the two classes on the conversion date, without
the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. Conversion of Class B
shares to Class A shares will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the shares for
federal income tax purposes. Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends
and other distributions on Class B shares also will convert automatically to
Class A shares based on the portion of purchased shares that convert. The
minimum initial investment in Class B shares is $2,000.

CLASS C SHARES--PAY AS YOU GO
If you purchase Class C shares, you do not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class C shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

average net assets and an ongoing shareholder service fee of 0.25% of average
net assets. Class C shares also are subject to a 1.00% CDSC if you redeem them
within 18 months of purchase. Although Class C shares are subject to a CDSC for
only 18 months (as compared to six years for Class B), Class C shares have no
conversion feature. Accordingly, if you purchase Class C shares, those shares
will be subject to the 0.75% distribution fee and the 0.25% shareholder service
fee for as long as you own your Class C shares. The minimum initial investment
in Class C shares is $2,000.

You may be subject to a CDSC upon redemption of your Class B and Class C shares
under the following conditions:

o        Class B Shares

         ---------------------------------------------------------------
           YEARS AFTER PURCHASE       CDSC ON SHARES BEING REDEEMED
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 1st year                         5.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 2nd year                         4.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 3rd year                         3.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 4th year                         3.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 5th year                         2.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 6th year                         1.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 7th year                          None
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
            After the 7th year                     None
         ---------------------------------------------------------------

         Class B shares will be automatically converted to Class A shares at the
         end of the eighth year after purchase.

o        Class C Shares
         If you redeem Class C shares within 18 months of purchase, you will be
         charged a CDSC of 1.00%. There is no CDSC imposed on Class C shares
         acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains.

The CDSC on redemptions of shares is computed based on the original purchase
price of the shares being redeemed, net of reinvested dividends and capital
gains distributions. CDSC calculations are based on the specific shares
involved, not the value of the account. To keep your CDSC as low as possible,
each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in
your account that are not subject to a CDSC. If there are not enough of these
shares to meet your request, we will sell your shares on a first-in, first-out
basis. Your financial consultant or institution may elect to waive some or all
of the payment, thereby reducing or eliminating the otherwise applicable CDSC.

OTHER CLASSES OF SHARES
The Fund may also offer other classes of shares from time to time for special
purposes. These other classes will, if offered, not be available to the general
public, although they may appear in newspaper listings. When reviewing newspaper
listings, please remember that the class or

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

classes listed may not be the class you own and therefore the net asset value(s)
listed may be different from the net asset value of your shares.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

REDUCING SALES CHARGES ON YOUR CLASS A SHARES. There are several ways you can
combine multiple purchases of Class A shares to take advantage of the
breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. These can be combined in any manner:

o    Accumulation privilege--lets you add the value of shares of any Class A
     shares you and your immediate family already own to the amount of your next
     investment for purposes of calculating sales charges

o    Letter of intent--lets you purchase Class A shares over a 13-month period
     and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at
     once. See the new account application and our Statement of Additional
     Information for terms and conditions.

To use these privileges, discuss your eligibility with your financial
consultant.

CDSC WAIVERS. In general, the CDSC may be waived on shares you sell for the
following reasons:

o    Payments through certain systematic retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans

o    Qualifying distributions from qualified retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans

o    Distributions from custodial accounts under section 403(b)(7) of the
     Internal Revenue Code as well as from Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs)
     due to death, disability or attainment of age 70_

o    Participation in certain fee-based programs

To use any of these waivers, contact your financial consultant.

REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. If you sell shares of the Fund, you may invest some or
all of the proceeds in the Fund within 90 days without a sales charge. If you
paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with the amount of
the CDSC. All accounts involved must have the same registration.

To use this privilege, contact your financial consultant.

NET ASSET VALUE PURCHASES. Class A shares may be sold at net asset value, with
only a $2,000 minimum initial investment, to:

o    Clients of financial consultants who exchange their shares from an
     unaffiliated investment company that has a comparable sales charge,
     provided that shares are purchased within 60 days of the redemption and the
     exchange is effected through the same financial consultant;

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

o    Trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing shares for certain retirement
     plans of organizations with 50 or more eligible employees and
     employer-sponsored benefit plans in connection with purchases of Fund
     shares made as a result of participant-directed exchanges between options
     in such a plan;
o    Investment advisers, financial planners and certain financial institutions
     that place trades for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients
     either individually or through a master account and who charge a
     management, consulting or other fee for their services;
o    "Wrap accounts" for the benefit of clients of broker-dealers, financial
     institutions or financial planners having sales or service agreements with
     the distributor or another broker-dealer or financial institution with
     respect to sales of Fund shares;
o    Current or retired trustees, officers and employees of the Fund, the
     distributor, the transfer agent, the adviser and its members, certain
     family members of the above persons, and trusts or plans primarily for such
     persons or their family members;
o    Current or retired registered representatives or full-time employees and
     their spouses and minor children and plans of broker-dealers or other
     institutions that have selling agreements with the distributor; and
o    Such other persons as are determined by the adviser or distributor to have
     acquired shares under circumstances where the Fund has not incurred any
     sales expense.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
Investors may purchase shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries such
as financial consultants, securities brokers, dealers or benefit plan
administrators. Investors should contact their financial intermediary directly
for appropriate purchase instructions, as well as for information pertaining to
accounts and any servicing or transaction fees that may be charged. Some
financial intermediaries may appoint subagents.

The minimum initial investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares is $2,000
(including IRAs) and $100 for subsequent investments. The adviser or the
distributor, at their discretion, may waive these minimums. See our Statement of
Additional Information for further details.

See "Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers" for ways to make your initial
investment go farther.

Shares are sold at a public offering price based on the net asset value for the
class of shares selected. If your purchase order is received by the Transfer
Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any Business Day,
you will pay the next public offering price that is determined as of the close
of trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if the Fund determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to transmit orders for
the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), call the Transfer Agent at (800) 497-2960,
or see our Statement of Additional Information.

For information on an automatic investment plan or a payroll investment plan,
see our Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         o        By mail
         o        By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

If you purchased your shares through a financial intermediary, you should
contact the intermediary for information relating to redemptions. The Fund's
name and your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund accounts falls below $500, the Fund
may ask you to increase your balance. If the account balance is still below $500
after 60 days, the Fund may close your account and send you the proceeds. The
Fund will not close your account if it falls below $500 solely as a result of a
reduction in your account's market value.

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to our Statement of
Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares of the Fund for shares in the
same class of the following portfolios:

Roxbury Mid Cap Fund
Roxbury Science and Technology Fund
Roxbury Socially Responsible Fund

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at the time
or as next determined thereafter.

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

If you make an exchange involving Class B or Class C shares, the amount of time
you held the original shares will be added to the holding period of the Class B
or Class shares, respectively, into which you exchanged for the purpose of
calculating contingent deferred sales charges if you later redeem the exchange
shares.

Before requesting an exchange, you should review the prospectus of the portfolio
you wish to acquire. To obtain prospectuses of the other portfolios, you may
call (800) 497-2960. To obtain more information about exchanges or to place
exchange orders, contact the Transfer Agent, or your financial professional. The
portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer described here and will
give you 60 days' notice of such termination or modification. This exchange
offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the sale of portfolio shares to
be acquired through such exchange may be legally made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions  from the net investment  income of the Fund, if any, are declared
and paid  annually  to you.  Any net capital  gain  realized by the Fund will be
distributed annually.

Distributions are payable to shareholders of record at the time distributions
are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but excluding holders
of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested in additional Fund
shares, unless you have elected to receive distributions in cash.

TAXES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as the Fund meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While the Fund may invest in
securities that earn interest subject to Federal income tax and securities that
earn interest exempt from that tax, under normal conditions the Fund invests
primarily in taxable securities. The Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that
year.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

Dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken
as cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. The Fund's
distributions of net capital gain, whether received in cash or reinvested in
additional Fund shares, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless
of the length of time you have held your shares. You should be aware that if
Fund shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any dividend or
capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and will
receive some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund
anticipates the distribution of net capital gain.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of the Fund.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in the Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
The Distributor manages the Fund's distribution efforts and enters into dealer
agreements with financial consultants to sell fund shares.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW CAN YOUR FINANCIAL CONSULTANT HELP YOU?
         Your financial consultant is thoroughly familiar with the Fund and with
         Roxbury Capital Management. He or she can answer any questions you have
         now, or in the future, about how the Fund operates, which class of
         shares is most appropriate for you and how the Roxbury investment style
         works and has performed for other investors. Your financial consultant
         is a valuable and knowledgeable resource.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

The Fund has adopted a  distribution  plan under Rule 12b-1 that allows the Fund
to pay a fee to the Distributor for  facilitating  the sale and  distribution of
its shares.  Because  these fees are paid out of the Fund's assets on an ongoing
basis, over time these fees indirectly will increase the cost of your investment
and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Rule 12b-1 permits a fund directly or indirectly to pay expenses associated with
the distribution of its shares and the servicing of its shareholders in
accordance with a plan adopted by the Board of Trustees and approved by its
shareholders. Pursuant to the Rule, the Board has approved, and the Fund has
entered into, separate distribution plans with the Distributor, for the Class B
and Class C shares. Under the distribution plans, the Fund will pay distribution
fees to the Distributor at a maximum annual rate of 0.75% of its aggregate
average daily net assets attributable to its Class B and Class C shares.

The distribution plans provide that the Distributor may use the distribution
fees received from a class of shares to pay for the distribution and shareholder
servicing expenses of that class, including, but not limited to (i) incentive
compensation paid to the directors, officers and employees of, agents for and
consultants to, the distributor or any other broker-dealer or financial
institution that engages in the distribution of that class; and (ii)
compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions or other persons for
providing distribution assistance with respect to that class. Distribution fees
may also be used for (i) marketing and promotional activities, including, but
not limited to, direct mail promotions and television, radio, newspaper,
magazine and other mass media advertising for that class; (ii) costs of printing
and distributing prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information and reports
of the Fund to prospective investors in that class; (iii) costs involved in
preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Fund and
that class; and (iv) costs involved in obtaining whatever information, analyses
and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund
may, from time to time, deem advisable with respect to the distribution of that
class. Distribution fees are accrued daily and paid monthly, and are charged as
expenses of, respectively, Class B and Class C shares as accrued.

The distribution fees applicable to the Class B and Class C shares are designed
to permit you to purchase Class B and Class C shares through broker-dealers
without the assessment of a front-end sales charge and at the same time to
permit the distributor to compensate broker-dealers on an ongoing basis to
provide services to shareholders of the Class B and Class C shares attributable
to those broker-dealers.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES
The Board of Trustees has adopted a shareholder service plan authorizing the
Fund to pay service providers an annual fee not exceeding 0.25% of the Fund's
average daily net assets of each class of shares, to compensate service
providers who maintain a service relationship. Service activities provided under
this plan include (a) establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and
records, (b) answering shareholder inquiries, (c) assisting in share purchases
and redemptions,

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

(d) providing statements and reports to shareholders, and (e) providing other
related services requested by shareholders.

MASTER /FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
Series. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional investors,
including the Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in
economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each
shareholder of a master fund, including the Series, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, the
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
The Fund is not currently contemplating such a move.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>


FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE FUND, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Fund's policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Fund may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

Roxbury Large Cap Growth Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) 497-2960
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time


Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the
Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington,
D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: [email protected],
or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC,
20549-6009. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. Reports and other information
about the Fund may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.

              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                           PLEASE CALL (800) 497-2960.

The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

<PAGE>

                                 [ROXBURY LOGO]

                              ROXBURY MID CAP FUND

================================================================================

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

This prospectus contains important information about the Fund, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Like all mutual fund shares, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a criminal offense.

                 PRESENTLY CLASS A SHARES OF THE FUND ARE BEING
                         OFFERED ONLY TO CERTAIN PERSONS
                       ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES
                      AT NET ASSET VALUE. SEE "SALES CHARGE
                            REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS."
           CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES ARE NOT CURRENTLY BEING OFFERED.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                  <C>                                              <C>
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,     FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS AND EXPENSES OF THE            Summary..........................................3
FUND.                                Fees and Expenses................................4
                                     Adviser Prior Performance........................6
                                     Investment Objective.............................7
                                     Primary Investment Strategies....................7
                                     Additional Risk Information......................9

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE            MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
PROVIDERS.                           Investment Adviser..............................10
                                     Fund Manager....................................10
                                     Service Providers...............................11

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR        SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND             How Share Price is Calculated...................12
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE            Selecting the Correct Class of Shares...........12
FUND.                                Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers.............14
                                     Purchase of Shares..............................16
                                     Redemption of Shares............................17
                                     Exchange of Shares..............................17
                                     Distributions...................................18
                                     Taxes...........................................18

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION PLANS,       DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE FEES        Rule 12b-1 Fees.................................19
AND THE FUND'S MASTER/FEEDER         Shareholder Service Fees........................20
ARRANGEMENT.                         Master/Feeder Structure.........................20

                                     FOR MORE INFORMATION....................back cover
</TABLE>

For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

<PAGE>

                              ROXBURY MID CAP FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests in securities like stocks and bonds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT DOES "CAP" MEAN?
         Cap or the market capitalization of a company means the stock market
         value of all of the outstanding shares of the company's common stock in
         the stock market.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Objective       o    The ROXBURY MID CAP FUND seeks superior
                                long-term growth of capital.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus           o    Equity securities (generally common stocks)
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility     o    Moderate to high
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment       o    The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of
Strategies                      high growth companies with stocks that exhibit
                                consistent above-average growth prospects.
                           o    The Fund invests in equity securities (generally
                                common stocks) of corporations with a medium
                                market capitalization (those with market
                                capitalizations similar to companies in the S&P
                                MidCap 400 Index).
                           o    The Fund operates as a "feeder fund" which means
                                that the Fund does not buy individual securities
                                directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding
                                mutual fund or "master fund," which in turn
                                purchases the actual stock holdings. The Fund's
                                master fund is the Mid-Cap Series (the "Series")
                                of WT Investment Trust I.
                           o    In a master/feeder arrangement, a feeder fund,
                                like the Fund, takes your investment dollars and
                                transfers them to an even larger pool, like the
                                Series, for greater efficiency. The Fund and the
                                Series have the same investment objective,
                                policies and limitations. When this prospectus
                                refers to investments of the Fund it is actually
                                referring to the investments of the Series.
                           o    The Adviser purchases stocks, and in the case
                                of foreign companies, American Depository
                                Receipts ("ADRs"), it believes exhibit
                                consistent, above-average earnings growth,
                                superior quality and attractive risk/reward
                                characteristics. The adviser analyzes the stocks
                                of over 2,000 companies to search for high
                                quality companies which are growing at
                                substantially greater rates than the market's
                                average rate. The adviser's approach focuses on
                                stock selection and generally sells stocks when
                                the risk/rewards of a stock turn negative, when
                                company fundamentals deteriorate, or when a
                                stock under performs the market or its peer
                                group.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks            The Fund is subject to the following risks summarized
                           below which are further described under "Additional
                           Risk Information."
                           o    The prices of securities, in which the Fund
                                invests, may fluctuate due to these securities
                                being traded infrequently and in limited
                                volumes. There may also be less publicly
                                available information about mid cap companies as
                                compared to larger companies.
                           o    There is no guarantee that the stock market or
                                the stocks that the Fund buys will always
                                increase in value. Therefore, it is possible to
                                lose money by investing in the Fund.
                           o    The Fund's share price will fluctuate in
                                response to changes in the market value of the
                                Fund's investments. Market value will change as
                                a result of business developments affecting an
                                issuer as well as general market and economic
                                conditions.
                           o    Growth-oriented investments may be more volatile
                                than the rest of the U.S. stock market as a
                                whole.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           o    Investments in a foreign market are subject to
                                foreign security risk and the risk of losses
                                caused by changes in foreign currency exchange
                                rates.
                           o    The performance of the Fund will depend on how
                                successfully the Adviser pursues its investment
                                strategy.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile           o    Investors who want the value of their investment
                                to grow and who are willing to accept more
                                volatility for the possibility of higher
                                returns.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for professional
         advisory, distribution, administration and custody services. The Fund's
         expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its average
         annual net assets. Sales charges are deducted once when you make or
         redeem your investment. Expenses are deducted from Fund assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the Fund. The Fund offers different share classes to allow you to
maximize your potential return depending on your and your financial consultant's
current expectations for your investment in the Fund.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE SALES CHARGES?
         The sales charge or load that you pay is a separate fee based on how
         much you invest. This fee compensates your financial consultant for
         providing you with investment assistance and on-going service as well
         as handling all the paperwork associated with your investment and any
         subsequent adjustments you make. For your convenience, the Fund is
         offered in several classes, giving you several ways to pay this fee.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SHAREHOLDER  FEES (FEES PAID  DIRECTLY FROM YOUR
INVESTMENT)                                         CLASS A  CLASS B(A)  CLASS C
                                                    -------  ----------  -------
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on             5.50%(b)     None      None
   purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
Maximum deferred sales charge                       None(c)   5.00%(d)  1.00%(e)
Maximum sales charge imposed on                      None       None      None
   reinvested dividends (and other
   distributions)
Redemption fee(f)                                    None       None      None

(a)     Class B shares convert to Class A shares automatically at the end of the
        eighth year (96th month) after purchase. Investors seeking to purchase
        Class B shares in amounts that exceed $250,000 should discuss with their
        financial consultant whether the purchase of another class would be more
        appropriate; such orders may be rejected by the Fund.
(b)     Reduced for purchases of $50,000 and more.
(c)     Class A shares are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (a
        "CDSC"); except certain purchases that are not subject to an initial
        sales charge may instead be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% of amounts
        redeemed within the first year of purchase. Such a CDSC may be waived in
        connection with redemptions to participants in certain fee-based
        programs.
(d)     5.00% during the first year; 4.00% during the second year; 3.00% during
        the third and fourth years; 2.00%

<PAGE>

        during the fifth year; and 1.00% during the sixth year. Class B shares
        automatically convert into Class A shares at the end of the eighth year
        after purchase and thereafter will not be subject to a CDSC.
(e)     Class C shares are subject to a 1.00% CDSC only if redeemed within the
        first 18 months after purchase.
(f)     If you effect a redemption via wire transfer, you may be required to pay
        fees, including a $10 wire fee and other fees, that will be directly
        deducted from your redemption proceeds. If you request redemption checks
        to be sent by overnight mail, you may be required to pay a $10 fee that
        will be directly deducted from your redemption proceeds.

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES 1 (EXPENSES THAT ARE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)         CLASS A    CLASS B    CLASS C
                                   -------    -------    -------
Management fees                     0.75%      0.75%      0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fee             None      0.75%      0.75%
Shareholder Service fee             0.25%      0.25%      0.25%
Other expenses 2                    0.55%      0.55%      0.55%
                                    -----      -----      -----
Total Annual Operating Expenses 3   1.55%      2.30%      2.30%
                                    =====      =====      =====

----------------------
1 The table above and the example below each reflect the aggregate annual
  operating expenses of the Fund and the Series.
2 "Other expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
3 The adviser has agreed to reduce its fees and/or reimburse expenses to limit
  the total annual operating expenses to 1.55% for Class A shares and 2.05% for
  each of Class B and Class C shares. This arrangement will remain in place
  until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated. The
example assumes that:

o   you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
o   the average annual return was 5%
o   the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain the same
    over the time periods
o   you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:
                                                   1 YEAR           3 YEARS
                                                   ------           -------
Class A 1                                           $699             $1,013

Class B (assuming no redemption)                    $233               $718

Class B (assuming complete redemption at
the end of the 1 year or 3 year period) 2           $733             $1,018

Class C (assuming no redemption)                    $233               $718

Class C (assuming complete redemption at            $333               $718
the end of the 1 year or 3 year period) 2

1 Assumes deduction at time of purchase of maximum sales charge.
2 Assumes deduction at redemption of maximum deferred sales charge.

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
THE FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

<PAGE>

ADVISER'S PRIOR PERFORMANCE IN MID CAP SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
The table below shows relevant performance data for the Adviser and its
predecessors' investment advisory accounts (the "Accounts") during the seven
year period ended September 30, 2000, using the same investment approach
specified for the Fund described under "Investment Objective" and "Primary
Investment Strategies."

The results for the period January 31, 1993 through July 31, 1998 are the
results of Roxbury Capital Management Inc., the predecessor to Roxbury Capital
Management, LLC.

The Accounts constitute the portfolios managed by the Adviser (and its
predecessor) that have an investment strategy of investing in mid cap companies
and that have met certain basic criteria as to minimum account value,
discretionary status, tax-exempt status and period of management of more than
one month. The Accounts were managed for tax-exempt clients and, therefore, may
have been managed differently than for taxable clients. The Accounts were not
subject to the same types of expenses to which the Fund is subject, nor to the
diversification requirements, specific tax restrictions and investment
limitations imposed on the Fund by the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The performance of the Accounts may have been
adversely affected had they been subject to the same expenses, restrictions and
limitations. The Adviser believes that any adverse effect would not have been
significant. The results presented are not intended to predict or suggest the
return to be experienced by the Fund or the return you might achieve by
investing in the Fund. You should not rely on the following performance data as
an indication of future performance of the Adviser or of the Fund.

               TOTAL RETURN OF ADVISER'S MID CAP SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          1 Year         3 Years        5 Years       7 Years
Average Annual Return      Ended          Ended          Ended         Ended
for the Periods          Sept. 30,      Sept. 30,      Sept. 30,      Sept. 30,
                         ---------      --------       --------       -------
Specified:                  2000          2000           2000           2000
                            ----          ----           ----           ----
The Accounts
(net of expenses)........  62.56%        23.07%         26.25%         23.58%
S&P Mid Cap 400 Index....  43.26%        18.98%         21.72%         19.17%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Please read the following important notes concerning the Separate Accounts:

1.   The results for the Accounts reflect both income and capital appreciation
     or depreciation (total return). Dividends are accounted for on a cash
     basis; other items of income are accounted for on an accrual basis. Returns
     are time-weighted and represent the dollar-weighted average of the Accounts
     with a minimum size of $ 500,000 since January 1, 1995. Prior to January 1,
     1995 the minimum account for composite purposes was $1 million.

<PAGE>

     Return figures are net of applicable fees and expenses (other than separate
     custody fees). As of April 1, 1995, the Accounts were valued daily.

2.   The S&P Mid Cap 400 Index consists of 400 stocks chosen by Standard &
     Poor's for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is
     a market-value weighted unmanaged index (stock price times number of shares
     outstanding), with each stock's weight in the S&P Mid Cap 400 Index
     proportionate to its market value.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific
         group of securities in a particular market or securities in a market
         sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If an index
         had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SPECIAL NOTE CONCERNING ADVISER INVESTMENT RETURNS: You should note that the
Fund will compute and disclose its average annual compounded rate of return
using the standard formula set forth in SEC rules, which differs in certain
respects from the method used to compute the returns for the Accounts noted
above. The SEC total return calculation method calls for computation and
disclosure of an average annual compounded rate of return for one, five and ten
year periods or shorter periods from inception. The SEC formula provides a rate
of return that equates a hypothetical initial investment of $10,000 to an ending
redeemable value. The returns shown for the Accounts are reduced to reflect the
deduction of advisory fees in accordance with the SEC calculation formula, which
requires that returns shown for a fund be net of advisory fees as well as all
other applicable fund operating expenses. Performance was calculated on a trade
date basis.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The Fund and the Series seek superior long-term growth of capital.

For purposes of this investment objective, "superior" long-term growth of
capital means long-term growth of capital from an investment in a group of
mid-cap securities that exceeds the return of the S&P Mid Cap 400 Index. This
investment objective may not be changed without shareholder approval. There is
no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

<PAGE>

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?
         Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
         seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
         for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
         growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
         out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
         investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
         form of capital appreciation.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in
the Series. The Series, under normal market conditions, may invest up to 100% of
its total assets in the following equity (or equity-related securities):

o    common stocks of corporations that are judged by the adviser to have strong
     growth characteristics and, with respect to at least 65% of the Series'
     total assets, have a market capitalization within the capitalization range
     of the S&P Mid Cap 400 Index;
o    American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), which are negotiable certificates
     held in a U.S. bank representing a specific number of shares of a foreign
     stock traded on a U.S. stock exchange. ADRs make it easier for Americans to
     invest in foreign companies, due to the widespread availability of
     dollar-denominated price information, lower transaction costs, and timely
     dividend distributions. An American Depository Share or ADS is the share
     issued under an American Depositary Receipt agreement which is actually
     traded;
o    securities convertible into the common stock of corporations described
     above;
o    options on common stock or options on stock indexes.

Mid-cap companies are those whose capitalization is similar to the market
capitalization of companies in the S&P Mid Cap 400 Index at the time of the
Fund's investment. The Adviser looks for quality, sustainable-growth stocks
within the mid-cap portion of the market. At the time of initial purchase, an
investment's market capitalization will fall within the S&P Mid Cap 400 Index.
Due to market price adjustments or other events after the time of purchase, it
is possible that an investment's market capitalization may drift above or below
this range. Nevertheless, companies whose capitalization no longer meets this
definition after purchase continue to be considered to have a medium market
capitalization for purposes of the 65% policy. The Series is not limited to only
mid-cap companies, and under normal market conditions, may invest up to 35% of
its assets in stocks of companies in other capitalizations.

The Adviser believes that over the long-term, companies that experience a higher
growth in earnings and cash flow per share will achieve higher investment
returns. By consistently investing in a diversified portfolio of high growth
companies and by applying valuation disciplines, the Adviser believes that
superior long-term investment returns can be achieved at an acceptable level of
risk.

<PAGE>

The Adviser uses a bottom-up approach to investing. This investment approach
searches for potential investment opportunities in individual companies by
researching a company's financial statements, underlying industry trends,
competitive dynamics and other relevant information. The Adviser uses a bottom
up approach to not only identify new investment opportunities but also to
evaluate existing investments on an ongoing basis to determine continued
suitability.

The Adviser selects stocks it believes exhibit consistent, above average growth
prospects. Through research and its understanding of business fundamentals, the
Adviser seeks to identify companies with sound economic business models,
reputable managements, strong competitive positions, and the ability to grow
their businesses in a variety of economic environments. Additionally, all
investments undergo a valuation analysis to estimate their risk/reward
characteristics.

The Adviser's research team analyzes a broad universe of over 2,000 companies to
identify potential research candidates. Companies are screened for several
metrics including but not limited to revenue and earnings growth, debt leverage,
operating margin characteristics, cash flow generation, and return on invested
capital. Companies which pass the screens are subject to more thorough research
to evaluate their investment suitability.

Final investment candidates are evaluated and approved by the Adviser's
investment committee based on individual investment merits, and within the
context of the Series' overall portfolio characteristics and diversification
guidelines. The Series may invest in up to 100 stocks. At the time of purchase
individual stock holdings may represent up to 5% of the Series' value. Due to
market price fluctuations individual stock holdings may exceed 5% of the value
of the total portfolio. The Series may over or underweight certain industries
and sectors based on the Adviser's opinion of the relative attractiveness of
companies within those industries and sectors. The Series may not invest in more
than 10% of the outstanding shares of a company.

In order to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions,
the Series may assume a temporary defensive position and invest without limit in
commercial paper and other money market instruments that are rated investment
grade. The result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to
achieve its investment objective. The Series also may use other strategies and
engage in other investment practices, which are described in detail in our
Statement of Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in
the Fund. Further information about investment risk is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

o    MID-CAP COMPANIES RISK: The Series invests in mid-cap companies, which tend
     to be more vulnerable to adverse developments than larger companies.
o    MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up and
     down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity securities
     change in response to many factors including the historical and prospective
     earnings of the issuer, the value of its

<PAGE>

     assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions
     and market liquidity.
o    LIQUIDITY RISK: The risk that a security may lack sufficient liquidity in
     order to execute a buy or sell program without significantly moving the
     security's price. At times a security's price may experience unusual price
     declines due to an imbalance between sellers and buyers of that security.
     Forced liquidations of the Series or other funds which hold similar
     securities could result in adverse price fluctuations in securities held
     and in the overall Fund's value.
o    GROWTH-ORIENTED INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment in a
     growth-oriented portfolio may be more volatile than the rest of the U.S.
     market as a whole.
o    DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Series' investments may be referred to as
     "derivatives" because their value depends on, or derives from, the value of
     an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These investments include
     options, futures contracts and similar investments that may be used in
     hedging, risk management, or other portfolio management purposes consistent
     with the Series' investment objective. The market value of derivative
     instruments and securities is sometimes more volatile than that of other
     investments, and each type of derivative may pose its own special risks. As
     a fundamental policy, no more than 15% of the Series' total assets may at
     any time be committed or exposed to derivative strategies.
o    CURRENCY RISK: The risk related to investments denominated in foreign
     currencies. Foreign securities are usually denominated in foreign currency
     therefor changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect the net asset
     value of the Fund.
o    FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political, regulatory,
     economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a foreign country not
     normally associated with investing in the U.S. markets.
o    MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master/feeder structure is relatively new and
     complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do
     so, and there may be operational or other complications. For example,
     large-scale redemptions by other feeders of their shares of the master fund
     could have adverse effects on a fund such as requiring the liquidation of a
     substantial portion of the master fund's holdings at a time when it could
     be disadvantageous to do so. Also, other feeders of a master fund may have
     a greater ownership interest in the master fund and, therefore, could have
     effective voting control over the operation of the master fund.
o    OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
     because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less
     advantageous investments.
o    VALUATION RISK: The risk that a Series has valued certain of its securities
     at a higher price than it can sell them.


MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees supervises the management, activities and affairs of the
Fund and has approved contracts with various financial organizations to provide,
among other services, the day-to-day management required by the Fund and its
shareholders. The Board of Trustees includes a member of the Roxbury Investment
Committee.

<PAGE>

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN ADVISER?
         The Adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the Adviser and establishes
         policies that the Adviser must follow in its management activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Roxbury Capital Management, LLC, 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 600, Santa
Monica, California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the Fund (by
managing the Series). Under an advisory agreement, Roxbury, subject to the
supervision of the Board of Trustees, directs the investments of the Series in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations. In addition
to serving as Adviser to the Series, Roxbury is engaged in a variety of
investment advisory activities, including the management of separately managed
accounts. The Series pays a monthly advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual rate
of 0.75% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.70% of
the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.65% of the
Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion.

FUND MANAGER
The day-to-day management of the Series is the responsibility of Roxbury's
Investment Committee. The Investment Committee meets regularly to make
investment decisions for the Series and relies on Roxbury's research team.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The following chart provides information on the Fund's primary service
providers.

<PAGE>

Asset                                       Shareholder
Management                                  Services
------------------------------------        --------------------------------
              ADVISER                               TRANSFER AGENT

  ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC                      PFPC INC.

      100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD                     400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

             SUITE 600                           WILMINGTON, DE 19809

      SANTA MONICA, CA 90401                           SUITE 108

                                             Handles shareholder services,
                                              including recordkeeping and
                                                statements, payment of
   Manages the Fund's investment            distribution and processing of
            activities.                         buy and sell requests.
------------------------------------        --------------------------------

                      ------------------------------------

                              ROXBURY MID CAP FUND

                      ------------------------------------

Fund                                        Asset
Operations                                  Safe Keeping
------------------------------------        --------------------------------

         ADMINISTRATOR AND                             CUSTODIAN

         ACCOUNTING AGENT                      WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

             PFPC INC.                            RODNEY SQUARE NORTH

       400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                    1100 NORTH MARKET STREET

       WILMINGTON, DE 19809                      WILMINGTON, DE 19890

Provides facilities, equipment and             Holds the Fund's assets,
      personnel to carry out                 settles all portfolio trades
administrative services related to             and collects most of the
the Fund and calculates the Fund's            valuation data required for
      NAV and distributions.                calculating the Fund's NAV per
                                                        share.
------------------------------------        ------------------------------------

<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
HOW SHARE PRICE IS CALCULATED
The Fund values its assets based on current market values when such values are
readily available. These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service.
Securities that do not have a readily available current market value are valued
in good faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                               NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                     --------------------
                                     Outstanding Shares

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of the Fund as of the close of regular trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each
Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia
branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV is calculated
by adding the value of all securities and other assets in the Fund, deducting
its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding shares in
the Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Fund is closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

New Year's Day                  Memorial Day        Veterans Day
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day     Independence Day    Thanksgiving Day
Presidents' Day                 Labor Day           Christmas Day
Good Friday                     Columbus Day

SELECTING THE CORRECT CLASS OF SHARES
This prospectus offers Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund. Each
class has its own cost structure, allowing you to choose the one that best meets
your requirements and current expectations. Your financial consultant can help
you decide which class is best for you. For estimated expenses of each class,
see the table under "Fees and Expenses" earlier in this prospectus.

CLASS A SHARES--INITIAL SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class A shares, you will incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase (a "front-end load") based on the dollar amount of your purchase. The
maximum initial sales charge is 5.50%, which is reduced for purchases of $50,000
and more. Sales charges also may be reduced

<PAGE>

by using the accumulation privilege described under "Sales Charge Reductions and
Waivers" (see page 15). Class A shares are subject to an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets attributable to Class A
shares. Class A shares will not be subject to any contingent deferred sales
charge (CDSC or "back end load") when they are redeemed. Although some purchases
may not be subject to an initial sales charge, if the initial sales charge is
waived, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% if the shares are
redeemed within one year after purchase. Class A shares also will be issued upon
conversion of Class B shares, as described below under "Class B Shares." The
minimum initial investment in Class A shares is $2,000.

Part of the front-end sales charge is paid directly to the selling broker-dealer
(the "dealer reallowance"). The remainder is retained by the distributor and may
be used either to promote the sale of the Fund's shares or to compensate the
distributor for its efforts to sell the shares of the Fund.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR INVESTMENT                    AS A PERCENTAGE OF        AS A PERCENTAGE OF
                                     OFFERING PRICE           YOUR INVESTMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 and less                        5.50%                      5.82%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 up to $150,000                  5.00%                      5.26%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$150,000 up to $250,000                 4.50%                      4.71%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$250,000 up to $500,000                 3.50%                      3.63%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$500,000 up to $1,000,000               3.00%                      3.09%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over $1,000,000                         0.00%                      0.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CLASS B SHARES--DEFERRED SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class B shares, you will not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class B shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. The Rule 12b-1 distribution fee and
the shareholder service fee accrue daily and are paid monthly. Class B shares
are subject to a CDSC if you redeem them prior to the seventh year after
purchase. At the end of the eighth year after purchase, Class B shares will
automatically convert into Class A shares of the Fund, which are subject to the
shareholder service fee of 0.25%. Automatic conversion of Class B shares into
Class A shares will occur at least once a month on the basis of the relative net
asset values of the shares of the two classes on the conversion date, without
the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. Conversion of Class B
shares to Class A shares will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the shares for
federal income tax purposes. Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends
and other distributions on Class B shares also will convert automatically to
Class A shares based on the portion of purchased shares that convert. The
minimum initial investment in Class B shares is $2,000.

CLASS C SHARES--PAY AS YOU GO
If you purchase Class C shares, you do not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class C shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. Class C shares also are subject to a
1.00% CDSC if you redeem them within 18 months of purchase. Although Class C
shares are subject to a CDSC for only 18 months (as compared to six years for

<PAGE>

Class B), Class C shares have no conversion feature. Accordingly, if you
purchase Class C shares, those shares will be subject to the 0.75% distribution
fee and the 0.25% shareholder service fee for as long as you own your Class C
shares. The minimum initial investment in Class C shares is $2,000.

You may be subject to a CDSC upon redemption of your Class B and Class C shares
under the following conditions:

o     Class B Shares

           ---------------------------------------------------------------
             YEARS AFTER PURCHASE       CDSC ON SHARES BEING REDEEMED
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   1st year                         5.00%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   2nd year                         4.00%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   3rd year                         3.00%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   4th year                         3.00%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   5th year                         2.00%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   6th year                         1.00%
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
                   7th year                          None
           ---------------------------------------------------------------
              After the 7th year                     None
           ---------------------------------------------------------------

      Class B shares will be automatically converted to Class A shares at the
      end of the eighth year (96th month) after purchase.

o     Class C Shares
      If you redeem Class C shares within 18 months of purchase, you will be
      charged a CDSC of 1.00%. There is no CDSC imposed on Class C shares
      acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains.

The CDSC on redemptions of shares is computed based on the original purchase
price of the shares being redeemed, net of reinvested dividends and capital
gains distributions. CDSC calculations are based on the specific shares
involved, not the value of the account. To keep your CDSC as low as possible,
each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in
your account that are not subject to a CDSC. If there are not enough of these
shares to meet your request, we will sell your shares on a first-in, first-out
basis. Your financial consultant or institution may elect to waive some or all
of the payment, thereby reducing or eliminating the otherwise applicable CDSC.

OTHER CLASSES OF SHARES
The Fund may offer other classes of shares, from time to time, for special
purposes. These other classes, if offered, will not be available to the general
public, although they may appear in newspaper listings. When reviewing newspaper
listings, please remember that the class or classes listed may not be the class
you own and therefore the net asset value(s) listed may be different from the
net asset value of your shares.

<PAGE>

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

REDUCING SALES CHARGES ON YOUR CLASS A SHARES. There are several ways you can
combine multiple purchases of Class A shares to take advantage of the
breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. These can be combined in any manner:

o    Accumulation privilege--lets you add the value of any Class A shares you
     and your immediate family already own to the amount of your next investment
     for purposes of calculating sales charges
o    Letter of intent--lets you purchase Class A shares over a 13-month period
     and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at
     once. See the new account application and our Statement of Additional
     Information for terms and conditions.

To use these privileges, discuss your eligibility with your financial
consultant.

CDSC WAIVERS. In general, the CDSC may be waived on shares you sell for the
following reasons:

o    Payments through certain systematic retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans
o    Qualifying distributions from qualified retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans
o    Distributions from custodial accounts under section 403(b)(7) of the
     Internal Revenue Code as well as from Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs)
     due to death, disability or attainment of age 70_
o    Participation in certain fee-based programs

To use any of these waivers, contact your financial consultant.

REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. If you sell shares of the Fund, you may invest some or
all of the proceeds in the Fund within 90 days without a sales charge. If you
paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with the amount of
the CDSC. All accounts involved must have the same registration.

To use this privilege, contact your financial consultant.

NET ASSET VALUE PURCHASES. Class A shares may be sold at net asset value, with
only a $2,000 minimum initial investment, to:

o    Clients of financial consultants who exchange their shares from an
     unaffiliated investment company that has a comparable sales charge,
     provided that such shares are purchased within 60 days of the redemption
     and the exchange is effected through the same financial consultant;

o    Trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing shares for certain retirement
     plans of organizations with 50 or more eligible employees and
     employer-sponsored benefit plans in connection with

<PAGE>

     purchases of Fund shares made as a result of participant-directed exchanges
     between options in such a plan;
o    Investment advisers, financial planners and certain financial institutions
     that place trades for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients
     either individually or through a master account and who charge a
     management, consulting or other fee for their services;
o    "Wrap accounts" for the benefit of clients of broker-dealers, financial
     institutions or financial planners having sales or service agreements with
     the distributor or another broker-dealer or financial institution with
     respect to sales of Fund shares;
o    Current or retired trustees, officers and employees of the Fund, the
     distributor, the transfer agent, the adviser and its members, certain
     family members of the above persons, and trusts or plans primarily for such
     persons or their family members;
o    Current or retired registered representatives or full-time employees and
     their spouses and minor children and plans of broker-dealers or other
     institutions that have selling agreements with the distributor; and
o    Such other persons as are determined by the adviser or distributor to have
     acquired shares under circumstances where the Fund has not incurred any
     sales expense.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
Investors may purchase shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries such
as financial consultants, securities brokers, dealers or benefit plan
administrators. Investors should contact their financial intermediary directly
for appropriate purchase instructions, as well as for information pertaining to
accounts and any servicing or transaction fees that may be charged. Some
financial intermediaries may appoint subagents.

The minimum initial investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares is $2,000
(including IRAs) and $100 for subsequent investments. The adviser or the
distributor, at their discretion, may waive these minimums. See our Statement of
Additional Information for further details.

See "Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers" for ways to make your initial
investment go farther.

Shares are sold at a public offering price based on the net asset value for the
class of shares selected. If your purchase order is received by the transfer
agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any Business Day,
you will pay the next public offering price that is determined as of the close
of trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if the Fund determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to transmit orders for
the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.

<PAGE>

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), call the Transfer Agent at (800) 497-2960,
or see our Statement of Additional Information.

For information on an automatic investment plan or a payroll investment plan,
see our Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         o        By mail
         o        By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

If you purchased your shares through a financial intermediary, you should
contact the intermediary for information relating to redemptions. The Fund's
name and your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund accounts falls below $500, the Fund
may ask you to increase your balance. If the account balance is still below $500
after 60 days, the Fund may close your account and send you the proceeds. The
Fund will not close your account if it falls below $500 solely as a result of a
reduction in your account's market value.

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to our Statement of
Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares of the Fund for shares in the
same class of the following portfolios:

Roxbury Large Cap Growth Fund
Roxbury Science and Technology Fund
Roxbury Socially Responsible Fund

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at the time
or as next determined thereafter.

<PAGE>

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

If you make an exchange involving Class B or Class C shares, the amount of time
you held the original shares will be added to the holding period of the Class B
or Class shares, respectively, into which you exchanged for the purpose of
calculating contingent deferred sales charges if you later redeem the exchange
shares.

Before requesting an exchange, you should review the prospectus of the portfolio
you wish to acquire. To obtain prospectuses of the other portfolios, you may
call (800) 497-2960. To obtain more information about exchanges or to place
exchange orders, contact the Transfer Agent, or your financial professional. The
portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer described here and will
give you 60 days' notice of such termination or modification. This exchange
offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the sale of portfolio shares to
be acquired through such exchange may be legally made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of the Fund, if any, are declared
and paid annually to you. Any net capital gain realized by the Fund will be
distributed annually.

Distributions are payable to shareholders of record at the time distributions
are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but excluding holders
of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested in additional Fund
shares, unless you have elected to receive distributions in cash.

TAXES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as the Fund meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While the Fund may invest in
securities that earn interest subject to Federal income tax and securities that
earn interest exempt from that tax, under normal conditions the Fund invests
primarily in taxable securities. The Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that
year.

Dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken
as cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. The Fund's
distributions of net capital gain, whether received in cash or reinvested in
additional Fund shares, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless
of the length of time you have held your shares. You should be aware that if
Fund shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any dividend or
capital gain

<PAGE>

distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and will receive some
portion of the price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund anticipates the
distribution of net capital gain.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of the Fund.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in the Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
The Distributor manages the Fund's distribution efforts and enters into dealer
agreements with financial consultants to sell fund shares.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW CAN YOUR FINANCIAL CONSULTANT HELP YOU?
         Your financial consultant is thoroughly familiar with the Fund and with
         Roxbury Capital Management. He or she can answer any questions you have
         now, or in the future, about how the Fund operates, which class of
         shares is most appropriate for you and how the Roxbury investment style
         works and has performed for other investors. Your financial consultant
         is a valuable and knowledgeable resource.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 that allows the Fund
to pay a fee to the Distributor for facilitating the sale and distribution of
its shares. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund's assets on an ongoing
basis, over time these fees indirectly will increase the cost of your investment
and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Rule 12b-1 permits a fund directly or indirectly to pay expenses associated with
the distribution of its shares and the servicing of its shareholders in
accordance with a plan adopted by the Board of Trustees and approved by its
shareholders. Pursuant to the Rule, the Board has approved, and

<PAGE>

the Fund has entered into, separate distribution plans with the Distributor, for
the Class B and Class C shares. Under the distribution plans, the Fund will pay
distribution fees to the Distributor at a maximum annual rate of 0.75% of its
aggregate average daily net assets attributable to its Class B and Class C
shares.

The distribution plans provide that the Distributor may use the distribution
fees received from a class of shares to pay for the distribution and shareholder
servicing expenses of that class, including, but not limited to (i) incentive
compensation paid to the directors, officers and employees of, agents for and
consultants to, the distributor or any other broker-dealer or financial
institution that engages in the distribution of that class; and (ii)
compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions or other persons for
providing distribution assistance with respect to that class. Distribution fees
may also be used for (i) marketing and promotional activities, including, but
not limited to, direct mail promotions and television, radio, newspaper,
magazine and other mass media advertising for that class; (ii) costs of printing
and distributing prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information and reports
of the Fund to prospective investors in that class; (iii) costs involved in
preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Fund and
that class; and (iv) costs involved in obtaining whatever information, analyses
and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund
may, from time to time, deem advisable with respect to the distribution of that
class. Distribution fees are accrued daily and paid monthly, and are charged as
expenses of, respectively, Class B and Class C shares as accrued.

The distribution fees applicable to the Class B and Class C shares are designed
to permit you to purchase Class B and Class C shares through broker-dealers
without the assessment of a front-end sales charge and at the same time to
permit the distributor to compensate broker-dealers on an ongoing basis to
provide services to shareholders of the Class B and Class C shares attributable
to those broker-dealers.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES
The Board of Trustees has adopted a shareholder service plan authorizing the
Fund to pay service providers an annual fee not exceeding 0.25% of the Fund's
average daily net assets of each class of shares, to compensate service
providers who maintain a service relationship. Service activities provided under
this plan include (a) establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and
records, (b) answering shareholder inquiries, (c) assisting in share purchases
and redemptions, (d) providing statements and reports to shareholders, and (e)
providing other related services requested by shareholders.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
Series. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional investors,
including the Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in
economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each
shareholder of a master fund, including the Series, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

<PAGE>

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, the
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
The Fund is not currently contemplating such a move.

<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE FUND, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Fund's policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Fund may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

Roxbury Mid Cap Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) 497-2960
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the
Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington,
D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: [email protected],
or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC,
20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. Reports and other information
about the Fund may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.

              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                           PLEASE CALL (800) 497-2960.

The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

<PAGE>

                                 [ROXBURY LOGO]

                       ROXBURY SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FUND

================================================================================

                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

This prospectus contains important information about the Fund, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Like all mutual fund shares, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a criminal offense.

         PRESENTLY CLASS A SHARES OF THE FUND ARE BEING OFFERED ONLY TO
        CERTAIN PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES AT NET ASSET
          VALUE. SEE "SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS." CLASS B AND
                 CLASS C SHARES ARE NOT CURRENTLY BEING OFFERED.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>                                                   <C>
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,       FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS AND EXPENSES OF THE              Summary................................................3
FUND.                                  Fees and Expenses......................................4
                                       Adviser Prior Performance..............................6
                                       Investment Objective...................................7
                                       Primary Investment Strategies..........................7
                                       Additional Risk Information............................9

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE              MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
PROVIDERS.                             Investment Adviser....................................11
                                       Fund Manager..........................................11
                                       Service Providers.....................................12

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR          SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND               How Share Price is Calculated.........................13
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE              Selecting the Correct Class of Shares.................13
FUND.                                  Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers...................15
                                       Purchase of Shares....................................17
                                       Redemption of Shares..................................18
                                       Exchange of Shares....................................18
                                       Distributions.........................................19
                                       Taxes.................................................19

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION PLANS,         DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE FEES          Rule 12b-1 Fees.......................................20
AND THE FUND'S MASTER/FEEDER           Shareholder Service Fees..............................21
ARRANGEMENT.                           Master/Feeder Structure...............................21


                                       FOR MORE INFORMATION..........................back cover
</TABLE>

For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

<PAGE>

                       ROXBURY SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests in securities like stocks and bonds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY

Investment Objective       o    ROXBURY SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FUND seeks
                                superior long-term growth of capital.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus           o    Equity securities (generally common stocks
                                relating to the science and technology
                                industries)
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility     o    Moderate to high
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment       o    The Fund is a non-diversified portfolio which
Strategy                        may be focused on up to 60 common stocks from
                                three of the fastest growth industries in the
                                world: healthcare, telecommunications and
                                technology.
                           o    The Fund operates as a "feeder fund" which means
                                that the Fund does not buy individual securities
                                directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding
                                mutual fund or "master fund," which in turn
                                purchases the actual stock holdings. The Fund's
                                master fund is the Science and Technology Series
                                (the "Series") of WT Investment Trust I.
                           o    In a master/feeder arrangement, a feeder fund,
                                like the Fund, takes your investment dollars and
                                transfers them to an even larger pool, like the
                                Series, for greater efficiency. The Fund and the
                                Series have the same investment objective,
                                policies and limitations. When this prospectus
                                refers to investments of the Fund it is actually
                                referring to the investments of the Series.
                           o    The Adviser purchases stocks, and in the case of
                                foreign companies, American Depositary Receipts
                                ("ADRs"), it believes exhibit consistent,
                                above-average earnings growth, superior quality
                                and attractive risk/reward characteristics. The
                                Adviser analyzes the stocks of over 2,000
                                companies to search for high quality companies
                                which are growing at rates faster than the
                                market average. The Adviser generally sells
                                stocks when the risk/rewards of a stock turn
                                negative or when company fundamentals
                                deteriorate.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks            The Fund is subject to the following risks summarized
                           below, which are further described under "Additional
                           Risk Information."
                           o    The Series is classified as "non-diversified."
                                This means that the Series may invest a greater
                                percentage of its assets in one particular
                                issuer. Consequently, a decline in value of the
                                securities of a single issuer would have a
                                greater negative impact on the Fund than if the
                                Fund were diversified. In addition, the Series
                                will focus on up to 60 stocks of companies in
                                the healthcare, telecommunications and
                                technology industries. As a result, the value of
                                the Series' shares may vary more widely, and the
                                Series may be subject to greater market and
                                credit risk than if the Series invested more
                                broadly.
                           o    The Fund may invest in relatively small
                                companies with small market capitalizations.
                                Such companies are subject to abrupt market
                                movements due to their tendency to be thinly
                                traded and subject to greater business risk.
                           o    There is no guarantee that the stock market or
                                the stocks that the Fund buys will always
                                increase in value. Therefore, it is possible to
                                lose money by investing in the Fund.
                           o    The Fund's share price will fluctuate in
                                response to changes in the market value of the
                                Fund's investments. Market value will change as
                                a result of business developments affecting an
                                issuer as well as general market and economic
                                conditions.
                           o    Growth-oriented investments may be more volatile
                                than the rest of the U.S. stock market as a
                                whole.
                           o    Investments in a foreign market are subject to
                                foreign security risk and the risk of losses
                                caused by changes in foreign currency exchange
                                rates.
                           o    The performance of the Fund will depend on how
                                successfully the adviser pursues its investment
                                strategy.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile           o    Investors who want the value of their investment
                                to grow and who are willing to accept more
                                volatility for the possibility of higher
                                returns.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for professional
         advisory, distribution, administration and custody services. The Fund's
         expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its average
         annual net assets. Sales charges are deducted once when you make or
         redeem your investment. Expenses are deducted from Fund assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the Fund. The Fund offers different share classes to allow you to
maximize your potential return depending on your and your financial consultant's
current expectations for your investment in the Fund.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE SALES CHARGES?
         The sales charge or load that you pay is a separate fee based on how
         much you invest. This fee compensates your financial consultant for
         providing you with investment assistance and on-going service as well
         as handling all the paperwork associated with your investment and any
         subsequent adjustments you make. For your convenience, the Fund is
         offered in several classes, giving you several ways to pay this fee.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDER FEES (FEES PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR
INVESTMENT)                                             CLASS A    CLASS B(a)    CLASS C
                                                        -------    ----------    -------
<S>                                                     <C>
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on                  5.50%(b)       None        None
purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
Maximum deferred sales charge                            None(c)     5.00%(d)    1.00%(e)
Maximum sales charge imposed on                           None         None        None
reinvested dividends (and other distributions)
Redemption fee(f)                                         None         None        None
</TABLE>
---------------------
(a)      Class B shares convert to Class A shares automatically at the end of
         the eighth year (96th month) after purchase. Investors seeking to
         purchase Class B shares in amounts that exceed $250,000 should discuss
         with their financial consultant whether the purchase of another class
         would be more appropriate; such orders may be rejected by the Fund.
(b)      Reduced for purchases of $50,000 and more.
(c)      Class A shares are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (a
         "CDSC"); except certain purchases that are not subject to an initial
         sales charge may instead be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% of amounts
         redeemed within the first year of purchase. Such a CDSC may be waived
         in connection with redemptions to participants in certain fee-based
         programs.
(d)      5.00% during the first year; 4.00% during the second year; 3.00% during
         the third year and fourth year; 2.00% during the fifth year; and 1.00%
         during the sixth year. Class B shares automatically convert into Class
         A shares at the end of the eighth year after purchase and thereafter
         will not be subject to a CDSC.
(e)      Class C shares are subject to a 1.00% CDSC only if redeemed within the
         first 18 months after purchase.

<PAGE>


(f)      If you effect a redemption via wire transfer, you may be required to
         pay fees, including a $10 wire fee and other fees, that will be
         directly deducted from your redemption proceeds. If you request
         redemption checks to be sent by overnight mail, you may be required to
         pay a $10 fee that will be directly deducted from your redemption
         proceeds.

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES 1 (EXPENSES THAT ARE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)                        CLASS A    CLASS B    CLASS C
                                                  -------    -------    -------
Management fees                                    1.00%      1.00%      1.00%
Distribution (12b-1) fee                            None      0.75%      0.75%
Shareholder Service fee                            0.25%      0.25%      0.25%
Other expenses 2                                   0.55%      0.55%      0.55%
                                                   -----      -----      -----
Total Annual Operating Expenses 3                  1.80%      2.55%      2.55%
                                                   =====      =====      =====
---------------------
1  The table above and the example below each reflect the aggregate annual
   operating expenses of the Fund and the Series.
2  "Other expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
3  The adviser has agreed to reduce its fees and/or reimburse  expenses to limit
   the total annual operating expenses to 1.80% for Class A shares and 2.55% for
   each of Class B and Class C shares.  This  arrangement  will  remain in place
   until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.

EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated. The
example assumes that:

o    you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
o    the average annual return was 5%
o    the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain the same
     over the time periods
o    you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:

                                                   1 YEAR           3 YEARS
                                                   ------           -------
Class A 1                                           $723             $1,085

Class B (assuming no redemption)                    $258               $794

Class B (assuming complete redemption at
the end of the 1 year or 3 year period)2            $758             $1,094

Class C (assuming no redemption)                    $258               $794

Class C (assuming complete redemption at            $358               $794
the end of the 1 year or 3 year period)2

1  Assumes deduction at time of purchase of maximum sales charge.
2  Assumes deduction at redemption of maximum deferred sales charge.

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
THE FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

<PAGE>

ADVISER'S PRIOR PERFORMANCE IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
The following material presents the performance of accounts managed by the
Adviser with an exclusive focus on stocks in the science and technology
industries. The Adviser recognized that science and technology companies have
shown attractive returns over time and in April 1999 began managing accounts
with stocks chosen exclusively from these industries.

The Science and Technology accounts ("Accounts") constitute the accounts managed
by the Adviser that have an identical or substantially similar investment
objective or investment approach as the Fund and that met certain basic criteria
as to minimum account value, discretionary status, and period of management of
more than one month. The Accounts reflect taxable and tax-exempt investors, as
will the Fund. The Accounts were not subject to the same types of expenses to
which the Fund is subject, nor to the diversification requirements, specific tax
restrictions and investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the Investment
Company Act of 1940, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The performance of
the Accounts may have been adversely affected had they been subject to the same
expenses, restrictions and limitations. The Adviser believes that any adverse
effect would not have been significant. The results presented are not intended
to predict or suggest the return to be experienced by the Fund or the return you
might achieve by investing in the Fund. You should not rely on the following
performance data as an indication of future performance of the Adviser or of the
Fund.

       TOTAL RETURN OF ADVISER'S SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
                               (INCEPTION 4/13/99)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1 Year        3rd Quarter     2nd Quarter     1st Quarter
                                  Ended           Ended           Ended            Ended
Average Return for              SEPT. 30,        SEPT. 30,       JUNE 30,        MAR. 31,
                                ---------        --------        --------        --------
The Periods Specified             2000             2000            2000            1999
---------------------             ----             ----            ----            ----
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
The Accounts
(net of expenses)                 94.24%           8.71%          -8.37%          14.54%
S&P 500 Index                     13.25%          -7.39%          -2.66%           2.29%

</TABLE>
Please read the following important notes concerning the Accounts:

1.   The results for the Accounts reflect both income and capital appreciation
     or depreciation (total return). Dividends are accounted for on a cash
     basis; other items of income are accounted for on an accrual basis. Returns
     are time-weighted and represent the dollar-weighted average of Accounts
     with a minimum size of $500,000. Return figures are net hypothetical
     management fees of 1%, the highest fee the Advisor charges to manage
     Science and Technology Accounts. Accounts are valued daily.

2.   The S&P 500 Index consists of 500 stocks chosen by Standard & Poor for
     market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted unmanaged index (stock price times number of shares
     outstanding), with each stock's weight in the S&P 500 Index proportionate
     to its market value.

<PAGE>

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific
         group of securities in a particular market or securities in a market
         sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If an index
         had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     SPECIAL NOTE CONCERNING ADVISER INVESTMENT RETURNS: You should note that
     the Fund will compute and disclose its average annual compounded rate of
     return using the standard formula set forth in SEC rules, which differs in
     certain respects from the method used to compute the returns for the
     Accounts noted above. The SEC total return calculation method calls for
     computation and disclosure of an average annual compounded rate of return
     for one, five and ten year periods or shorter periods from inception. The
     SEC formula provides a rate of return that equates a hypothetical initial
     investment of $10,000 to an ending redeemable value. The returns shown for
     the Accounts are reduced to reflect the deduction of advisory fees in
     accordance with the SEC calculation formula, which requires that returns
     shown for a fund be net of advisory fees as well as all other applicable
     fund operating expenses. Performance was calculated on a trade date basis.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The Fund and the Series seek superior long-term growth of capital.

For purposes of this investment objective, "superior" long-term growth of
capital means long-term growth of capital from investments in securities of
companies in the healthcare, telecommunications and technology sectors with the
objective of achieving returns in excess of the S&P 500 Index returns. This
investment objective may not be changed without shareholder approval. There is
no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?
         Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
         seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
         for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
         growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
         out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
         investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
         form of capital appreciation.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund is a non-diversified portfolio which seeks to achieve its investment
objective by investing its assets in the Series. The Series may invest up to
100% of its total assets in the following equity (or equity-related) securities:

o    common stocks of corporations;

<PAGE>

o    securities convertible into the common stock of corporations;
o    American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), which are negotiable certificates
     held in a U.S. bank representing a specific number of shares of a foreign
     stock traded on a U.S. stock exchange. ADRs make it easier for Americans to
     invest in foreign companies, due to the widespread availability of
     dollar-denominated price information, lower transaction costs, and timely
     dividend distributions. An American Depository Share or ADS is the share
     issued under an American Depositary Receipt agreement which is actually
     traded;
o    options on common stock or options on stock indexes. Options may not
     represent more than 15% of the Fund's market value.
o    Initial Public Offerings ("IPOs"). IPOs may not represent more than 15% of
     the Fund's market value.

The Series is a unique, non-diversified portfolio which is focused on up to 60
stocks from three of the fastest growth industries in the world: healthcare,
telecommunications and technology. This all capitalization portfolio
incorporates the Adviser's focus on industry leading growth companies in the
science and technology industries. The Adviser believes demographic trends and
technological developments will continue to generate strong, sustainable growth
rates and high returns on invested capital for the leading companies.

Investments are spread across the science and technology industries in varying
weights while balancing risk by investing in a mix of large and small
capitalization stocks. The Adviser believes that over the long-term, companies
that experience a higher growth in earnings and cash flow per share will achieve
higher investment returns. By applying valuation disciplines, the Adviser
believes that superior long-term investment returns can be achieved at an
acceptable level of risk.

The Adviser uses a bottom-up approach to investing. This investment approach
searches for potential investment opportunities in individual companies by
researching a company's financial statements, underlying industry trends,
competitive dynamics and other relevant information. The process also involves
extensive company visits, interviews with customers and suppliers and attending
industry symposiums. The Adviser uses a bottom-up approach to not only identify
new investment opportunities but also to evaluate existing investments on an
ongoing basis to determine continued suitability.

The Adviser selects stocks it believes exhibit sustainable growth and expanding
returns on invested capital. Through research and its understanding of business
fundamentals, the Adviser seeks to identify companies with sound economic
business models, reputable managements, strong competitive positions, and the
ability to grow their businesses in a variety of economic environments.
Additionally, all investments undergo a valuation analysis to estimate their
risk/reward characteristics.

The Adviser's research analyst team surveys a broad universe of over 2,000
companies to identify potential research candidates. Companies are screened for
several metrics including but not limited to revenue and earnings growth, debt
leverage, operating margin characteristics, cash

<PAGE>

flow generation, and return on invested capital. Companies which pass the
screens are subject to more thorough research to evaluate their investment
suitability.

Final investment candidates are evaluated and approved by the Adviser's
investment committee based on individual investment merits, and within the
context of the Series' overall portfolio characteristics and diversification
guidelines. The Series may invest in up to 100 stocks. The Series may not invest
in more than 10% of the outstanding shares of a company.

In order to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions,
the Series may assume a temporary defensive position and invest without limit in
commercial paper and other money market instruments that are rated investment
grade. The result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to
achieve its investment objective. The Series also may use other strategies and
engage in other investment practices, which are described in detail in our
Statement of Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in
the Fund. Further information about investment risk is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

o    INDUSTRY RISK: The Series will concentrate on investments in the
     healthcare, telecommunications and technology industries. The Series'
     investments in companies dependent on scientific and technological
     developments may be more volatile because of certain risks associated with
     these industries. Such risks include the short life cycles and competitive
     pressures of many of the products or services of theses companies, and the
     adverse impact of government regulation.
o    NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK: The susceptibility of this Series to the risks
     associated with the particular industries in which it may invest most of
     its assets. Such risks include unsuccessful product or services and adverse
     impact by government regulation.
o    SMALL/MEDIUM SIZED COMPANY RISK: The risk of abrupt or erratic market
     movement of smaller companies. The Series may invest in such Companies that
     have small market capitalizations.
o    MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up and
     down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity securities
     change in response to many factors including the historical and prospective
     earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic
     conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity.
o    LIQUIDITY RISK: The risk that a security may lack sufficient liquidity in
     order to execute a buy or sell program without significantly moving the
     security's price. At times a security's price may experience unusual price
     declines due to an imbalance between sellers and buyers of that security.
     Forced liquidations of this Series or other funds which hold similar
     securities could result in adverse price fluctuations in securities held
     and the overall Series' value.
o    GROWTH-ORIENTED INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment in a
     growth-oriented portfolio may be more volatile than the rest of the U.S.
     market as a whole.
o    DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Series' investments may be referred to as
     "derivatives"

<PAGE>

     because their value depends on, or derives from, the value of an underlying
     asset, reference rate or index. These investments include options, futures
     contracts and similar investments that may be used in hedging, risk
     management, or other portfolio management purposes consistent with the
     Series' investment objective. The market value of derivative instruments
     and securities is sometimes more volatile than that of other investments,
     and each type of derivative may pose its own special risks. As a
     fundamental policy, no more than 10% of the Series' total assets may at any
     time be committed or exposed to derivative strategies.
o    CURRENCY RISK: The risk related to investments denominated in foreign
     currencies. Foreign securities are usually denominated in foreign currency
     therefor changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect the net asset
     value of the Fund.
o    FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political, regulatory,
     economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a foreign country not
     normally associated with investing in the U.S. markets.
o    MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master/feeder structure is relatively new and
     complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do
     so, and there may be operational or other complications. For example,
     large-scale redemptions by other feeders of their shares of the master fund
     could have adverse effects on a fund such as requiring the liquidation of a
     substantial portion of the master fund's holdings at a time when it could
     be disadvantageous to do so. Also, other feeders of a master fund may have
     a greater ownership interest in the master fund and, therefore, could have
     effective voting control over the operation of the master fund.
o    OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
     because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less
     advantageous investments.
o    IPO RISK: The risk of investing in the initial public offerings of shares
     is greater than investing in mature public companies. In addition, since
     the Series may participate in IPOs, an investment in an IPO may have a
     magnified impact on the Fund's returns due to the Fund's small asset base.
     As the Fund's assets grow, it is probable that the effect of investments in
     IPOs on the Fund's total returns will decline, which may reduce the Fund's
     total returns.
o    VALUATION RISK: The risk that the Series has valued certain of its
     securities at a higher price than it can sell them.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees supervises the management, activities and affairs of the
Fund and has approved contracts with various financial organizations to provide,
among other services, the day-to-day management required by the Fund and its
shareholders. The Board of Trustees includes a member of the Roxbury Investment
Committee.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN ADVISER?
         The adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the adviser and establishes
         policies that the adviser must follow in its management activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

Roxbury Capital Management, LLC, 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 600, Santa
Monica, California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the Fund (by
managing the Series). Under an advisory agreement, Roxbury, subject to the
supervision of the Board of Trustees, directs the investments of the Series in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations. In addition
to serving as Adviser to the Series, Roxbury is engaged in a variety of
investment advisory activities, including the management of separately managed
accounts. The Series pays a monthly advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual rate
of 1.00% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.95% of
the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.90% of the
Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion.

FUND MANAGER
The day-to-day management of the Series is the responsibility of Roxbury's
Investment Committee. The Investment Committee meets regularly to make
investment decisions for the Series and relies on Roxbury's research team.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The following chart provides information on the Fund's primary service
providers.

<PAGE>

Asset                                          Shareholder
Management                                     Services
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

              ADVISER                                  TRANSFER AGENT

  ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC                         PFPC INC.

      100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD                        400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

             SUITE 600                              WILMINGTON, DE 19809

      SANTA MONICA, CA 90401                              SUITE 108

                                                Handles shareholder services,
                                                 including recordkeeping and
                                                   statements, payment of
   Manages the Fund's investment               distribution and processing of
            activities.                            buy and sell requests.
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

                        --------------------------------

                               ROXBURY SCIENCE AND
                                TECHNOLOGY FUND

                        --------------------------------

Fund                                           Asset
Operations                                     Safe Keeping
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

         ADMINISTRATOR AND                                CUSTODIAN

         ACCOUNTING AGENT                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

             PFPC INC.                               RODNEY SQUARE NORTH

       400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                       1100 NORTH MARKET STREET

       WILMINGTON, DE 19809                         WILMINGTON, DE 19890

Provides facilities, equipment and                Holds the Fund's assets,
      personnel to carry out                    settles all portfolio trades
administrative services related to                and collects most of the
the Fund and calculates the Fund's               valuation data required for
      NAV and distributions.                   calculating the Fund's NAV per
                                                           share.
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
HOW SHARE PRICE IS CALCULATED
The Fund values its assets based on current market values when such values are
readily available. These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service.
Securities that do not have a readily available current market value are valued
in good faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                 Outstanding Shares
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of the Fund as of the close of regular trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each
Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia
branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV is calculated
by adding the value of all securities and other assets in the Fund, deducting
its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding shares in
the Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Fund is closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

New Year's Day                  Memorial Day             Veterans Day
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day     Independence Day         Thanksgiving Day
Presidents' Day                 Labor Day                Christmas Day
Good Friday                     Columbus Day

SELECTING THE CORRECT CLASS OF SHARES
This prospectus offers Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund. Each
class has its own cost structure, allowing you to choose the one that best meets
your requirements and current expectations. Your financial consultant can help
you decide which class is best for you. For estimated expenses of each class,
see the table under "Fees and Expenses" earlier in this prospectus.

CLASS A SHARES--INITIAL SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class A shares, you will incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase (a "front-end load") based on the dollar amount of your purchase. The
maximum initial sales charge is 5.50%, which is reduced for purchases of $50,000
and more. Sales charges also may be reduced

<PAGE>

by using the accumulation privilege described under "Sales Charge Reductions and
Waivers" (see page 15). Class A shares are subject to an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets attributable to Class A
shares. Class A shares will not be subject to any contingent deferred sales
charge (CDSC or "back end load") when they are redeemed. Although some purchases
may not be subject to an initial sales charge, if the initial sales charge is
waived, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% if the shares are
redeemed within one year after purchase. Class A shares also will be issued upon
conversion of Class B shares, as described below under "Class B Shares." The
minimum initial investment in Class A shares is $2,000.

Part of the front-end sales charge is paid directly to the selling broker-dealer
(the "dealer reallowance"). The remainder is retained by the distributor and may
be used either to promote the sale of the Fund's shares or to compensate the
distributor for its efforts to sell the shares of the Fund.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR INVESTMENT                   AS A PERCENTAGE OF     AS A PERCENTAGE OF
                                    OFFERING PRICE        YOUR INVESTMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 and less                         5.50%                 5.82%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 up to $150,000                   5.00%                 5.26%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$150,000 up to $250,000                  4.50%                 4.71%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$250,000 up to $500,000                  3.50%                 3.63%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$500,000 up to $1,000,000                3.00%                 3.09%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over $1,000,000                          0.00%                 0.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

CLASS B SHARES--DEFERRED SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class B shares, you will not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class B shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. The Rule 12b-1 distribution fee and
the shareholder service fee accrue daily and are paid monthly. Class B shares
are subject to a CDSC if you redeem them prior to the seventh year after
purchase. At the end of the eighth year (96th month) after purchase, Class B
shares will automatically convert into Class A shares of the Fund, which are
subject to the shareholder service fee of 0.25%. Automatic conversion of Class B
shares into Class A shares will occur at least once a month on the basis of the
relative net asset values of the shares of the two classes on the conversion
date, without the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. Conversion
of Class B shares to Class A shares will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the
shares for federal income tax purposes. Shares purchased through reinvestment of
dividends and other distributions on Class B shares also will convert
automatically to Class A shares based on the portion of purchased shares that
convert. The minimum initial investment in Class B shares is $2,000.

CLASS C SHARES--PAY AS YOU GO
If you purchase Class C shares, you do not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class C shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. Class C shares also are subject to a
1.00% CDSC if you redeem them within 18 months of purchase.

<PAGE>

Although Class C shares are subject to a CDSC for only 18 months (as compared to
six years for Class B), Class C shares have no conversion feature. Accordingly,
if you purchase Class C shares, those shares will be subject to the 0.75%
distribution fee and the 0.25% shareholder service fee for as long as you own
your Class C shares. The minimum initial investment in Class C shares is $2,000.

You may be subject to a CDSC upon redemption of your Class B and Class C shares
under the following conditions:

o        Class B Shares
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
           YEARS AFTER PURCHASE       CDSC ON SHARES BEING REDEEMED
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 1st year                         5.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 2nd year                         4.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 3rd year                         3.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 4th year                         3.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 5th year                         2.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 6th year                         1.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 7th year                          None
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
            After the 7th year                     None
         ---------------------------------------------------------------

         Class B shares will be automatically converted to Class A shares at the
         end of the eighth year (96th month) after purchase.

o        Class C Shares
         If you redeem Class C shares within 18 months of purchase, you will be
         charged a CDSC of 1.00%. There is no CDSC imposed on Class C shares
         acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains.

The CDSC on redemptions of shares is computed based on the original purchase
price of the shares being redeemed, net of reinvested dividends and capital
gains distributions. CDSC calculations are based on the specific shares
involved, not the value of the account. To keep your CDSC as low as possible,
each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in
your account that are not subject to a CDSC. If there are not enough of these
shares to meet your request, we will sell your shares on a first-in, first-out
basis. Your financial consultant or institution may elect to waive some or all
of the payment, thereby reducing or eliminating the otherwise applicable CDSC.

OTHER CLASSES OF SHARES
The Fund may offer other classes of shares, from time to time, for special
purposes. These other classes, if offered, will not be available to the general
public, although they may appear in newspaper listings. When reviewing newspaper
listings, please remember that the class or classes listed may not be the class
you own and therefore the net asset value(s) listed may be different from the
net asset value of your shares.

<PAGE>

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS
REDUCING SALES CHARGES ON YOUR CLASS A SHARES. There are several ways you can
combine multiple purchases of Class A shares to take advantage of the
breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. These can be combined in any manner:

o    Accumulation privilege--lets you add the value of any Class A shares you
     and your immediate family already own to the amount of your next investment
     for purposes of calculating sales charges

o    Letter of intent--lets you purchase Class A shares over a 13-month period
     and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at
     once. See the new account application and our Statement of Additional
     Information for terms and conditions.

To use these privileges, discuss your eligibility with your financial
consultant.

CDSC WAIVERS. In general, the CDSC may be waived on shares you sell for the
following reasons:

o    Payments through certain systematic retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans

o    Qualifying distributions from qualified retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans

o    Distributions from custodial accounts under section 403(b)(7) of the
     Internal Revenue Code as well as from Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs)
     due to death, disability or attainment of age 70_

o    Participation in certain fee-based programs

To use any of these waivers, contact your financial consultant.

REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. If you sell shares of the Fund, you may invest some or
all of the proceeds in the Fund within 90 days without a sales charge. If you
paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with the amount of
the CDSC. All accounts involved must have the same registration.

To use this privilege, contact your financial consultant.

NET ASSET VALUE PURCHASES. Class A shares may be sold at net asset value, with
only a $2,000 minimum initial investment, to:

o    Clients of financial consultants who exchange their shares from an
     unaffiliated investment company that has a comparable sales charge,
     provided that shares are purchased within 60 days of the redemption and the
     exchange is effected through the same financial consultant;

o    Trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing shares for certain retirement
     plans of organizations with 50 or more eligible employees and
     employer-sponsored benefit plans in connection with purchases of Fund
     shares made as a result of participant-directed exchanges between options
     in such a plan;

<PAGE>

o    Investment advisers, financial planners and certain financial institutions
     that place trades for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients
     either individually or through a master account and who charge a
     management, consulting or other fee for their services;

o    "Wrap accounts" for the benefit of clients of broker-dealers, financial
     institutions or financial planners having sales or service agreements with
     the distributor or another broker-dealer or financial institution with
     respect to sales of Fund shares;

o    Current or retired trustees, officers and employees of the Fund, the
     distributor, the transfer agent, the adviser and its members, certain
     family members of the above persons, and trusts or plans primarily for such
     persons or their family members;

o    Current or retired registered representatives or full-time employees and
     their spouses and minor children and plans of broker-dealers or other
     institutions that have selling agreements with the distributor; and

o    Such other persons as are determined by the adviser or distributor to have
     acquired shares under circumstances where the Fund has not incurred any
     sales expense.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
Investors may purchase shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries such
as financial consultants, securities brokers, dealers or benefit plan
administrators. Investors should contact their financial intermediary directly
for appropriate purchase instructions, as well as for information pertaining to
accounts and any servicing or transaction fees that may be charged. Some
financial intermediaries may appoint subagents.

The minimum initial investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares is $2,000
(including IRAs) and $100 for subsequent investments. The adviser or the
distributor, at their discretion, may waive these minimums. See our Statement of
Additional Information for further details.

See "Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers" for ways to make your initial
investment go farther.

Shares are sold at a public offering price based on the net asset value for the
class of shares selected. If your purchase order is received by the Transfer
Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any Business Day,
you will pay the next public offering price that is determined as of the close
of trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if the Fund determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to transmit orders for
the purchase of shares by its customers to the transfer agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.

<PAGE>

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), call the Transfer Agent at (800) 497-2960,
or see our Statement of Additional Information.

For information on an automatic investment plan or a payroll investment plan,
see our Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         o        By mail
         o        By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

If you purchased your shares through a financial intermediary, you should
contact the intermediary for information relating to redemptions. The Fund's
name and your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund accounts falls below $500, the Fund
may ask you to increase your balance. If the account balance is still below $500
after 60 days, the Fund may close your account and send you the proceeds. The
Fund will not close your account if it falls below $500 solely as a result of a
reduction in your account's market value.

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to our Statement of
Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares of the Fund for shares in the
same class of the following portfolios:

Roxbury Large Cap Growth Fund
Roxbury Mid Cap Fund
Roxbury Socially Responsible Fund

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at the time
or as next determined thereafter.

<PAGE>

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

If you make an exchange involving Class B or Class C shares, the amount of time
you held the original shares will be added to the holding period of the Class B
or Class shares, respectively, into which you exchanged for the purpose of
calculating contingent deferred sales charges if you later redeem the exchange
shares.

Before requesting an exchange, you should review the prospectus of the portfolio
you wish to acquire. To obtain prospectuses of the other portfolios, you may
call (800) 497-2960. To obtain more information about exchanges or to place
exchange orders, contact the Transfer Agent, or your financial professional. The
portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer described here and will
give you 60 days' notice of such termination or modification. This exchange
offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the sale of portfolio shares to
be acquired through such exchange may be legally made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of the Fund, if any, are declared
and paid annually to you. Any net capital gain realized by the Fund will be
distributed annually.

Distributions are payable to shareholders of record at the time distributions
are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but excluding holders
of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested in additional Fund
shares, unless you have elected to receive distributions in cash.

TAXES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as the Fund meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While the Fund may invest in
securities that earn interest subject to Federal income tax and securities that
earn interest exempt from that tax, under normal conditions the Fund invests
primarily in taxable securities. The Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that
year.

Dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken
as cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. The Fund's
distributions of net capital gain, whether received in cash or reinvested in
additional Fund shares, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless
of the length of time you have held your shares. You should be aware that if
Fund shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any dividend or
capital gain

<PAGE>

distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and will receive some
portion of the price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund anticipates the
distribution of net capital gain.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of the Fund.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in the Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS

The Distributor manages the Fund's distribution efforts and enters into dealer
agreements with financial consultants to sell fund shares.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW CAN YOUR FINANCIAL CONSULTANT HELP YOU?
         Your financial consultant is thoroughly familiar with the Fund and with
         Roxbury Capital Management. He or she can answer any questions you have
         now, or in the future, about how the Fund operates, which class of
         shares is most appropriate for you and how the Roxbury investment style
         works and has performed for other investors. Your financial consultant
         is a valuable and knowledgeable resource.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 that allows the Fund
to pay a fee to the Distributor for facilitating the sale and distribution of
its shares. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund's assets on an ongoing
basis, over time these fees indirectly will increase the cost of your investment
and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Rule 12b-1 permits a fund directly or indirectly to pay expenses associated with
the distribution of its shares and the servicing of its shareholders in
accordance with a plan adopted by the Board of Trustees and approved by its
shareholders. Pursuant to the Rule, the Board has approved, and the Fund has
entered into, separate distribution plans with the Distributor, for the Class B
and Class C shares. Under the distribution plans, the Fund will pay distribution
fees to the

<PAGE>

Distributor at a maximum annual rate of 0.75% of its aggregate average daily net
assets attributable to its Class B and Class C shares.

The distribution plan provides that the Distributor may use the distribution
fees received from a class of shares to pay for the distribution and shareholder
servicing expenses of that class, including, but not limited to (i) incentive
compensation paid to the directors, officers and employees of, agents for and
consultants to, the distributor or any other broker-dealer or financial
institution that engages in the distribution of that class; and (ii)
compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions or other persons for
providing distribution assistance with respect to that class. Distribution fees
may also be used for (i) marketing and promotional activities, including, but
not limited to, direct mail promotions and television, radio, newspaper,
magazine and other mass media advertising for that class; (ii) costs of printing
and distributing prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information and reports
of the Fund to prospective investors in that class; (iii) costs involved in
preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Fund and
that class; and (iv) costs involved in obtaining whatever information, analyses
and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund
may, from time to time, deem advisable with respect to the distribution of that
class. Distribution fees are accrued daily and paid monthly, and are charged as
expenses of, respectively, Class B and Class C shares as accrued.

The distribution fees applicable to the Class B and Class C shares are designed
to permit you to purchase Class B and Class C shares through broker-dealers
without the assessment of a front-end sales charge and at the same time to
permit the distributor to compensate broker-dealers on an ongoing basis to
provide services to shareholders of the Class B and Class C shares attributable
to those broker-dealers.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES
The Board of Trustees has adopted a shareholder service plan authorizing the
Fund to pay service providers an annual fee not exceeding 0.25% of the Fund's
average daily net assets of each class of shares, to compensate service
providers who maintain a service relationship. Service activities provided under
this plan include (a) establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and
records, (b) answering shareholder inquiries, (c) assisting in share purchases
and redemptions, (d) providing statements and reports to shareholders, and (e)
providing other related services requested by shareholders.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
Series. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional investors,
including the Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in
economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each
shareholder of a master fund, including the Series, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

<PAGE>

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, the
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
The Fund is not currently contemplating such a move.

<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE FUND, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Fund's policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Fund may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

Roxbury Science and Technology Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) 497-2960
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the
Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington,
D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by electronic request at the following E-Mail address: [email protected]
or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC,
20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. Reports and other information
about the Fund may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.

              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                           PLEASE CALL (800) 497-2960.

The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

<PAGE>
                                 [ROXBURY LOGO]


                        ROXBURY SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FUND

================================================================================



                        PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 1, 2000

This prospectus contains important information about the Fund, including
information on investment policies, risks and fees. For your own benefit and
protection, please read it before you invest, and keep it on hand for future
reference.

Like all mutual fund shares, these securities have not been approved or
disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission nor has the Securities and
Exchange Commission determined whether this prospectus is accurate or complete.
Anyone who tells you otherwise is committing a criminal offense.

         PRESENTLY CLASS A SHARES OF THE FUND ARE BEING OFFERED ONLY TO
        CERTAIN PERSONS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE CLASS A SHARES AT NET ASSET
                VALUE. SEE "SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS."
           CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES ARE NOT CURRENTLY BEING OFFERED.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                 <C>                                                    <C>
A LOOK AT THE GOALS, STRATEGIES,    FUND DESCRIPTION
RISKS AND EXPENSES OF THE           Summary................................................3
FUND.                               Fees and Expenses......................................4
                                    Adviser Prior Performance..............................6
                                    Investment Objective...................................7
                                    Primary Investment Strategies..........................7
                                    Additional Risk Information............................9

DETAILS ABOUT THE SERVICE           MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
PROVIDERS.                          Investment Adviser....................................11
                                    Fund Manager..........................................11
                                    Service Providers.....................................12

POLICIES AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR       SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
OPENING, MAINTAINING AND            How Share Price is Calculated.........................13
CLOSING AN ACCOUNT IN THE           Selecting the Correct Class of Shares.................13
FUND.                               Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers...................15
                                    Purchase of Shares....................................17
                                    Redemption of Shares..................................18
                                    Exchange of Shares....................................18
                                    Distributions.........................................19
                                    Taxes.................................................19

DETAILS ON DISTRIBUTION PLANS,      DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE FEES       Rule 12b-1 Fees.......................................20
AND THE FUND'S MASTER/FEEDER        Shareholder Service Fees..............................21
ARRANGEMENT.                        Master/Feeder Structure...............................21


                                    FOR MORE INFORMATION..........................back cover

</TABLE>

For information about key terms and concepts, look for our "PLAIN TALK"
explanations.

<PAGE>

                        ROXBURY SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FUND

FUND DESCRIPTION

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS A MUTUAL FUND?
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         A mutual fund pools shareholders' money and, using a professional
         investment manager, invests in securities like stocks and bonds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY

Investment Objective       o    ROXBURY SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FUND seeks superior
                                long-term growth of capital.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investment Focus           o    Equity securities (generally common stocks)
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Share Price Volatility     o    Moderate to high
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Investment       o    The Fund is a diversified portfolio that invests
Strategies                      in stocks which the adviser believes exhibit
                                consistent, above-average earnings growth,
                                industry leadership, attractive risk/reward
                                characteristics, and meet the community,
                                environment, employees, and diversity
                                ("CEEDs(TRADEMARK)") social criteria.
                           o    The Fund operates as a "feeder fund" which means
                                that the Fund does not buy individual securities
                                directly. Instead, it invests in a corresponding
                                mutual fund or "master fund," which in turn
                                purchases the actual stock holdings. The Fund's
                                master fund is the Socially Responsible Series
                                (the "Series") of WT Investment Trust I.
                           o    In a master/feeder arrangement, a feeder fund,
                                like the Fund, takes your investment dollars and
                                transfers them to an even larger pool, like the
                                Series, for greater efficiency. The Fund and the
                                Series have the same investment objective,
                                policies and limitations. When this prospectus
                                refers to investments of the Fund it is actually
                                referring to the investments of the Series.
                           o    The adviser purchases stocks, and in the case of
                                foreign companies, American Depository Receipts
                                ("ADRs"), it believes exhibit consistent,
                                above-average earnings growth, superior quality
                                and attractive risk/reward characteristics. The
                                adviser analyzes the stocks of over 2,000
                                companies to search for industry leading
                                companies which are growing at faster rates than
                                the market's average rate. The Adviser generally
                                sells stocks when the risk/rewards of a stock
                                turn negative, when company fundamentals
                                deteriorate or when a stock violates CEEDs
                                (TRADEMARK) and other socially responsible
                                criteria.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Principal Risks            The Fund is subject to the following risks summarized
                           below, which are further described under "Additional
                           Risk Information."
                           o    There is no guarantee that the stock market or
                                the stocks that the Fund buys will always
                                increase in value. Therefore, it is possible to
                                lose money by investing in the Fund.
                           o    The Fund's share price will fluctuate in
                                response to changes in the market value of the
                                Fund's investments. Market value will change as
                                a result of business developments affecting an
                                issuer as well as general market and economic
                                conditions.
                           o    Growth-oriented investments may be more volatile
                                than the rest of the U.S. stock market as a
                                whole.
                           o    Investments in a foreign market are subject to
                                foreign security risk and the risk of losses
                                caused by changes in foreign currency exchange
                                rates.
                           o    The performance of the Fund will depend on how
                                successfully the Adviser pursues its investment
                                strategy. Because the Fund avoids certain
                                companies not considered socially responsible,
                                it could miss out on the performance of
                                companies that do not meet the Fund's socially
                                responsible criteria.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Investor Profile           o    Investors who want the value of their investment
                                to grow with a focus on companies pursuing
                                socially responsible policies and who are
                                willing to accept more volatility for the
                                possibility of growth returns.
-------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
FEES AND EXPENSES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE FUND EXPENSES?
         Every mutual fund has operating expenses to pay for professional
         advisory, distribution, administration and custody services. The Fund's
         expenses in the table below are shown as a percentage of its average
         annual net assets. Sales charges are deducted once when you make or
         redeem your investment. Expenses are deducted from Fund assets.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold shares of the Fund. The Fund offers different share classes to allow you to
maximize your potential return depending on your and your financial consultant's
current expectations for your investment in the Fund.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE SALES CHARGES?
         The sales charge or load that you pay is a separate fee based on how
         much you invest. This fee compensates your financial consultant for
         providing you with investment assistance and on-going service as well
         as handling all the paperwork associated with your investment and any
         subsequent adjustments you make. For your convenience, the Fund is
         offered in several classes, giving you several ways to pay this fee.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHAREHOLDER  FEES (FEES PAID  DIRECTLY FROM YOUR
INVESTMENT)                                              CLASS A      CLASS B(a)   CLASS C
                                                         -------      ----------   -------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>        <C>
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on                  5.50%(b)         None       None
   purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
Maximum deferred sales charge                            None(c)       5.00%(d)   1.00%(e)
Maximum sales charge imposed on                           None           None       None
   reinvested dividends (and other
   distributions)
Redemption fee(f)                                         None           None       None
</TABLE>
-------------------
(a)     Class B shares convert to Class A shares automatically at the end of the
        eighth year (96th month) after purchase. Investors seeking to purchase
        Class B shares in amounts that exceed $250,000 should discuss with their
        financial consultant whether the purchase of another class would be more
        appropriate; such orders may be rejected by the Fund.
(b)     Reduced for purchases of $50,000 and more.
(c)     Class A shares are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (a
        "CDSC"); except certain purchases that are not subject to an initial
        sales charge may instead be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% of amounts
        redeemed within the first year of purchase. Such a CDSC may be waived in
        connection with redemptions to participants in certain fee-based
        programs.
(d)     5.00% during the first year; 4.00% during the second year; 3.00% during
        the third year and fourth year; 2.00% during the fifth year; and 1.00%
        during the sixth year. Class B shares automatically convert into Class A
        shares at the end of the eighth year after purchase and thereafter will
        not be subject to a CDSC.
(e)     Class C shares are subject to a 1.00% CDSC only if redeemed within the
        first 18 months after purchase.
(f)     If you effect a redemption via wire transfer, you may be required to pay
        fees, including a $10 wire fee and other fees, that will be directly
        deducted from your redemption proceeds. If you request redemption checks
        to be sent

<PAGE>

        by overnight mail, you may be required to pay a $10 fee that will be
        directly deducted from your redemption proceeds.

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES 1 (EXPENSES THAT ARE
DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)                        CLASS A  CLASS B  CLASS C
                                                  -------  -------  -------
Management fees                                    0.75%    0.75%    0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) fee                            None    0.75%    0.75%
Shareholder Service fee                            0.25%    0.25%    0.25%
Other expenses 2                                   0.55%    0.55%    0.55%
                                                   -----    -----    -----
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 3                  1.55%    2.30%    2.30%
                                                   =====    =====    =====
---------------------
1  The table above and the example below each reflect the aggregate annual
   operating expenses of the Fund and the Series.
2  "Other expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
3  The adviser has agreed to reduce its fees and/or reimburse  expenses to limit
   the total annual operating expenses to 1.55% for Class A shares and 2.30% for
   each of Class B and Class C shares.  This  arrangement  will  remain in place
   until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.


EXAMPLE
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund
with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table below shows what you
would pay if you invested $10,000 over the various time frames indicated. The
example assumes that:

o    you reinvested all dividends and other distributions
o    the average annual return was 5%
o    the Fund's maximum total operating expenses are charged and remain the same
     over the time periods
o    you redeemed all of your investment at the end of the time period.

Although your actual cost may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions,
your costs would be:

                                                         1 YEAR        3 YEARS
                                                         ------        -------
Class A 1                                                 $699         $1,013

Class B (assuming no redemption)                          $233          $718

Class B (assuming complete redemption at the
  end of the 1 year or 3 year period)2                    $733         $1,018

Class C (assuming no redemption)                          $233          $718

Class C (assuming complete redemption at the
  end of the 1 year or 3 year period)2                    $333          $718

1    Assumes deduction at time of purchase of maximum sales charge.
2    Assumes deduction at redemption of maximum deferred sales charge.

THE ABOVE EXAMPLE IS FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
THE FUND'S ACTUAL EXPENSES AND RETURNS, EITHER PAST OR FUTURE.

ADVISER'S PRIOR PERFORMANCE IN SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
The table below shows relevant performance data for the Adviser and its
predecessors' investment advisory accounts (the "Accounts") during the ten year
period ended September 30, 2000, using the same investment approach specified
for the Fund described under "Investment Objective" and "Primary Investment
Strategies."

<PAGE>

The results for the period October 1, 1990 through July 31, 1998 are the results
of Roxbury Capital Management Inc., the predecessor to Roxbury Capital
Management, LLC.

The Accounts constitute the portfolios managed by the Adviser (and its
predecessor) that have an identical or substantially similar investment
objective or investment approach as the Fund and that have met certain basic
criteria as to minimum account value, discretionary status, tax-exempt status
and period of management of more than one month. The Accounts were managed for
tax-exempt clients and, therefore, may have been managed differently than for
taxable clients. The Accounts were not subject to the same types of expenses to
which the Fund is subject, nor to the diversification requirements, specific tax
restrictions and investment limitations imposed on the Fund by the Investment
Company Act of 1940, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The performance of
the Accounts may have been adversely affected had they been subject to the same
expenses, restrictions and limitations. The Adviser believes that any adverse
effect would not have been significant. The results presented are not intended
to predict or suggest the return to be experienced by the Fund or the return you
might achieve by investing in the Fund. You should not rely on the following
performance data as an indication of future performance of the Adviser or of the
Fund.

        TOTAL RETURN OF ADVISER'S SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          1 Year        3 Years        5 Years       10 Years
                           Ended          Ended         Ended          Ended
Average Annual           Sept. 30,      Sept. 30,      Sept. 30,     Sept. 30,
Return for the           ---------      --------       --------      --------
Periods Specified:         2000           2000           2000          2000
                           ----           ----           ----          ----
The Accounts (net of
  expenses)............    46.28%         31.55%        28.28%         23.06%
S&P 500 Index..........    13.28%         16.44%        21.69%         19.44%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Please read the following important notes concerning the Accounts:

1.   The results for the Accounts reflect both income and capital appreciation
     or depreciation (total return). Dividends are accounted for on a cash
     basis; other items of income are accounted for on an accrual basis. Returns
     are time-weighted and represent the dollar-weighted average of the Accounts
     with a minimum size of $1,000,000 since January 1, 1995. Return figures are
     net of applicable fees and expenses (other than separate custody fees). As
     of April 1, 1995, the Accounts were valued daily.

2.   The S&P 500 Index consists of 500 stocks chosen by Standard & Poor's for
     market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a
     market-value weighted unmanaged index (stock price times number of shares
     outstanding), with each stock's weight in the S&P 500 Index proportionate
     to its market value.

<PAGE>

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN INDEX?
         An index is a broad measure of the market performance of a specific
         group of securities in a particular market or securities in a market
         sector. You cannot invest directly in an index. An index does not have
         an adviser and does not pay any commissions or expenses. If an index
         had expenses, its performance would be lower.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     SPECIAL NOTE CONCERNING ADVISER INVESTMENT RETURNS: You should note that
     the Fund will compute and disclose its average annual compounded rate of
     return using the standard formula set forth in SEC rules, which differs in
     certain respects from the method used to compute the returns for the
     Accounts noted above. The SEC total return calculation method calls for
     computation and disclosure of an average annual compounded rate of return
     for one, five and ten year periods or shorter periods from inception. The
     SEC formula provides a rate of return that equates a hypothetical initial
     investment of $10,000 to an ending redeemable value. The returns shown for
     the Accounts are reduced to reflect the deduction of advisory fees in
     accordance with the SEC calculation formula, which requires that returns
     shown for a fund be net of advisory fees as well as all other applicable
     fund operating expenses. Performance was calculated on a trade date basis.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The Fund and the Series seek superior long-term growth of capital.

For purposes of this investment objective, "superior" long-term growth of
capital means long-term growth of capital from an investment in the securities
primarily comprising the S&P 500 Index that exceeds the return of the S&P 500
Index. This investment objective may not be changed without shareholder
approval. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment
objective.

PRIMARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE GROWTH FUNDS?
         Growth funds invest in the common stock of growth-oriented companies
         seeking maximum growth of earnings and share price with little regard
         for dividend earnings. Generally, companies with high relative rates of
         growth tend to reinvest more of their profits into the company and pay
         out less to shareholders in the form of dividends. As a result,
         investors in growth funds tend to receive most of their return in the
         form of capital appreciation.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FUNDS?
         Socially Responsible funds include proactive screens, exclusionary
         screens, and proxy voting. Emphasis is placed on the CEEDs(TM) criteria
         of community, environment, employees, and diversity. Exclusionary
         screens eliminate those companies which are major participants in or
         whose primary business is the production of alcoholic beverages,
         tobacco, gambling, nuclear power, and military weapons.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing its assets in
the Series. The Series, under normal market conditions, may invest 100% of its
total assets in the following equity (or equity-related) securities:

o    common stocks of corporations that are judged by the adviser to have strong
     growth characteristics;
o    securities convertible into the common stock of corporations described
     above;
o    American Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), which are negotiable certificates
     held in a U.S. bank representing a specific number of shares of a foreign
     stock traded on a U.S. stock exchange. ADRs make it easier for Americans to
     invest in foreign companies, due to the widespread availability of
     dollar-denominated price information, lower transaction costs, and timely
     dividend distributions. An American Depository Share or ADS is the share
     issued under an American Depositary Receipt agreement which is actually
     traded;
o    options on common stock or options on stock indexes. Options may not
     represent more than 15% of the Fund's market value.

The Adviser looks for high quality, sustainable growth stocks while paying
careful attention to valuation. Research is bottom-up, emphasizing business
fundamentals, including financial statement analysis and industry and competitor
evaluations. The Adviser selects stocks it believes exhibit consistent,
above-average earnings growth, industry leadership, attractive risk/reward
characteristics and meet the CEEDs(TRADEMARK) social criteria. These companies
are expected to generate consistent earnings growth in a variety of economic
environments.

The Adviser also seeks to provide a greater margin of safety and stability in
its investments. Rapid earnings growth is expected to translate ultimately into
superior total returns. Additionally, several valuation tools are used to avoid
over-paying for growth stocks. Over time, the Adviser believes these favorable
characteristics will produce better returns with less risk than many other
growth styles.

The Adviser's research team analyzes a broad universe of over 2,000 companies.
Industry specialists search for high-quality companies that are growing their
earnings at roughly double the market's average. Approximately 150 stocks pass
these initial screens and are subject to thorough research. Dominant market
share, strong financials, the power to price, significant free cash flow and
shareholder-oriented management are critical attributes or factors.

After applying the fundamental investment analysis, the research process for the
Series also includes proactive screens, exclusionary screens, and proxy voting,
with emphasis placed on the community, environment, employees, and diversity
(CEEDs(TRADEMARK)). These screens permit

<PAGE>

identification of the companies that are not only making a positive contribution
to the community, environment, and employees, but are also creating policies for
superior long-term shareholder returns. The Series excludes companies, based on
data available to the Adviser, whose primary business is the production of
alcoholic beverages, the production of tobacco products, gaming or lottery,
weapons related contracting, or nuclear power.

Final purchase candidates are selected by the Adviser's investment committee
based on attractive risk/reward characteristics, social criteria and
diversification guidelines. Certain industries may be over or under-weighted by
the adviser based upon favorable growth rates or valuation parameters.

The Adviser generally sells stocks when the risk/reward characteristics of a
stock turn negative, company fundamentals deteriorate, the stock underperforms
the market or its peer group or the company violates the social criteria.

The Fund's investments will emphasize large cap growth stocks (generally $5
billion or more of market capitalization at the time of purchase), but also may
include small to medium cap stocks (between $1 billion and 5 billion in total
market capitalization) and special situations (expected stable return, favorable
risk/reward characteristics, typically involving corporate restructuring). The
Fund may also use derivative securities from time to time in order to manage
cash flows in and out of the Fund while remaining fully invested.

In order to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions,
the Series may assume a temporary defensive position and invest without limit in
commercial paper and other money market instruments that are rated investment
grade. The result of this action may be that the Series will be unable to
achieve its investment objective. The series also may use other strategies and
engage in other investment practices, which are described in detail in our
Statement of Additional Information.

ADDITIONAL RISK INFORMATION
The following is a list of certain risks that may apply to your investment in
the Fund. Further information about investment risk is available in our
Statement of Additional Information:

o    MARKET RISK: The risk that the market value of a security may move up and
     down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The prices of equity securities
     change in response to many factors including the historical and prospective
     earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, general economic
     conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity.
o    INDUSTRY AND SECURITY RISK: The risk that the value of securities in a
     particular industry or the value of an individual stock will decline
     because of changing expectations for the performance of that industry or
     for the individual company issuing the stock. Because the Series avoids
     investing in companies that do not meet socially responsible criteria, its
     exposure to certain industry sectors may be greater or less than similar
     funds or market indexes. This could affect the Fund's performance.
o    GROWTH-ORIENTED INVESTING RISK: The risk that an investment in a
     growth-oriented

<PAGE>

     portfolio may be more volatile than the rest of the U.S. market as a whole.
o    DERIVATIVES RISK: Some of the Series' investments may be referred to as
     "derivatives" because their value depends on, or derives from, the value of
     an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These investments include
     options, futures contracts and similar investments that may be used in
     hedging, risk management or other portfolio management purposes consistent
     with the Series' investment objective. The market value of derivative
     instruments and securities is sometimes more volatile than that of other
     investments, and each type of derivative may pose its own special risks. As
     a fundamental policy, no more than 15% of the Series' total assets may at
     any time be committed or exposed to derivative strategies.
o    MASTER/FEEDER RISK: The master/feeder structure is relatively new and
     complex. While this structure is designed to reduce costs, it may not do
     so, and there may be operational or other complications. For example,
     large-scale redemptions by other feeders of their shares of the master fund
     could have adverse effects on a fund such as requiring the liquidation of a
     substantial portion of the master fund's holdings at a time when it could
     be disadvantageous to do so. Also, other feeders of a master fund may have
     a greater ownership interest in the master fund and, therefore, could have
     effective voting control over the operation of the master fund.
o    CURRENCY RISK: The risk related to investments denominated in foreign
     currencies. Foreign securities are usually denominated in foreign currency
     therefor changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect the net asset
     value of the Fund.
o    FOREIGN SECURITY RISK: The risk of losses due to political, regulatory,
     economic, social or other uncontrollable forces in a foreign country not
     normally associated with investing in the U.S. markets.
o    OPPORTUNITY RISK: The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity
     because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less
     advantageous investments.
o    VALUATION RISK: The risk that a Series has valued certain of its securities
     at a higher price that it can sell them.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
The Board of Trustees supervises the management, activities and affairs of the
Fund and has approved contracts with various financial organizations to provide,
among other services, the day-to-day management required by the Fund and its
shareholders. The Board of Trustees includes a member of the Roxbury Investment
Committee.

INVESTMENT ADVISER

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN ADVISER?
         The Adviser makes investment decisions for a mutual fund and
         continuously reviews, supervises and administers the fund's investment
         program. The Board of Trustees supervises the Adviser and establishes
         policies that the adviser must follow in its management activities.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Roxbury Capital Management, LLC, 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 600, Santa
Monica, California 90401, serves as the investment adviser for the Fund (by
managing the Series). Under an advisory agreement, Roxbury, subject to the
supervision of the Board of Trustees, directs the investments of the Series in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations. In

<PAGE>

addition to serving as Adviser to the Series, Roxbury is engaged in a variety of
investment advisory activities, including the management of separately managed
accounts. The Series pays a monthly advisory fee to Roxbury at the annual rate
of 0.75% of the Series' first $1 billion of average daily net assets; 0.70% of
the Series' next $1 billion of average daily net assets; and 0.65% of the
Series' average daily net assets over $2 billion.

FUND MANAGER
The day-to-day management of the Series is the responsibility of Roxbury's
Investment Committee. The Investment Committee meets regularly to make
investment decisions for the Series and relies on Roxbury's research team.

SERVICE PROVIDERS
The following chart provides information on the Fund's primary service
providers.

<PAGE>

Asset                                          Shareholder
Management                                     Services
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

              ADVISER                                  TRANSFER AGENT

  ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC                         PFPC INC.

      100 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD                        400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY

             SUITE 600                              WILMINGTON, DE 19809

      SANTA MONICA, CA 90401                              SUITE 108

                                                Handles shareholder services,
                                                 including recordkeeping and
                                                   statements, payment of
   Manages the Fund's investment               distribution and processing of
            activities.                            buy and sell requests.
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

                        --------------------------------

                                ROXBURY SOCIALLY
                                RESPONSIBLE FUND

                        --------------------------------

Fund                                           Asset
Operations                                     Safe Keeping
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

         ADMINISTRATOR AND                                CUSTODIAN

         ACCOUNTING AGENT                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

             PFPC INC.                               RODNEY SQUARE NORTH

       400 BELLEVUE PARKWAY                       1100 NORTH MARKET STREET

       WILMINGTON, DE 19809                         WILMINGTON, DE 19890

Provides facilities, equipment and                Holds the Fund's assets,
      personnel to carry out                    settles all portfolio trades
administrative services related to                and collects most of the
the Fund and calculates the Fund's               valuation data required for
      NAV and distributions.                   calculating the Fund's NAV per
                                                           share.
------------------------------------           --------------------------------

<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
HOW SHARE PRICE IS CALCULATED
The Fund values its assets based on current market values when such values are
readily available. These prices normally are supplied by a pricing service.
Securities that do not have a readily available current market value are valued
in good faith under the direction of the Board of Trustees.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS THE NET ASSET VALUE or "NAV"?
                           NAV = Assets - Liabilities
                                 --------------------
                                 Outstanding Shares
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PFPC determines the NAV per share of the Fund as of the close of regular trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each
Business Day (a day that the Exchange, the Transfer Agent and the Philadelphia
branch of the Federal Reserve Bank are open for business). The NAV is calculated
by adding the value of all securities and other assets in the Fund, deducting
its liabilities and dividing the balance by the number of outstanding shares in
the Fund.

Shares will not be priced on those days the Fund is closed. As of the date of
this prospectus, those days are:

     New Year's Day                   Memorial Day              Veterans Day
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day      Independence Day          Thanksgiving Day
     Presidents' Day                  Labor Day                 Christmas Day
     Good Friday                      Columbus Day

SELECTING THE CORRECT CLASS OF SHARES
This prospectus offers Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund. Each
class has its own cost structure, allowing you to choose the one that best meets
your requirements and current expectations. Your financial consultant can help
you decide which class is best for you. For estimated expenses of each class,
see the table under "Fees and Expenses" earlier in this prospectus.

CLASS A SHARES--INITIAL SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class A shares, you will incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase (a "front-end load") based on the dollar amount of your purchase. The
maximum initial sales charge is 5.50%, which is reduced for purchases of $50,000
and more. Sales charges also may be reduced

<PAGE>

by using the accumulation privilege described under "Sales Charge Reductions and
Waivers" (see page 15). Class A shares are subject to an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of the Fund's average net assets attributable to Class A
shares. Class A shares will not be subject to any contingent deferred sales
charge (CDSC or "back end load") when they are redeemed. Although some purchases
may not be subject to an initial sales charge, if the initial sales charge is
waived, such purchases may be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% if the shares are
redeemed within one year after purchase. Class A shares also will be issued upon
conversion of Class B shares, as described below under "Class B Shares." The
minimum initial investment in Class A shares is $2,000.

Part of the front-end sales charge is paid directly to the selling broker-dealer
(the "dealer reallowance"). The remainder is retained by the distributor and may
be used either to promote the sale of the Fund's shares or to compensate the
distributor for its efforts to sell the shares of the Fund.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR INVESTMENT                  AS A PERCENTAGE OF     AS A PERCENTAGE OF
                                   OFFERING PRICE        YOUR INVESTMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 and less                       5.50%                  5.82%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 up to $150,000                 5.00%                  5.26%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$150,000 up to $250,000                4.50%                  4.71%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$250,000 up to $500,000                3.50%                  3.63%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$500,000 up to $1,000,000              3.00%                  3.09%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over $1,000,000                        0.00%                  0.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

CLASS B SHARES--DEFERRED SALES CHARGE
If you purchase Class B shares, you will not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class B shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. The Rule 12b-1 distribution fee and
the shareholder service fee accrue daily and are paid monthly. Class B shares
are subject to a CDSC if you redeem them prior to the seventh year after
purchase. At the end of the eighth year (96th month) after purchase, Class B
shares will automatically convert into Class A shares of the Fund, which are
subject to the shareholder service fee of 0.25%. Automatic conversion of Class B
shares into Class A shares will occur at least once a month on the basis of the
relative net asset values of the shares of the two classes on the conversion
date, without the imposition of any sales load, fee or other charge. Conversion
of Class B shares to Class A shares will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the
shares for federal income tax purposes. Shares purchased through reinvestment of
dividends and other distributions on Class B shares also will convert
automatically to Class A shares based on the portion of purchased shares that
convert. The minimum initial investment in Class B shares is $2,000.

CLASS C SHARES--PAY AS YOU GO
If you purchase Class C shares, you do not incur a sales charge at the time of
purchase. However, Class C shares are subject to an ongoing Rule 12b-1
distribution fee of 0.75% of average net assets and an ongoing shareholder
service fee of 0.25% of average net assets. Class C shares also are subject to a
1.00% CDSC if you redeem them within 18 months of purchase.

<PAGE>

Although Class C shares are subject to a CDSC for only 18 months (as compared to
six years for Class B), Class C shares have no conversion feature. Accordingly,
if you purchase Class C shares, those shares will be subject to the 0.75%
distribution fee and the 0.25% shareholder service fee for as long as you own
your Class C shares. The minimum initial investment in Class C shares is $2,000.

You may be subject to a CDSC upon redemption of your Class B and Class C shares
under the following conditions:

o        Class B Shares
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
           YEARS AFTER PURCHASE       CDSC ON SHARES BEING REDEEMED
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 1st year                         5.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 2nd year                         4.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 3rd year                         3.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 4th year                         3.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 5th year                         2.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 6th year                         1.00%
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 7th year                          None
         ---------------------------------------------------------------
            After the 7th year                     None
         ---------------------------------------------------------------

         Class B shares will be automatically converted to Class A shares at the
         end of the eighth year (96th month) after purchase.

o        Class C Shares
         If you redeem Class C shares within 18 months of purchase, you will be
         charged a CDSC of 1.00%. There is no CDSC imposed on Class C shares
         acquired through reinvestment of dividends or capital gains.

The CDSC on redemptions of shares is computed based on the original purchase
price of the shares being redeemed, net of reinvested dividends and capital
gains distributions. CDSC calculations are based on the specific shares
involved, not the value of the account. To keep your CDSC as low as possible,
each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in
your account that are not subject to a CDSC. If there are not enough of these
shares to meet your request, we will sell your shares on a first-in, first-out
basis. Your financial consultant or institution may elect to waive some or all
of the payment, thereby reducing or eliminating the otherwise applicable CDSC.

OTHER CLASSES OF SHARES
The Fund may offer other classes of shares, from time to time, for special
purposes. These other classes, if offered, will not be available to the general
public, although they may appear in newspaper listings. When reviewing newspaper
listings, please remember that the class or classes listed may not be the class
you own and therefore the net asset value(s) listed may be different from the
net asset value of your shares.

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

<PAGE>

REDUCING SALES CHARGES ON YOUR CLASS A SHARES. There are several ways you can
combine multiple purchases of Class A shares to take advantage of the
breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. These can be combined in any manner:

o    Accumulation privilege--lets you add the value of any Class A shares you
     and your immediate family already own to the amount of your next investment
     for purposes of calculating sales charges

o    Letter of intent--lets you purchase Class A shares over a 13-month period
     and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at
     once. See the new account application and our Statement of Additional
     Information for terms and conditions.

To use these privileges, discuss your eligibility with your financial
consultant.

CDSC WAIVERS. In general, the CDSC may be waived on shares you sell for the
following reasons:

o    Payments through certain systematic retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans

o    Qualifying distributions from qualified retirement plans and other employee
     benefit plans

o    Distributions from custodial accounts under section 403(b)(7) of the
     Internal Revenue Code as well as from Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs)
     due to death, disability or attainment of age 70_

o    Participation in certain fee-based programs

To use any of these waivers, contact your financial consultant.

REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. If you sell shares of the Fund, you may invest some or
all of the proceeds in the Fund within 90 days without a sales charge. If you
paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with the amount of
the CDSC. All accounts involved must have the same registration.

To use this privilege, contact your financial consultant.

NET ASSET VALUE PURCHASES. Class A shares may be sold at net asset value, with
only a $2,000 minimum initial investment, to:

o    Clients of financial consultants who exchange their shares from an
     unaffiliated investment company that has a comparable sales charge,
     provided that such shares are purchased within 60 days of the redemption
     and the exchange is effected through the same financial consultant;

o    Trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing shares for certain retirement
     plans of organizations with 50 or more eligible employees and
     employer-sponsored benefit plans in connection with purchases of Fund
     shares made as a result of participant-directed exchanges between options
     in such a plan;

<PAGE>

o    Investment advisers, financial planners and certain financial institutions
     that place trades for their own accounts or the accounts of their clients
     either individually or through a master account and who charge a
     management, consulting or other fee for their services;

o    "Wrap accounts" for the benefit of clients of broker-dealers, financial
     institutions or financial planners having sales or service agreements with
     the distributor or another broker-dealer or financial institution with
     respect to sales of Fund shares;

o    Current or retired trustees, officers and employees of the Fund, the
     distributor, the transfer agent, the adviser and its members, certain
     family members of the above persons, and trusts or plans primarily for such
     persons or their family members;

o    Current or retired registered representatives or full-time employees and
     their spouses and minor children and plans of broker-dealers or other
     institutions that have selling agreements with the distributor; and

o    Such other persons as are determined by the adviser or distributor to have
     acquired shares under circumstances where the Fund has not incurred any
     sales expense.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
Investors may purchase shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries such
as financial consultants, securities brokers, dealers or benefit plan
administrators. Investors should contact their financial intermediary directly
for appropriate purchase instructions, as well as for information pertaining to
accounts and any servicing or transaction fees that may be charged. Some
financial intermediaries may appoint subagents.

The minimum initial investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares is $2,000
(including IRAs) and $100 for subsequent investments. The adviser or the
distributor, at their discretion, may waive these minimums. See our Statement of
Additional Information for further details.

See "Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers" for ways to make your initial
investment go farther.

Shares are sold at a public offering price based on the net asset value for the
class of shares selected. If your purchase order is received by the Transfer
Agent before the close of regular trading on the Exchange on any Business Day,
you will pay the next public offering price that is determined as of the close
of trading. Purchase orders received after the close of regular trading on the
Exchange will be priced as of the close of regular trading on the following
Business Day.

Any purchase order may be rejected if the Fund determines that accepting the
order would not be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders.

It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to transmit orders for
the purchase of shares by its customers to the Transfer Agent and to deliver
required funds on a timely basis, in accordance with the procedures stated
above.

For information on other ways to purchase shares, including through an
individual retirement account (IRA), call the Transfer Agent at (800) 497-2960,
or see our Statement of Additional

<PAGE>

Information.

For information on an automatic investment plan or a payroll investment plan,
see our Statement of Additional Information.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW TO REDEEM (SELL) SHARES:
         o        By mail
         o        By telephone
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

If you purchased your shares through a financial intermediary, you should
contact the intermediary for information relating to redemptions. The Fund's
name and your account number should accompany any redemption requests.

SMALL ACCOUNTS: If the value of your Fund accounts falls below $500, the Fund
may ask you to increase your balance. If the account balance is still below $500
after 60 days, the Fund may close your account and send you the proceeds. The
Fund will not close your account if it falls below $500 solely as a result of a
reduction in your account's market value.

For information on other ways to redeem shares, please refer to our Statement of
Additional Information.

EXCHANGE OF SHARES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS AN EXCHANGE OF SHARES?
         An exchange of shares allows you to move your money from one fund to
         another fund within a family of funds.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

You may exchange all or a portion of your shares of the Fund for shares in the
same class of the following portfolios:

Roxbury Large Cap Growth Fund
Roxbury Mid Cap Fund
Roxbury Science and Technology Fund

Redemption of shares through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share
next determined after the Transfer Agent receives your request. A purchase
through an exchange will be effected at the NAV per share determined at the time
or as next determined thereafter.

<PAGE>

Exchange transactions will be subject to the minimum initial investment and
other requirements of the portfolio into which the exchange is made. An exchange
may not be made if the exchange would leave a balance in a shareholder's account
of less than $500.

If you make an exchange involving Class B or Class C shares, the amount of time
you held the original shares will be added to the holding period of the Class B
or Class shares, respectively, into which you exchanged for the purpose of
calculating contingent deferred sales charges if you later redeem the exchange
shares.

Before requesting an exchange, you should review the prospectus of the portfolio
you wish to acquire. To obtain prospectuses of the other portfolios, you may
call (800) 497-2960. To obtain more information about exchanges or to place
exchange orders, contact the Transfer Agent, or your financial professional. The
portfolios may terminate or modify the exchange offer described here and will
give you 60 days' notice of such termination or modification. This exchange
offer is valid only in those jurisdictions where the sale of portfolio shares to
be acquired through such exchange may be legally made.

DISTRIBUTIONS
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT IS NET INVESTMENT INCOME?
         Net investment income consists of interest and dividends earned by a
         fund on its investments less accrued expenses.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Distributions from the net investment income of the Fund, if any, are declared
and paid annually to you. Any net capital gain realized by the Fund will be
distributed annually.

Distributions are payable to shareholders of record at the time distributions
are declared (including holders of shares being redeemed, but excluding holders
of shares being purchased). All distributions are reinvested in additional Fund
shares, unless you have elected to receive distributions in cash.

TAXES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX: As long as the Fund meets the requirements for being a
"regulated investment company," it pays no Federal income tax on the earnings
and gains it distributes to shareholders. While the Fund may invest in
securities that earn interest subject to Federal income tax and securities that
earn interest exempt from that tax, under normal conditions the Fund invests
primarily in taxable securities. The Fund will notify you following the end of
the calendar year of the amount of dividends and other distributions paid that
year.

Dividends you receive from the Fund, whether reinvested in Fund shares or taken
as cash, are generally taxable to you as ordinary income. The Fund's
distributions of net capital gain, whether received in cash or reinvested in
additional Fund shares, are taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless
of the length of time you have held your shares. You should be aware that if
Fund shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any dividend or
capital gain

<PAGE>

distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and will receive some
portion of the price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund anticipates the
distribution of net capital gain.

It is a taxable event for you if you sell or exchange shares of the Fund.
Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you exchange,
you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. You are responsible for
any tax liability generated by your transactions.

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES: You should consult your tax advisers concerning
state and local taxes, which may have different consequences from those of the
Federal income tax law.

This section is only a summary of some important income tax considerations that
may affect your investment in the Fund. More information regarding those
considerations appears in our Statement of Additional Information. You are urged
to consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment on your tax
situation.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS
The Distributor manages the Fund's distribution efforts and enters into dealer
agreements with financial consultants to sell fund shares.

         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         HOW CAN YOUR FINANCIAL CONSULTANT HELP YOU?
         Your financial consultant is thoroughly familiar with the Fund and with
         Roxbury Capital Management. He or she can answer any questions you have
         now, or in the future, about how the Fund operates, which class of
         shares is most appropriate for you and how the Roxbury investment style
         works and has performed for other investors. Your financial consultant
         is a valuable and knowledgeable resource.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

RULE 12B-1 FEES
         PLAIN TALK
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         WHAT ARE 12b-1 FEES?
         12b-1 fees, charged by some funds, are deducted from fund assets to pay
         for marketing and advertising expenses or, more commonly, to compensate
         sales professionals for selling fund shares.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fund has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 that allows the Fund
to pay a fee to the Distributor for facilitating the sale and distribution of
its shares. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund's assets on an ongoing
basis, over time these fees indirectly will increase the cost of your investment
and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

Rule 12b-1 permits a fund directly or indirectly to pay expenses associated with
the distribution of its shares and the servicing of its shareholders in
accordance with a plan adopted by the Board of Trustees and approved by its
shareholders. Pursuant to the Rule, the Board has approved, and the Fund has
entered into, separate distribution plans with the Distributor, for the Class B
and

<PAGE>

Class C shares. Under the distribution plans, the Fund will pay distribution
fees to the Distributor at a maximum annual rate of 0.75% of its aggregate
average daily net assets attributable to its Class B and Class C shares.

The distribution plans provide that the Distributor may use the distribution
fees received from a class of shares to pay for the distribution and shareholder
servicing expenses of that class, including, but not limited to (i) incentive
compensation paid to the directors, officers and employees of, agents for and
consultants to, the distributor or any other broker-dealer or financial
institution that engages in the distribution of that class; and (ii)
compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions or other persons for
providing distribution assistance with respect to that class. Distribution fees
may also be used for (i) marketing and promotional activities, including, but
not limited to, direct mail promotions and television, radio, newspaper,
magazine and other mass media advertising for that class; (ii) costs of printing
and distributing prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information and reports
of the Fund to prospective investors in that class; (iii) costs involved in
preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Fund and
that class; and (iv) costs involved in obtaining whatever information, analyses
and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Fund
may, from time to time, deem advisable with respect to the distribution of that
class. Distribution fees are accrued daily and paid monthly, and are charged as
expenses of, respectively, Class B and Class C shares as accrued.

The distribution fees applicable to the Class B and Class C shares are designed
to permit you to purchase Class B and Class C shares through broker-dealers
without the assessment of a front-end sales charge and at the same time to
permit the distributor to compensate broker-dealers on an ongoing basis to
provide services to shareholders of the Class B and Class C shares attributable
to those broker-dealers.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES
The Board of Trustees has adopted a shareholder service plan authorizing the
Fund to pay service providers an annual fee not exceeding 0.25% of the Fund's
average daily net assets of each class of shares, to compensate service
providers who maintain a service relationship. Service activities provided under
this plan include (a) establishing and maintaining shareholder accounts and
records, (b) answering shareholder inquiries, (c) assisting in share purchases
and redemptions, (d) providing statements and reports to shareholders, and (e)
providing other related services requested by shareholders.

MASTER/FEEDER STRUCTURE
Other institutional investors, including other mutual funds, may invest in the
Series. The master/feeder structure enables various institutional investors,
including the Fund, to pool their assets, which may be expected to result in
economies by spreading certain fixed costs over a larger asset base. Each
shareholder of a master fund, including the Series, will pay its proportionate
share of the master fund's expenses.

<PAGE>

For reasons relating to costs or a change in investment goal, among others, the
Fund could switch to another master fund or decide to manage its assets itself.
The Fund is not currently contemplating such a move.

<PAGE>

FOR MORE INFORMATION

FOR INVESTORS WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE FUND, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE
AVAILABLE FREE UPON REQUEST:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI): Provides a complete technical and
legal description of the Fund's policies, investment restrictions, risks, and
business structure. This prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference.

Copies of these documents and answers to questions about the Fund may be
obtained without charge by contacting:

Roxbury Socially Responsible Fund
c/o PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway
Suite 108
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(800) 497-2960
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time

Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the
Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington,
D.C. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by electronic request at the following E-Mail address: [email protected],
or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC,
20549-0102. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. Reports and other information
about the Fund may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the SEC's Internet
site at http://www.sec.gov.

              FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT, MAKING
              CHANGES TO EXISTING ACCOUNTS, PURCHASING, EXCHANGING
                OR REDEEMING SHARES, OR OTHER INVESTOR SERVICES,
                           PLEASE CALL (800) 497-2960.

The investment company registration number is 811-08648.

<PAGE>

                                 WT MUTUAL FUND

                     WILMINGTON PRIME MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                    WILMINGTON PREMIER MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON U.S. GOVERNMENT PORTFOLIO
                         WILMINGTON TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO
                  WILMINGTON SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                     WILMINGTON INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON LARGE CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON SMALL CAP CORE PORTFOLIO
                WILMINGTON INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON LARGE CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                       WILMINGTON MID CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                      WILMINGTON SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO

                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                NOVEMBER 1, 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with each Portfolio's current prospectus, dated November 1, 2000,
as  amended  from time to time.  A copy of each  current  prospectus  and annual
report may be obtained  without  charge,  by writing to Provident  Distributors,
Inc. ("PDI"),  3200 Horizon Drive,  King of Prussia,  PA 19406, and from certain
institutions  such as banks or  broker-dealers  that have entered into servicing
agreements with PDI or by calling (800) 336-9970.

Each Portfolio and its corresponding master Series' audited financial statements
for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2000,   included  in  the  Annual  Reports  to
shareholders, are incorporated into this SAI by reference.


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION                                                            1
INVESTMENT POLICIES                                                            1
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS                                                        14
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS                                                         18
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES                                        22
Rodney Square Management Corporation                                          22
Wilmington Trust Company                                                      22
Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC.
Roxbury Capital Management LLC
SUB-ADVISORY SERVICES                                                         25
ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS                                                  26
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN                                    26
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES                                      27
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES                                            28
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES                                    28
DIVIDENDS                                                                     31
TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS                                                    32
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION                                        37
TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELD TABLE                                                    38
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                          42
APPENDIX A -- OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES      A-1
APPENDIX B -- DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS                                         B-1

i
<PAGE>

                               GENERAL INFORMATION

WT Mutual Fund (the "Fund") is a  diversified,  open-end  management  investment
company that was  organized as a Delaware  business  trust on June 1, 1994.  The
name of the Fund was  changed  from  Kiewit  Mutual  Fund to WT  Mutual  Fund on
October 20, 1998.

The Fund has established the following Portfolios described in this Statement of
Additional Information:  Wilmington Prime Money Market, Wilmington Premier Money
Market,   Wilmington  U.S.   Government,   Wilmington   Tax-Exempt,   Wilmington
Short/Intermediate  Bond,  Wilmington  Intermediate Bond,  Wilmington  Municipal
Bond,  Wilmington Large Cap Growth,  Wilmington Large Cap Core, Wilmington Small
Cap Core, Wilmington  International  Multi-Manager,  Wilmington Large Cap Value,
Wilmington  Mid Cap Value and  Wilmington  Small Cap Value  Portfolios.  Each of
these  Portfolios  issues  Institutional  and Investor class shares,  except for
Wilmington Premier Money Market which issues only Institutional class shares.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

The  following   information   supplements  the   information   concerning  each
Portfolio's  investment  objective,   policies  and  limitations  found  in  the
prospectus.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  it applies to the Portfolios  through
their  investment  in  corresponding  master  funds,  which  are  series  of  WT
Investment Trust I (the "Series").

                             MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS

The "Money  Market  Portfolios"  are the Prime Money  Market,  the Premier Money
Market, the U.S.  Government and the Tax-Exempt  Portfolios.  Each has adopted a
fundamental  policy requiring it to maintain a constant net asset value of $1.00
per share, although this may not be possible under certain  circumstances.  Each
Portfolio  values its portfolio  securities on the basis of amortized  cost (see
"Purchase,  Redemption  and Pricing of Shares")  pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). As conditions of that Rule, the
Board of Trustees has established  procedures  reasonably  designed to stabilize
each Portfolio's price per share at $1.00 per share. Each Portfolio  maintains a
dollar-weighted  average portfolio  maturity of 90 days or less;  purchases only
instruments  with effective  maturities of 397 days or less; and invests only in
securities  which are of high quality as determined by major rating services or,
in the case of  instruments  which  are not  rated,  of  comparable  quality  as
determined by the  investment  adviser,  Rodney Square  Management  Corporation,
under the direction of and subject to the review of the Board of Trustees.

BANK OBLIGATIONS. The Prime Money Market and the Premier Money Market Portfolios
may invest in U.S.  dollar-denominated  obligations  of major  banks,  including
certificates  of deposit,  time deposits and bankers'  acceptances of major U.S.
and foreign banks and their branches  located  outside of the United States,  of
U.S.  branches of foreign banks,  of foreign  branches of foreign banks, of U.S.
agencies  of foreign  banks and of wholly  owned  banking  subsidiaries  of such
foreign banks located in the United States.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and U.S.  branches of wholly owned
subsidiaries of foreign banks may be general  obligations of the parent bank, of
the issuing branch or  subsidiary,  or both, or may be limited by the terms of a
specific obligation or by governmental regulation.  Because such obligations are
issued by foreign entities,  they are subject to the risks of foreign investing.
A brief description of some typical types of bank obligations follows:

o    BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES.  The Prime Money Market, the Premier Money Market and
     the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolios may invest in bankers'  acceptances,  which are
     credit instruments  evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft that
     has  been  drawn  on  it  by a  customer.  These  instruments  reflect  the
     obligation  of both the bank and the  drawer to pay the face  amount of the
     instrument upon maturity.

o    CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT.  The Prime Money Market,  the Premier Money Market
     and the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolios may invest in  certificates  evidencing the
     indebtedness  of a commercial  bank to repay funds  deposited with it for a
     definite  period of time  (usually from 14 days to one year) at a stated or
     variable interest rate.  Variable rate certificates of deposit provide that
     the interest rate will fluctuate on designated  dates based on changes in a
     designated  base  rate  (such as the  composite  rate for  certificates  of
     deposit established by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York).

                                       1
<PAGE>

o    TIME  DEPOSITS.  The  Prime  Money  Market  and the  Premier  Money  Market
     Portfolios may invest in time  deposits,  which are bank deposits for fixed
     periods of time.

CERTIFICATES  OF   PARTICIPATION.   The  Tax-Exempt   Portfolio  may  invest  in
certificates of participation,  which give the investor an undivided interest in
the municipal obligation in the proportion that the investor's interest bears to
the total principal amount of the municipal obligation.

CORPORATE  BONDS,  NOTES AND  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Prime Money Market and the
Premier  Money  Market  Portfolios  may  invest in  corporate  bonds,  notes and
commercial paper.  These  obligations  generally  represent  indebtedness of the
issuer and may be subordinated to other outstanding  indebtedness of the issuer.
Commercial  paper consists of short-term  unsecured  promissory  notes issued by
corporations in order to finance their current  operations.  The Portfolios will
only invest in commercial  paper rated, at the time of purchase,  in the highest
category by a nationally recognized  statistical rating organization  ("NRSRO"),
such as  Moody's  or S&P or, if not rated,  determined  by the  adviser to be of
comparable  quality.  See "Appendix B - Description  of Ratings." The Portfolios
may invest in asset-backed commercial paper subject to Rule 2a-7 restrictions on
investments in  asset-backed  securities,  which include a requirement  that the
security must have received a rating from a NRSRO.

FOREIGN SECURITIES. At the present time, portfolio securities of the Prime Money
Market and the Premier Money Market  Portfolios  that are purchased  outside the
United States are maintained in the custody of foreign  branches of U.S.  banks.
To the extent that the  Portfolios  may  maintain  portfolio  securities  in the
custody of foreign  subsidiaries  of U.S.  banks,  and foreign banks or clearing
agencies  in  the  future,  those  sub-custodian  arrangements  are  subject  to
regulations under the 1940 Act that govern custodial  arrangements with entities
incorporated or organized in countries outside of the United States.

ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  No Money Market Portfolio may invest more than 10% of the
value of its net assets in securities that at the time of purchase have legal or
contractual   restrictions  on  resale  or  are  otherwise  illiquid.   Illiquid
securities  are  securities  that  cannot be  disposed  of within  seven days at
approximately the value at which they are being carried on a Portfolio's books.

The Board of Trustees has the ultimate  responsibility  for determining  whether
specific securities are liquid or illiquid. The Board has delegated the function
of making day to day  determinations  of liquidity  to the adviser,  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the Board.  The adviser  will  monitor the  liquidity of
securities held by a Portfolio and report  periodically on such decisions to the
Board.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  SECURITIES.  The Money Market  Portfolios may invest in the
securities of other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by
the 1940 Act. These limitations currently provide, in part, that a Portfolio may
not purchase shares of an investment  company if (a) such a purchase would cause
the  Portfolio  to own in the  aggregate  more than 3% of the total  outstanding
voting stock of the  investment  company or (b) such a purchase  would cause the
Portfolio  to have more than 5% of its total assets  invested in the  investment
company or (c) more than 10% of the  Portfolio's  total assets to be invested in
the aggregate in all  investment  companies.  As a shareholder  in an investment
company,  the  Portfolio  would  bear its pro  rata  portion  of the  investment
company's  expenses,  including  advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.
The Portfolios' investments of their assets in the corresponding Series pursuant
to the master/feeder structure are excepted from the above limitations.

MUNICIPAL  SECURITIES.  The Prime Money Market, the Premier Money Market and the
Tax-Exempt  Portfolios  each may  invest in debt  obligations  issued by states,
municipalities and public authorities  ("Municipal  Securities") to obtain funds
for various public purposes. Yields on Municipal Securities are the product of a
variety of factors,  including the general conditions of the money market and of
the  municipal  bond  and  municipal  note  markets,  the  size of a  particular
offering,  the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.  Although
the interest on  Municipal  Securities  may be exempt from  federal  income tax,
dividends paid by a Portfolio to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt. A brief
description of some typical types of municipal securities follows:

o    GENERAL OBLIGATION SECURITIES are backed by the taxing power of the issuing
     municipality and are considered the safest type of municipal bond.

                                       2
<PAGE>

o    REVENUE OR SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are backed by the revenues of a
     specific project or facility - tolls from a toll bridge, for example.

o    BOND  ANTICIPATION  NOTES normally are issued to provide interim  financing
     until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide
     money for the repayment of the notes.

o    TAX ANTICIPATION  NOTES finance working capital needs of municipalities and
     are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues,  to be payable
     for these specific future taxes.

o    REVENUE  ANTICIPATION  NOTES are issued in  expectation of receipt of other
     kinds of  revenue,  such as federal  revenues  available  under the Federal
     Revenue Sharing Program.

o    INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT  BONDS ("IDBs") and Private Activity Bonds ("PABs")
     are  specific  types  of  revenue  bonds  issued  on or  behalf  of  public
     authorities to finance various privately operated  facilities such as solid
     waste  facilities and sewage  plants.  PABs generally are such bonds issued
     after  April 15,  1986.  These  obligations  are  included  within the term
     "municipal  bonds"  if the  interest  paid on them is exempt  from  federal
     income tax in the opinion of the bond issuer's  counsel.  IDBs and PABs are
     in most case revenue  bonds and thus are not payable from the  unrestricted
     revenues of the issuer.  The credit quality of the IDBs and PABs is usually
     directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facilities being
     financed, or some form of credit enhancement such as a letter of credit.

o    TAX-EXEMPT  COMMERCIAL  PAPER AND  SHORT-TERM  MUNICIPAL  NOTES provide for
     short-term  capital needs and usually have  maturities of one year or less.
     They  include  tax  anticipation  notes,  revenue  anticipation  notes  and
     construction loan notes.

o    CONSTRUCTION LOAN NOTES are sold to provide construction  financing.  After
     successful  completion  and  acceptance,  many projects  receive  permanent
     financing through the Federal Housing Administration by way of "Fannie Mae"
     (the Federal National Mortgage Association) or "Ginnie Mae" (the Government
     National Mortgage Association).

o    PUT BONDS are  municipal  bonds which give the holder the right to sell the
     bond back to the issuer or a third party at a specified  price and exercise
     date, which is typically well in advance of the bond's maturity date.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Money Market  Portfolios  may invest in  repurchase
agreements.  A  repurchase  agreement  is a  transaction  in  which a  Portfolio
purchases  a  security  from  a  bank  or  recognized   securities   dealer  and
simultaneously  commits to resell that security to a bank or dealer at an agreed
date and price  reflecting  a market rate of  interest,  unrelated to the coupon
rate or the  maturity of the  purchased  security.  While it is not  possible to
eliminate all risks from these  transactions  (particularly the possibility of a
decline in the market value of the underlying securities,  as well as delays and
costs to the Portfolio if the other party to the  repurchase  agreement  becomes
bankrupt),  it is the policy of a Portfolio to limit repurchase  transactions to
primary  dealers and banks whose  creditworthiness  has been  reviewed and found
satisfactory by the adviser.  Repurchase  agreements maturing in more than seven
days  are  considered   illiquid  for  purposes  of  a  Portfolio's   investment
limitations.

SECURITIES LENDING. The Money Market Portfolios may from time to time lend their
portfolio  securities  pursuant to  agreements,  which require that the loans be
continuously  secured by  collateral  equal to 100% of the  market  value of the
loaned  securities.  Such  collateral  consists of cash,  securities of the U.S.
Government or its agencies, or any combination of cash and such securities. Such
loans will not be made if, as a result,  the aggregate amount of all outstanding
securities  loans  for  a  Portfolio  exceed  one-third  of  the  value  of  the
Portfolio's  total assets taken at fair market value.  A Portfolio will continue
to receive interest on the securities lent while simultaneously earning interest
on the investment of the cash collateral in U.S. Government securities. However,
a Portfolio  will normally pay lending fees to such  broker-dealers  and related
expenses from the interest earned on invested collateral.  There may be risks of
delay in receiving  additional  collateral  or risks of delay in recovery of the
securities and even loss of rights in the collateral  should the borrower of the
securities fail financially. However, loans are made only to borrowers deemed by
the adviser to be of good standing and when, in the judgment of the adviser, the
consideration

                                       3
<PAGE>

that can be earned  currently from such securities loans justifies the attendant
risk.  Either party upon reasonable  notice to the other party may terminate any
loan.

STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.   The  Money  Market  Portfolios  may  invest  in  standby
commitments.  It  is  expected  that  stand-by  commitments  will  generally  be
available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration.  However,
if necessary  and  advisable,  the  Portfolios  may pay for standby  commitments
either  separately  in cash or by  paying a  higher  price  for the  obligations
acquired  subject to such a  commitment  (thus  reducing  the yield to  maturity
otherwise available for the same securities).  Standby commitments  purchased by
the Portfolios  will be valued at zero in  determining  net asset value and will
not affect the  valuation of the  obligations  subject to the  commitments.  Any
consideration  paid for a standby commitment will be accounted for as unrealized
depreciation  and will be amortized  over the period the commitment is held by a
Portfolio.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Money Market  Portfolios  may invest in debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities.  Although all  obligations of agencies and  instrumentalities
are not direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Treasury,  payment of the interest and
principal on these obligations is generally backed directly or indirectly by the
U.S.  Government.  This support can range from securities  supported by the full
faith and credit of the United States (for example, securities of the Government
National  Mortgage  Association),  to securities  that are  supported  solely or
primarily  by the  creditworthiness  of the issuer,  such as  securities  of the
Federal National Mortgage  Association,  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation,
Tennessee Valley Authority,  Federal Farm Credit Banks and the Federal Home Loan
Banks. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the
United   States,   a  Portfolio   must  look   principally   to  the  agency  or
instrumentality  issuing or guaranteeing  the obligation for ultimate  repayment
and may not be able to assert a claim  against the United  States  itself in the
event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES. The Money Market Portfolios may invest in
variable and floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate
instruments  provide for the interest rate to be adjusted according to a formula
on certain  pre-determined  dates. Certain of these obligations also may carry a
demand  feature  that  gives the holder  the right to demand  prepayment  of the
principal  amount of the security prior to maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of
credit or  guarantee  by a bank  usually  backs the  demand  feature.  Portfolio
investments in these  securities must comply with conditions  established by the
SEC under which they may be considered to have remaining  maturities of 397 days
or less.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES.   The  Money  Market  Portfolios  may  buy  when-issued
securities  or sell  securities  on a  delayed-delivery  basis.  This means that
delivery and payment for the securities  normally will take place  approximately
15 to 90 days after the date of the transaction.  The payment obligation and the
interest  rate that will be received are each fixed at the time the buyer enters
into the  commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  the
purchaser  makes no payment and no interest  accrues to the purchaser.  However,
when a  security  is sold on a  delayed-delivery  basis,  the  seller  does  not
participate  in further  gains or losses with  respect to the  security.  If the
other party to a when-issued or  delayed-delivery  transaction fails to transfer
or pay for the  securities,  the Portfolio could miss a favorable price or yield
opportunity or could suffer a loss.

A Portfolio will make a commitment to purchase when-issued  securities only with
the  intention of actually  acquiring  the  securities,  but the  Portfolio  may
dispose of the commitment  before the settlement date if it is deemed  advisable
as a matter of investment  strategy.  A Portfolio  may also sell the  underlying
securities  before they are  delivered,  which may result in gains or losses.  A
separate  account for each Portfolio is established at the custodian  bank, into
which cash and/or liquid securities equal to the amount of when-issued  purchase
commitments  is  deposited.  If the  market  value of the  deposited  securities
declines  additional cash or securities will be placed in the account on a daily
basis to cover the Portfolio's outstanding commitments.

When a Portfolio  purchases a security on a when-issued  basis,  the security is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value generally,  based upon changes in the level of interest rates.  Thus, upon
delivery, the market value of the security may be higher or lower than its cost,
and this may increase or decrease the Portfolio's net asset value.  When payment
for a when-issued  security is due, a Portfolio will meet its  obligations  from
then-available  cash  flow,  the  sale of the  securities  held in the  separate
account,  the sale of  other  securities  or from  the  sale of the  when-issued
securities  themselves.  The sale of securities  to meet a when-issued  purchase
obligation carries with it the potential for the realization of capital gains or
losses.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                               THE BOND PORTFOLIOS

The "Bond Portfolios" are the Short/Intermediate Bond, the Intermediate Bond and
the Municipal Bond Portfolios.  Wilmington Trust Company ("WTC"), the investment
adviser  for  the  Bond  Portfolios,  employs  an  investment  process  that  is
disciplined,  systematic  and  oriented  toward a  quantitative  assessment  and
control of volatility. The Bond Portfolios' exposure to credit risk is moderated
by limiting their  investments to securities that, at the time of purchase,  are
rated  investment   grade  by  a  nationally   recognized   statistical   rating
organization such as Moody's, S&P, or, if unrated, are determined by the adviser
to be of comparable quality. See "Appendix B - Description of Ratings." Ratings,
however, are not guarantees of quality or of stable credit quality. Not even the
highest  rating  constitutes  assurance  that the security will not fluctuate in
value or that a Portfolio  will receive the  anticipated  yield on the security.
WTC continuously  monitors the quality of the Portfolios'  holdings,  and should
the rating of a security be downgraded or its quality be adversely affected, WTC
will determine  whether it is in the best interest of the affected  Portfolio to
retain or dispose of the security.

The effect of interest rate fluctuations in the market on the principal value of
the Bond  Portfolios  is  moderated  by  limiting  the  average  dollar-weighted
duration  of their  investments  -- in the case of the  Short/Intermediate  Bond
Portfolio to a range of 2 1/2 to 4 years, in the case of the  Intermediate  Bond
PortfolIO  to a range of 4 to 7 years,  and in the  case of the  Municipal  Bond
Portfolio to a range of 4 to 8 years.  Investors  may be more  familiar with the
term "average effective maturity" (when, on average, the fixed income securities
held by the  Portfolio  will  mature),  which is  sometimes  used to express the
anticipated term of the Portfolios' investments.  Generally, the stated maturity
of a fixed income security is longer than it's projected duration.  Under normal
market  conditions,   the  average  effective  maturity,  in  the  case  of  the
Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio,  is  expected  to fall  within  a range  of
approximately  3 to 5 years,  in the case of the  Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio,
within a range of  approximately 7 to 12 years, and in the case of the Municipal
Bond Portfolio,  within a range of  approximately 5 to 10 years. In the event of
unusual  market  conditions,   the  average  dollar-weighted   duration  of  the
Portfolios  may fall  within a broader  range.  Under those  circumstances,  the
Short/Intermediate Bond and the Intermediate Bond Portfolios may invest in fixed
income securities with an average dollar-weighted duration of 1 to 6 years and 2
to 10 years, respectively.

WTC's goal in managing the  Short/Intermediate  Bond and the  Intermediate  Bond
Portfolios is to gain additional return by analyzing the market complexities and
individual  security  attributes  which  affect  the  returns  of  fixed  income
securities.  The Bond  Portfolios are intended to appeal to investors who want a
thoughtful  exposure to the broad fixed  income  securities  market and the high
current returns that characterize the short-term to intermediate-term  sector of
that market.

Given the  average  duration  of the  holdings  of the Bond  Portfolios  and the
current interest rate  environment,  the Portfolios  should  experience  smaller
price fluctuations than those experienced by longer-term bond and municipal bond
funds and a higher  yield than  fixed-price  money market and  tax-exempt  money
market funds.  Of course,  the Portfolios  will likely  experience  larger price
fluctuations than money market funds and a lower yield than longer-term bond and
municipal bond funds. Given the quality of the Portfolios' holdings,  which must
be  investment  grade (rated  within the top four  categories)  or comparable to
investment grade securities at the time of purchase,  the Portfolios will accept
lower  yields in order to avoid the credit  concerns  experienced  by funds that
invest in lower  quality  fixed income  securities.  In  addition,  although the
Municipal Bond Portfolio  expects to invest  substantially all of its net assets
in municipal securities that provide interest income that is exempt from federal
income  tax,  it may invest up to 20% of its net assets in other  types of fixed
income securities that provide federally taxable income.

The  composition  of each  Portfolio's  holdings  varies  depending  upon  WTC's
analysis of the fixed income markets and the municipal  securities  markets (for
the  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio),  including  analysis  of the  most  attractive
segments of the yield curve, the relative value of the different market sectors,
expected trends in those markets and supply versus demand pressures.  Securities
purchased  by the  Portfolios  may be  purchased  on the basis of their yield or
potential  capital   appreciation  or  both.  By  maintaining  each  Portfolio's
specified average duration, WTC seeks to protect the Portfolio's principal value
by reducing  fluctuations  in value relative to those that may be experienced by
bond funds with longer average durations.  This strategy may reduce the level of
income  attained  by the  Portfolios.  Of  course,  there is no  guarantee  that
principal  value can be  protected  during  periods  of  extreme  interest  rate
volatility.

WTC may make  frequent  changes  in the  Portfolios'  investments,  particularly
during periods of rapidly  fluctuating  interest rates.  These frequent  changes
would involve  transaction  costs to the  Portfolios and could result in taxable
capital gains.

                                       5
<PAGE>

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.  The Bond Portfolios may purchase interests in pools of
obligations,  such as  credit  card or  automobile  loan  receivables,  purchase
contracts and financing leases.  Such securities are also known as "asset-backed
securities,"  and the holders thereof may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of
interest,  a variable  rate that is  periodically  reset to reflect  the current
market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction.

Asset-backed   securities  are  typically  supported  by  some  form  of  credit
enhancement, such as cash collateral, subordinated tranches, a letter of credit,
surety bond or limited guaranty.  Credit  enhancements do not provide protection
against changes in the market value of the security.  If the credit  enhancement
is exhausted or withdrawn,  security holders may experience  losses or delays in
payment if required payments of principal and interest are not made with respect
to the underlying obligations. Except in very limited circumstances, there is no
recourse   against  the  vendors  or  lessors  that  originated  the  underlying
obligations.

Asset-backed  securities  are  likely  to  involve  unscheduled  prepayments  of
principal  that may  affect  yield to  maturity,  result in  losses,  and may be
reinvested at higher or lower interest rates than the original  investment.  The
yield to maturity of asset-backed  securities that represent  residual interests
in payments of principal or interest in fixed income obligations is particularly
sensitive to prepayments.

The value of  asset-backed  securities  may  change  because  of  changes in the
market's perception of the  creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool
of underlying obligations,  the originator of those obligations or the financial
institution providing credit enhancement.

BANK   OBLIGATIONS.   The  Bond   Portfolios   may   invest  in  the  same  U.S.
dollar-denominated obligations of major banks as the Money Market Portfolios.

CORPORATE BONDS,  NOTES AND COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The Bond Portfolios may invest in
corporate  bonds,  notes  and  commercial  paper.  These  obligations  generally
represent   indebtedness  of  the  issuer  and  may  be  subordinated  to  other
outstanding indebtedness of the issuer.  Commercial paper consists of short-term
unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to finance  their
current  operations.  The Portfolios will only invest in commercial paper rated,
at the time of  purchase,  in the highest  category by a  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organization,  such as  Moody's  or S&P or,  if not  rated,
determined by WTC to be of comparable quality.

FIXED INCOME  SECURITIES WITH BUY-BACK  FEATURES.  Fixed income  securities with
buy-back features enable the Bond Portfolios to recover principal upon tendering
the  securities  to the issuer or a third  party.  Letters  of credit  issued by
domestic or foreign banks often supports these buy-back features.  In evaluating
a foreign bank's credit, WTC considers whether adequate public information about
the  bank is  available  and  whether  the bank may be  subject  to  unfavorable
political  or economic  developments,  currency  controls or other  governmental
restrictions  that  could  adversely  affect  the  bank's  ability  to honor its
commitment  under the letter of credit.  The Municipal  Bond  Portfolio will not
acquire  municipal  securities  with  buy-back  features  if, in the  opinion of
counsel,  the existence of a buy-back feature would alter the tax-exempt  nature
of interest payments on the underlying securities and cause those payments to be
taxable to that Portfolio and its shareholders.

Buy-back features include standby commitments, put bonds and demand features.

o    STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.  The Bond Portfolios may acquire standby  commitments
     from broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries to enhance the
     liquidity  of  portfolio  securities.   A  standby  commitment  entitles  a
     Portfolio to same day settlement at amortized  cost plus accrued  interest,
     if any, at the time of  exercise.  The amount  payable by the issuer of the
     standby  commitment  during  the time that the  commitment  is  exercisable
     generally  approximates  the market value of the securities  underlying the
     commitment.  Standby commitments are subject to the risk that the issuer of
     a commitment may not be in a position to pay for the securities at the time
     that the commitment is exercised.

     Ordinarily,  a Portfolio will not transfer a standby  commitment to a third
     party,  although the  Portfolio  may sell  securities  subject to a standby
     commitment  at any time.  A  Portfolio  may  purchase  standby  commitments
     separate from or in conjunction with the purchase of the securities subject
     to the  commitments.  In the latter case,  the  Portfolio  may pay a higher
     price for the securities acquired in consideration for the commitment.

o    PUT BONDS.  A put bond (also  referred to as a tender option or third party
     bond) is a bond created by coupling an intermediate or long-term fixed rate
     bond with an agreement  giving the holder the option of tendering  the bond
     to receive  its par value.  As  consideration  for  providing  this  tender
     option,  the

                                       6
<PAGE>

     sponsor  of the bond  (usually  a bank,  broker-dealer  or other  financial
     intermediary)  receives periodic fees that equal the difference between the
     bond's  fixed  coupon rate and the rate  (determined  by a  remarketing  or
     similar  agent) that would cause the bond,  coupled with the tender option,
     to trade at par.  By paying the tender  offer fees,  a Portfolio  in effect
     holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing  short-term
     rate.

     In  selecting   put  bonds  for  the  Bond   Portfolios,   WTC  takes  into
     consideration the  creditworthiness  of the issuers of the underlying bonds
     and the  creditworthiness of the providers of the tender option features. A
     sponsor  may  withdraw  the  tender  option  feature  if the  issuer of the
     underlying  bond  defaults on interest or  principal  payments,  the bond's
     rating is downgraded  or, in the case of a municipal  bond,  the bond loses
     its tax-exempt status.

o    DEMAND  FEATURES.  Many variable rate securities carry demand features that
     permit  the  holder  to demand  repayment  of the  principal  amount of the
     underlying  securities  plus  accrued  interest,  if any,  upon a specified
     number of days' notice to the issuer or its agent.  A demand feature may be
     exercisable at any time or at specified intervals. Variable rate securities
     with demand  features  are  treated as having a maturity  equal to the time
     remaining  before the  holder can next  demand  payment of  principal.  The
     issuer of a demand  feature  instrument may have a  corresponding  right to
     prepay the outstanding  principal of the instrument plus accrued  interest,
     if any,  upon notice  comparable  to that required for the holder to demand
     payment.

GUARANTEED INVESTMENT  CONTRACTS.  A guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") is a
general obligation of an insurance  company. A GIC is generally  structured as a
deferred annuity under which the purchaser agrees to pay a given amount of money
to an insurer (either in a lump sum or in installments) and the insurer promises
to pay interest at a guaranteed  rate (either fixed or variable) for the life of
the  contract.   Some  GICs  provide  that  the  insurer  may  periodically  pay
discretionary  excess interest over and above the guaranteed  rate. At the GIC's
maturity, the purchaser generally is given the option of receiving payment or an
annuity.  Certain GICs may have features that permit redemption by the issuer at
a discount from par value.

Generally, GICs are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the
issuer.  As a result,  the  acquisition  of GICs is subject  to the  limitations
applicable  to  each   Portfolio's   acquisition   of  illiquid  and  restricted
securities.  The holder of a GIC is  dependent  on the  creditworthiness  of the
issuer as to whether the issuer is able to meet its  obligations.  No  Portfolio
intends to invest more than 5% of its net assets in GICs.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  No Bond Portfolio may invest more than 15% of the value of
its net  assets  in  securities  that at the  time of  purchase  have  legal  or
contractual restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Bond  Portfolios  may invest in the securities of money
market mutual funds, within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, as previously
described under "Investment Company Securities."

MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.    Mortgage-backed   securities   are   securities
representing interests in a pool of mortgages secured by real property.

Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities are
securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans to residential home
buyers made by lenders such as mortgage  bankers,  commercial  banks and savings
associations and are either guaranteed by the Federal Housing  Administration or
insured by the Veterans Administration. Timely payment of interest and principal
on each  mortgage  loan is  backed  by the full  faith  and  credit  of the U.S.
Government.

The  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA")  and  Federal  Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") both issue  mortgage-backed  securities that are
similar to GNMA securities in that they represent interests in pools of mortgage
loans.  FNMA  guarantees  timely  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on  its
certificates  and FHLMC  guarantees  timely  payment of  interest  and  ultimate
payment of principal.  FHLMC also has a program under which it guarantees timely
payment of scheduled  principal as well as interest.  FNMA and FHLMC  guarantees
are backed  only by those  agencies  and not by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government.

                                       7
<PAGE>

In the  case of  mortgage-backed  securities  that  are not  backed  by the U.S.
Government  or one of its agencies,  a loss could be incurred if the  collateral
backing  these  securities  is  insufficient.  This may occur  even  though  the
collateral is U.S. Government-backed.

Most  mortgage-backed  securities pass monthly payment of principal and interest
through to the holder after deduction of a servicing fee. However, other payment
arrangements  are  possible.  Payments  may be made to the holder on a different
schedule than that on which payments are received from the borrower,  including,
but not limited to, weekly,  bi-weekly and  semiannually.  The monthly principal
and interest  payments also are not always passed through to the holder on a PRO
RATA basis. In the case of collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  the
pool is divided into two or more tranches and special rules for the disbursement
of principal and interest payments are established.

CMO residuals are derivative  securities that generally  represent  interests in
any excess cash flow remaining after making  required  payments of principal and
interest to the holders of the CMOs  described  above.  Yield to maturity on CMO
residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments.  In addition,  if a series of a
CMO includes a class that bears  interest at an  adjustable  rate,  the yield to
maturity on the related CMO  residual  also will be  extremely  sensitive to the
level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS") are derivative multi-class mortgage
securities  and may be  issued  by  agencies  or  instrumentalities  of the U.S.
Government or by private mortgage lenders.  SMBS usually are structured with two
classes that receive  different  proportions  of the interest  and/or  principal
distributions  on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one
class of holders  receiving all interest  payments -- "interest only" or "IO" --
and another  class of holders  receiving the  principal  repayments  -"principal
only" or "PO." The yield to maturity of IO and PO classes is extremely sensitive
to prepayments on the underlying mortgage assets.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES.  Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by or on
behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District
of  Columbia  and  their  sub-divisions,  agencies  and  instrumentalities,  the
interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income
tax.  These debt  obligations  are  issued to obtain  funds for  various  public
purposes, such as the construction of public facilities,  the payment of general
operating  expenses or the  refunding  of  outstanding  debts.  They may also be
issued to finance  various  privately  owned or operated  activities.  The three
general categories of municipal  securities are general  obligation,  revenue or
special   obligation  and  private  activity  municipal   securities.   A  brief
description of typical municipal securities follows:

o    GENERAL OBLIGATION SECURITIES are backed by the taxing power of the issuing
     municipality  and are  considered  the safest type of municipal  bond.  The
     proceeds from general  obligation  securities are used to fund a wide range
     of public  projects,  including the construction or improvement of schools,
     highways and roads, and water and sewer systems.

o    REVENUE OR SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are backed by the revenues of a
     specific project or facility - tolls from a toll bridge,  for example.  The
     proceeds from revenue or special  obligation  securities are used to fund a
     wide variety of capital projects,  including electric, gas, water and sewer
     systems;  highways,  bridges  and  tunnels;  port and  airport  facilities;
     colleges and  universities;  and  hospitals.  Many  municipal  issuers also
     establish a debt  service  reserve fund from which  principal  and interest
     payments  are made.  Further  security  may be available in the form of the
     state's  ability,  without  obligation,  to make up deficits in the reserve
     fund.

o    MUNICIPAL  LEASE  OBLIGATIONS  may take the form of a lease, an installment
     purchase  or  a  conditional  sale  contract  issued  by  state  and  local
     governments  and  authorities  to acquire land,  equipment and  facilities.
     Usually,  the  Portfolios  will  purchase  a  participation  interest  in a
     municipal lease obligation from a bank or other financial intermediary. The
     participation  interest gives the holder a pro rata,  undivided interest in
     the total amount of the obligation.

     Municipal leases  frequently have risks distinct from those associated with
     general  obligation or revenue  bonds.  The interest  income from the lease
     obligation may become  taxable if the lease is assigned.  Also, to free the
     municipal   issuer  from   constitutional   or  statutory   debt   issuance
     limitations,  many leases and contracts include  non-appropriation  clauses
     providing that the  municipality  has no obligation to make future payments
     under the lease or contract unless money is  appropriated  for that purpose
     by the municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis. Finally, the lease
     may be illiquid.

                                       8
<PAGE>

o    RESOURCE  RECOVERY  BONDS are  affected by a number of  factors,  which may
     affect  the  value  and  credit   quality  of  these   revenue  or  special
     obligations.  These  factors  include the  viability  of the project  being
     financed,  environmental  protection  regulations and project  operator tax
     incentives.

o    PRIVATE  ACTIVITY  SECURITIES are specific types of revenue bonds issued on
     behalf  of  public   authorities  to  finance  various  privately  operated
     facilities  such as  educational,  hospital  or housing  facilities,  local
     facilities  for water  supply,  gas,  electricity,  sewage  or solid  waste
     disposal, and industrial or commercial facilities. The payment of principal
     and interest on these obligations  generally depends upon the credit of the
     private  owner/user of the facilities  financed and, in certain  instances,
     the pledge of real and  personal  property by the private  owner/user.  The
     interest  income from certain types of private  activity  securities may be
     considered a tax  preference  item for purposes of the federal  alternative
     minimum tax ("Tax Preference Item").

Short-term  municipal  securities in which the Portfolios may invest include Tax
Anticipation,  Revenue  Anticipation,  Bond  Anticipation and Construction  Loan
Notes,  which  were  previously  described  under  "Money  Market  Portfolios  -
Municipal Securities."

OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT  STRATEGIES.   Although  the
Municipal Bond Portfolio has no current  intention of so doing, each of the Bond
Portfolios may use options and futures contracts.  The  Short/Intermediate  Bond
and the  Intermediate  Bond Portfolios may use forward currency  contracts.  For
additional information regarding such investment  strategies,  see Appendix A to
this Statement of Additional Information.

PARTICIPATION  INTERESTS.  The  Bond  Portfolios  may  invest  in  participation
interests in fixed income  securities.  A  participation  interest  provides the
certificate  holder  with a  specified  interest  in an issue  of  fixed  income
securities.

Some  participation  interests  give  the  holders  differing  interests  in the
underlying  securities,   depending  upon  the  type  or  class  of  certificate
purchased.  For example,  coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to
receive a specific  portion of interest  payments on the underlying  securities;
principal  strip  certificates  give the holder  the right to receive  principal
payments  and the portion of interest  not payable to coupon  strip  certificate
holders.  Holders of certificates of participation  in interest  payments may be
entitled  to  receive  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  a  variable  rate  that is
periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is
periodically reset at auction. Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any
excess cash flow  remaining  after  required  payments of principal and interest
have been made.

More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations.  Since
these  instruments have only recently been developed,  there can be no assurance
that any market will develop or be maintained  for the  instruments.  Generally,
the fixed income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these
interests are the sole source of payments on the interests;  holders cannot look
to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities  held
in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.

Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility.
Certain  types of interests  are sensitive to  fluctuations  in market  interest
rates  and  to  prepayments  on the  underlying  securities.  A  rapid  rate  of
prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holder's initial investment.

The  extent  to which the  yield to  maturity  of a  participation  interest  is
sensitive  to  prepayments  depends,  in part,  upon  whether the  interest  was
purchased  at a discount  or  premium,  and if so, the size of that  discount or
premium.  Generally,  if a participation  interest is purchased at a premium and
principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time
of  purchase,  the  holder's  actual  yield to maturity  will be lower than that
assumed at the time of  purchase.  Conversely,  if a  participation  interest is
purchased at a discount and principal  distributions occur at a rate faster than
that assumed at the time of purchase,  the  investor's  actual yield to maturity
will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.

Participation  interests in pools of fixed income  securities  backed by certain
types of debt obligations  involve special risk  considerations.  The issuers of
securities backed by automobile and truck  receivables  typically file financing
statements  evidencing security interests in the receivables,  and the servicers
of  those  obligations  take  and  retain  custody  of the  obligations.  If the
servicers,  in  contravention  of their duty to the  holders  of the  securities
backed  by the  receivables,  were to sell  the  obligations,  the  third  party
purchasers  could  acquire an interest  superior to the interest of the security
holders. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be
noted  on the  certificate  of title  and the  certificate  of title  may not be
amended to reflect the assignment of the lender's security interest.  Therefore,
the  recovery of the  collateral  in some cases may not be  available to support
payments on the

                                       9
<PAGE>

securities.   Securities   backed  by  credit  card  receivables  are  generally
unsecured,  and both  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws may  allow
set-offs against certain amounts owed.

The Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  will only invest in  participation  interests in
municipal  securities,  municipal  leases  or in pools of  securities  backed by
municipal  assets if, in the  opinion of  counsel,  any  interest  income on the
participation interest will be exempt from federal income tax to the same extent
as the interest on the underlying securities.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  The Bond Portfolios may invest in repurchase agreements,
which were  previously  described  under "Money  Market  Portfolios - Repurchase
Agreements."

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The  Bond  Portfolios  may  lend  securities,  which  were
previously described under "Money Market Portfolios - Securities  Lending".  The
Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  has no current  intention  of lending its  portfolio
securities  and  would do so only  under  unusual  market  conditions  since the
interest  income that a  Portfolio  receives  from  lending  its  securities  is
taxable.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Bond  Portfolios may invest in the same debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities as the Money Market Portfolios.  (See "Money Market Portfolios
- U.S. Government Obligations.")

VARIABLE  AND  FLOATING  RATE  SECURITIES.  The Bond  Portfolios  may  invest in
variable and floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate
instruments  provide for the interest rate to be adjusted according to a formula
on certain  pre-determined  dates. Certain of these obligations also may carry a
demand  feature  that  gives the holder  the right to demand  prepayment  of the
principal  amount of the security prior to maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of
credit or  guarantee  by a bank  usually  backs the  demand  feature.  Portfolio
investments in these  securities must comply with conditions  established by the
SEC under which they may be considered to have remaining  maturities of 397 days
or less.

Each of the Bond Portfolios may also purchase inverse floaters that are floating
rate  instruments  whose  interest  rates  bear an inverse  relationship  to the
interest  rate on  another  security  or the value of an index.  Changes  in the
interest rate on the other security or index inversely  affect the interest rate
paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater's price is
considerably more volatile than that of a fixed rate security.  For example,  an
issuer may decide to issue two  variable  rate  instruments  instead of a single
long-term,  fixed  rate  bond.  The  interest  rate on one  instrument  reflects
short-term  interest rates, while the interest rate on the other instrument (the
inverse  floater)  reflects the approximate rate the issuer would have paid on a
fixed rate bond multiplied by two minus the interest rate paid on the short-term
instrument.  Depending on market availability, the two variable rate instruments
may be  combined to form a fixed rate bond.  The market for inverse  floaters is
relatively new.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES.  The Bond Portfolios may buy when-issued  securities or
sell securities on a  delayed-delivery  basis,  which were previously  described
under "Money Market Portfolios - When-Issued Securities."

The Municipal Bond Portfolio may purchase  securities on a when-issued  basis in
connection  with  the  refinancing  of  an  issuer's  outstanding   indebtedness
("refunding  contracts").  These  contracts  require  the issuer to sell and the
Portfolio  to buy  municipal  obligations  at a  stated  price  and  yield  on a
settlement  date that may be several months or several years in the future.  The
offering  proceeds are then used to refinance  existing  municipal  obligations.
Although  the  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio  may sell its rights under a refunding
contract,  the secondary  market for these contracts may be less liquid than the
secondary  market  for  other  types  of  municipal  securities.  The  Portfolio
generally  will not be obligated to pay the full  purchase  price if it fails to
perform under a refunding contract. Instead, refunding contracts usually provide
for  payment  of  liquidated  damages  to the  issuer  (currently  15-20% of the
purchase  price).  The  Portfolio  may secure its  obligation  under a refunding
contract by depositing  collateral or a letter of credit equal to the liquidated
damages  provision of the refunding  contract.  When required by Securities  and
Exchange Commission ("SEC")  guidelines,  the Portfolio will place liquid assets
in a  segregated  custodial  account  equal in amount to its  obligations  under
outstanding refunding contracts.

ZERO  COUPON  BONDS.  The Bond  Portfolios  may invest in zero  coupon  bonds of
governmental  or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders
prior  to  maturity.  Since  zero  coupon  bonds do not  make  regular  interest
payments,  they  allow an  issuer  to avoid  the need to  generate  cash to meet
current interest payments and may involve

                                       10
<PAGE>

greater credit risks than bonds paying  interest  currently.  Tax laws requiring
the  distribution  of  accrued  discount  on the  bonds,  even  though  no  cash
equivalent thereto has been paid, may cause a Portfolio to liquidate investments
in order to make the required distributions.

RISK FACTORS APPLICABLE TO THE MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO:
HEALTH CARE SECTOR.  The health care industry is subject to regulatory action by
a number of private and  governmental  agencies,  including  federal,  state and
local  governmental  agencies.  A major  source of revenues  for the industry is
payments from the Medicare and Medicaid  programs.  As a result, the industry is
sensitive to  legislative  changes and reductions in  governmental  spending for
those programs.  Numerous other factors may affect the industry, such as general
and  local  economic  conditions;   demand  for  services;  expenses  (including
malpractice insurance premiums) and competition among health care providers.  In
the  future,  the  following  may  adversely  affect the  industry:  adoption of
legislation   proposing  a  national  health  insurance  program;   medical  and
technological  advances which alter the demand for health services or the way in
which such  services  are  provided;  and  efforts by  employers,  insurers  and
governmental  agencies to reduce the costs of health  insurance  and health care
services.

Health  care  facilities  include  life  care  facilities,   nursing  homes  and
hospitals.  The  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio may invest in bonds to finance these
facilities  which are typically  secured by the revenues from the facilities and
not by state or local  government  tax payments.  Moreover,  in the case of life
care facilities, since a portion of housing, medical care and other services may
be financed by an initial deposit, there may be a risk of default in the payment
of  principal  or interest  on a bond issue if the  facility  does not  maintain
adequate financial reserves for debt service.

HOUSING SECTOR. The Municipal Bond Portfolio may invest in housing revenue bonds
which  typically are issued by state,  county and local housing  authorities and
are secured only by the revenues of mortgages  originated  by those  authorities
using the proceeds of the bond issues.  Factors that may affect the financing of
multi-family  housing  projects include  acceptable  completion of construction,
proper management, occupancy and rent levels, economic conditions and changes in
regulatory requirements.

Since the demand  for  mortgages  from the  proceeds  of a bond issue  cannot be
precisely predicted, the proceeds may be in excess of demand, which would result
in early  retirement  of the  bonds by the  issuer.  Since  the cash  flow  from
mortgages  cannot be precisely  predicted,  differences  in the actual cash flow
from the  assumed  cash flow  could  have an adverse  impact  upon the  issuer's
ability to make scheduled  payments of principal and interest or could result in
early retirement of the bonds.

Scheduled principal and interest payments are often made from reserve or sinking
funds. These reserves are funded from the bond proceeds,  assuming certain rates
of return on investment of the reserve funds. If the assumed rates of return are
not realized  because of changes in interest  rate levels or for other  reasons,
the actual cash flow for  scheduled  payments of  principal  and interest on the
bonds may be inadequate.

ELECTRIC UTILITIES SECTOR. The electric utilities industry has experienced,  and
may experience in the future:  problems in financing large construction programs
in an  inflationary  period;  cost increases and delays caused by  environmental
considerations  (particularly with respect to nuclear facilities);  difficulties
in obtaining  fuel at  reasonable  prices;  the effects of  conservation  on the
demand for energy;  increased  competition from alternative energy sources;  and
the effects of rapidly changing licensing and safety requirements.

PROPOSED  LEGISLATION.  From time to time, proposals have been introduced before
Congress for the purpose of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal income tax
exemption for interest on debt obligations  issued by states and their political
subdivisions.  For example,  federal tax law now limits the types and amounts of
tax-exempt bonds issuable for industrial  development and other types of private
activities. These limitations may affect the future supply and yields of private
activity  securities.  Further  proposals  affecting  the  value  of  tax-exempt
securities  may be introduced in the future.  In addition,  proposals  have been
made,  such as that involving the "flat tax," that could reduce or eliminate the
value  of that  exemption.  If the  availability  of  municipal  securities  for
investment  or the value of the Municipal  Bond  Portfolio's  holdings  could be
materially  affected by such changes in the law, the Trustees  would  reevaluate
the  Portfolio's  investment  objective and policies or consider the Portfolio's
dissolution.

                                       11
<PAGE>

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER. Portfolio turnover rates for the past 2 years, were:

                              12 MONTHS ENDED     12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/00             6/30/99
                              ---------------     ---------------
Short/Intermediate Bond            47.23%              34.40%

Intermediate Bond                  53.23%              36.22%

Municipal Bond                     50.26%              23.93%


                              THE EQUITY PORTFOLIOS

The "Equity  Portfolios" are the Large Cap Growth, the Large Cap Core, the Small
Cap Core,  the  International  Multi-Manager,  the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap
Value and the Small Cap Value Portfolios.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (ADRS) AND EUROPEAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS (EDRS). The
International  Multi-Manager  and Large Cap Core  Portfolios  each may invest in
ADRs  and  EDRs.  ADRs  and  EDRs are  securities,  typically  issued  by a U.S.
financial institution or a non-U.S.  financial institution in the case of an EDR
(a "depositary").  The institution has ownership  interests in a security,  or a
pool  of  securities,  issued  by  a  foreign  issuer  and  deposited  with  the
depositary.  ADRs and EDRs may be available through "sponsored" or "unsponsored"
facilities.  A sponsored  facility is  established  jointly by the issuer of the
security underlying the receipt and a depositary. An unsponsored facility may be
established  by  a  depositary  without  participation  by  the  issuer  of  the
underlying security.  Holders of unsponsored  depositary receipts generally bear
all the costs of the  unsponsored  facility.  The  depositary of an  unsponsored
facility   frequently  is  under  no   obligation   to  distribute   shareholder
communications  received  from the issuer of the  deposited  security or to pass
through,  to the holders of the  receipts,  voting  rights  with  respect to the
deposited securities.

CASH  MANAGEMENT.  The Large Cap  Growth,  Small Cap Core and the  International
Multi-Manager Portfolios each may invest no more than 15% of its total assets in
cash and cash equivalents  including  high-quality  money market instruments and
money  market  funds in order to manage  cash flow in the  Portfolio.  The other
Equity  Portfolios  are not subject to specific  percentage  limitations on such
investments. Certain of these instruments are described below.

o    MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Equity  Portfolios may invest in the securities of
     other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by the 1940
     Act.

     The  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  may invest in  securities  of
     open-end and closed-end  investment  companies that invest primarily in the
     equity  securities  of  issuers  in  countries  where it is  impossible  or
     impractical to invest  directly.  Such  investments  will be subject to the
     limits described above.

o    U.S. GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity Portfolios may invest in the same
     debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies
     or  instrumentalities  as the Money Market  Portfolios.  (See "Money Market
     Portfolios - U.S. Government Obligations.")

o    COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Equity  Portfolios may invest in commercial  paper.
     Commercial  paper  consists  of  short-term  (up  to  270  days)  unsecured
     promissory  notes issued by  corporations in order to finance their current
     operations. The Portfolios may invest only in commercial paper rated A-1 or
     higher by S&P or  Moody's  or if not rated,  determined  by the  adviser or
     sub-adviser to be of comparable quality.

o    BANK OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity Portfolios may invest in the same obligations
     of U.S.  banks as the Money Market Funds.  (See "Money Market  Portfolios -
     Bank Obligations.")

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible securities have characteristics similar to
both fixed income and equity securities.  Because of the conversion feature, the
market value of  convertible  securities  tends to move together with the market
value  of  the  underlying  stock.  As a  result,  a  Portfolio's  selection  of
convertible securities is based, to a great extent, on the potential for capital
appreciation  that may exist in the underlying  stock.  The value of convertible
securities is also affected by prevailing  interest rates, the credit quality of
the issuers and any call provisions.

The Equity  Portfolios may invest in convertible  securities  that are rated, at
the time of purchase,  in the three  highest  rating  categories by a nationally
recognized  statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") such as Moody's or S&P, or
if unrated, are determined by the adviser or a sub-adviser, as applicable, to be
of comparable quality. In addition,  the International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio
may invest in  non-convertible  debt securities  issued by foreign  governments,
international  agencies,  and  private  foreign  issuers  that,  at the  time of
purchase,  are rated A or better by a

                                       12
<PAGE>

NRSRO,  or,  if not  rated,  are  judged  by the  adviser  or one or more of the
sub-advisers to be of comparable quality.  Ratings represent the rating agency's
opinion  regarding  the  quality  of the  security  and are not a  guarantee  of
quality.  Should  the  rating  of  a  security  be  downgraded  subsequent  to a
Portfolio's  purchase  of  the  security,  the  adviser  or  a  sub-adviser,  as
applicable,  will determine  whether it is in the best interest of the Portfolio
to retain the security.

DEBT  SECURITIES.  Debt  securities  represent money borrowed that obligates the
issuer (e.g., a corporation,  municipality,  government,  government  agency) to
repay the borrowed  amount at maturity  (when the obligation is due and payable)
and usually to pay the holder interest at specific times.

HEDGING  STRATEGIES.  The  Equity  Portfolios  may  engage  in  certain  hedging
strategies that involve options,  futures and, in the case of the  International
Multi-Manager  Portfolio,  forward currency  exchange  contracts.  These hedging
strategies are described in detail in Appendix A.

ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  Each of the Large Cap Value,  Mid Cap Value and Small Cap
Value  Portfolios  may invest no more than 10% of its net  assets in  securities
that at the time of purchase have legal or contractual restrictions on resale or
are otherwise illiquid.  Each of the Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core, Small Cap
Core and International  Multi-Manager  Portfolios may invest no more than 15% of
its net  assets  in  securities  that at the  time of  purchase  have  legal  or
contractual restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid. If the limitations
on illiquid  securities  are exceeded,  other than by a change in market values,
the  condition  will be reported by the  Portfolio's  investment  adviser to the
Board of Trustees.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES  INDEXES.  The Large Cap Growth,  Large Cap
Value and Small Cap Core Portfolios each may purchase call options on securities
that WTC  intends  to include  in the  Portfolios  in order to fix the cost of a
future purchase or attempt to enhance return by, for example,  participating  in
an anticipated increase in the value of a security.  The Portfolios may purchase
put options to hedge against a decline in the market value of securities held in
the  Portfolios or in an attempt to enhance  return.  The  Portfolios  may write
(sell) put and covered call options on securities  in which they are  authorized
to invest. The Portfolios may also purchase put and call options,  and write put
and covered call options on U.S. securities  indexes.  Stock index options serve
to hedge against  overall  fluctuations  in the  securities  markets rather than
anticipated increases or decreases in the value of a particular security. Of the
percentage  of the total  assets of a Portfolio  that are invested in equity (or
related)  securities,  the Portfolio may not invest more than 10% of such assets
in covered call options on securities and/or options on securities indices.

REPURCHASE   AGREEMENTS.   The  Equity   Portfolios  may  invest  in  repurchase
agreements,  which were previously  described  under "Money Market  Portfolios -
Repurchase Agreements."

RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold
to the  public  without  registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 or an
exemption  from  registration.  Each of the  Equity  Portfolios  is subject to a
Portfolio's  investment  limitations  on the  purchase of  illiquid  securities.
Restricted securities,  including securities eligible for re-sale under 1933 Act
Rule 144A, that are determined to be liquid are not subject to this  limitation.
This  determination  is to be made by the adviser or a  sub-adviser  pursuant to
guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees. Under these guidelines, the adviser
or a  sub-adviser  will  consider  the  frequency  of trades  and quotes for the
security,   the  number  of  dealers  in,  and  potential  purchasers  for,  the
securities, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, and the nature
of the security and of the  marketplace  trades.  In purchasing  such restricted
securities, the adviser or a sub-adviser intends to purchase securities that are
exempt from registration under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Equity  Portfolios may lend securities  subject to the
same  conditions  applicable to the Bond  Portfolios,  as described  under "Bond
Portfolios - Securities Lending."

                                       13
<PAGE>

PORTFOLIO  TURNOVER.  Portfolio  turnover rates for the past 2 years,  (or since
inception, if applicable) were:

                              12 MONTHS ENDED     12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/00             6/30/99
                              ---------------     ---------------
Large Cap Growth                  111.49%              32.48%

Large Cap Core                     11.52%              5.19%

Small Cap Core                     46.80%              22.97%

Large Cap Value                   136.45%              67.05%

Mid Cap Value                     274.00%             118.00%

Small Cap Value                    96.00%              64.00%

International Multi-Manager        78.24%              67.05%

                             INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Except as otherwise  provided,  the  Portfolios and their  corresponding  master
series have adopted the  investment  limitations  set forth  below.  Limitations
which are  designated  as  fundamental  policies may not be changed  without the
affirmative  vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares of a  Portfolio
present at a shareholders meeting if holders of more than 50% of the outstanding
shares of the  Portfolio are present in person or by proxy or (ii) more than 50%
of the  outstanding  shares of a Portfolio.  If any  percentage  restriction  on
investment or  utilization  of assets is adhered to at the time an investment is
made, a later change in percentage  resulting from a change in the market values
of a  Portfolio's  assets or  redemptions  of shares  will not be  considered  a
violation of the limitation.

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS:
Each Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its  total  assets  without  regard  to  these  limitations;  and  (2)  these
limitations  do not  apply  to  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided,  that  each  of the  Prime  Money  Market  and  Premier  Money  Market
Portfolios  may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the  obligations  of
banks;

3. borrow money, except (1) from a bank for temporary or emergency purposes (not
for  leveraging  or  investment)  or  (2)  by  engaging  in  reverse  repurchase
agreements  if the  Portfolio's  borrowings  do not exceed an amount equal to 33
1/3% of the current value of its assets taken at market value,  less liabilities
other than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets;

5. underwrite any issue of  securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real  estate,  provided  that the  Portfolio  may  invest in
obligations secured by real estate or interests therein or obligations issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein;

                                       14
<PAGE>

7. purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts,  provided that currencies
and currency-related contracts will not be deemed physical commodities; or

8. issue senior securities,  except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that
the  Portfolio is  permitted  to incur,  provided  that the  Portfolio's  use of
options,  futures  contracts and options thereon or  currency-related  contracts
will not be deemed to be senior securities for this purpose.

THE  INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A PORTFOLIO  FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

With respect to the exclusion from the investment limitation described in number
2 above, the Fund has been advised that it is the SEC staff's current  position,
that the exclusion may be applied only to U.S. bank obligations; the Prime Money
Market and Premier Money Market Portfolios,  however, will consider both foreign
and U.S. bank obligations within this exclusion.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply to each Money Market  Portfolio
unless  otherwise  indicated,  and the Board of Trustees may change them without
shareholder approval.

Each Portfolio will not:

1. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

2. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the  use of  short-term  credit
necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities;

3. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets,  and if at any time the  Portfolio's  bank borrowings
exceed its  fundamental  borrowing  limitations  due to a decline in net assets,
such borrowings will be promptly (within 3 days) reduced to the extent necessary
to comply with such limitations;

4. make loans of portfolio securities unless such loans are fully collateralized
by cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities,  or any combination of cash and securities,  marked to market
daily; or

5. with respect to the U.S.  Government,  Prime Money  Market and Premier  Money
Market Portfolios only, purchase the securities of any one issuer if as a result
more than 5% of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities
of such  issuer,  provided  that this  limitation  does not apply to  securities
issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

BOND PORTFOLIOS:
Each Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its  total  assets  without  regard  to  these  limitations;  and  (2)  these
limitations  do not  apply  to  securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided that this limitation does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed
by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities  (including repurchase
agreements fully collateralized by U.S. Government obligations) or to tax-exempt
municipal securities;

                                       15
<PAGE>

3. borrow  money,  provided  that the  Portfolio may borrow money from banks for
temporary  or  emergency  purposes  (not for  leveraging  or  investment)  or by
engaging in reverse repurchase  agreements if the Portfolio's  borrowings do not
exceed an amount  equal to 33 1/3% of the current  value of its assets  taken at
market value, less liabilities other than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets;

5. underwrite  any issue of securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate or real estate  limited  partnership  interests,
provided that the Portfolio may invest in obligations  secured by real estate or
interests therein or obligations  issued by companies that invest in real estate
or interests therein, including real estate investment trusts;

7. purchase  or  sell  physical  commodities  or  commodities  contracts  except
financial and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon, options on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts; or

8. issue senior securities,  except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that
the Portfolio is permitted to incur, provided that futures,  options and forward
currency transactions will not be deemed to be senior securities for purposes of
this limitation.

THE  INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A PORTFOLIO  FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

The following  non-fundamental  policies apply to each Bond Portfolio and may be
changed by the Board of Trustees without  shareholder  approval.  Each Portfolio
will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage or hypothecate its assets,  except the Portfolio may pledge
securities having a market value at the time of the pledge not exceeding 33 1/3%
of the value of its total assets to secure  borrowings,  and the  Portfolio  may
deposit initial and variation margin in connection with  transactions in futures
contracts and options on futures contracts;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for  the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
provided that the Portfolio  may make initial and variation  margin  deposits in
connection with permitted transactions in options or futures;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets;

5. when engaging in options, futures and forward currency contract strategies, a
Portfolio will either:  (1) set aside cash or liquid  securities in a segregated
account  with  the  Fund's  custodian  in the  prescribed  amount;  or (2)  hold
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset  ("cover") its obligations  thereunder.  Securities,  currencies or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
the strategy is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar assets;

6. purchase  or  sell  non-hedging  futures  contracts  or  related  options  if
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions would
exceed 5% of the  Portfolio's  total  assets.  For purposes of this  limitation,
unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any open contracts are taken into
account,  and the  in-the-money  amount of an option that is in-the-money at the
time of purchase is excluded; or

                                       16
<PAGE>

7. write put or call options having  aggregate  exercise prices greater than 25%
of the  Portfolio's  net assets,  except with respect to options  attached to or
acquired with or traded together with their underlying securities and securities
that incorporate features similar to options.

EQUITY PORTFOLIOS:
Each Portfolio will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities of any one issuer,  if as a result,  more than 5% of
the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer,
or the  Portfolio  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Portfolio may invest up to 25%
of its total assets without regard to these  limitations;  (2) these limitations
do not apply to  securities  issued or guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its
agencies or instrumentalities; and (3) for the Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core,
Small Cap Core and International Multi-Manager Portfolios, repurchase agreements
fully  collateralized  by U.S.  Government  obligations  will be treated as U.S.
Government obligations;

2. purchase  securities  of  any  issuer  if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Portfolio's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
issuers  having  their  principal  business  activities  in the  same  industry,
provided,  that (1) for the Large Cap  Value,  Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value
Portfolios,  this  limitation  does  not  apply  to  investments  in  short-term
obligations  issued  or  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities;  and (2) the Large Cap Growth, Large Cap Core, Small Cap Core
and International  Multi-Manager  Portfolios,  this limitation does not apply to
debt obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies or
instrumentalities;

3. borrow money,  provided that (1) each of the Large Cap Value, Small Cap Value
and Mid Cap Value  Portfolios  may  borrow  money  for  temporary  or  emergency
purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests, in amounts up to 33 1/3%
of a Portfolio's  assets; and (2) each of the Large Cap Growth,  Large Cap Core,
Small Cap Core and International  Multi-Manager  Portfolios may borrow money for
temporary or emergency  purposes,  and then in an aggregate amount not in excess
of 10% of a Portfolio's total assets;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into repurchase agreements; or (3) engaging in securities loan transactions;

5. underwrite  any issue of securities,  except to the extent that the Portfolio
may be considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition
of any portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate,  provided  that (1) the Large Cap Value,  Small
Cap  Value  and Mid Cap  Value  Portfolios  additionally  may not  invest in any
interest in real estate except  securities  issued or guaranteed by corporate or
governmental  entities  secured by real  estate or  interests  therein,  such as
mortgage  pass-throughs and collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  or issued by
companies  that invest in real estate or  interests  therein;  (2) the Large Cap
Growth,  Large  Cap  Core,  Small  Cap  Core  and  International   Multi-Manager
Portfolios  each may invest in  obligations  secured by real estate or interests
therein  or  obligations  issued by  companies  that  invest  in real  estate or
interests therein, including real estate investment trusts;

7. purchase or sell physical commodities, provided that (1) the Large Cap Value,
Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value  Portfolios  additionally  are restricted from
purchasing or selling contracts,  options or options on contracts to purchase or
sell physical  commodities and (2) the Large Cap Growth,  Large Cap Core,  Small
Cap Core and International Multi-Manager Portfolios each may invest in purchase,
sell or enter into  financial  options and  futures,  forward and spot  currency
contracts, swap transactions and other derivative financial instruments; or

8. issue  senior  securities,  except to the extent  permitted  by the 1940 Act,
provided  that each of the Large  Cap  Value,  Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value
Portfolios may borrow money subject to its investment limitation on borrowing.

                                       17
<PAGE>

THE  INVESTMENT  LIMITATIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A PORTFOLIO  FROM
INVESTING  ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES  OF  ANOTHER
REGISTERED  OPEN-END  INVESTMENT COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT
INVESTMENT TRUST I.

The following  non-fundamental  policies apply to each Equity  Portfolio  unless
otherwise  indicated,  and  the  Board  of  Trustees  may  change  them  without
shareholder approval. Each Portfolio will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  its assets  except to secure  indebtedness
permitted to be incurred by the  Portfolio,  provided  that (1) this  limitation
does not  apply to the  Large  Cap  Growth,  Large  Cap Core and  Small Cap Core
Portfolios;  and (2) with respect to the Large Cap Value,  Small Cap Value,  Mid
Cap Value and International  Multi-Manager Portfolios,  the deposit in escrow of
securities   in   connection   with  the  writing  of  put  and  call   options,
collateralized  loans of securities and collateral  arrangements with respect to
margin for future contracts are not deemed to be pledges or  hypothecations  for
this purpose;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for  the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
provided that Large Cap Value,  Small Cap Value and Mid Cap Value Portfolios may
make  initial  and  variation  margin  deposits  in  connection  with  permitted
transactions in options without violating this limitation;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total  assets,  provided  that (1) the Large Cap  Value,  Small Cap
Value and Mid Cap Value  Portfolios  may not  borrow  for  purposes  other  than
meeting  redemptions in an amount  exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets
at the time the borrowing is made;

                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The  Board  of  Trustees  supervises  the  Portfolios'  activities  and  reviews
contractual  arrangements with the Portfolios'  service providers.  The Trustees
and officers are listed  below.  All persons named as Trustees and officers also
serve in a similar capacity for WT Investment Trust I. An asterisk (*) indicates
those Trustees who are "interested persons".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
                                        POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                       HELD WITH THE
DATE OF BIRTH                           FUND              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>
ROBERT ARNOLD                               Trustee       In 1989, Mr. Arnold founded, and currently co-manages,  R.
152 W. 57th Street, 44th Floor                            H. Arnold & Co.,  Inc.,  an  investment  banking  company.
New York, NY  10019                                       Prior to forming R. H. Arnold & Co.,  Inc., Mr. Arnold was
Date of Birth: 3/44                                       Executive  Vice  President  and  a  director  to  Cambrian
                                                          Capital   Corporation,   an  investment  banking  firm  he
                                                          co-founded in 1987.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN*                        Trustee,      Mr.  Christian  has  been  Chief  Investment   Officer  of
Rodney Square North                        President      Wilmington  Trust Company since February 1996 and Director
1100 N. Market Street                                     of Rodney  Square  Management  Corporation  since 1996. He
Wilmington, DE 19890                                      was Chairman and Director of PNC Equity Advisors  Company,
Date of Birth: 2/49                                       and  President and Chief  Investment  Officer of PNC Asset
                                                          Management  Group  Inc.  from  1994 to 1996.  He was Chief
                                                          Investment  Officer  of PNC  Bank  from  1992 to 1996  and
                                                          Director  of  Provident  Capital  Management  from 1993 to
                                                          1996.
</TABLE>

                                       18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
                                        POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                       HELD WITH THE
DATE OF BIRTH                           FUND              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>
NICHOLAS A. GIORDANO                        Trustee       Mr.  Giordano  served  as  interim  President  of  LaSalle
LaSalle University                                        University  from  July 1,  1998 to  June  1999,  and was a
Philadelphia, PA 19141                                    consultant for financial services  organizations from late
Date of Birth: 3/43                                       1997  through  1998.  He  served  as  president  and chief
                                                          executive officer of the Philadelphia  Stock Exchange from
                                                          1981 through  August 1997,  and also served as chairman of
                                                          the  board  of  the  exchange's  two  subsidiaries:  Stock
                                                          Clearing  Corporation  of  Philadelphia  and  Philadelphia
                                                          Depository Trust Company.  Before joining the Philadelphia
                                                          Stock  Exchange,  Mr.  Giordano  served as chief financial
                                                          officer at two brokerage  firms  (1968-1971).  A certified
                                                          public accountant, he began his career at Price Waterhouse
                                                          in 1965.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
JOHN J. QUINDLEN                            Trustee       Mr.  Quindlen  has  retired  as Senior  Vice  President  -
313 Southwinds                                            Finance  of  E.I.  duPont  de  Nemours  &  Company,   Inc.
1250 W. Southwinds Blvd.                                  (diversified  chemicals),  a  position  held  from 1984 to
Vero Beach, FL  32963                                     November 30, 1993.  He served as Chief  Financial  Officer
Date of Birth: 5/32                                       of E.I.  duPont de  Nemours &  Company  from 1984  through
                                                          June 1993.  He also  serves as a Director of St. Joe Paper
                                                          Co. and as a Trustee of Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
LOUIS KLEIN, JR.                            Trustee       Self  employed  financial  consultant  from  1991  to  the
80 Butternut Lane                                         present.  Trustee of Manville  Personal Injury  Settlement
Stamford, CT  06903                                       Trust since 1991.
Date of Birth: 5/35

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
CLEMENT C. MOORE, II                        Trustee       Managing Partner,  Mariemont  Holdings,  LLC, a commercial
10 Rockefeller Plaza                                      real estate holding and development company since 1980.
New York, NY  10004
Date of Birth: 9/44

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
ERIC BRUCKER                                Trustee       Dean of the College of Business,  Public Policy and Health
University of Maine                                       at the University of Maine since  September  1998. Dean of
Orono, ME  04469                                          the School of  Management  at the  University  of Michigan
Date of Birth: 12/41                                      from 1992 to 1998.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
WILLIAM P. RICHARDS, JR.*                   Trustee       Managing   Director  -  Client   Service   and   Portfolio
100 Wilshire Boulevard                                    Communication,  Roxbury  Capital  Management  since  1998.
Suite 600                                                 Formerly,   Senior  Vice  President  and  Partner  at  Van
Santa Monica, CA  90401                                   Deventer,  Hoch an investment  management  firm.  Prior to
Date of Birth: 11/36                                      that,  he was with the  consulting  firm  Booz,  Allen and
                                                          Hamilton.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
ERIC K. CHEUNG                           Vice President   From 1978 to 1986,  Mr. Cheung was the  Portfolio  Manager
1100 N. Market Street                                     Rodney Square North for fixed income assets of the Meritor
Wilmington, DE 19890                                      Financial  Group. In  1986,  Mr. Cheung joined  Wilmington
Date of Birth: 12/54                                      Trust Company and in 1991,  he became the Division Manager
                                                          for all fixed income products.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
JOHN R. GILES                            Vice President   From 1991 to 1996,  Mr. Giles was  employed by  Consistent
Rodney Square North                                       Asset   Management   Company;   From  April  1996  to  the
1100 N. Market Street                                     present,  Mr. Giles has been employed by Wilmington  Trust
Wilmington, DE 19890                                      Company and serves as Vice President.

Date of Birth: 8/59

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
FRED FILOON                              Vice President   Mr.  Filoon is a Senior Vice  President of CRM LLC,  since
520 Madison Avenue                                        1989. Mr. Filoon also serves as Chairman of the Round Hill
New York, NY 10022                                        Community  Church and Chairman of the Retirement  Board of
Date of Birth: 3/42                                       the Town of Greenwich.


--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
                                        POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                       HELD WITH THE
DATE OF BIRTH                           FUND              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>
PAT COLLETTI                             Vice President   Mr.  Colletti is Vice President and Director of Investment
400 Bellevue Parkway                     and Treasurer    Accounting  and  Administration  of PFPC Inc.  since April
Wilmington, DE 19809                                      1999.  Prior to joining PFPC, Mr.  Colletti was Controller
Date of Birth: 11/58                                      for the Reserve Funds since 1986.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
GARY M. GARDNER                            Secretary      Mr.  Gardner has been a Senior Vice President of PFPC Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway                                      since January 1994.  Previously,  Mr. Gardner had provided
Wilmington, DE  19809                                     legal and  regulatory  advice  to  mutual  funds and their
Date of Birth: 2/51                                       management   for  more  than  twenty  years  at  Federated
                                                          Investors,  Inc.,  SunAmerica  Asset  Management Corp. and
                                                          The Boston Company, Inc.

--------------------------------------- ----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
<FN>

* Interested Trustee.
</FN>
</TABLE>

On October __, 2000,  the Trustees and officers of the Fund,  as a group,  owned
beneficially,  or may be deemed to have owned beneficially,  less than 1% of the
outstanding shares of each Portfolio.

The fees and expenses of the Trustees  who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Fund  ("Independent  Trustees"),  as  defined  in the  1940 Act are paid by each
Portfolio.  The following table shows the fees paid during the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2000 to the Independent  Trustees for their service to the Fund and the
total  compensation paid to the Trustees by the WT Fund Complex,  which consists
of the Fund and WT Investment Trust I.

              TRUSTEES FEES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2000

                           AGGREGATE COMPENSATION     TOTAL COMPENSATION FROM
                                FROM THE FUND           THE WT FUND COMPLEX
                           ----------------------     -----------------------
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE
-------------------
Robert Arnold                      $10,700                    $21,100

Eric Brucker                       $8,700                     $19,600

Nicholas Giordano                  $11,800                    $22,200

Louis Klein, Jr.                   $8,700                     $17,100

Clement C. Moore, II               $8,700                     $17,100

John J. Quindlen                   $10,700                    $23,600

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

The Fund, WT Investment Trust I and each of the Series' investment  advisers and
sub-advisers  have each  adopted a code of ethics  pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the
1940 Act. Among other provisions,  such codes require  investment  personnel and
certain other employees to pre-clear securities transactions that are subject to
the  code of  ethics,  to file  reports  or  duplicate  confirmations  regarding
personal  securities  transactions  and to refrain from  engaging in  short-term
trading of a security  and  transactions  of a security  within  seven days of a
Series' portfolio transaction  involving the same security.  Directors/trustees,
officers and employees of the Fund, WT Investment  Trust I, and each adviser and
sub-adviser are required to abide by the provisions  under their respective code
of ethics.  On a  quarterly  and annual  basis,  the Board of  Trustees  reviews
reports regarding the codes of ethics,  including information on any substantial
violations of the codes.

                                       20
<PAGE>

               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Persons or organizations beneficially owning 25% or more of the outstanding
shares of a Portfolio may be presumed to "control" the Portfolio. As a result,
those persons or organizations could have the ability to vote a majority of the
shares of the Portfolio on any matter requiring the approval of the shareholders
of that Portfolio. As of September 30, the following entities were known to own
beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares the Premier Money Market
Portfolio:

         Kiewit Construction Company                           17.3%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Kiewit Coal Properties, Inc.                          17.1%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Wasatch Construction AJV                              10.0%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Gulf Maritime LP                                      14.9%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

As of September 30, the following  entities have a 5% or larger  position in
the  Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio  and may be deemed to be a  controlling
person of the Portfolio under the 1940 Act.

         Northern Trust Company                                15.9%
          Trustee for Continental Kiewit Inc. Pension Plan
         P.O. Box 92956
         Chicago, IL 60675

         Decker Coal Reclamation                                9.3%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         Wilmington Trust Company                               7.1%
          Trustee for University of Delaware
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

         Wilmington Trust Company                              15.2%
          Trustee for WTC Pension Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

                                       21
<PAGE>

As of September 30, the following entities were known to own beneficially 5% or
more of the outstanding shares of the Large Cap Core Portfolio.

         Northern Trust Company                                31.7%
          Trustee for Continental Kiewit Inc. Pension Plan
         P.O. Box 92956
         Chicago, IL 60675

         Wilmington Trust Company                              30.6%
          Trustee for Kiewit Construction Corp
          Retirement Savings Plan
         1100 N. Market Street
         Wilmington, DE 19890

         Decker Coal Reclamation                               13.1%
         One Thousand Kiewit Plaza
         Omaha, NE 68131

         State Street                                           7.3%
          Trustee for Decker Coal Co. Pension Plan
         200 Newport Ave
         North Quincy, MA 02117

                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
RSMC serves as the investment  adviser to the Prime Money Market,  Premier Money
Market,  the U.S.  Government  and the  Tax-Exempt  Series.  RSMC is a  Delaware
corporation  organized on September 17, 1981. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Wilmington Trust Company ("WTC"), a state-chartered bank organized as a Delaware
corporation  in 1903.  WTC is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Wilmington  Trust
Corporation,  a  publicly  held  bank  holding  company.  RSMC may  occasionally
consult, on an informal basis, with personnel of WTC's investment departments.

Several affiliates of RSMC are also engaged in the investment advisory business.
Wilmington  Trust FSB and Wilmington  Brokerage  Services  Company,  both wholly
owned subsidiaries of WTC, are registered investment advisers. In addition, WBSC
is a registered broker-dealer.

WTC  previously  served as the  investment  advisor of the Premier  Money Market
Series until November 1, 1999. For information  regarding the fees WTC received,
and waived, for its services, please see below.

For its services as adviser, RSMC received the following fees:

                              12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/00          6/30/99          6/30/98
                              ---------------  ---------------  ----------------
Premier Money Market Series     $677,240(1)          N/A               N/A
Prime Money Market Series        $9,040,719       $7,672,029        $5,078,193
U.S. Government Series           $3,240,463       $3,076,718        $2,001,355
Tax-Exempt Series                $2,104,423       $2,047,289        $1,246,730

(1) For the period November 1, 1999 to June 30, 2000.

For its services as adviser to the Premier  Money  Market  Series for the period
November 1, 1999 to June 30, 2000, RSMC waived fees of $313,343.

                                       22
<PAGE>

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
WTC,  the parent of RSMC,  is a  state-chartered  bank  organized  as a Delaware
corporation  in 1903.  WTC is a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Wilmington  Trust
Corporation,  a publicly held bank holding company.  WTC is engaged in a variety
of  investment  advisory  activities,  including  the  management  of collective
investment  pools, and has nearly a century of experience  managing the personal
investments  of high  net-worth  individuals.  WTC  presently  manages  over $__
billion in fixed income  assets and  approximately  $__ billion in equity assets
for clients.

WTC  serves  as  the  adviser  to  the   Short/Intermediate   Bond  Series,  the
Intermediate Bond Series,  the Municipal Bond Series, the Large Cap Core Series,
the  Small Cap Core  Series  and the  International  Multi-Manager  Series.  The
Premier Money Market  Series,  Large Cap Growth  Series,  Large Cap Value Series
changed advisers on November 1, 1999.

For WTC's  services as  investment  adviser to each  Series,  WTC  received  the
following fees:

                              12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/00          6/30/99          6/30/98
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Premier Money Market Series       $327,586       $518,578(2)          N/A
Short/Intermediate Bond Series    $515,635       $177,376(2)          N/A
Large Cap Core Series             $905,961       $568,176(2)          N/A
Intermediate Bond Series          $305,276        $322,428            N/A
Municipal Bond Series             $55,020          $61,687          $86,841
Large Cap Growth Series         $397,459(1)      $1,150,375           N/A
International Multi-
  Manager Series                  $517,304        $447,808          $755,902
Small Cap Core Series             $502,815           N/A              N/A
Large Cap Value Series          $131,600(1)          N/A              N/A


(1) For the period July 1, 1999 to October 31, 1999.
(2) For the period October 20, 1998 to June 30, 1999.

For its services as adviser, WTC waived the following fees:

                              12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED  12 MONTHS ENDED
                                  6/30/00          6/30/99          6/30/98
                              ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
Premier Money Market Series     $286,696(1)      $281,704(2)          N/A
Short/Intermediate Bond Series    $189,596       $98,480(2)           N/A
Large Cap Core Series             $230,030       $94,401(2)           N/A
Intermediate Bond Series          $143,584        $103,995            N/A
Municipal Bond Series              $7,707          $36,996          $81,481
Large Cap Growth Series           $56,620         $201,147           $8,138
International Multi-
  Manager Series                  $169,523        $102,850            N/A
Small Cap Core Series             $96,214            N/A              N/A
Large Cap Value Series          $139,897(1)          N/A              N/A


(1) For the period July 1, 1999 to October 31, 1999.
(2) For the period October 20, 1998 to June 30, 1999.

Prior to  October  19,  1998,  Kiewit  Investment  Management  Corp.  served  as
investment  adviser to the Premier  Money  Market,  Short/Intermediate  Bond and
Large Cap Core Series.  Pursuant to  investment  management  agreements  then in
effect,  the  following  fees were  payable to the Series'  previous  investment
adviser, Kiewit, for:

                                    JULY 1, 1998 TO         12 MONTHS ENDED
                                   OCTOBER 19, 1998          JUNE 30, 1998
                                   ----------------          -------------
Premier Money Market Series           $228,204                $983,634(2)
Short/Intermediate Bond Series        $78,062                 $579,830(2)
Large Cap Core Series                 $250,050                $695,586(2)

                                       23
<PAGE>

Kiewit Investment Management Corp., waived the following amounts for:

                                    JULY 1, 1998 TO         12 MONTHS ENDED
                                   OCTOBER 19, 1998          JUNE 30, 1998
                                   ----------------          -------------
Premier Money Market Series           $123,952                 $519,887
Short/Intermediate Bond Series        $43,340                  $115,748
Large Cap Core Series                 $40,225                  $126,953

For  Institutional  shares,  WTC has agreed to reimburse  expenses to the extent
total operating  expenses  exceed 0.20% for the Premier Money Market  Portfolio,
0.55% for the Short/Intermediate Bond Portfolio; 0.55% for the Intermediate Bond
Portfolio;  0.75%  for the  Municipal  Bond  Portfolio,  0.75% for the Large Cap
Growth  Portfolio;  .80% for the Large Core  Portfolio;  0.75% for the Large Cap
Value  Portfolio;  0.80%  for the Small  Cap Core  Portfolio;  and 1.00% for the
International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio.  This  undertaking will remain in place
until the Board of Trustees approves its termination.

CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC
CRM serves as investment  adviser to the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap Value and
the Small Cap Series. CRM and its predecessors have managed investments in small
and medium  capitalization  companies  for over 25 years.  CRM is 67% owned (and
therefore controlled) by Cramer, Rosenthal,  McGlynn, Inc. and its shareholders.
CRM is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.

For its services as adviser, CRM received the following fees:

                                       12 MONTHS ENDED
                                         6/30/00(1)
                                       ---------------
Large Cap Value Series                    $305,109
Mid Cap Value Series                       $91,720
Small Cap Value Series                   $1,277,831

(1) For the period  November 1, 1999  (commencement  of  operations) to June 30,
2000.

For its services as adviser, CRM waived the following fees.

                                       12 MONTHS ENDED
                                          6/30/00
                                       ---------------
Large Cap Value Series                    $112,969
Mid Cap Value Series                      $129,279
Small Cap Value Series                       $0

ROXBURY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Roxbury  serves as the  investment  adviser to the  corresponding  Series of the
Large Cap Growth Portfolio.

For the period November 1, 1999 to June 30, 2000,  Roxbury  received  $1,005,944
for its services as adviser to the WT Large Cap Growth Series.

ADVISORY SERVICES.  Under the terms of advisory agreements,  each adviser agrees
to: (a) direct the investments of each Series, subject to and in accordance with
the Series'  investment  objective,  policies and  limitations  set forth in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional  Information;  (b) purchase and sell
for each Series,  securities and other  investments  consistent with the Series'
objectives and policies;  (c) supply office facilities,  equipment and personnel
necessary for servicing the  investments of the Series;  (d) pay the salaries of
all  personnel  of the Series and the adviser  performing  services  relating to
research,  statistical  and investment  activities on behalf of the Series;  (e)
make   available  and  provide  such   information  as  the  Series  and/or  its
administrator  may  reasonably  request  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  its
registration  statement,  reports and other documents required by any applicable
federal,  foreign or state  statutes or  regulations;  (f) make its officers and
employees  available to the  Trustees and officers of the Fund

                                       24
<PAGE>

for consultation and discussion  regarding the management of each Series and its
investment activities.  Additionally, each adviser agrees to create and maintain
all  necessary  records  in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,  rules  and
regulations  pertaining  to  the  various  functions  performed  by it  and  not
otherwise  created and maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the
Fund.  Each  adviser  may at any time or times,  upon  approval  by the Board of
Trustees,  enter into one or more  sub-advisory  agreements  with a  sub-advisor
pursuant to which the adviser delegates any or all of its duties as listed.

The  agreements  provide that each adviser  shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by a Series in  connection
with the matters to which the agreement relates,  except to the extent of a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in
the performance of its obligations and duties under the agreement.

The salaries of any officers  and the  interested  Trustees of the Funds who are
affiliated  with an adviser and the  salaries of all  personnel  of each adviser
performing  services  for  each  Fund  relating  to  research,  statistical  and
investment activities are paid by the adviser.

                             SUB-ADVISORY SERVICES

INTERNATIONAL MULTI-MANAGER SERIES ONLY:

The sub-advisers to the Series are:

CLEMENTE CAPITAL,  INC. is located at Carnegie Hall Tower, 152 West 57th Street,
New York,  New York 10019.  Clemente  has been a registered  investment  adviser
since 1979. SCUDDER KEMPER INVESTMENTS,  INC. is located at 345 Park Avenue, New
York, New York 10154.  Scudder Kemper was founded as America's first independent
investment  counselor and has served as investment  adviser,  administrator  and
distributor  of mutual  funds since 1928.  INVISTA  CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT,  LLC, a
registered  investment  adviser  since 1984,  is located at 1800 Hub Tower,  699
Walnut  Street,  Des Moines,  Iowa 50309.  Invista is an indirect,  wholly owned
subsidiary of Principal Mutual Life Insurance Company.

SUB-ADVISORY  AGREEMENTS.  For services  furnished pursuant to each Sub-Advisory
Agreement,  WTC pays each sub-adviser a monthly  portfolio  management fee at an
annual rate of 0.50% of the  average  daily net assets  under the  sub-adviser's
management.  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000, WTC paid sub-advisory fees
in the amount of $130,418  to  Clemente,  $129,289  to Investa  and  $139,582 to
Scudder Kemper.

Each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  provides that the sub-adviser  has  discretionary
investment  authority  (including  the  selection of brokers and dealers for the
execution of the Series' portfolio  transactions) with respect to the portion of
the Series' assets  allocated to it by WTC,  subject to the  restrictions of the
1940 Act,  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  applicable  state
securities laws,  applicable statutes and regulations of foreign  jurisdictions,
the Series' investment objective, policies and restrictions and the instructions
of the Board of Trustees and WTC.

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the sub-adviser will not be liable for
any  action  taken,  omitted  or  suffered  to be taken  except  if such acts or
omissions are the result of willful misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence or
reckless disregard of duty. Each Agreement continues in effect for two years and
then from year to year so long as continuance of each such Agreement is approved
at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees at a
meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  approval and (ii) by the vote
of a majority of the  Trustees  or by the vote of a majority of the  outstanding
voting  securities of the  Portfolio.  Each  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  terminates
automatically in the event of its assignment and is terminable on written notice
by the Fund (without penalty, by action of the Board of Trustees or by vote of a
majority of the  Portfolio's  outstanding  voting  securities)  or by WTC or the
sub-adviser.  Each Agreement provides that written notice of termination must be
provided sixty days prior to the termination date, absent mutual agreement for a
shorter notice period.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                     ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Under separate Administration and Accounting Services Agreements, PFPC Inc., 400
Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 performs certain administrative and
accounting services for WT Mutual Fund and WT Investment Trust I. These services
include preparing shareholder reports,  providing statistical and research data,
assisting the advisers in compliance  monitoring  activities,  and preparing and
filing  federal  and state tax  returns on behalf of the Fund and the Trust.  In
addition,   PFPC  prepares  and  files  various  reports  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies  and  prepares  materials  required by the SEC or any state
securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund. The accounting services
performed  by PFPC  include  determining  the net asset  value per share of each
Portfolio and maintaining records relating to the securities transactions of the
Fund. The Administration and Accounting  Services  Agreements provides that PFPC
and its  affiliates  shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of
law or for any loss suffered by the Fund or its Portfolios, except to the extent
of a loss resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on
their  part in the  performance  of  their  obligations  and  duties  under  the
Administration and Accounting Services Agreements.

                          ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS.  Ernst & Young LLP, serves as the independent  auditor to
the Fund and WT  Investment  Trust  I,  providing  services  which  include  (1)
auditing the annual financial statements for the Portfolios,  (2) assistance and
consultation  in connection  with SEC filings and (3)  preparation of the annual
federal income tax returns filed on behalf of each Portfolio.

LEGAL  COUNSEL.  Pepper  Hamilton  LLP,  3000 Two  Logan  Square,  18th and Arch
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Fund and WT Investment
Trust I.

CUSTODIAN.  Wilmington Trust Company, 1100 North Market Street,  Wilmington,  DE
19890, serves as the Custodian.

TRANSFER  AGENT.  PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue  Parkway,  Wilmington,  DE 19890-0001,
serves as the Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.

                   DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN

Provident  Distributors,  Inc., 3200 Horizon Drive,  King of Prussia,  PA 19406,
serves as the underwriter of the  Portfolios'  shares pursuant to a Distribution
Agreement with the Fund.  Pursuant to the terms of the  Distribution  Agreement,
PDI is granted the right to sell the shares of the  Portfolios  as agent for the
Fund. Shares of the Portfolios are offered continuously.

Under the terms of the Distribution Agreement,  PDI agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to secure  purchasers for Investor class shares of the Portfolios and to
pay expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses, statements of additional
information and reports prepared for use in connection with the sale of Investor
class shares and any other  literature and  advertising  used in connection with
the offering,  out of the  compensation it receives  pursuant to the Portfolios'
Plans of  Distribution  adopted  pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the
"12b-1 Plans").  PDI receives no underwriting  commissions or Rule 12b-1 fees in
connection with the sale of the Portfolios' Institutional class shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  provides  that  PDI,  in the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the
Agreements,  will not be  liable to the  Portfolios  or their  shareholders  for
losses arising in connection with the sale of Portfolio shares.

The Distribution Agreement became effective as of November 1, 1999 and continues
in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter,  the agreement may continue in
effect for successive  annual periods  provided such  continuance is approved at
least  annually  by a majority  of the  Trustees,  including  a majority  of the
Independent Trustees. The Distribution Agreement terminates automatically in the
event of an assignment.  The Agreement is also terminable without payment of any
penalty with respect to any Portfolio (i) (by vote of a majority of the Trustees
of the Portfolio who are not interested persons of the Portfolio and who have no
direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of any Rule 12b-1 Plan of
the  Portfolio  or any  agreements  related  to a  12b-1  Plan,  or by vote of a
majority of the outstanding  voting  securities of the applicable  Portfolio) on
sixty  (60)  days'  written  notice to PDI;  or (ii) by PDI on sixty  (60) days'
written notice to the Portfolio.

                                       26
<PAGE>

PDI will be  compensated  for  distribution  services  according to the Investor
class 12b-1 Plan which became  effective on November 1, 1999 regardless of PDI's
expenses.  The  Investor  class  12b-1 Plan  provides  that PDI will be paid for
distribution  activities such as public relations services,  telephone services,
sales   presentations,   media  charges,   preparation,   printing  and  mailing
advertising  and  sales  literature,  data  processing  necessary  to  support a
distribution  effort and printing  and mailing of  prospectuses  to  prospective
shareholders.  Additionally,  PDI may pay certain financial institutions such as
banks or  broker-dealers  who have entered into  servicing  agreements  with PDI
("Service  Organizations") and other financial institutions for distribution and
shareholder servicing activities.

The Investor  class 12b-1 Plan further  provides  that payment shall be made for
any month only to the extent that such  payment  does not exceed (i) 0.25% on an
annualized  basis of the Investor Class shares of each  Portfolio's  average net
assets; and (ii) limitations set from time to time by the Board of Trustees. The
Board of Trustees has only authorized  implementation  of a 12b-1 fee for annual
payments of up to 0.05% of the Investor class shares of each of the Money Market
Portfolio's  average net assets to reimburse PDI for making  payments to certain
Service  Organizations who have sold Investor class shares of the Portfolios and
for other distribution expenses.

Under the Investor  class 12b-1 Plan, if any payments made by the adviser out of
its  advisory  fee,  not to exceed the amount of that fee, to any third  parties
(including  banks),  including  payments for shareholder  servicing and transfer
agent functions,  were deemed to be indirect  financing by each Portfolio of the
distribution of its Investor class shares,  such payments are  authorized.  Each
Series may execute portfolio transactions with and purchase securities issued by
depository   institutions  that  receive  payments  under  the  12b-1  Plan.  No
preference for instruments  issued by such  depository  institutions is shown in
the selection of investments.

                    BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The advisers and sub-advisers place all portfolio transactions on behalf of each
Series. Debt securities purchased and sold by the Series are generally traded on
the dealer  market on a net basis (i.e.,  without  commission)  through  dealers
acting  for  their  own  account  and  not  as  brokers,  or  otherwise  involve
transactions  directly  with the  issuer of the  instrument.  This  means that a
dealer (the  securities  firm or bank dealing with a Series)  makes a market for
securities by offering to buy at one price and sell at a slightly  higher price.
The  difference  between the prices is known as a spread.  When  securities  are
purchased in underwritten offerings, they include a fixed amount of compensation
to the underwriter.

The primary  objective  of the advisers and  sub-advisers  in placing  orders on
behalf of the Series for the purchase and sale of  securities  is to obtain best
execution at the most favorable  prices through  responsible  brokers or dealers
and, where the spread or commission rates are negotiable,  at competitive rates.
In selecting a broker or dealer, each adviser considers, among other things: (i)
the price of the securities to be purchased or sold; (ii) the rate of the spread
or commission;  (iii) the size and difficulty of the order;  (iv) the nature and
character  of the spread or  commission  for the  securities  to be purchased or
sold; (v) the reliability, integrity, financial condition, general execution and
operational  capability  of the  broker or dealer;  and (vi) the  quality of any
research or statistical  services provided by the broker or dealer to the Series
or to the advisers.

The advisers cannot readily  determine the extent to which spreads or commission
rates or net prices  charged by  brokers or dealers  reflect  the value of their
research,  analysis,  advice and similar  services.  In such cases, each adviser
receives  services it otherwise might have had to perform itself.  The research,
analysis,  advice and  similar  services  provided  by brokers or dealers can be
useful to the advisers in serving its other  clients,  as well as in serving the
Series.  Conversely,  information provided to the advisers by brokers or dealers
who have executed  transaction  orders on behalf of other clients of the adviser
may be useful in  providing  services  to the  Series.  During the  twelve-month
periods  ended  June 30,  2000,  1999 and 1998,  the Series  paid the  following
brokerage commissions:

                                       27
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          12 MONTHS ENDED    12 MONTHS ENDED     12 MONTHS ENDED
                                          ---------------    ---------------     ---------------
                                              6/30/00             6/30/99            6/30/98
<S>                                           <C>                <C>                 <C>
Premier Money Market Series                     N/A                 N/A                N/A
Prime Money Market Series                       N/A                 N/A                N/A
U.S. Government Series                          N/A                 N/A                N/A
Tax-Exempt Series                               N/A                 N/A                N/A
Short/Intermediate Bond Series                  N/A                 N/A                N/A
Intermediate Bond Series                        N/A                 N/A                N/A
Municipal Bond Series                           N/A                 N/A                N/A
Large Cap Growth Series                       $334,125           $196,083            $378,000
Large Cap Core Series                         $43,966             $15,538            $115,000
Small Cap Core Series                         $110,997            $67,932              N/A
Large Cap Value Series                        $307,935           $234,362              N/A
Mid Cap Value Series                          $93,494             $52,621            $16,841
Small Cap Value Series                        $463,676           $424,842            $397,058
International Multi-Manager Series            $285,574           $227,743              N/A
</TABLE>

Some of the advisers'  other  clients have  investment  objectives  and programs
similar  to that of the  Series.  Occasionally,  recommendations  made to  other
clients may result in their purchasing or selling securities simultaneously with
the Series.  Consequently,  the demand for  securities  being  purchased  or the
supply of  securities  being sold may  increase,  and this could have an adverse
effect on the price of those securities. It is the policy of the advisers not to
favor one client over another in making recommendations or in placing orders. In
the event of a simultaneous  transaction,  purchases or sales are averaged as to
price,  transaction  costs  are  allocated  between a Series  and other  clients
participating in the transaction on a pro rata basis and purchases and sales are
normally  allocated  between  the  Series  and the  other  clients  as to amount
according to a formula determined prior to the execution of such transactions.

                       CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

The Fund  issues two  separate  classes of shares,  Institutional  and  Investor
shares,  for each Portfolio,  except Premier Money Market Portfolio,  with a par
value of $.01 per share. The shares of each Portfolio,  when issued and paid for
in accordance with the prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares,
with  equal  voting  rights  and  no  preferences  as to  conversion,  exchange,
dividends, redemption or any other feature.

The separate classes of shares each represent interests in the same portfolio of
investments, have the same rights and are identical in all respects, except that
the  Investor  class  shares  bear Rule 12b-1  distribution  expenses,  and have
exclusive  voting  rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plan  pursuant to which
the distribution fee may be paid. The net income attributable to Investor shares
and the  dividends  payable on Investor  shares will be reduced by the amount of
the distribution fees;  accordingly,  the net asset value of the Investor shares
will be reduced by such amount to the extent the Portfolio has undistributed net
income.

Shares of a Portfolio entitle holders to one vote per share and fractional votes
for fractional  shares held.  Shares have  non-cumulative  voting rights, do not
have preemptive or subscription rights and are transferable.  Each Portfolio and
class takes  separate  votes on matters  affecting only that Portfolio or class.
For example,  a change in the  fundamental  investment  policies for a Portfolio
would be voted upon only by shareholders of that Portfolio.

The  Portfolios do not hold annual  meetings of  shareholders.  The Trustees are
required  to call a meeting of  shareholders  for the purpose of voting upon the
question of removal of any  Trustee  when  requested  in writing to do so by the
shareholders  of record  owning not less than 10% of a  Portfolio's  outstanding
shares.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

PURCHASE OF SHARES. Information regarding the purchase of shares is discussed in
the  "Purchase  of Shares"  section  of the  prospectus.  Additional  methods to
purchase shares are as follows:

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS:  You may purchase shares of the Portfolios for a
tax-deferred  retirement plan such as an individual  retirement account ("IRA").
To order an  application  for an IRA and a brochure  describing a Portfolio IRA,
call the Transfer Agent at (800) 336-9970.  PFPC Trust Company, as custodian for
each IRA account  receives an annual fee of $10 per  account,  paid  directly to
PFPC  Trust  Company by the IRA  shareholder.  If the fee is not paid by the due
date,  the  appropriate  number  of  Portfolio  shares  owned by the IRA will be
redeemed automatically as payment.

AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLAN:  You  may  purchase  Portfolio  shares  through  an
Automatic Investment Plan ("AIP"). Under the AIP, the Transfer Agent, at regular
intervals,  will automatically  debit your bank checking account in an amount of
$50 or more  (after the $1,000  minimum  initial  investment).  You may elect to
invest the specified  amount  monthly,  bimonthly,  quarterly,  semiannually  or
annually.  The purchase of Portfolio  shares will be effected at their  offering
price at 12:00 p.m.  Eastern  time for the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolio,  at 2:00 p.m.
Eastern  Time  for the  Prime  Money  Market,  Premier  Money  Market  and  U.S.
Government Portfolios,  or at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock
Exchange  ("Exchange")  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time),  for the Bond and
Equity Portfolios, on or about the 20th day of the month. For an application for
the Automatic  Investment  Plan, check the appropriate box of the application or
call the  Transfer  Agent at (800)  336-9970.  This  service  is  generally  not
available for WTC trust  account  clients,  since similar  services are provided
through WTC.  This service  also may not be available  for Service  Organization
clients who are provided similar services through those organizations.

PAYROLL INVESTMENT PLAN: The Payroll Investment Plan ("PIP") permits you to make
regularly scheduled purchases of Portfolio shares through payroll deductions. To
open a PIP account,  you must submit a completed  account  application,  payroll
deduction  form and the  minimum  initial  deposit  to your  employer's  payroll
department.  Then, a portion of your paychecks will automatically be transferred
to your PIP account for as long as you wish to  participate  in the plan.  It is
the sole  responsibility  of your employer,  not the Fund, the distributor,  the
advisers or the transfer agent, to arrange for  transactions  under the PIP. The
Fund reserves the right to vary its minimum purchase  requirements for employees
participating in a PIP.

REDEMPTION  OF  SHARES.  Information  regarding  the  redemption  of  shares  is
discussed in the "Redemption of Shares"  section of the  prospectus.  Additional
methods to redeem shares are as follows:

BY CHECK: You may utilize the check writing option to redeem shares of the Prime
Money Market,  the U.S.  Government and the  Tax-Exempt  Portfolios by drawing a
check for $500 or more against a Portfolio account.  When the check is presented
for payment,  a sufficient number of shares will be redeemed from your Portfolio
account to cover the amount of the check. This procedure enables you to continue
receiving  dividends on those  shares until the check is presented  for payment.
Because the aggregate  amount of Portfolio shares owned is likely to change each
day,  you should not attempt to redeem all shares held in your  account by using
the check writing  procedure.  Charges will be imposed for  specially  imprinted
checks,  business checks, copies of canceled checks, stop payment orders, checks
returned due to "nonsufficient funds" and returned checks. These charges will be
paid by redeeming an appropriate number of Portfolio shares automatically.  Each
Portfolio  and the  Transfer  Agent  reserve the right to terminate or alter the
check writing service at any time. The Transfer Agent also reserves the right to
impose a service charge in connection with the check writing service. If you are
interested in the check writing service, contact the Transfer Agency for further
information.  This service is generally not available for clients of WTC through
their trust or corporate cash management accounts,  since it is already provided
for these  customers  through  WTC.  The service may also not be  available  for
Service  Organization  clients  who are  provided  a  similar  service  by those
organizations.

BY WIRE:  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your predesignated bank account in
any  commercial  bank in the United States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The
receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also be mailed to
your bank or, for amounts of $10,000 or less,  mailed to your Portfolio  account
address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60 days. In
order to  authorize  the  Transfer  Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds  to your
Portfolio  account address of record,  complete the  appropriate  section of the
Application for Telephone  Redemptions or include your Portfolio account address
of record when you submit written instructions.  You may change the account that
you have  designated  to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time.  Any request to
change  the  account  designated  to  receive  redemption   proceeds  should  be
accompanied  by a  guarantee  of  the  shareholder's  signature  by an  eligible
institution.  A signature and a signature guarantee are required for each person

                                       29
<PAGE>

in whose name the account is registered.  Further documentation will be required
to change the designated account when a corporation, other organization,  trust,
fiduciary or other institutional investor holds the Portfolio shares.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PLAN:  If you own shares of a Portfolio  with a value of
$10,000 or more you may  participate in the Systematic  Withdrawal Plan ("SWP").
Under the SWP, you may  automatically  redeem a portion of your account monthly,
bimonthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually. The minimum withdrawal available
is  $100.  The  redemption  of  Portfolio  shares  will be  effected  at the NAV
determined on or about the 25th day of the month.  This service is generally not
available for WTC trust  accounts or certain  Service  Organizations,  because a
similar service is provided through those organizations.

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  To ensure proper authorization
before  redeeming  shares of the  Portfolios,  the  Transfer  Agent may  require
additional  documents  such as,  but not  restricted  to,  stock  powers,  trust
instruments,  death  certificates,  appointments  as fiduciary,  certificates of
corporate  authority  and waivers of tax  required in some states when  settling
estates.

Clients of WTC who have purchased shares through their trust accounts at WTC and
clients  of  Service  Organizations  who have  purchased  shares  through  their
accounts  with those  Service  Organizations  should  contact WTC or the Service
Organization  prior to  submitting  a  redemption  request  to  ensure  that all
necessary documents accompany the request. When shares are held in the name of a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor,  RSMC requires, in addition to the stock power,  certified evidence of
authority to sign the necessary  instruments of transfer.  THESE  PROCEDURES ARE
FOR THE  PROTECTION  OF  SHAREHOLDERS  AND SHOULD BE FOLLOWED  TO ENSURE  PROMPT
PAYMENT.  Redemption requests must not be conditional as to date or price of the
redemption. Proceeds of a redemption will be sent within 7 days of acceptance of
shares tendered for  redemption.  Delay may result if the purchase check has not
yet  cleared,  but the delay will be no longer than  required to verify that the
purchase  check has  cleared,  and the Funds will act as quickly as  possible to
minimize delay.

The value of shares  redeemed may be more or less than the  shareholder's  cost,
depending on the net asset value at the time of redemption. Redemption of shares
may  result  in tax  consequences  (gain or loss)  to the  shareholder,  and the
proceeds of a redemption may be subject to backup withholding.

A shareholder's  right to redeem shares and to receive payment  therefore may be
suspended  when (a) the  Exchange is closed,  other than  customary  weekend and
holiday  closings,  (b) trading on the Exchange is restricted,  (c) an emergency
exists as a result of which it is not  reasonably  practicable  to  dispose of a
Portfolio's securities or to determine the value of a Portfolio's net assets, or
(d) ordered by a governmental body having  jurisdiction over a Portfolio for the
protection of the Portfolio's  shareholders,  provided that applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding  governmental  authority) shall govern
as to whether a condition  described in (b), (c) or (d) exists.  In case of such
suspension,  shareholders of the affected  Portfolio may withdraw their requests
for  redemption  or may  receive  payment  based on the net  asset  value of the
Portfolio next determined after the suspension is lifted.

Each Portfolio  reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments
undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption by making payment in whole or
in part with readily marketable  securities chosen by the Fund and valued in the
same way as they would be valued for purposes of  computing  the net asset value
of the applicable Portfolio. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may
incur  transaction  expenses in  converting  these  securities  into cash.  Each
Portfolio has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act,
as a result of which a Portfolio is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash if
the redemption  requests are made by one shareholder account up to the lesser of
$250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the applicable  Portfolio  during any 90-day
period. This election is irrevocable unless the SEC permits its withdrawal.

PRICING OF SHARES. Each of the Money Market Portfolios'  securities is valued on
the basis of the amortized cost  valuation  technique.  This involves  valuing a
security initially at its cost and thereafter  assuming a constant  amortization
to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates
on the market value of the security. The valuation of a Money Market Portfolio's
securities based upon their amortized cost and the  accompanying  maintenance of
each  Portfolio's  per share net asset value of $1.00 is permitted in accordance
with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Certain  conditions  imposed by that Rule are
set  forth  under  "Investment  Policies."  In  connection  with  the use of the
amortized  cost  valuation  technique,  each  Portfolio's  Board of Trustees has
established   procedures  delegating  to  the  adviser  the  responsibility  for
maintaining  a constant  net asset value per

                                       30
<PAGE>

share.  Such procedures  include a daily review of each Portfolio's  holdings to
determine whether a Portfolio's net asset value, calculated based upon available
market  quotations,  deviates from $1.00 per share.  Should any deviation exceed
1/2 of 1% of $1.00,  the Trustees wilL promptly  consider whether any corrective
action  should be initiated to  eliminate or reduce  material  dilution or other
unfair results to  shareholders.  Such corrective  action may include selling of
portfolio  securities  prior to  maturity  to realize  capital  gains or losses,
shortening average portfolio maturity,  withholding dividends,  redeeming shares
in kind and establishing a net asset value per share based upon available market
quotations.

Should a Money Market  Portfolio incur or anticipate any unusual expense or loss
or  depreciation  that would  adversely  affect its net asset value per share or
income for a particular period, the Trustees would at that time consider whether
to adhere to the  current  dividend  policy or to revise it in light of the then
prevailing  circumstances.  For example,  if a  Portfolio's  net asset value per
share were reduced, or were anticipated to be reduced, below $1.00, the Trustees
could  suspend or reduce  further  dividend  payments  until the net asset value
returned to $1.00 per share. Thus, such expenses or losses or depreciation could
result in investors  receiving no dividends or reduced  dividends for the period
during  which they held their  shares or in their  receiving  upon  redemption a
price per share lower than that which they paid.

For the Bond Portfolios and the Equity Portfolios, the net asset value per share
of each  Portfolio is  determined by dividing the value of the  Portfolio's  net
assets by the total number of Portfolio shares  outstanding.  This determination
is made by PFPC, as of the close of regular  trading on the Exchange  (currently
4:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time) each day the  Portfolios  are open for  business.  The
Portfolios  are open  for  business  on days  when  the  Exchange,  PFPC and the
Philadelphia branch office of the Federal Reserve are open for business.

In valuing a  Portfolio's  assets,  a security  listed on the Exchange  (and not
subject to  restrictions  against sale by the Portfolio on the Exchange) will be
valued at its last sale price on the Exchange on the day the security is valued.
Lacking any sales on such day, the  security  will be valued at the mean between
the closing  asked price and the closing bid price.  Securities  listed on other
exchanges (and not subject to restriction  against sale by the Portfolio on such
exchanges) will be similarly  valued,  using quotations on the exchange on which
the security is traded most extensively.  Unlisted securities that are quoted on
the National  Association of Securities  Dealers'  National  Market System,  for
which there have been sales of such  securities on such day,  shall be valued at
the last sale price  reported on such system on the day the  security is valued.
If there are no such sales on such day,  the value shall be the mean between the
closing  asked  price and the closing  bid price.  The value of such  securities
quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market System,  but not listed on the National Market
System,  shall be valued at the mean  between  the  closing  asked price and the
closing bid price.  Unlisted  securities that are not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock
Market  System and for which  over-the-counter  market  quotations  are  readily
available  will be valued at the mean  between the current bid and asked  prices
for such security in the over-the-counter market. Other unlisted securities (and
listed  securities  subject to restriction on sale) will be valued at fair value
as  determined  in good  faith  under the  direction  of the  Board of  Trustees
although the actual  calculation may be done by others.  Short-term  investments
with remaining maturities of less than 61 days are valued at amortized cost.

Trading in  securities  on European  and Far Eastern  securities  exchanges  and
over-the-counter markets is normally completed well before the close of business
on each Business Day. In addition,  European or Far Eastern  securities  trading
generally  or in a  particular  country or  countries  may not take place on all
Business Days.  Furthermore,  trading takes place in Japanese markets on certain
Saturdays and in various foreign markets on days which are not Business Days and
on which the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio's  net asset  value is not
calculated  and investors will be unable to buy or sell shares of the Portfolio.
Calculation   of  the   Portfolio's   net  asset   value  does  not  take  place
contemporaneously  with the  determination  of the prices of the majority of the
portfolio  securities used in such calculation.  If events materially  affecting
the  value of such  securities  occur  between  the  time  when  their  price is
determined and the time when the Portfolio's net asset value is calculated, such
securities  may be valued at fair value as  determined in good faith by or under
the direction of the Board of Trustees.

                                       31
<PAGE>

                                    DIVIDENDS

Dividends from the Money Market Portfolios are declared on each Business Day and
paid to  shareholders  ordinarily  on the first  Business  Day of the  following
month.  The  dividend  for a Business  Day  immediately  preceding  a weekend or
holiday  normally  includes an amount equal to the net income for the subsequent
non-Business Days on which dividends are not declared. However, no such dividend
includes any amount of net income earned in a subsequent  semiannual  accounting
period. A portion of the dividends paid by the U.S. Government  Portfolio may be
exempt from state taxes.

Dividends from the Bond  Portfolios' net investment  income are declared on each
Business Day and paid to  shareholders  ordinarily on the first  Business Day of
the following  month.  The dividend for a Business Day  immediately  preceding a
weekend or holiday normally  includes an amount equal to the net income expected
for the  subsequent  non-Business  Days on  which  dividends  are not  declared.
However,  no such  dividend  included  any  amount  of net  income  earned  in a
subsequent  semiannual  period. Net short-term capital gain and net capital gain
(the excess of net  long-term  capital gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)
realized  by  each  Portfolio,   after  deducting  any  available  capital  loss
carryovers, are declared and paid annually.

Dividends from the Equity Portfolios' net investment income and distributions of
(1) net  short-term  capital  gain  and net  capital  gain  (the  excess  of net
long-term  capital  gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)  realized  by each
Portfolio, after deducting any available capital loss carryovers, and (2) in the
case of the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio,  net gains  realized  from
foreign  currency  transactions  are  declared  and  paid  to  its  shareholders
annually.

                           TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS

GENERAL.  Each Portfolio is treated as a separate corporation for federal income
tax  purposes.  To qualify or continue to qualify for  treatment  as a regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"),  each  Portfolio  must  distribute to its  shareholders  for each
taxable year at least 90% of its investment  company taxable income  (consisting
generally of net investment income, net short-term capital gain and, in the case
of the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio,  net gains from certain foreign
currency transactions) and must meet several additional  requirements.  For each
Portfolio,  these  requirements  include the  following:  (1) the Portfolio must
derive  at least 90% of its  gross  income  each  taxable  year from  dividends,
interest,  payments with respect to securities  loans and gains from the sale or
other  disposition  of  securities  or  foreign  currencies,   or  other  income
(including  gains from  options,  futures and forward  contracts)  derived  with
respect to its business of investing in securities or those  currencies;  (2) at
the close of each quarter of the  Portfolio's  taxable year, at least 50% of the
value of its total  assets  must be  represented  by cash and cash  items,  U.S.
Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with these
other securities  limited,  in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does
not  exceed 5% of the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets and that does not
represent more than 10% of the issuer's  outstanding voting securities;  and (3)
at the close of each quarter of the Portfolio's  taxable year, not more than 25%
of the value of its total assets may be invested in securities  (other than U.S.
Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.

If a Portfolio  failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC in any taxable year, it
would be  subject  to tax on its  taxable  income  at  corporate  rates  and all
distributions  from earnings and profits,  including any distributions  from net
capital  gain (the  excess of net  long-term  capital  gain over net  short-term
capital  loss),  would be taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary  income.  In
addition,  the Portfolio could be required to recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay
substantial  taxes  and  interest  and  make  substantial  distributions  before
qualifying again for RIC treatment.

Each  Portfolio  will be subject to a  nondeductible  4% excise tax (the "Excise
Tax") to the  extent  it fails to  distribute  by the end of any  calendar  year
substantially  all of its  ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net
income for the one-year  period ending on October 31 of that year,  plus certain
other amounts.

Each Portfolio will be taxed on the amount of its undistributed net capital gain
over the amount of its deduction for dividends  paid,  determined with reference
to capital gain dividends  only. Each Portfolio is permitted to elect to include
all or a portion of such  undistributed  net  capital  gain in the income of its
shareholders  on the last day of its taxable year. In such case the  shareholder
is given  credit for the tax that the RIC paid and is entitled  to increase  its
basis by the  difference  between the amount of  includible  gain and tax deemed
paid. Currently,  an individual's maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is
20%. A capital  gain  dividend  is treated by the  shareholders  as a  long-term
capital  gain  regardless  of how long the  Investor  has  owned  the stock in a
Portfolio.

                                       32
<PAGE>

If a Portfolio  invests in any instruments that generate  taxable income,  under
the  circumstances  described in the prospectus,  distributions  of the interest
earned  thereon will be taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary  income to the
extent of its earnings and profits.  If such distribution to its shareholders is
in excess of its current  and  accumulated  earnings  and profits in any taxable
year, the excess distribution will be treated by each shareholder as a return of
capital to the extent of the  shareholder's  tax basis and thereafter as capital
gain. If a Portfolio  realizes capital gain as a result of market  transactions,
any distribution of that gain will be taxable to its shareholders and treated as
a capital gain.

Dividends and other distributions  declared by a Portfolio in October,  November
or December of any year and payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one
of those months will be deemed to have been paid by the  Portfolio  and received
by the  shareholders  on  December  31 of  that  year if  they  are  paid by the
Portfolio during the following January.  Accordingly, such distributions will be
taxed to the shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

Investors should be aware that if Portfolio shares are purchased  shortly before
the record date for any  dividend  (other than an  exempt-interest  dividend) or
capital gain  distribution,  the shareholder  will pay full price for the shares
and will receive some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

Any loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase  will be treated as a  long-term,  instead of a
short-term,  capital  loss to the extent of any capital gain  distributions  (or
undistributed capital gain) to that shareholder with respect to those shares.

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS:
With respect to the U.S.  Government  Portfolio,  Premier Money Market Portfolio
and Prime Money Market Portfolio,  distributions  from a Portfolio's  investment
company  taxable  income,  if any, are taxable to its  shareholders  as ordinary
income to the extent of the  Portfolio's  earnings and profits.  Because each of
the  Portfolios'  net  investment  income is derived from  interest  rather than
dividends,  no  portion  of  the  distributions  thereof  is  eligible  for  the
dividends-received deduction allowed to corporate shareholders.

BOND PORTFOLIOS:
Each Bond  Portfolio  may acquire zero coupon  securities  issued with  original
issue  discount.  As a holder of those  securities,  a Portfolio  must take into
account the original issue  discount that accrues on the  securities  during the
taxable year,  even if it receives no  corresponding  payment on them during the
year. Because each Portfolio must distribute  annually  substantially all of its
investment  company  taxable  income and net  tax-exempt  income,  including any
original issue discount, to satisfy the distribution requirements for RICs under
the Code and (except with respect to tax-exempt  income) avoid imposition of the
Excise Tax, a Portfolio may be required in a particular  year to distribute as a
dividend  an amount  that is greater  than the total  amount of cash it actually
receives.  Those  distributions  will be made from a Portfolio's  cash assets or
from the proceeds of sales of portfolio  securities,  if necessary.  A Portfolio
may realize  capital gains or losses from those sales,  which would  increase or
decrease its investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain.

TAX-EXEMPT PORTFOLIO AND MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO: Each of these Portfolios will
be able to pay  exempt-interest  dividends to its  shareholders  only if, at the
close of each  quarter  of its  taxable  year,  at least 50% of the value of its
total assets  consists of obligations  the interest on which is excludable  from
gross  income  under  Section  103(a) of the  Code;  both  Portfolios  intend to
continue to satisfy this requirement.  Distributions  that a Portfolio  properly
designates  as  exempt-interest  dividends  are treated by its  shareholders  as
interest  excludable from their gross income for federal income tax purposes but
may be tax preference items for purposes of the Alternative  Minimum Tax ("AMT")
(see below).  The aggregate  dividends  excludable from the shareholders'  gross
income may not exceed a Portfolio's  net tax-exempt  income.  The  shareholders'
treatment  of dividends  from a Portfolio  under state and local income tax laws
may differ from the treatment thereof under the Code. In order to qualify to pay
exempt-interest  dividends,  each  Portfolio  may be limited  in its  ability to
engage in  taxable  transactions  such as  repurchase  agreements,  options  and
futures strategies and portfolio securities lending.

Tax-exempt  interest  attributable to certain "private  activity bonds" ("PABs")
(including,  in  the  case  of a  RIC  receiving  interest  on  those  bonds,  a
proportionate  part of the  exempt-interest  dividends paid by the RIC) is a tax
preference  item for AMT  purposes.  Furthermore,  even  interest on  tax-exempt
securities held by a Portfolio that are

                                       33
<PAGE>

not  PABs,  which  interest  otherwise  would  not  be a  tax  preference  item,
nevertheless may be indirectly subject to the federal alternative minimum tax in
the hands of corporate  shareholders  when distributed to them by the Portfolio.
Generally,  PABs are  issued by or on behalf of public  authorities  to  finance
various privately operated facilities.  Entities or persons who are "substantial
users" (or persons  related to  "substantial  users") of facilities  financed by
industrial  development  bonds or PABs should consult their tax advisers  before
purchasing a Portfolio's shares. For these purposes, the term "substantial user"
is defined  generally to include a  "non-exempt  person" who  regularly  uses in
trade or business a part of a facility financed from the proceeds of such bonds.

Individuals who receive Social Security and railroad  retirement benefits may be
required  to  include  up to 85% of such  benefits  in  taxable  income if their
adjusted  gross income  (including  income from  tax-exempt  sources such as the
Tax-Exempt and Municipal  Bond  Portfolios)  plus 50% of their benefits  exceeds
certain base amounts.  Exempt-interest  dividends from each Portfolio  still are
tax-exempt to the extent described in the prospectus;  they are only included in
the calculation of whether a recipient's income exceeds the established amounts.

The Municipal  Bond  Portfolio may invest in municipal  bonds that are purchased
with "market  discount." For these  purposes,  market  discount is the amount by
which a bond's  purchase  price is  exceeded by its stated  redemption  price at
maturity or, in the case of a bond that was issued with original  issue discount
("OID"),  the sum of its issue  price  plus  accrued  OID,  except  that  market
discount that is less than the product of (1) 0.25% of the  redemption  price at
maturity  times  and (2) the  number of  complete  years to  maturity  after the
taxpayer acquired the bond is disregarded.  Market discount generally is accrued
ratably, on a daily basis, over the period from the acquisition date to the date
of maturity.  Gain on the  disposition  of such a bond (other than a bond with a
fixed  maturity date within one year from its issuance)  generally is treated as
ordinary (taxable) income, rather than capital gain, to the extent of the bond's
accrued  market  discount at the time of  disposition.  In lieu of treating  the
disposition  gain as above,  the Municipal  Bond  Portfolio may elect to include
market discount in its gross income currently, for each taxable year to which it
is attributable.

The Tax-Exempt and Municipal Bond Portfolios inform  shareholders within 60 days
after  their  fiscal  year-end  (August  31) of  the  percentage  of its  income
distributions designated as exempt-interest dividends. The percentage is applied
uniformly  to  all  distributions  made  during  the  year,  so  the  percentage
designated as tax-exempt for any particular  distribution  may be  substantially
different from the percentage of a Portfolio's income that was tax-exempt during
the period covered by the distribution.

SHORT/INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO AND THE INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO:  Interest
and  dividends  received  by  the  Short/Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio  and  the
Intermediate  Bond  Portfolio,  and gains  realized  thereby,  may be subject to
income,  withholding  or other  taxes  imposed  by  foreign  countries  and U.S.
possessions that would reduce the yield and/or total return on their securities.
Tax conventions  between  certain  countries and the United States may reduce or
eliminate these taxes,  however,  and many foreign countries do not impose taxes
on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors.

EQUITY PORTFOLIOS:
It is anticipated that all or a portion of the dividends from the net investment
income of each  Equity  Portfolio  other  than the  International  Multi-Manager
Portfolio  will  qualify  for  the   dividends-received   deduction  allowed  to
corporations.  Corporate shareholders of these Portfolios are generally entitled
to take the dividends received deduction with respect to all or a portion of the
ordinary  income  dividends  paid, to the extent of the  Portfolio's  qualifying
dividend income. The qualifying  portion may not exceed the aggregate  dividends
received by the Portfolio from U.S. corporations. However, dividends received by
a corporate  shareholder  and deducted by it pursuant to the  dividends-received
deduction  are  subject  indirectly  to the  federal  alternative  minimum  tax.
Moreover,  the  dividends-received  deduction  will be reduced to the extent the
shares  with  respect  to which  the  dividends  are  received  are  treated  as
debt-financed  and will be  eliminated  if those  shares are deemed to have been
held for less than 46 days. Distributions of net short-term capital gain and net
capital gain are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Each Equity Portfolio will inform shareholders within 60 days after their fiscal
year-end of the  percentage  of its dividends  designated as qualifying  for the
dividends received deduction.

                                       34
<PAGE>

FOREIGN SECURITIES.  Dividends and interest received, and gains realized, by the
International  Multi-Manager Portfolio may be subject to income,  withholding or
other taxes  imposed by foreign  countries  or U.S.  possessions  (collectively,
"foreign taxes") that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions
between certain  countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate foreign
taxes,  however, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains
in respect of investments by foreign investors.

If more than 50% of the  value of the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio's
total assets at the close of its taxable year  consists of securities of foreign
corporations,  the Portfolio will be eligible to, and may, file an election with
the Internal Revenue Service that will enable its  shareholders,  in effect,  to
benefit from any foreign tax credit or deduction  that is available with respect
to foreign taxes paid by the  Portfolio.  If the election is made, the Portfolio
will  treat  those  taxes  as  dividends  paid  to  its  shareholders  and  each
shareholder  (1) will be required to include in gross income,  and treat as paid
by the shareholder,  a proportionate  share of those taxes, (2) will be required
to treat that share of those  taxes and of any  dividend  paid by the  Portfolio
that  represents  income  from  foreign  or  U.S.  possessions  sources  as  the
shareholder's  own income from those sources and (3) may either deduct the taxes
deemed paid by the  shareholder in computing  taxable income or,  alternatively,
use the foregoing  information in calculating the foreign tax credit against the
shareholder's  federal income tax. The Portfolio will report to its shareholders
shortly  after each  taxable  year their  respective  shares of its income  from
sources within,  and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S.  possessions,  as
well as the amounnt of foreign taxes that are not  allocable as a credit,  if it
makes this election. If the Portfolio makes this election,  individuals who have
no more than $300  ($600 for  married  persons  filing  jointly)  of  creditable
foreign taxes  included on Forms 1099 and all of whose foreign  source income is
"qualified  passive  income" may elect each year to be exempt from the extremely
complicated  foreign tax credit  limitation  and will be able to claim a foreign
tax credit  without  having to file the  detailed  Form 1116 that  otherwise  is
required.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  may invest in the stock of passive
foreign investment companies ("PFICs"). A PFIC is a foreign corporation -- other
than a "controlled  foreign  corporation" (I.E., a foreign corporation in which,
on any day during its taxable  year,  more than 50% of the total voting power of
all  voting  stock  therein  or the total  value of all stock  therein is owned,
directly, indirectly, or constructively, by "U.S. shareholders," defined as U.S.
persons that individually own, directly, indirectly, or constructively, at least
10% of that voting  power) as to which the  Portfolio is a U.S.  shareholder  --
that, in general,  meets either of the following  tests: (a) at least 75% of its
gross income is passive or (b) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce,
or are held for the  production of, passive  income.  If the Portfolio  acquires
stock in a PFIC and holds the stock  beyond the end of the year of  acquisition,
the Portfolio  will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any "excess
distribution" received on the stock or of any gain from disposition of the stock
(collectively,  "PFIC  income"),  plus interest  thereon,  even if the Portfolio
distributes  the PFIC  income  as a taxable  dividend  to its  shareholders.  In
general,  an excess  distribution  is the  excess  (if any) of (i) the amount of
distributions  received by a stockholder during the taxable year; over (ii) 125%
of the average  amount  received  during the  preceding  three years (or holding
period).  The balance of the PFIC  income  will be  included in the  Portfolio's
investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to
the extent that income is distributed to its shareholders.

If the  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  invests in a PFIC and elects to
treat  the PFIC as a  "qualified  electing  fund"  ("QEF"),  then in lieu of the
foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Portfolio will be required to include
in income each year its pro rata share of the QEF's annual ordinary earnings and
net capital gain,  even if they are not distributed to the Portfolio by the QEF;
those  amounts most likely would have to be  distributed  by the Fund to satisfy
the  Distribution  Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax. It may be
very  difficult,  if not  impossible,  to make this election  because of certain
requirements thereof.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Portfolio  may elect to "mark to market"  its
stock in any PFIC.  "Marking-to-market,"  in this  context,  means  including in
ordinary  income each taxable year the excess,  if any, of the fair market value
of the stock over the  Portfolio's  adjusted basis therein as of the end of that
year. Pursuant to the election, the Portfolio also will be allowed to deduct (as
an ordinary,  not capital,  loss) the excess,  if any, of its adjusted  basis in
PFIC stock over the fair market value  thereof as of the taxable  year-end,  but
only to the extent of any net  mark-to-market  gains with  respect to that stock
included in income by the  Portfolio for prior taxable  years.  The  Portfolio's
adjusted  basis in each PFIC's stock subject to the election will be adjusted to
reflect the amounts of income included and deductions  taken  thereunder.  Under
the PFIC  rules,  mark to market  gains are treated as excess  distribution  (as
ordinary income).

                                       35
<PAGE>

HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.  The use of hedging strategies,  such as writing (selling)
and purchasing  options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency
contracts,  involves  complex rules that will  determine for federal  income tax
purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses
a Portfolio  realizes in connection  therewith.  Gains from the  disposition  of
foreign  currencies  (except  certain  gains  that  may be  excluded  by  future
regulations)  and gains from  options,  futures and foreign  currency  contracts
derived by a Portfolio  with respect to its business of investing in  securities
qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.

SECTION 1256  CONTRACTS.  Futures and foreign  currency  forward  contracts  and
certain  options  that are subject to Section  1256 of the Code (other than such
contracts that are part of a "mixed  straddle" with respect to which a Portfolio
has made an election  not to have the  following  rules  apply)  ("Section  1256
Contracts")  and that are held by a  Portfolio  at the end of its  taxable  year
generally  will be  "marked-to-market"  (that  is,  deemed to have been sold for
their market value) for federal  income tax  purposes.  The net gain or loss, if
any, resulting from such deemed sales,  together with any gain or loss resulting
from actual sales of Section 1256  contracts,  must be taken into account by the
Portfolio in computing  its taxable  income for such year.  Sixty percent of any
net gain or loss  recognized on these deemed sales,  and 60% of any net realized
gain or loss from any actual sales of Section 1256 Contracts, will be treated as
long-term  capital gain or loss,  and the balance will be treated as  short-term
capital  gain or loss  (which  when  distributed  to  shareholders  is  taxed as
ordinary  income).  Gains and losses from certain foreign currency  transactions
will be treated as ordinary income and losses. See Section 988 below. In case of
overlap  between  Sections  1256  and  988,  special  provisions  determine  the
character  and  timing  of  any  income,   gain  or  loss.   The   International
Multi-Manager  Portfolio  attempts to monitor its  Section 988  transactions  to
minimize any adverse tax impact.

CODE  SECTION  988.  Section  988 of the Code  may  apply  to  forward  currency
contracts  and  options on foreign  currencies.  Under  Section 988 of the Code,
gains and losses of the Portfolio on the  acquisition and disposition of foreign
currency  (E.G.  the  purchase of foreign  currency  and  subsequent  use of the
currency to acquire stock) will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Moreover,
under Section 988,  foreign  currency gains or losses on the disposition of debt
securities  denominated in a foreign currency attributable to fluctuation in the
value  of the  foreign  currency  between  the date of  acquisition  of the debt
security and the date of disposition will be treated as ordinary income or loss.
Similarly,  gains or losses  attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates that
occur between the time the Portfolio  accrues  interest or other  receivables or
accrues expenses or other liabilities  denominated in a foreign currency and the
time the Portfolio  actually  collects such receivables or pays such liabilities
may be treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss.

SHORT SALES. Gain or loss from a short sale of property is generally  considered
as capital gain or loss to the extent the property  used to close the short sale
constitutes  a  capital  asset  in the  Portfolio's  hands.  Except  in  certain
situations,  special  rules  would  generally  treat the gains on short sales as
short-term  capital gains and would  terminate the running of the holding period
of "substantially identical property" held by the Portfolio. Moreover, a loss on
a short sale will be treated  as a  long-term  loss if, on the date of the short
sale,  "substantially  identical property" held by the Portfolio has a long-term
holding period.

STRADDLES.  Code  Section  1092  (dealing  with  straddles)  also may affect the
taxation of options,  futures and  forward  contracts  in which a Portfolio  may
invest.  Section 1092 defines a "straddle" as offsetting  positions with respect
to personal property; for these purposes, options, futures and forward contracts
are personal  property.  Under Section 1092, any loss from the  disposition of a
position in a straddle  generally  may be  deducted  only to the extent the loss
exceeds the  unrealized  gain on the  offsetting  position(s)  of the  straddle.
Section 1092 also provides certain "wash sale" rules (see above), which apply to
transactions where a position is sold at a loss and a new offsetting position is
acquired  within a  prescribed  period,  and "short  sale" rules  applicable  to
straddles.  If a Portfolio makes certain  elections,  the amount,  character and
timing  of the  recognition  of gains  and  losses  from the  affected  straddle
positions  would be determined  under rules that vary according to the elections
made. Because only a few of the regulations implementing the straddle rules have
been promulgated,  the tax consequences to a Portfolio of straddle  transactions
are not entirely clear.

CONSTRUCTIVE  SALE. If a Portfolio has an  "appreciated  financial  position" --
generally,  an interest  (including  an interest  through an option,  futures or
forward  contract  or short  sale) with  respect to any stock,  debt  instrument
(other than "straight  debt") or  partnership  interest the fair market value of
which exceeds its adjusted basis -- and enters into a "constructive sale" of the
same or substantially similar property,  the Portfolio will be treated as having
made

                                       36
<PAGE>

an actual sale  thereof,  with the result that gain will be  recognized  at
that time. A constructive sale generally consists of a short sale, an offsetting
notional  principal  contract or futures or forward  contract  entered into by a
Portfolio or a related person with respect to the same or substantially  similar
property.  In addition,  if the appreciated financial position is itself a short
sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially
similar property will be deemed a constructive sale.

The foregoing tax  discussion  is a summary  included for general  informational
purposes only.  Each  shareholder is advised to consult its own tax adviser with
respect to the specific tax  consequences to it of an investment in a Portfolio,
including the effect and  applicability of state,  local,  foreign and other tax
laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Shortly  after the end of each year,  PFPC  calculates  the  federal  income tax
status of all distributions  made during the year. In addition to federal income
tax,  shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from
a Portfolio.  Shareholders  should consult their tax advisers regarding specific
questions relating to federal, state and local taxes.

                     CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The performance of a Portfolio may be quoted in terms of its yield and its total
return in advertising and other promotional  materials.  Performance data quoted
represents past performance and is not intended to indicate future  performance.
Performance  of the Portfolios  will vary based on changes in market  conditions
and the  level of each  Portfolio's  expenses.  These  performance  figures  are
calculated in the following manner:

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIOS:

     A.   YIELD  for a  money  market  fund is the net  annualized  yield  for a
          specified 7 calendar days calculated at simple  interest rates.  Yield
          is  calculated  by  determining  the net change,  exclusive of capital
          changes, in the value of a hypothetical  pre-existing account having a
          balance of one share at the  beginning  of the period,  subtracting  a
          hypothetical charge reflecting  deductions from shareholder  accounts,
          and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value  of the  account  at the
          beginning  of the base  period to obtain the base period  return.  The
          yield is  annualized by  multiplying  the base period return by 365/7.
          The yield figure is stated to the nearest hundredth of one percent.

          The  yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 2000 was:

          Prime Money Market Portfolio                6.14%
          Premier Money Market Portfolio              6.52%
          U.S. Government Portfolio                   6.05%
          Tax-Exempt Portfolio                        3.96%

     B.   EFFECTIVE YIELD is the net annualized yield for a specified 7 calendar
          days assuming  reinvestment of income or compounding.  Effective yield
          is  calculated  by the same method as yield except the yield figure is
          compounded  by  adding  1,  raising  the sum to a power  equal  to 365
          divided by 7, and  subtracting  1 from the  result,  according  to the
          following formula:

             Effective yield = [(Base Period Return + 1) 365/7] - 1.

          The  effective yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 2000 was:

          Prime Money Market Portfolio                6.33%
          Premier Money Market Portfolio              6.72%
          U.S. Government Portfolio                   6.23%
          Tax-Exempt Portfolio                        4.04%

     C.   TAX-EQUIVALENT  YIELD is the net  annualized  taxable  yield needed to
          produce a  specified  tax-exempt  yield at a given tax rate based on a
          specified  7-day period  assuming a reinvestment of all dividends paid
          during such period.  Tax-equivalent  yield is  calculated  by dividing
          that portion of

                                       37
<PAGE>

          the Tax-Exempt Portfolio's yield (computed as in the yield description
          above)  which is  tax-exempt  by 1 minus a stated  income tax rate and
          adding  the  quotient  to that  portion,  if any,  of the yield of the
          Tax-Exempt Portfolio that is not tax-exempt.

          The Tax-Exempt  Portfolio's  tax-equivalent yield for the 7-day period
          ended June 30, 2000 was:

          28% tax bracket                             5.50%
          31% tax bracket                             5.74%
          36% tax bracket                             6.19%
          39.6% tax bracket                           6.56%

         The following  table,  which is based upon federal  income tax rates in
         effect  on the  date  of  this  Statement  of  Additional  Information,
         illustrates  the  yields  that  would  have to be  achieved  on taxable
         investments to produce a range of hypothetical tax-equivalent yields:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELD TABLE

  Federal Marginal
  INCOME TAX BRACKET                        TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELDS BASED ON TAX-EXEMPT YIELDS OF:
--------------------             -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2%         3%          4%          5%         6%          7%          8%
                                  --         --          --          --         --          --          --
         <S>                     <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
          28%                    2.8        4.2         5.6         6.9        8.3         9.7        11.1
          31%                    2.9        4.3         5.8         7.2        8.7        10.1        11.6
          36%                    3.1        4.7         6.3         7.8        9.4        10.9        12.5
         39.6%                   3.3        5.0         6.6         8.3        9.9        11.6        13.2
</TABLE>

ALL PORTFOLIOS:
     A.   AVERAGE  ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average  annual  compound  rate of
          return for the periods of one year, five years, ten years and the life
          of a  Portfolio,  where  applicable,  all  ended  on the last day of a
          recent  calendar  quarter.  Average  annual  total  return  quotations
          reflect  changes in the price of a  Portfolio's  shares,  if any,  and
          assume  that  all  dividends   during  the  respective   periods  were
          reinvested  in  Portfolio  shares.  Average  annual  total  return  is
          calculated by finding the average annual compound rates of return of a
          hypothetical investment over such periods,  according to the following
          formula   (average   annual  total  return  is  then  expressed  as  a
          percentage):

                                     T = (ERV/P)1/n - 1

           Where:   P        =       a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000

                    T        =       average annual total return

                    n        =       number of years

                    ERV      =       ending  redeemable value: ERV is the value,
                                     at the end of the applicable  period,  of a
                                     hypothetical  $1,000 investment made at the
                                     beginning of the applicable period.

                                       38
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000

                                           1 YEAR                      5 YEAR                      10 YEAR
                                           ------                      ------                      -------
<S>                                        <C>                          <C>                         <C>
Prime Money Market - Investor               5.45%                       5.20%                        4.92%
Premier Money Market - Institutional        5.80%                       5.52%                        N/A
U.S. Government - Investor                  5.25%                       5.08%                        4.78%
Tax-Exempt - Investor                       3.23%                       3.07%                        3.66%
Short/Intermediate Bond - Institutional     4.28%                       5.45%                        N/A
Intermediate Bond - Institutional           4.72%                       5.62%                        N/A
Municipal Bond - Institutional              3.40%                       5.13%                        N/A
Large Cap Growth - Institutional           33.27%                      25.83%                       18.60%
Large Cap Core - Institutional              8.57%                      20.95%                        N/A
Small Cap Core - Institutional             36.93%                       N/A                          N/A
International Multi-Manager
    - Institutional                        31.52%                      13.16%                       9.23%
Large Cap Value - Institutional             6.61%                      13.70%                        N/A
Mid Cap Value (1)                          19.30%                       N/A                          N/A
Small Cap Value (1)                         9.13%                       N/A                          N/A

<FN>
(1)  The Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Portfolios are the performance of the
     CRM Mid Cap Value and the Small Cap Value Funds.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     B.   YIELD CALCULATIONS. From time to time, an Equity or Bond Portfolio may
          advertise  its yield.  Yield for these  Portfolios  is  calculated  by
          dividing the Portfolio's investment income for a 30-day period, net of
          expenses,  by  the  average  number  of  shares  entitled  to  receive
          dividends during that period according to the following formula:

                          YIELD = 2[((A-B)/CD + 1)6-1]

          where:

           a     =     dividends and interest earned during the period;

           b     =     expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);

           c     =     the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
                       period that were entitled to receive dividends; and

           d     =     the maximum  offering  price per share on the last day of
                       the period.

The  result  is  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  (assuming  semiannual
compounding) of the maximum offering price per share at the end of the period.

         Except as noted below, in determining interest earned during the period
(variable "a" in the above formula), pfpc calculates the interest earned on each
debt  instrument  held by a Portfolio  during the period by: (i)  computing  the
instrument's yield to maturity,  based on the value of the instrument (including
actual  accrued  interest) as of the last  business day of the period or, if the
instrument  was  purchased  during the period,  the purchase  price plus accrued
interest;  (ii) dividing the yield to maturity by 360; and (iii) multiplying the
resulting  quotient by the value of the  instrument  (including  actual  accrued
interest).  Once  interest  earned is  calculated  in this fashion for each debt
instrument  held by the  Portfolio,  interest  earned  during the period is then
determined by totaling the interest earned on all debt  instruments  held by the
Portfolio.

         For purposes of these  calculations,  the maturity of a debt instrument
with one or more call  provisions  is  assumed  to be the next date on which the
instrument  reasonably  can be expected to be called or, if none,  the  maturity
date. In general,  interest  income is reduced with respect to debt  instruments
trading  at a  premium  over  their par value by  subtracting  a portion  of the
premium  from  income on a daily  basis,  and  increased  with  respect  to debt
instruments  trading at a discount by adding a portion of the  discount to daily
income.

                                       39
<PAGE>

         In determining  dividends earned by any preferred stock or other equity
securities  held by a  Portfolio  during the period  (variable  "a" in the above
formula),  PFPC  accrues the  dividends  daily at their stated  dividend  rates.
Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from yield calculations.

         Because yield  accounting  methods differ from the  accounting  methods
used to calculate net investment income for other purposes,  a Portfolio's yield
may  not  equal  the  dividend  income  actually  paid to  investors  or the net
investment income reported with respect to the Portfolio in the Fund's financial
statements.

         Yield information may be useful in reviewing a Portfolio's  performance
and in  providing a basis for  comparison  with other  investment  alternatives.
However,  the Portfolios' yields fluctuate,  unlike investments that pay a fixed
interest rate over a stated period of time.  Investors  should recognize that in
periods of declining  interest  rates,  the  Portfolios'  yields will tend to be
somewhat higher than prevailing  market rates, and in periods of rising interest
rates,  the  Portfolios'  yields  will tend to be  somewhat  lower.  Also,  when
interest rates are falling,  the inflow of net new money to the Portfolios  from
the  continuous  sale of their  shares will  likely be  invested in  instruments
producing  lower yields than the balance of the  Portfolios'  holdings,  thereby
reducing the current  yields of the  Portfolios.  In periods of rising  interest
rates, the opposite can be expected to occur.

COMPARISON  OF PORTFOLIO  PERFORMANCE.  A comparison  of the quoted  performance
offered for various  investments  is valid only if  performance is calculated in
the same  manner.  Since  there are many  methods  of  calculating  performance,
investors  should  consider  the  effects  of  the  methods  used  to  calculate
performance when comparing  performance of a Portfolio with  performance  quoted
with respect to other investment companies or types of investments. For example,
it is useful to note that yields  reported  on debt  instruments  are  generally
prospective, contrasted with the historical yields reported by a Portfolio.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Portfolio also may compare these figures to the  performance of
other  mutual  funds  tracked by mutual  fund rating  services  or to  unmanaged
indices which may assume  reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

From time to time, in marketing and other literature, a Money Market Portfolio's
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual funds or unmanaged indexes of comparable securities such as the IBC First
Tier Money Market Index for the Prime and Premier Money Market  Portfolios,  the
IBC U.S. Government and Agency Index for the U.S.  Government  Portfolio and the
IBC Stockbroker and general  purpose funds for the Tax-Exempt  Portfolio.  Yield
and performance  over time may also be compared to the performance of bank money
market deposit accounts and fixed-rate insured certificates of deposit (CDs), or
unmanaged  indices of  securities  that are  comparable to money market funds in
their terms and intent, such as Treasury bills, bankers' acceptances, negotiable
order of  withdrawal  accounts,  and money  market  certificates.  Most bank CDs
differ from money market funds in several  ways:  the interest rate is fixed for
the term of the CD, there are interest  penalties  for early  withdrawal  of the
deposit from a CD, and the deposit principal in a CD is insured by the FDIC.

From time to time,  in  marketing  and  other  literature,  the Bond and  Equity
Portfolios'  performance  may be compared to the  performance of broad groups of
comparable  mutual  funds or unmanaged  indexes of  comparable  securities  with
similar  investment  goals,  as tracked  by  independent  organizations  such as
Investment  Company  Data,  Inc. (an  organization  which  provides  performance
ranking  information  for broad  classes  of mutual  funds),  Lipper  Analytical
Services, Inc. ("Lipper") (a mutual fund research firm which analyzes over 1,800
mutual funds), CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. (an organization which provides
mutual  fund  performance  and  ranking  information),   Morningstar,  Inc.  (an
organization  which  analyzes  over 2,400  mutual  funds) and other  independent
organizations.  When  Lipper's  tracking  results are used, a Portfolio  will be
compared to Lipper's  appropriate fund category,  that is, by fund objective and
portfolio  holdings.  Rankings may be listed among one or more of the asset-size
classes as determined by Lipper. When other organizations'  tracking results are
used, a Portfolio will be compared to the appropriate fund category, that is, by
fund  objective  and  portfolio  holdings,  or  to  the  appropriate  volatility
grouping, where volatility is a measure of a fund's risk.

Since the assets in all funds are always  changing,  a  Portfolio  may be ranked
within one asset-size class at one time and in another  asset-size class at some
other time. In addition, the independent organization chosen to rank a Portfolio
in marketing and  promotional  literature may change from time to time depending
upon the  basis of the  independent  organization's  categorizations  of  mutual
funds,  changes  in  a  Portfolio's  investment  policies  and
                                       40

<PAGE>

investments,  a  Portfolio's  asset  size and  other  factors  deemed  relevant.
Advertisements and other marketing  literature will indicate the time period and
Lipper  asset-size  class or other  performance  ranking  company  criteria,  as
applicable, for the ranking in question.

Evaluations of Portfolio  performance  made by  independent  sources may also be
used  in  advertisements  concerning  a  Portfolio,  including  reprints  of  or
selections  from,  editorials  or  articles  about the  Portfolio.  Sources  for
performance   information  and  articles  about  a  Portfolio  may  include  the
following:

BARRON'S,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

CDA INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an organization that provides performance and
ranking  information through examining the dollar results of hypothetical mutual
fund investments and comparing these results against appropriate market indices.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

IBC'S MONEY FUND REPORT, a weekly publication of IBC/Donoghue, Inc., of Ashland,
Massachusetts,  reporting on the performance of the nation's money market funds,
summarizing  money  market fund  activity,  and  including  certain  averages as
performance  benchmarks,  specifically  "IBC's Money Fund  Average,"  and "IBC's
Government Money Fund Average."

IBC'S MONEY FUND  DIRECTORY,  an annual  directory  ranking  money market mutual
funds.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  DATA,  INC., an  independent  organization  which  provides
performance ranking information for broad classes of mutual funds.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY, a daily  newspaper  that features  financial,  economic,  and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

MUTUAL FUND VALUES,  a biweekly  Morningstar,  Inc.  publication  that  provides
ratings  of  mutual  funds  based  on  fund   performance   risk  and  portfolio
characteristics.

THE NEW YORK TIMES, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

                                       41
<PAGE>

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA TODAY, the nation's number one daily newspaper.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a Dow Jones and Company,  Inc.  newspaper  that regularly
covers financial news.

WIESENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited  financial  statements  and financial  highlights of the  Wilmington
Premier  Money  Market,  Prime  Money  Market,  U.S.   Government,   Tax-Exempt,
Short/Intermediate  Bond,  Large Cap Core,  Small Cap Core, Large Cap Value, Mid
Cap Value, Small Cap Value and International Multi-Manager Portfolios, including
each of their  corresponding  Series for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000, as
set forth in WT Mutual Fund's Annual Report to shareholders, including the notes
thereto and the reports of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, are incorporated herein by
reference.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES

REGULATION  OF  THE  USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES.   As  discussed  in  the  prospectus,   in  managing  a  Portfolio's
corresponding  Series,  the  adviser  or  the  sub-advisers  (for  International
Multi-Manager  Series)  may  engage in  certain  options,  futures  and  forward
currency contract  strategies for certain bona fide hedging,  risk management or
other portfolio  management  purposes.  Certain special  characteristics  of and
risks  associated  with using  these  strategies  are  discussed  below.  Use of
options,  futures  and  forward  currency  contracts  is subject  to  applicable
regulations  and/or  interpretations  of the  SEC and the  several  options  and
futures  exchanges  upon which  these  instruments  may be traded.  The Board of
Trustees has adopted  investment  guidelines  (described below) reflecting these
regulations.

In addition to the products,  strategies  and risks  described  below and in the
prospectus,   the  adviser  expects  to  discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available as new  techniques  develop,  as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of  permitted  transactions  and as new  options,
futures and forward currency contracts are developed. These opportunities may be
utilized  to the extent they are  consistent  with each  Portfolio's  investment
objective and  limitations and permitted by applicable  regulatory  authorities.
The registration statement for the Portfolios will be supplemented to the extent
that new products and strategies involve  materially  different risks than those
described below and in the prospectus.

COVER REQUIREMENTS.  The Series will not use leverage in their options, futures,
and in the case of the International  Multi-Manager Series, its forward currency
contract  strategies.  Accordingly,  the  Series  will  comply  with  guidelines
established  by the SEC with respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either
(1)  setting  aside  cash  or  liquid,   unencumbered,   daily  marked-to-market
securities  in one  or  more  segregated  accounts  with  the  custodian  in the
prescribed  amount;  or (2)  holding  securities  or other  options  or  futures
contracts  whose  values are  expected  to offset  ("cover")  their  obligations
thereunder.  Securities,  currencies, or other options or futures contracts used
for cover cannot be sold or closed out while these  strategies are  outstanding,
unless  they  are  replaced  with  similar  assets.  As  a  result,  there  is a
possibility  that the use of cover  involving a large  percentage of the Series'
assets  could  impede  portfolio  management,  or the  Series'  ability  to meet
redemption requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  With  the  exception  of the  International  Multi-Manager
Series,  a Series may purchase and write (sell) only those options on securities
and  securities  indices  that are  traded  on U.S.  exchanges.  Exchange-traded
options in the U.S. are issued by a clearing  organization  affiliated  with the
exchange, on which the option is listed, which, in effect, guarantees completion
of every  exchange-traded  option transaction.  The International  Multi-Manager
Series may purchase and write (sell)  options only on securities  and securities
indices that are traded on foreign exchanges.

Each Series may purchase call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be
used as a means of  enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an
anticipated price increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security,  use of this  strategy  would  serve to limit  the
potential  loss to the Series to the option  premium  paid;  conversely,  if the
market price of the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and
the Series either sells or exercises the option, any profit eventually  realized
would be reduced by the premium paid.

Each Series may  purchase  put options on  securities  that it holds in order to
hedge against a decline in the market value of the securities held or to enhance
return. The put option enables the Series to sell the underlying security at the
predetermined  exercise price;  thus, the potential for loss to the Series below
the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of
the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any
profit the Series realizes on the sale of the security is reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

Each  Series may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline in the
market  value of  securities  that it holds at a time when put  options on those
particular securities are not available for purchase. At those times, the Series
may purchase a put option on other carefully selected  securities in which it is
authorized  to invest,  the values of which  historically  have a high degree of
positive  correlation  to the  value of the  securities  actually  held.  If the
adviser's  judgment is correct,  changes in the value of the put options  should
generally offset changes in the value of the securities  being hedged.  However,
the correlation between the two values may not be as close in these transactions
as in transactions  in which a Series  purchases a put option on a security that
it holds.  If the value of the securities  underlying the put option falls below
the value of the portfolio  securities,  the put option may not provide complete
protection against a decline in the value of the portfolio securities.

Each  Series  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in which it is
authorized to invest for hedging  purposes or to increase  return in the form of
premiums  received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation
to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period.
The strategy may be used to provide limited protection against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Series declines,  the amount of the decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Series. If, however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security and the option is  exercised,  the Series will be obligated to sell the
security at less than its market value.

Each  Series may also write  covered put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring it to make payment of
the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of
put options in other  respects,  including  their related risks and rewards,  is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised, the Series will realize income in the amount of the premium received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the  underlying  securities  would  decline  below the  exercise  price less the
premiums received, in which case the Series would expect to suffer a loss.

Each Series may  purchase  put and call  options and write  covered put and call
options  on  indexes  in much the same  manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in  the  securities  markets  (or a  market  sector)  rather  than
anticipated  increases or decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  An
index assigns values to the securities included in the index and fluctuates with
changes in such values.  Settlements  of index  options are  effected  with cash
payments and do not involve delivery of securities.  Thus, upon settlement of an
index  option,  the purchaser  will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount
based on the difference  between the exercise price and the closing price of the
index. The  effectiveness of hedging  techniques using index options will depend
on the extent to which price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with
price movements of the securities in which a Series invests. Perfect correlation
is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by the Series will
not exactly match the  composition  of indexes on which options are purchased or
written.

Each Series may purchase and write covered straddles on securities or indexes. A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise price on the call. The Series would enter into a long straddle when the
adviser  believes that it is likely that prices will be more volatile during the
term of the options than is implied by the option pricing. A short straddle is a
combination  of a call and a put written on the same security where the exercise
price on the put is less than or equal to the  exercise  price of the call where
the same issue of the  security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Series would enter into a short  straddle  when the adviser  believes
that it is  unlikely  that  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the option  pricing.  In such case, the Series will set
aside cash and/or liquid,  unencumbered  securities in a segregated account with
its  custodian  equivalent  in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put is
"in-the-money,"  that is,  that  amount by which the  exercise  price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying  security.  Because straddles
involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
difficult to open and close out.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

Each Series may purchase put and call warrants  with values that vary  depending
on the change in the value of one or more specified indexes ("index  warrants").
An index warrant is usually issued by a bank or other financial  institution and
gives the Series  the right,  at any time  during  the term of the  warrant,  to
receive  upon  exercise  of the  warrant a cash  payment  from the issuer of the
warrant based on the value of the underlying  index at the time of exercise.  In
general,  if a Series holds a call warrant and the value of the underlying index
rises above the exercise  price of the  warrant,  the Series will be entitled to
receive a cash payment  from the issuer upon  exercise  based on the  difference
between the value of the index and the  exercise  price of the  warrant;  if the
Series  holds a put warrant and the value of the  underlying  index  falls,  the
Series will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon  exercise
based on the difference  between the exercise price of the warrant and the value
of the index.  The Series  holding a call  warrant  would not be entitled to any
payments from the issuer at any time when the exercise price is greater than the
value of the  underlying  index;  the Series  holding a put warrant would not be
entitled to any payments  when the exercise  price is less than the value of the
underlying  index. If the Series does not exercise an index warrant prior to its
expiration,  then the Series loses the amount of the purchase price that it paid
for the warrant.

Each Series will normally use index  warrants as it may use index  options.  The
risks of the  Series'  use of index  warrants  are  generally  similar  to those
relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options,  however, index
warrants are issued in limited  amounts and are not  obligations  of a regulated
clearing  agency,  but  are  backed  only by the  credit  of the  bank or  other
institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer
terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as index
options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition,  the terms of index
warrants  may limit the Series'  ability to exercise the warrants at any time or
in any quantity.

OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In  view  of the  risks  involved  in  using  the  options
strategies  described  above,  each Series has adopted the following  investment
guidelines  to  govern  its  use of such  strategies;  these  guidelines  may be
modified by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

                  (1)      each Series will write only covered options, and each
                           such option will remain covered so long as the Series
                           is obligated thereby; and

                  (2)      no Series will write  options  (whether on securities
                           or securities  indexes) if aggregate  exercise prices
                           of previous  written  outstanding  options,  together
                           with  the   value  of   assets   used  to  cover  all
                           outstanding positions,  would exceed 25% of its total
                           net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING. A Series may effectively
terminate  its right or  obligation  under an option by entering  into a closing
transaction.  If a Series wishes to terminate its obligation to purchase or sell
securities under a put or a call option it has written,  the Series may purchase
a put or a call option of the same series  (that is, an option  identical in its
terms to the option  previously  written).  This is known as a closing  purchase
transaction.  Conversely,  in order to  terminate  its right to purchase or sell
specified  securities under a call or put option it has purchased,  a Series may
sell an option of the same series as the option held. This is known as a closing
sale transaction.  Closing  transactions  essentially permit a Series to realize
profits  or limit  losses on its  options  positions  prior to the  exercise  or
expiration  of the  option.  If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase
transaction  with  respect to options it has  acquired,  the Series will have to
allow the options to expire  without  recovering  all or a portion of the option
premiums  paid. If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase  transaction
with respect to covered  options it has written,  the Series will not be able to
sell the  underlying  securities  or dispose of assets  used as cover  until the
options expire or are exercised,  and the Series may experience  material losses
due to losses on the option transaction itself and in the covering securities.

In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or for hedging  purposes,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      The value of an option  position  will  reflect,  among  other
                  things, the current market price of the underlying security or
                  index, the time remaining until  expiration,  the relationship
                  of the  exercise  price to the market  price,  the  historical
                  price  volatility  of the  underlying  security or index,  and
                  general market conditions. For this reason, the successful use
                  of options depends upon the adviser's  ability to forecast the
                  direction of price  fluctuations in the underlying  securities
                  markets or, in the case of index options,  fluctuations in the
                  market sector represented by the selected index.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

         (2)      Options  normally have expiration  dates of up to three years.
                  An American  style put or call option may be  exercised at any
                  time during the option  period  while a European  style put or
                  call option may be exercised only upon  expiration or during a
                  fixed period prior to  expiration.  The exercise  price of the
                  options  may be below,  equal to or above the  current  market
                  value of the underlying  security or index.  Purchased options
                  that  expire  unexercised  have no  value.  Unless  an  option
                  purchased  by the  Series  is  exercised  or  unless a closing
                  transaction  is effected  with respect to that  position,  the
                  Series will  realize a loss in the amount of the premium  paid
                  and any transaction costs.

         (3)      A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only
                  on an exchange that provides a secondary  market for identical
                  options. Although the Series intends to purchase or write only
                  those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to be a
                  liquid secondary  market,  there is no assurance that a liquid
                  secondary  market will exist for any particular  option at any
                  particular  time. A liquid  market may be absent if: (i) there
                  is  insufficient  trading  interest  in the  option;  (ii) the
                  exchange has imposed restrictions on trading,  such as trading
                  halts, trading suspensions or daily price limits; (iii) normal
                  exchange operations have been disrupted;  or (iv) the exchange
                  has inadequate facilities to handle current trading volume.

         (4)      With certain  exceptions,  exchange  listed options  generally
                  settle by physical delivery of the underlying security.  Index
                  options are settled exclusively in cash for the net amount, if
                  any, by which the option is "in-the-money" (where the value of
                  the  underlying  instrument  exceeds,  in the  case  of a call
                  option,  or is less  than,  in the case of a put  option,  the
                  exercise  price  of the  option)  at the time  the  option  is
                  exercised. If the Series writes a call option on an index, the
                  Series  will  not  know in  advance  the  difference,  if any,
                  between the closing  value of the index on the  exercise  date
                  and the exercise price of the call option itself and thus will
                  not know the amount of cash  payable upon  settlement.  If the
                  Series  holds an index  option  and  exercises  it before  the
                  closing index value for that day is available, the Series runs
                  the  risk  that  the  level  of  the   underlying   index  may
                  subsequently change.

         (5)      A Series'  activities  in the options  markets may result in a
                  higher Series  turnover rate and additional  brokerage  costs;
                  however,  the  Series  also may save on  commissions  by using
                  options as a hedge  rather than  buying or selling  individual
                  securities  in  anticipation  of,  or as a result  of,  market
                  movements.

FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  Each  Series  may engage in futures
strategies  for certain  non-trading  bona fide  hedging,  risk  management  and
portfolio management purposes.

Each Series may sell  securities  index futures  contracts in  anticipation of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the  Series'  securities  holdings.  To the extent  that a portion of a
Series' holdings  correlate with a given index, the sale of futures contracts on
that index  could  reduce the risks  associated  with a market  decline and thus
provide an alternative to the liquidation of securities positions.  For example,
if a Series  correctly  anticipates  a general  market  decline  and sells index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset some or all of the decline in the value of the Series' holdings. A Series
may purchase  index futures  contracts if a significant  market or market sector
advance is anticipated.  Such a purchase of a futures  contract would serve as a
temporary  substitute for the purchase of the underlying  securities,  which may
then be purchased,  in an orderly fashion. This strategy may minimize the effect
of all or part of an increase in the market  price of  securities  that a Series
intends to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities should be in part or
wholly offset by gains in the futures position.

As in the case of a purchase of an index futures contract, a Series may purchase
a call option on an index futures  contract to hedge against a market advance in
securities  that the Series  plans to acquire at a future  date.  The Series may
write covered put options on index futures as a partial  anticipatory hedge, and
may write  covered call options on index  futures as a partial  hedge  against a
decline in the prices of  securities  held by the Series.  This is  analogous to
writing  covered  call options on  securities.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

The Series  also may  purchase  put  options  on index  futures  contracts.  The
purchase of put options on index futures  contracts is analogous to the purchase
of protective put options on individual  securities  where a level of protection
is sought  below  which no  additional  economic  loss would be  incurred by the
Series.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Series  may  sell  foreign  currency  futures
contracts to hedge against possible  variations in the exchange rates of foreign
currencies  in relation to the U.S.  dollar.  In  addition,  the Series may sell
foreign  currency  futures  contracts  when a sub-adviser  anticipates a general
weakening of foreign  currency  exchange rates that could  adversely  affect the
market values of the Series' foreign securities holdings. In this case, the sale
of  futures  contracts  on the  underlying  currency  may reduce the risk to the
Series of a reduction in market value caused by foreign  currency  exchange rate
variations  and,  by so doing,  provide an  alternative  to the  liquidation  of
securities  positions  and  resulting  transaction  costs.  When  a  sub-adviser
anticipates  a  significant   foreign  currency  exchange  rate  increase  while
intending to invest in a security  denominated in that currency,  the Series may
purchase a foreign  currency  futures  contract to hedge  against that  increase
pending completion of the anticipated  transaction.  Such a purchase would serve
as a  temporary  measure to protect  the Series  against any rise in the foreign
exchange rate that may add  additional  costs to acquiring the foreign  security
position.  The Series may also purchase call or put options on foreign  currency
futures  contracts to obtain a fixed foreign  exchange rate at limited risk. The
Series may  purchase a call  option on a foreign  currency  futures  contract to
hedge against a rise in the foreign exchange rate while intending to invest in a
security  denominated in that  currency.  The Series may purchase put options on
foreign currency  futures  contracts as a partial hedge against a decline in the
foreign  exchange rates or the value of its foreign  portfolio  securities.  The
Series  may write a call  option on a foreign  currency  futures  contract  as a
partial hedge  against the effects of declining  foreign  exchange  rates on the
value of foreign securities.

FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In view of the risks involved in using
the futures  strategies  that are described  above,  each Series has adopted the
following investment guidelines to govern its use of such strategies.  The Board
of Trustees may modify these guidelines without shareholder vote.

                  (1)      The  Series  will  engage  only  in  covered  futures
                           transactions,  and each such  transaction will remain
                           covered so long as the Series is obligated thereby.

                  (2)      The  Series   will  not  write   options  on  futures
                           contracts if aggregate  exercise prices of previously
                           written outstanding options (whether on securities or
                           securities  indexes),  together  with  the  value  of
                           assets   used  to  cover  all   outstanding   futures
                           positions, would exceed 25% of its total net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRADING.  No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures  contract,  a Series is required to deposit with its  custodian,  in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction is effected,  an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid  instruments  generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  This
amount is known as "initial  margin."  When  writing a call or a put option on a
futures  contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance  with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions. Rather, initial margin on a futures contract is in the nature of a
performance  bond or  good-faith  deposit on the contract  that is returned to a
Series upon termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations have been
satisfied.  Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility,  a
Series  may be  required  by a futures  exchange  to  increase  the level of its
initial  margin  payment.  Additionally,  initial  margin  requirements  may  be
increased  generally in the future by regulatory  action.  Subsequent  payments,
called "variation  margin," to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as
the value of the futures or options position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." For example, when a Series purchases a contract and the value of the
contract rises,  the Series receives from the broker a variation  margin payment
equal to that  increase  in  value.  Conversely,  if the  value  of the  futures
position  declines,  a Series is required to make a variation  margin payment to
the broker  equal to the  decline in value.  Variation  margin  does not involve
borrowing  to finance the futures  transaction,  but rather  represents  a daily
settlement of a Series' obligations to or from a clearing organization.

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

Buyers and  sellers of futures  positions  and  options  thereon  can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures
contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond  that  limit.  The daily  limit  governs  only price  movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for the  Series to close a
position and, in the event of adverse price movements,  the Series would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

In  considering  a  Series'  use  of  futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

         (1)      Successful  use by a Series of futures  contracts  and related
                  options  will  depend  upon the  adviser's  ability to predict
                  movements in the direction of the  securities  markets,  which
                  requires  different  skills  and  techniques  than  predicting
                  changes  in the  prices of  individual  securities.  Moreover,
                  futures  contracts  relate not only to the current price level
                  of the underlying  securities,  but also to anticipated  price
                  levels at some point in the future. There is, in addition, the
                  risk that the  movements in the price of the futures  contract
                  will not  correlate  with the  movements  in the prices of the
                  securities being hedged. For example, if the price of an index
                  futures  contract  moves less than the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully
                  effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has
                  moved in an  unfavorable  direction,  a  Series  would be in a
                  better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price
                  of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved  in a  favorable
                  direction,  the advantage may be partially offset by losses in
                  the  futures   position.   In   addition,   if  a  Series  has
                  insufficient  cash,  it may have to sell  assets to meet daily
                  variation margin requirements.  Any such sale of assets may or
                  may  not be made at  prices  that  reflect  a  rising  market.
                  Consequently,  a Series may need to sell assets at a time when
                  such sales are  disadvantageous to the Series. If the price of
                  the  futures  contract  moves  more  than  the  price  of  the
                  underlying securities,  a Series will experience either a loss
                  or a gain  on the  futures  contract  that  may or may  not be
                  completely  offset by movements in the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge.

         (2)      In addition to the possibility  that there may be an imperfect
                  correlation, or no correlation at all, between price movements
                  in the  futures  position  and the  securities  being  hedged,
                  movements in the prices of futures contracts may not correlate
                  perfectly   with   movements  in  the  prices  of  the  hedged
                  securities  due to price  distortions  in the futures  market.
                  There may be  several  reasons  unrelated  to the value of the
                  underlying  securities  that  cause this  situation  to occur.
                  First, as noted above,  all participants in the futures market
                  are subject to initial and variation margin requirements.  If,
                  to avoid meeting additional margin deposit requirements or for
                  other reasons,  investors choose to close a significant number
                  of  futures   contracts   through   offsetting   transactions,
                  distortions  in the  normal  price  relationship  between  the
                  securities and the futures markets may occur. Second,  because
                  the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less
                  onerous than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market,
                  there may be increased  participation  by  speculators  in the
                  futures  market.  Such  speculative  activity  in the  futures
                  market  also  may  cause  temporary  price  distortions.  As a
                  result,  a correct  forecast of general  market trends may not
                  result  in  successful  hedging  through  the  use of  futures
                  contracts  over the short term.  In  addition,  activities  of
                  large  traders  in both the  futures  and  securities  markets
                  involving arbitrage and other investment strategies may result
                  in temporary price distortions.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

         (3)      Positions  in futures  contracts  may be closed out only on an
                  exchange or board of trade that  provides a  secondary  market
                  for such futures  contracts.  Although each Series  intends to
                  purchase and sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade
                  where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is
                  no assurance that a liquid  secondary market on an exchange or
                  board of trade will exist for any  particular  contract at any
                  particular  time.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible to
                  close a futures  position,  and in the event of adverse  price
                  movements,  a Series  would  continue  to be  required to make
                  variation margin payments.

         (4)      Like options on securities,  options on futures contracts have
                  limited  life.  The ability to establish and close out options
                  on futures will be subject to the  development and maintenance
                  of liquid  secondary  markets  on the  relevant  exchanges  or
                  boards of trade.  There can be no certainty  that such markets
                  for all options on futures contracts will develop.

         (5)      Purchasers  of options on futures  contracts  pay a premium in
                  cash at the time of purchase.  This amount and the transaction
                  costs are all that is at risk.  Sellers  of options on futures
                  contracts,  however,  must post initial margin and are subject
                  to additional  margin calls that could be  substantial  in the
                  event of adverse price  movements.  In addition,  although the
                  maximum amount at risk when the Series  purchases an option is
                  the  premium  paid for the option and the  transaction  costs,
                  there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a
                  futures contract would result in a loss to the Series when the
                  use of a futures  contract would not, such as when there is no
                  movement  in the level of the  underlying  index  value or the
                  securities or currencies being hedged.

         (6)      As is the case  with  options,  a  Series'  activities  in the
                  futures markets may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate
                  and  additional   transaction  costs  in  the  form  of  added
                  brokerage  commissions.  However,  a  Series  also may save on
                  commissions by using futures contracts or options thereon as a
                  hedge rather than buying or selling  individual  securities in
                  anticipation of, or as a result of, market movements.

HEDGING STRATEGIES. The International Multi-Manager Series' sub-advisers may use
forward currency contracts, options and futures contracts and related options to
attempt to hedge  securities held by the Series.  There can be no assurance that
such efforts will succeed. Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce risk of
loss by wholly or partially  offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price
movements in the investments being hedged. However,  hedging strategies can also
reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
movements in the hedged investment.

The International Multi-Manager Series may enter into forward currency contracts
either with  respect to  specific  transactions  or with  respect to the Series'
positions.  When WTC or a sub-adviser  believes  that a particular  currency may
decline  compared  to the U.S.  dollar,  the  Series  may  enter  into a forward
contract to sell the  currency  that the adviser or the  sub-adviser  expects to
decline  in an  amount  approximating  the  value of some or all of the  Series'
securities  denominated  in that  currency.  Such contracts may only involve the
sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar. In addition, when the Series
anticipates  purchasing  or  selling a  security,  it may  enter  into a forward
currency  contract in order to set the rate (either  relative to the U.S. dollar
or another  currency) at which a currency  exchange  transaction  related to the
purchase or sale will be made.

The  International  Multi-Manager  Series also may sell (write) and purchase put
and call options and futures contracts and related options on foreign currencies
to hedge against  movements in exchange  rates relative to the U.S.  dollar.  In
addition,  the Series may write and purchase put and call options on  securities
and stock  indexes to hedge  against the risk of  fluctuations  in the prices of
securities  held by the Series or which the adviser or a sub-adviser  intends to
include in the  portfolio.  Stock index options  serve to hedge against  overall
fluctuations  in the  securities  markets rather than  anticipated  increases or
decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  The Series also may sell and
purchase stock index futures  contracts and related options to protect against a
general stock market decline that could adversely affect the Series'  securities
or to hedge against a general  stock market or market  sector  advance to lessen
the cost of future  securities  acquisitions.  The Series may use interest  rate
futures  contracts and related  options thereon to hedge the debt portion of its
portfolio against changes in the general level of interest rates.

The International  Multi-Manager Series will not enter into an options,  futures
or  forward  currency  contract  transaction  that  exposes  the  Series  to  an
obligation  to another  party  unless the Series  either (i) owns an  offsetting
("covered")  position in  securities,  currencies,  options,  futures or forward
currency  contracts or (ii) has cash,

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

receivables and liquid  securities with a value sufficient at all times to cover
its potential obligations to the extent not covered as provided in (i) above.

SPECIAL RISKS RELATED TO FOREIGN CURRENCY OPTIONS AND FUTURES CONTRACTS

Options and futures contracts on foreign currencies are affected by all of those
factors that influence  foreign  exchange rates and investments  generally.  The
value of a foreign currency option or futures contract depends upon the value of
the underlying  currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result,  the price of
the International Multi-Manager Series' position in a foreign currency option or
currency  contract  may  vary  with  changes  in the  value  of  either  or both
currencies and may have no  relationship  to the investment  merits of a foreign
security.  Because  foreign  currency  transactions  occurring in the  interbank
market involve  substantially  larger amounts than those that may be involved in
the use of foreign  currency options or futures  transactions,  investors may be
disadvantaged  by having to deal in an odd lot market  (generally  consisting of
transactions of less than $1 million) at prices that are less favorable than for
round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies
or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other
market  sources  be firm or  revised on a timely  basis.  Quotation  information
available  is  generally  representative  of  very  large  transactions  in  the
interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller  transactions (that
is,  less than $1  million)  where rates may be less  favorable.  The  interbank
market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent
that the U.S.  options or futures  markets are closed  while the markets for the
underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take
place in the  underlying  markets  that  cannot be  reflected  in the options or
futures markets until they reopen.

As with other options and futures  positions,  the  International  Multi-Manager
Series' ability to establish and close out such positions in foreign  currencies
is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market. Trading of some such
positions is relatively new. Although the Series will not purchase or write such
positions unless and until, in the adviser's or the sub-adviser's  opinion,  the
market  for  them  has  developed  sufficiently  to  ensure  that  the  risks in
connection with such positions are not greater than the risks in connection with
the  underlying  currency,  there can be no  assurance  that a liquid  secondary
market will exist for a  particular  option or futures  contract at any specific
time. Moreover, the Series will not enter into OTC options that are illiquid if,
as a result,  more than 15% of its net  assets  would be  invested  in  illiquid
securities.

Settlement of a foreign  currency futures contract must occur within the country
issuing the underlying  currency.  Thus, the Series must accept or make delivery
of the  underlying  foreign  currency  in  accordance  with any U.S.  or foreign
restrictions  or  regulations  regarding  the  maintenance  of  foreign  banking
arrangements by U.S.  residents,  and it may be required to pay any fees,  taxes
and  charges  associated  with such  delivery  that are  assessed in the issuing
country.

FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  The  International  Multi-Manager  Series may use
forward currency contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates.

The Series may enter into forward  currency  contracts  with respect to specific
transactions.  For  example,  when the Series  enters  into a  contract  for the
purchase or sale of a security  denominated in a foreign currency or anticipates
the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on a security
that it holds or anticipates purchasing,  the Series may desire to "lock in" the
U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such payment,
as the case may be, by  entering  into a forward  contract  for the sale,  for a
fixed amount of U.S. dollars,  of the amount of foreign currency involved in the
underlying  transaction.  The Series  will  thereby  be able to  protect  itself
against a possible loss  resulting  from an adverse  change in the  relationship
between the currency  exchange rates during the period between the date on which
the security is purchased or sold, or on which the payment is declared,  and the
date on which such payments are made or received.

The Series also may hedge by using forward currency contracts in connection with
portfolio  positions to lock in the U.S.  dollar value of those  positions or to
increase its exposure to foreign currencies that the adviser or the sub-advisers
believe may rise in value  relative to the U.S.  dollar.  For example,  when the
adviser or the  sub-advisers  believe that the currency of a particular  foreign
country may suffer a substantial  decline  relative to the U.S.  dollar,  it may
enter into a forward  contract to sell the amount of the former foreign currency
approximating  the  value  of some  or all of the  Series'  securities  holdings
denominated in such foreign currency.

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

The  precise  matching  of the  forward  contract  amounts  and the value of the
securities  involved will not generally be possible  because the future value of
such  securities in foreign  currencies  will change as a consequence  of market
movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract
is entered into and the date it matures.  Accordingly,  it may be necessary  for
the Series to purchase  additional  foreign currency on the spot (that is, cash)
market  (and bear the  expense  of such  purchase)  if the  market  value of the
security is less than the amount of foreign  currency the Series is obligated to
deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make  delivery of the
foreign  currency.  Conversely,  it may be  necessary to sell on the spot market
some of the foreign  currency  received upon the sale of the security holding if
the market  value of the  security  exceeds the amount of foreign  currency  the
Series is obligated to deliver.  The  projection of short-term  currency  market
movements is extremely  difficult and the  successful  execution of a short-term
hedging strategy is highly  uncertain.  Forward  contracts involve the risk that
anticipated  currency movements might not be accurately  predicted,  causing the
Series to sustain losses on these contracts and transaction  costs. Under normal
circumstances,  consideration  of the  prospect for  currency  parities  will be
incorporated  into the  longer-term  investment  decisions  made with  regard to
overall  diversification  strategies.  However, the adviser and the sub-advisers
believe that it is important to have the  flexibility to enter into such forward
contracts  when it  determines  that the best  interests  of the Series  will be
served.

At or before the maturity  date of a forward  contract  requiring  the Series to
sell a currency,  the Series may either sell a security holding and use the sale
proceeds to make  delivery of the currency or retain the security and offset its
contractual  obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second  contract
pursuant to which the Series will obtain,  on the same maturity  date,  the same
amount of the currency  that it is obligated to deliver.  Similarly,  the Series
may close out a forward contract  requiring it to purchase a specified  currency
by entering into a second  contract  entitling it to sell the same amount of the
same  currency on the  maturity  date of the first  contract.  The Series  would
realize a gain or loss as a result of entering into such an  offsetting  forward
currency  contract under either  circumstance to the extent the exchange rate or
rates between the currencies  involved moved between the execution  dates of the
first contract and the offsetting contract.

The cost to the Series of engaging  in forward  currency  contracts  varies with
factors such as the currencies  involved,  the length of the contract period and
the market  conditions then prevailing.  Because forward currency  contracts are
usually entered into on a principal  basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
The use of forward  currency  contracts does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the
prices of the underlying  securities the Series owns or intends to acquire,  but
it does  fix a rate of  exchange  in  advance.  In  addition,  although  forward
currency  contracts  limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the
hedged  currencies,  at the same time they limit any  potential  gain that might
result should the value of the currencies increase.

Although the Series  values its assets daily in terms of U.S.  dollars,  it does
not intend to convert its holdings of foreign  currencies into U.S. dollars on a
daily basis.  The Series may convert  foreign  currency  from time to time,  and
investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.  Although foreign
exchange  dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit
based on the difference  between the prices at which they are buying and selling
various  currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the
Series at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange  should the Series
desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

Moody's and S&P are private  services that provide ratings of the credit quality
of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P to
the  securities  in which the  Portfolios'  corresponding  Series  may invest is
discussed below.  These ratings  represent the opinions of these rating services
as to the quality of the  securities  that they  undertake to rate. It should be
emphasized,  however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of
quality.  The advisers and sub-advisers  attempt to discern variations in credit
rankings of the rating  services and to  anticipate  changes in credit  ranking.
However, subsequent to purchase by a Series, an issue of securities may cease to
be rated or its rating may be reduced  below the  minimum  rating  required  for
purchase by the Series.  In that event, an adviser or sub-adviser  will consider
whether  it is in the  best  interest  of the  Series  to  continue  to hold the
securities.

MOODY'S RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

Aaa:  Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa: Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A: Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade  obligations (i.e.,
they are neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured).  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The highest rating for corporate and
municipal commercial paper is "P-1" (Prime-1).  Issuers rated P-1 (or supporting
institutions)  have a superior  ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt
obligations.  P-1  repayment  ability  will  often be  evidenced  by many of the
following characteristics:

o    Leading market positions in well-established industries.

o    High rates of return on funds employed.

o    Conservative  capitalization  structure with moderate  reliance on debt and
     ample asset protection.

o    Broad  margins in  earnings  coverage of fixed  financial  charges and high
     internal cash generation.

o    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
     of alternate liquidity.

MUNICIPAL  NOTES.  The  highest  ratings  for  state  and  municipal  short-term
obligations are "MIG 1," "MIG 2" and "MIG 3" (or "VMIG 1," "VMIG 2" and "VMIG 3"
in the case of an issue having a variable-rate demand feature). Notes rated "MIG
1" or "VMIG 1" are judged to be of the best  quality.  There is  present  strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broadbased access to the market for refinancing. Notes rated "MIG 2" or "VMIG 2"
are of high quality,  with margins of protection  that are ample although not so
large  as in the  preceding  group.  Notes  rated  "MIG  3" or  "VMIG  3" are of
favorable  quality,  with all security  elements  accounted  for but lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection
may be narrow,  and  market  access  for  refinancing  is likely to be less well
established.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

S&P RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

AAA: Bonds rated AAA are highest grade debt  obligations.  This rating indicates
an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA:  Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A: Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB: Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

CORPORATE AND  MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The "A-1" rating for corporate and
municipal  commercial paper indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong safety
characteristics will be rated "A-1+."

MUNICIPAL  NOTES. The "SP-1" rating reflects a very strong or strong capacity to
pay  principal  and interest.  Those issues  determined to possess  overwhelming
safety  characteristics  will be rated  "SP-1+."  The "SP-2"  rating  reflects a
satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

FITCH RATINGS

DESCRIPTION OF FITCH'S HIGHEST STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES RATING.

AAA - Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality.
The  obligor  has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit  quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although  not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.

F-1+ - Issues  assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest  degree
of assurance for timely  payment.

F-1 - Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
                                 WT MUTUAL FUND

                           CRM PRIME MONEY MARKET FUND
                               CRM TAX-EXEMPT FUND
                           CRM INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND
                             CRM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
                            CRM LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
                             CRM MID CAP VALUE FUND
                            CRM SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                NOVEMBER 1, 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with each Fund's current  prospectus,  dated November 1, 2000, as
amended from time to time. A copy of each current  prospectus  and annual report
may be obtained  without  charge,  by writing to  Provident  Distributors,  Inc.
("PDI"),  3200  Horizon  Drive,  King of  Prussia,  PA 19406,  and from  certain
institutions  such as banks or  broker-dealers  that have entered into servicing
agreements with PDI or by calling (800) CRM-2883.

The Funds'  audited  financial  statements  for the year  ended  June 30,  2000,
included in the Annual Reports to shareholders,  are incorporated  into this SAI
by reference.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION                                                            2
INVESTMENT POLICIES                                                            2
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS                                                        15
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS                                                         19
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES                                        21
Distribution of shares                                                        24
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES                                      24
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES                                            25
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES                                    25
DIVIDENDS                                                                     28
TAXATION OF THE FUNDS                                                         29
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION                                        33
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                          37
APPENDIX A -- OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES      A-1
APPENDIX B -- DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS                                         B-1

                                       i
<PAGE>

GENERAL INFORMATION

WT Mutual Fund (the "Fund") is a  diversified,  open-end  management  investment
company  organized as a Delaware business trust on June 1, 1994. The name of the
Fund was changed from Kiewit Mutual Fund to WT Mutual Fund on October 20, 1998.

The Fund has  established  the following  Funds  described in this  Statement of
Additional Information: CRM Prime Money Market, CRM Tax-Exempt, CRM Intermediate
Bond, CRM Municipal  Bond, CRM Large Cap Value,  CRM Mid Cap Value and CRM Small
Cap Value Funds.  Each of these Funds issues  Institutional  and Investor  class
shares.


                               INVESTMENT POLICIES


The following  information  supplements the  information  concerning each Fund's
investment objective,  policies and limitations found in the prospectus.  Unless
otherwise  indicated,  it  applies  to the Funds  through  their  investment  in
corresponding  master  funds,  which are  series of WT  Investment  Trust I (the
"Series").


                               MONEY MARKET FUNDS


The "Money  Market  Funds" are the Prime Money  Market  Fund and the  Tax-Exempt
Fund. Each has adopted a fundamental  policy requiring it to maintain a constant
net asset  value of $1.00 per share,  although  this may not be  possible  under
certain circumstances. Each Fund values its portfolio securities on the basis of
amortized cost (see  "Purchase,  Redemption and Pricing of Shares")  pursuant to
Rule  2a-7  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the  "1940  Act").  As
conditions  of that  Rule,  the Board of  Trustees  has  established  procedures
reasonably designed to stabilize each Fund's price per share at $1.00 per share.
Each Fund maintains a dollar-weighted  average portfolio  maturity of 90 days or
less;  purchases only instruments with effective maturities of 397 days or less;
and invests only in securities  which are of high quality as determined by major
rating  services  or,  in the  case  of  instruments  which  are not  rated,  of
comparable  quality as  determined  by the  investment  adviser,  Rodney  Square
Management Corporation,  under the direction of and subject to the review of the
Board of Trustees.

BANK   OBLIGATIONS.   The  Prime   Money   Market   Fund  may   invest  in  U.S.
dollar-denominated   obligations  of  major  banks,  including  certificates  of
deposit,  time deposits and bankers' acceptances of major U.S. and foreign banks
and their branches  located  outside of the United States,  of U.S.  branches of
foreign banks, of foreign branches of foreign banks, of U.S. agencies of foreign
banks and of wholly owned banking  subsidiaries of such foreign banks located in
the United States.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and U.S.  branches of wholly owned
subsidiaries of foreign banks may be general  obligations of the parent bank, of
the issuing branch or  subsidiary,  or both, or may be limited by the terms of a
specific obligation or by governmental regulation.  Because such obligations are
issued by foreign entities,  they are subject to the risks of foreign investing.
A brief description of some typical types of bank obligations follows:

o    BANKERS'  ACCEPTANCES.  The Prime Money  Market Fund may invest in bankers'
     acceptances,  which are credit  instruments  evidencing the obligation of a
     bank  to pay a  draft  that  has  been  drawn  on it by a  customer.  These
     instruments  reflect the  obligation of both the bank and the drawer to pay
     the face amount of the instrument upon maturity.

o    CERTIFICATES  OF  DEPOSIT.  The  Prime  Money  Market  Fund may  invest  in
     certificates  evidencing  the  indebtedness  of a commercial  bank to repay
     funds deposited with it for a definite period of time (usually from 14 days
     to  one  year)  at a  stated  or  variable  interest  rate.  Variable  rate
     certificates  of deposit  provide that the interest rate will  fluctuate on
     designated  dates based on changes in a  designated  base rate (such as the
     composite  rate for  certificates  of deposit  established  by the  Federal
     Reserve Bank of New York).

                                       2
<PAGE>

o    TIME  DEPOSITS.  The Prime Money  Market Fund may invest in time  deposits,
     which are bank deposits for fixed periods of time.

CERTIFICATES OF PARTICIPATION. The Tax-Exempt Fund may invest in certificates of
participation,  which give the investor an undivided  interest in the  municipal
obligation in the  proportion  that the  investor's  interest bears to the total
principal amount of the municipal obligation.


CORPORATE  BONDS,  NOTES AND COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Prime Money Market Fund may
invest  in  corporate  bonds,  notes and  commercial  paper.  These  obligations
generally represent  indebtedness of the issuer and may be subordinated to other
outstanding indebtedness of the issuer.  Commercial paper consists of short-term
promissory  notes  issued by  corporations  in order to  finance  their  current
operations.  The Fund will only invest in commercial paper rated, at the time of
purchase, in the highest category by a nationally recognized  statistical rating
organization  ("NRSRO"),  such as Moody's or S&P or, if not rated, determined by
the  adviser to be of  comparable  quality.  See  "Appendix B -  Description  of
Ratings." The Funds may invest in asset-backed  commercial paper subject to Rule
2a-7  restrictions  on investments in asset-backed  securities,  which include a
requirement that the security must have received a rating from a NRSRO.

FOREIGN SECURITIES. At the present time, portfolio securities of the Prime Money
Market Fund that are purchased  outside the United States are  maintained in the
custody of  foreign  branches  of U.S.  banks.  To the extent  that the Fund may
maintain  portfolio  securities in the custody of foreign  subsidiaries  of U.S.
banks, and foreign banks or clearing agencies in the future, those sub-custodian
arrangements are subject to regulations under the 1940 Act that govern custodial
arrangements with entities incorporated or organized in countries outside of the
United States.


ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  No Money Market Fund may invest more than 10% of the value
of its net  assets in  securities  that at the time of  purchase  have  legal or
contractual   restrictions  on  resale  or  are  otherwise  illiquid.   Illiquid
securities  are  securities  that  cannot be  disposed  of within  seven days at
approximately the value at which they are being carried on a Fund's books.


The Board of Trustees has the ultimate  responsibility  for determining  whether
specific securities are liquid or illiquid. The Board has delegated the function
of making day to day  determinations  of liquidity  to the adviser,  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the Board.  The adviser  will  monitor the  liquidity of
securities  held by a Fund and  report  periodically  on such  decisions  to the
Board.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  SECURITIES.  The  Money  Market  Funds  may  invest  in the
securities of other money market mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by
the 1940 Act. These limitations  currently provide, in part, that a Fund may not
purchase shares of an investment  company if (a) such a purchase would cause the
Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding  voting stock
of the  investment  company or (b) such a purchase  would cause the Fund to have
more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment  company or (c) more
than 10% of the Fund's  total  assets to be  invested  in the  aggregate  in all
investment companies.  As a shareholder in an investment company, the Fund would
bear  its pro rata  portion  of the  investment  company's  expenses,  including
advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.  Each Fund's  investments of its
assets in the corresponding  Series pursuant to the master/feeder  structure are
excepted from the above limitations.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES. The Money Market Funds each may invest in debt obligations
issued by states, municipalities and public authorities ("Municipal Securities")
to obtain funds for various public purposes.  Yields on Municipal Securities are
the product of a variety of factors,  including  the general  conditions  of the
money market and of the municipal bond and municipal note markets, the size of a
particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.
Although the interest on Municipal  Securities may be exempt from federal income
tax, dividends paid by a Fund to its shareholders may not be tax-exempt. A brief
description of some typical types of municipal securities follows:


o    GENERAL OBLIGATION SECURITIES are backed by the taxing power of the issuing
     municipality and are considered the safest type of municipal bond.

                                       3
<PAGE>

o    REVENUE OR SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are backed by the revenues of a
     specific project or facility tolls from a toll bridge, for example.

o    BOND  ANTICIPATION  NOTES normally are issued to provide interim  financing
     until long-term financing can be arranged. The long-term bonds then provide
     money for the repayment of the notes.

o    TAX ANTICIPATION  NOTES finance working capital needs of municipalities and
     are issued in anticipation of various seasonal tax revenues,  to be payable
     for these specific future taxes.

o    REVENUE  ANTICIPATION  NOTES are issued in  expectation of receipt of other
     kinds of  revenue,  such as federal  revenues  available  under the Federal
     Revenue Sharing Program.

o    INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT  BONDS ("IDBs") and Private Activity Bonds ("PABs")
     are  specific  types  of  revenue  bonds  issued  on or  behalf  of  public
     authorities to finance various privately operated  facilities such as solid
     waste  facilities and sewage  plants.  PABs generally are such bonds issued
     after  April 15,  1986.  These  obligations  are  included  within the term
     "municipal  bonds"  if the  interest  paid on them is exempt  from  federal
     income tax in the opinion of the bond issuer's  counsel.  IDBs and PABs are
     in most case revenue  bonds and thus are not payable from the  unrestricted
     revenues of the issuer.  The credit quality of the IDBs and PABs is usually
     directly related to the credit standing of the user of the facilities being
     financed, or some form of credit enhancement such as a letter of credit.

o    TAX-EXEMPT  COMMERCIAL  PAPER AND  SHORT-TERM  MUNICIPAL  NOTES provide for
     short-term  capital needs and usually have  maturities of one year or less.
     They  include  tax  anticipation  notes,  revenue  anticipation  notes  and
     construction loan notes.

o    CONSTRUCTION LOAN NOTES are sold to provide construction  financing.  After
     successful  completion  and  acceptance,  many projects  receive  permanent
     financing through the Federal Housing Administration by way of "Fannie Mae"
     (the Federal National Mortgage Association) or "Ginnie Mae" (the Government
     National Mortgage Association).

o    PUT BONDS are  municipal  bonds which give the holder the right to sell the
     bond back to the issuer or a third party at a specified  price and exercise
     date, which is typically well in advance of the bond's maturity date.


REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.   The  Money  Market  Funds  may  invest  in  repurchase
agreements.  A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund purchases a
security from a bank or recognized securities dealer and simultaneously  commits
to  resell  that  security  to a bank or  dealer  at an  agreed  date and  price
reflecting  a market  rate of  interest,  unrelated  to the  coupon  rate or the
maturity of the  purchased  security.  While it is not possible to eliminate all
risks from these transactions  (particularly the possibility of a decline in the
market value of the  underlying  securities,  as well as delays and costs to the
Fund if the other party to the repurchase agreement becomes bankrupt), it is the
policy of a Fund to limit  repurchase  transactions to primary dealers and banks
whose  creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the adviser.
Repurchase  agreements  maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid
for purposes of a Fund's investment limitations.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Money  Market  Funds may from time to time lend  their
portfolio  securities  pursuant to  agreements,  which require that the loans be
continuously  secured by  collateral  equal to 100% of the  market  value of the
loaned  securities.  Such  collateral  consists of cash,  securities of the U.S.
Government or its agencies, or any combination of cash and such securities. Such
loans will not be made if, as a result,  the aggregate amount of all outstanding
securities  loans for a Fund exceed  one-third  of the value of the Fund's total
assets taken at fair market value.  A Fund will continue to receive  interest on
the securities lent while  simultaneously  earning interest on the investment of
the cash collateral in U.S. Government securities. However, a Fund will normally
pay lending fees to such  broker-dealers  and related

                                       4
<PAGE>

expenses from the interest earned on invested collateral.  There may be risks of
delay in receiving  additional  collateral  or risks of delay in recovery of the
securities and even loss of rights in the collateral  should the borrower of the
securities fail financially. However, loans are made only to borrowers deemed by
the adviser to be of good standing and when, in the judgment of the adviser, the
consideration  that can be earned currently from such securities loans justifies
the attendant risk.  Either party upon reasonable  notice to the other party may
terminate any loan.

STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.  The Money Market Funds may invest in standby commitments.
It is expected that stand-by commitments will generally be available without the
payment of any direct or  indirect  consideration.  However,  if  necessary  and
advisable,  the Funds may pay for standby  commitments either separately in cash
or by  paying a higher  price for the  obligations  acquired  subject  to such a
commitment (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same
securities).  Standby commitments  purchased by the Funds will be valued at zero
in  determining  net  asset  value  and will not  affect  the  valuation  of the
obligations  subject to the commitments.  Any  consideration  paid for a standby
commitment  will  be  accounted  for as  unrealized  depreciation  and  will  be
amortized over the period the commitment is held by a Fund.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The  Money  Market  Funds  may  invest  in  debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities.  Although all  obligations of agencies and  instrumentalities
are not direct  obligations  of the U.S.  Treasury,  payment of the interest and
principal on these obligations is generally backed directly or indirectly by the
U.S.  Government.  This support can range from securities  supported by the full
faith and credit of the United States (for example, securities of the Government
National  Mortgage  Association),  to securities  that are  supported  solely or
primarily  by the  creditworthiness  of the issuer,  such as  securities  of the
Federal National Mortgage  Association,  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation,
Tennessee Valley Authority,  Federal Farm Credit Banks and the Federal Home Loan
Banks. In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States,  a Fund must look  principally  to the agency or  instrumentality
issuing or  guaranteeing  the obligation  for ultimate  repayment and may not be
able to assert a claim  against the United States itself in the event the agency
or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

VARIABLE  AND  FLOATING  RATE  SECURITIES.  The Money Market Funds may invest in
variable and floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate
instruments  provide for the interest rate to be adjusted according to a formula
on certain  pre-determined  dates. Certain of these obligations also may carry a
demand  feature  that  gives the holder  the right to demand  prepayment  of the
principal  amount of the security prior to maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of
credit or guarantee by a bank usually backs the demand feature. Fund investments
in these  securities  must comply with  conditions  established by the SEC under
which they may be considered to have remaining maturities of 397 days or less.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES. The Money Market Funds may buy when-issued securities or
sell  securities  on a  delayed-delivery  basis.  This means that  delivery  and
payment for the securities  normally will take place approximately 15 to 90 days
after the date of the transaction.  The payment obligation and the interest rate
that  will be  received  are each  fixed at the time the buyer  enters  into the
commitment.  During the period between  purchase and  settlement,  the purchaser
makes no payment  and no  interest  accrues to the  purchaser.  However,  when a
security is sold on a delayed-delivery basis, the seller does not participate in
further  gains or losses with respect to the  security.  If the other party to a
when-issued  or  delayed-delivery  transaction  fails to transfer or pay for the
securities,  the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could
suffer a loss.

A Fund will make a commitment to purchase  when-issued  securities only with the
intention of actually acquiring the securities,  but the Fund may dispose of the
commitment  before the settlement date if it is deemed  advisable as a matter of
investment strategy. A Fund may also sell the underlying  securities before they
are delivered,  which may result in gains or losses. A separate account for each
Fund is  established  at the  custodian  bank,  into  which cash  and/or  liquid
securities equal to the amount of when-issued purchase commitments is deposited.
If the market value of the  deposited  securities  declines  additional  cash or
securities  will be placed in the  account on a daily  basis to cover the Fund's
outstanding commitments.

                                       5
<PAGE>

When a Fund  purchases  a security  on a  when-issued  basis,  the  security  is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value generally,  based upon changes in the level of interest rates.  Thus, upon
delivery, the market value of the security may be higher or lower than its cost,
and this may increase or decrease the Fund's net asset value. When payment for a
when-issued   security   is  due,  a  Fund  will  meet  its   obligations   from
then-available  cash  flow,  the  sale of the  securities  held in the  separate
account,  the sale of  other  securities  or from  the  sale of the  when-issued
securities  themselves.  The sale of securities  to meet a when-issued  purchase
obligation carries with it the potential for the realization of capital gains or
losses.

                                 THE BOND FUNDS

The  "Bond  Funds"  are the  Intermediate  Bond and the  Municipal  Bond  Funds.
Wilmington  Trust Company  ("WTC"),  the investment  adviser for the Bond Funds,
employs an  investment  process  that is  disciplined,  systematic  and oriented
toward a  quantitative  assessment  and control of  volatility.  The Bond Funds'
exposure to credit risk is moderated by limiting their investments to securities
that,  at the time of  purchase,  are  rated  investment  grade by a  nationally
recognized statistical rating organization such as Moody's, S&P, or, if unrated,
are  determined  by the adviser to be of comparable  quality.  See "Appendix B -
Description of Ratings." Ratings,  however,  are not guarantees of quality or of
stable credit quality.  Not even the highest rating  constitutes  assurance that
the  security  will  not  fluctuate  in value or that a Fund  will  receive  the
anticipated yield on the security.  WTC continuously monitors the quality of the
Funds'  holdings,  and  should the rating of a  security  be  downgraded  or its
quality be  adversely  affected,  WTC will  determine  whether it is in the best
interest of the affected Fund to retain or dispose of the security.

The effect of interest rate fluctuations in the market on the principal value of
the Bond Funds is moderated by limiting the average dollar-weighted  duration of
their  investments -- in the case of the Intermediate  Bond Fund to a range of 4
to 7 years,  and in the  case of the  Municipal  Bond  Fund to a range of 4 to 8
years. Investors may be more familiar with the term "average effective maturity"
(when,  on average,  the fixed income  securities held by the Fund will mature),
which  is  sometimes  used  to  express  the  anticipated  term  of  the  Funds'
investments. Generally, the stated maturity of a fixed income security is longer
than it's  projected  duration.  Under  normal  market  conditions,  the average
effective maturity, in the case of the Intermediate Bond Fund, within a range of
approximately 7 to 12 years, and in the case of the Municipal Bond Fund,  within
a  range  of  approximately  5 to 10  years.  In the  event  of  unusual  market
conditions,  the average dollar-weighted duration of the Funds may fall within a
broader range. Under those circumstances,  the Intermediate Bond Fund may invest
in fixed income securities with an average  dollar-weighted  duration of 2 to 10
years.

WTC's goal in managing the Intermediate  Bond Fund is to gain additional  return
by analyzing the market  complexities and individual  security  attributes which
affect the returns of fixed income  securities.  The  Intermediate  Bond Fund is
intended  to appeal to  investors  who want a  thoughtful  exposure to the broad
fixed income  securities  market and the high current returns that  characterize
the short-term to intermediate-term sector of that market.

Given the  average  duration  of the  holdings of the Bond Funds and the current
interest rate environment, the Fund should experience smaller price fluctuations
than those experienced by longer-term bond and municipal bond funds and a higher
yield than  fixed-price  money  market and  tax-exempt  money market  funds.  Of
course,  the Fund will likely  experience  larger price  fluctuations than money
market funds and a lower yield than  longer-term  bond and municipal bond funds.
Given the quality of the Fund's holdings,  which must be investment grade (rated
within the top four  categories) or comparable to investment grade securities at
the time of  purchase,  the Funds will accept lower yields in order to avoid the
credit  concerns  experienced by funds that invest in lower quality fixed income
securities.  In  addition,  although the  Municipal  Bond Fund expects to invest
substantially  all of its  net  assets  in  municipal  securities  that  provide
interest  income that is exempt from federal income tax, it may invest up to 20%
of its net  assets  in other  types  of fixed  income  securities  that  provide
federally taxable income.

The composition of each Fund's holdings varies  depending upon WTC's analysis of
the fixed income markets and the municipal securities markets (for the Municipal
Bond  Fund),  including  analysis of the most  attractive  segments of the yield
curve,  the relative value of the different  market sectors,  expected trends in
those markets and supply versus demand  pressures.  Securities  purchased by the
Funds  may be  purchased

                                       6
<PAGE>

on the  basis of their  yield or  potential  capital  appreciation  or both.  By
maintaining each Fund's  specified  average  duration,  WTC seeks to protect the
Fund's principal value by reducing  fluctuations in value relative to those that
may be experienced by bond funds with longer  average  durations.  This strategy
may reduce the level of income  attained  by the Funds.  Of course,  there is no
guarantee  that  principal  value can be  protected  during  periods  of extreme
interest rate volatility.

WTC may make frequent  changes in the Funds'  investments,  particularly  during
periods of rapidly  fluctuating  interest  rates.  These frequent  changes would
involve  transaction  costs to the  Funds and could  result in  taxable  capital
gains.

ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The Bond  Funds may  purchase  interests  in pools of
obligations,  such as  credit  card or  automobile  loan  receivables,  purchase
contracts and financing leases.  Such securities are also known as "asset-backed
securities,"  and the holders thereof may be entitled to receive a fixed rate of
interest,  a variable  rate that is  periodically  reset to reflect  the current
market rate or an auction rate that is periodically reset at auction.

Asset-backed   securities  are  typically  supported  by  some  form  of  credit
enhancement, such as cash collateral, subordinated tranches, a letter of credit,
surety bond or limited guaranty.  Credit  enhancements do not provide protection
against changes in the market value of the security.  If the credit  enhancement
is exhausted or withdrawn,  security holders may experience  losses or delays in
payment if required payments of principal and interest are not made with respect
to the underlying obligations. Except in very limited circumstances, there is no
recourse   against  the  vendors  or  lessors  that  originated  the  underlying
obligations.

Asset-backed  securities  are  likely  to  involve  unscheduled  prepayments  of
principal  that may  affect  yield to  maturity,  result in  losses,  and may be
reinvested at higher or lower interest rates than the original  investment.  The
yield to maturity of asset-backed  securities that represent  residual interests
in payments of principal or interest in fixed income obligations is particularly
sensitive to prepayments.

The value of  asset-backed  securities  may  change  because  of  changes in the
market's perception of the  creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool
of underlying obligations,  the originator of those obligations or the financial
institution providing credit enhancement.

BANK OBLIGATIONS.  The Bond Funds may invest in the same U.S. dollar-denominated
obligations of major banks as the Money Market Fund.  (See "Money Market Funds -
Bank Obligations.")

CORPORATE  BONDS,  NOTES AND  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The Bond  Funds may  invest in
corporate  bonds,  notes  and  commercial  paper.  These  obligations  generally
represent   indebtedness  of  the  issuer  and  may  be  subordinated  to  other
outstanding indebtedness of the issuer.  Commercial paper consists of short-term
unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to finance  their
current operations. The Funds will only invest in commercial paper rated, at the
time of purchase, in the highest category by a nationally recognized statistical
rating organization,  such as Moody's or S&P or, if not rated, determined by WTC
to be of comparable quality.


FIXED INCOME  SECURITIES WITH BUY-BACK  FEATURES.  Fixed income  securities with
buy-back  features enable the Bond Funds to recover principal upon tendering the
securities to the issuer or a third party.  Letters of credit issued by domestic
or foreign banks often supports these buy-back features. In evaluating a foreign
bank's credit,  WTC considers whether adequate public information about the bank
is  available  and whether the bank may be subject to  unfavorable  political or
economic developments, currency controls or other governmental restrictions that
could  adversely  affect the bank's  ability to honor its  commitment  under the
letter of credit. The Municipal Bond Fund will not acquire municipal  securities
with  buy-back  features  if, in the  opinion of  counsel,  the  existence  of a
buy-back feature would alter the tax-exempt  nature of interest  payments on the
underlying  securities  and cause those  payments to be taxable to that Fund and
its shareholders.

Buy-back features include standby commitments, put bonds and demand features.

o    STANDBY  COMMITMENTS.  The Bond Funds may acquire standby  commitments from
     broker-dealers,  banks or other  financial  intermediaries  to enhance  the
     liquidity of portfolio securities.  A standby commitment entitles a Fund to
     same day settlement at amortized cost plus accrued interest, if any, at the
     time  of  exercise.  The  amount  payable  by the  issuer  of  the  standby
     commitment  during the time that the

                                       7
<PAGE>

     commitment is exercisable  generally  approximates  the market value of the
     securities  underlying the commitment.  Standby  commitments are subject to
     the risk that the issuer of a  commitment  may not be in a position  to pay
     for the securities at the time that the commitment is exercised.

     Ordinarily, a Fund will not transfer a standby commitment to a third party,
     although the Fund may sell  securities  subject to a standby  commitment at
     any time.  A Fund may  purchase  standby  commitments  separate  from or in
     conjunction with the purchase of the securities subject to the commitments.
     In the  latter  case,  the Fund may pay a higher  price for the  securities
     acquired in consideration for the commitment.

o    PUT BONDS.  A put bond (also  referred to as a tender option or third party
     bond) is a bond created by coupling an intermediate or long-term fixed rate
     bond with an agreement  giving the holder the option of tendering  the bond
     to receive  its par value.  As  consideration  for  providing  this  tender
     option,  the sponsor of the bond  (usually a bank,  broker-dealer  or other
     financial  intermediary)  receives  periodic fees that equal the difference
     between  the  bond's  fixed  coupon  rate  and the  rate  (determined  by a
     remarketing or similar  agent) that would cause the bond,  coupled with the
     tender option,  to trade at par. By paying the tender offer fees, a Fund in
     effect  holds a demand  obligation  that bears  interest at the  prevailing
     short-term rate.

     In selecting put bonds for the Bond Funds, WTC takes into consideration the
     creditworthiness   of  the  issuers  of  the   underlying   bonds  and  the
     creditworthiness of the providers of the tender option features.  A sponsor
     may withdraw the tender option feature if the issuer of the underlying bond
     defaults on interest or principal payments, the bond's rating is downgraded
     or, in the case of a municipal bond, the bond loses its tax-exempt status.

o    DEMAND  FEATURES.  Many variable rate securities carry demand features that
     permit  the  holder  to demand  repayment  of the  principal  amount of the
     underlying  securities  plus  accrued  interest,  if any,  upon a specified
     number of days' notice to the issuer or its agent.  A demand feature may be
     exercisable at any time or at specified intervals. Variable rate securities
     with demand  features  are  treated as having a maturity  equal to the time
     remaining  before the  holder can next  demand  payment of  principal.  The
     issuer of a demand  feature  instrument may have a  corresponding  right to
     prepay the outstanding  principal of the instrument plus accrued  interest,
     if any,  upon notice  comparable  to that required for the holder to demand
     payment.

GUARANTEED INVESTMENT  CONTRACTS.  A guaranteed investment contract ("GIC") is a
general obligation of an insurance  company. A GIC is generally  structured as a
deferred annuity under which the purchaser agrees to pay a given amount of money
to an insurer (either in a lump sum or in installments) and the insurer promises
to pay interest at a guaranteed  rate (either fixed or variable) for the life of
the  contract.   Some  GICs  provide  that  the  insurer  may  periodically  pay
discretionary  excess interest over and above the guaranteed  rate. At the GIC's
maturity, the purchaser generally is given the option of receiving payment or an
annuity.  Certain GICs may have features that permit redemption by the issuer at
a discount from par value.

Generally, GICs are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the
issuer.  As a result,  the  acquisition  of GICs is subject  to the  limitations
applicable to each Fund's acquisition of illiquid and restricted securities. The
holder of a GIC is dependent on the creditworthiness of the issuer as to whether
the issuer is able to meet its obligations.  No Fund intends to invest more than
5% of its net assets in GICs.

ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  No Bond Fund may invest more than 15% of the value of its
net assets in securities  that at the time of purchase have legal or contractual
restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid.

                                       8
<PAGE>

MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Bond Funds may invest in the securities of money market
mutual funds,  within the limits  prescribed by the 1940 Act. (See "Money Market
Funds - Investment Company Securities.")

MORTGAGE-BACKED   SECURITIES.    Mortgage-backed   securities   are   securities
representing interests in a pool of mortgages secured by real property.

Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities are
securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans to residential home
buyers made by lenders such as mortgage  bankers,  commercial  banks and savings
associations and are either guaranteed by the Federal Housing  Administration or
insured by the Veterans Administration. Timely payment of interest and principal
on each  mortgage  loan is  backed  by the full  faith  and  credit  of the U.S.
Government.

The  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA")  and  Federal  Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC") both issue  mortgage-backed  securities that are
similar to GNMA securities in that they represent interests in pools of mortgage
loans.  FNMA  guarantees  timely  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on  its
certificates  and FHLMC  guarantees  timely  payment of  interest  and  ultimate
payment of principal.  FHLMC also has a program under which it guarantees timely
payment of scheduled  principal as well as interest.  FNMA and FHLMC  guarantees
are backed  only by those  agencies  and not by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government.

In the  case of  mortgage-backed  securities  that  are not  backed  by the U.S.
Government  or one of its agencies,  a loss could be incurred if the  collateral
backing  these  securities  is  insufficient.  This may occur  even  though  the
collateral is U.S. Government-backed.

Most  mortgage-backed  securities pass monthly payment of principal and interest
through to the holder after deduction of a servicing fee. However, other payment
arrangements  are  possible.  Payments  may be made to the holder on a different
schedule than that on which payments are received from the borrower,  including,
but not limited to, weekly,  bi-weekly and  semiannually.  The monthly principal
and interest  payments also are not always passed through to the holder on a PRO
RATA basis. In the case of collateralized  mortgage  obligations  ("CMOs"),  the
pool is divided into two or more tranches and special rules for the disbursement
of principal and interest payments are established.

CMO residuals are derivative  securities that generally  represent  interests in
any excess cash flow remaining after making  required  payments of principal and
interest to the holders of the CMOs  described  above.  Yield to maturity on CMO
residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments.  In addition,  if a series of a
CMO includes a class that bears  interest at an  adjustable  rate,  the yield to
maturity on the related CMO  residual  also will be  extremely  sensitive to the
level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS") are derivative multi-class mortgage
securities  and may be  issued  by  agencies  or  instrumentalities  of the U.S.
Government or by private mortgage lenders.  SMBS usually are structured with two
classes that receive  different  proportions  of the interest  and/or  principal
distributions  on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one
class of holders receiving all interest payments -"interest only" or "IO" -- and
another class of holders receiving the principal  repayments -- "principal only"
or "PO." The yield to maturity of IO and PO classes is  extremely  sensitive  to
prepayments on the underlying mortgage assets.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES.  Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by or on
behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District
of  Columbia  and  their  sub-divisions,  agencies  and  instrumentalities,  the
interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from federal income
tax.  These debt  obligations  are  issued to obtain  funds for  various  public
purposes, such as the construction of public facilities,  the payment of general
operating  expenses or the  refunding  of  outstanding  debts.  They may also be
issued to finance  various  privately  owned or operated  activities.  The three
general categories of municipal  securities are general  obligation,  revenue or
special   obligation  and  private  activity  municipal   securities.   A  brief
description of typical municipal securities follows:

o    GENERAL OBLIGATION SECURITIES are backed by the taxing power of the issuing
     municipality  and are  considered  the safest type of municipal  bond.  The
     proceeds

                                       9
<PAGE>

     from general obligation  securities are used to fund a wide range of public
     projects,  including the  construction or improvement of schools,  highways
     and roads, and water and sewer systems.

o    REVENUE OR SPECIAL  OBLIGATION  SECURITIES  are backed by the revenues of a
     specific project or facility - tolls from a toll bridge,  for example.  The
     proceeds from revenue or special  obligation  securities are used to fund a
     wide variety of capital projects,  including electric, gas, water and sewer
     systems;  highways,  bridges  and  tunnels;  port and  airport  facilities;
     colleges and  universities;  and  hospitals.  Many  municipal  issuers also
     establish a debt  service  reserve fund from which  principal  and interest
     payments  are made.  Further  security  may be available in the form of the
     state's  ability,  without  obligation,  to make up deficits in the reserve
     fund.

o    MUNICIPAL  LEASE  OBLIGATIONS  may take the form of a lease, an installment
     purchase  or  a  conditional  sale  contract  issued  by  state  and  local
     governments  and  authorities  to acquire land,  equipment and  facilities.
     Usually,  the Funds will purchase a  participation  interest in a municipal
     lease  obligation  from  a  bank  or  other  financial  intermediary.   The
     participation  interest gives the holder a pro rata,  undivided interest in
     the total amount of the obligation.

     Municipal leases  frequently have risks distinct from those associated with
     general  obligation or revenue  bonds.  The interest  income from the lease
     obligation may become  taxable if the lease is assigned.  Also, to free the
     municipal   issuer  from   constitutional   or  statutory   debt   issuance
     limitations,  many leases and contracts include  non-appropriation  clauses
     providing that the  municipality  has no obligation to make future payments
     under the lease or contract unless money is  appropriated  for that purpose
     by the municipality on a yearly or other periodic basis. Finally, the lease
     may be illiquid.

o    RESOURCE  RECOVERY  BONDS are  affected by a number of  factors,  which may
     affect  the  value  and  credit   quality  of  these   revenue  or  special
     obligations.  These  factors  include the  viability  of the project  being
     financed,  environmental  protection  regulations and project  operator tax
     incentives.

o    PRIVATE  ACTIVITY  SECURITIES are specific types of revenue bonds issued on
     behalf  of  public   authorities  to  finance  various  privately  operated
     facilities  such as  educational,  hospital  or housing  facilities,  local
     facilities  for water  supply,  gas,  electricity,  sewage  or solid  waste
     disposal, and industrial or commercial facilities. The payment of principal
     and interest on these obligations  generally depends upon the credit of the
     private  owner/user of the facilities  financed and, in certain  instances,
     the pledge of real and  personal  property by the private  owner/user.  The
     interest  income from certain types of private  activity  securities may be
     considered a tax  preference  item for purposes of the federal  alternative
     minimum tax ("Tax Preference Item").

Short-term  municipal  securities  in which  the Funds may  invest  include  Tax
Anticipation,  Revenue  Anticipation,  Bond  Anticipation and Construction  Loan
Notes.  These were  previously  described for the Money Market Funds (See "Money
Market Funds - Municipal Securities.")


OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT  STRATEGIES.   Although  the
Municipal Bond Fund has no current  intention of so doing, each of the Bond Fund
may use options  and  futures  contracts.  The  Intermediate  Bond Funds may use
forward currency contracts. For additional information regarding such investment
strategies, see Appendix A to this Statement of Additional Information.

PARTICIPATION INTERESTS. The Bond Funds may invest in participation interests in
fixed income  securities.  A  participation  interest  provides the  certificate
holder with a specified interest in an issue of fixed income securities.

Some  participation  interests  give  the  holders  differing  interests  in the
underlying  securities,   depending  upon  the  type  or  class  of  certificate
purchased.  For example,  coupon strip certificates give the holder the right to

                                       10
<PAGE>

receive a specific  portion of interest  payments on the underlying  securities;
principal  strip  certificates  give the holder  the right to receive  principal
payments  and the portion of interest  not payable to coupon  strip  certificate
holders.  Holders of certificates of participation  in interest  payments may be
entitled  to  receive  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  a  variable  rate  that is
periodically reset to reflect the current market rate or an auction rate that is
periodically reset at auction. Asset-backed residuals represent interests in any
excess cash flow  remaining  after  required  payments of principal and interest
have been made.

More complex participation interests involve special risk considerations.  Since
these  instruments have only recently been developed,  there can be no assurance
that any market will develop or be maintained  for the  instruments.  Generally,
the fixed income securities that are deposited in trust for the holders of these
interests are the sole source of payments on the interests;  holders cannot look
to the sponsor or trustee of the trust or to the issuers of the securities  held
in trust or to any of their affiliates for payment.

Participation interests purchased at a discount may experience price volatility.
Certain  types of interests  are sensitive to  fluctuations  in market  interest
rates  and  to  prepayments  on the  underlying  securities.  A  rapid  rate  of
prepayment can result in the failure to recover the holder's initial investment.

The  extent  to which the  yield to  maturity  of a  participation  interest  is
sensitive  to  prepayments  depends,  in part,  upon  whether the  interest  was
purchased  at a discount  or  premium,  and if so, the size of that  discount or
premium.  Generally,  if a participation  interest is purchased at a premium and
principal distributions occur at a rate faster than that anticipated at the time
of  purchase,  the  holder's  actual  yield to maturity  will be lower than that
assumed at the time of  purchase.  Conversely,  if a  participation  interest is
purchased at a discount and principal  distributions occur at a rate faster than
that assumed at the time of purchase,  the  investor's  actual yield to maturity
will be higher than that assumed at the time of purchase.

Participation  interests in pools of fixed income  securities  backed by certain
types of debt obligations  involve special risk  considerations.  The issuers of
securities backed by automobile and truck  receivables  typically file financing
statements  evidencing security interests in the receivables,  and the servicers
of  those  obligations  take  and  retain  custody  of the  obligations.  If the
servicers,  in  contravention  of their duty to the  holders  of the  securities
backed  by the  receivables,  were to sell  the  obligations,  the  third  party
purchasers  could  acquire an interest  superior to the interest of the security
holders. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle must be
noted  on the  certificate  of title  and the  certificate  of title  may not be
amended to reflect the assignment of the lender's security interest.  Therefore,
the  recovery of the  collateral  in some cases may not be  available to support
payments on the  securities.  Securities  backed by credit card  receivables are
generally  unsecured,  and both federal and state consumer  protection  laws may
allow set-offs against certain amounts owed.

The Municipal Bond Fund will only invest in participation interests in municipal
securities,  municipal  leases or in pools of  securities  backed  by  municipal
assets if, in the opinion of counsel,  any interest income on the  participation
interest  will be  exempt  from  federal  income  tax to the same  extent as the
interest on the underlying securities.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The  Bond  Funds  may  invest  in the  same  repurchase
agreements,  as the Money Market  Funds.  (See "Money  Market Funds - Repurchase
Agreements.")

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Bond Funds may lend securities,  which were previously
described  under "Money Market Funds - Securities  Lending." The Municipal  Bond
Fund has no current  intention of lending its portfolio  securities and would do
so only under unusual market  conditions  since the interest  income that a Fund
receives from lending its securities is taxable.

U.S.  GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Bond  Funds  may  invest  in the  same  debt
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities  as the Money  Market  Fund.  (See "Money  Market Funds - U.S.
Government Obligations.")

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE SECURITIES. The Bond Funds may invest in variable and
floating rate  securities.  The terms of variable and floating rate  instruments
provide for the interest  rate to be adjusted  according to a formula on certain
pre-determined  dates.  Certain  of these  obligations  also may  carry a demand
feature that gives the holder the right to demand  prepayment  of the  principal
amount of the security

                                       11
<PAGE>

prior to  maturity.  An  irrevocable  letter of credit  or  guarantee  by a bank
usually backs the demand  feature.  Fund  investments in these  securities  must
comply with conditions established by the SEC under which they may be considered
to have remaining maturities of 397 days or less.

Each of the Bond Funds may also purchase inverse floaters that are floating rate
instruments  whose interest rates bear an inverse  relationship  to the interest
rate on another security or the value of an index.  Changes in the interest rate
on the other  security or index  inversely  affect the interest rate paid on the
inverse  floater,   with  the  result  that  the  inverse   floater's  price  is
considerably more volatile than that of a fixed rate security.  For example,  an
issuer may decide to issue two  variable  rate  instruments  instead of a single
long-term,  fixed  rate  bond.  The  interest  rate on one  instrument  reflects
short-term  interest rates, while the interest rate on the other instrument (the
inverse  floater)  reflects the approximate rate the issuer would have paid on a
fixed rate bond multiplied by two minus the interest rate paid on the short-term
instrument.  Depending on market availability, the two variable rate instruments
may be  combined to form a fixed rate bond.  The market for inverse  floaters is
relatively new.

WHEN-ISSUED  SECURITIES.  The Bond Funds may buy when-issued  securities or sell
securities on a delayed-delivery  basis,  which were previously  described under
"Money Market Funds - When-Issued Securities."

The  Municipal  Bond Fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  basis in
connection  with  the  refinancing  of  an  issuer's  outstanding   indebtedness
("refunding contracts"). These contracts require the issuer to sell and the Fund
to buy municipal  obligations  at a stated price and yield on a settlement  date
that may be several months or several years in the future. The offering proceeds
are  then  used  to  refinance  existing  municipal  obligations.  Although  the
Municipal  Bond  Fund  may sell  its  rights  under a  refunding  contract,  the
secondary  market for these  contracts  may be less  liquid  than the  secondary
market for other types of municipal  securities.  The Fund generally will not be
obligated  to pay the  full  purchase  price  if it  fails  to  perform  under a
refunding contract.  Instead, refunding contracts usually provide for payment of
liquidated  damages to the issuer (currently 15-20% of the purchase price).  The
Fund  may  secure  its  obligation  under a  refunding  contract  by  depositing
collateral or a letter of credit equal to the  liquidated  damages  provision of
the refunding  contract.  When required by  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
("SEC") guidelines,  the Fund will place liquid assets in a segregated custodial
account  equal  in  amount  to  its  obligations  under  outstanding   refunding
contracts.

ZERO  COUPON  BONDS.  The  Bond  Funds  may  invest  in  zero  coupon  bonds  of
governmental  or private issuers that generally pay no interest to their holders
prior  to  maturity.  Since  zero  coupon  bonds do not  make  regular  interest
payments,  they  allow an  issuer  to avoid  the need to  generate  cash to meet
current interest payments and may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying
interest  currently.  Tax laws requiring the distribution of accrued discount on
the bonds,  even though no cash  equivalent  thereto has been paid,  may cause a
Fund to liquidate investments in order to make the required distributions.

RISK FACTORS APPLICABLE TO THE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND:
HEALTH CARE SECTOR.  The health care industry is subject to regulatory action by
a number of private and  governmental  agencies,  including  federal,  state and
local  governmental  agencies.  A major  source of revenues  for the industry is
payments from the Medicare and Medicaid  programs.  As a result, the industry is
sensitive to  legislative  changes and reductions in  governmental  spending for
those programs.  Numerous other factors may affect the industry, such as general
and  local  economic  conditions;   demand  for  services;  expenses  (including
malpractice insurance premiums) and competition among health care providers.  In
the  future,  the  following  may  adversely  affect the  industry:  adoption of
legislation   proposing  a  national  health  insurance  program;   medical  and
technological  advances which alter the demand for health services or the way in
which such  services  are  provided;  and  efforts by  employers,  insurers  and
governmental  agencies to reduce the costs of health  insurance  and health care
services.

Health  care  facilities  include  life  care  facilities,   nursing  homes  and
hospitals.  The  Municipal  Bond  Fund may  invest  in bonds  to  finance  these
facilities  which are typically  secured by the revenues from the facilities and
not by state or local  government  tax payments.  Moreover,  in the case of life
care facilities, since a portion of housing, medical care and other services may
be financed by an initial deposit, there may be a risk of default in the payment
of  principal  or interest  on a bond issue if the  facility  does not  maintain
adequate financial reserves for debt service.

                                       12
<PAGE>

HOUSING  SECTOR.  The  Municipal  Bond Fund may invest in housing  revenue bonds
which  typically are issued by state,  county and local housing  authorities and
are secured only by the revenues of mortgages  originated  by those  authorities
using the proceeds of the bond issues.  Factors that may affect the financing of
multi-family  housing  projects include  acceptable  completion of construction,
proper management, occupancy and rent levels, economic conditions and changes in
regulatory requirements.


Since the demand  for  mortgages  from the  proceeds  of a bond issue  cannot be
precisely predicted, the proceeds may be in excess of demand, which would result
in early  retirement  of the  bonds by the  issuer.  Since  the cash  flow  from
mortgages  cannot be precisely  predicted,  differences  in the actual cash flow
from the  assumed  cash flow  could  have an adverse  impact  upon the  issuer's
ability to make scheduled  payments of principal and interest or could result in
early retirement of the bonds.

Scheduled principal and interest payments are often made from reserve or sinking
funds. These reserves are funded from the bond proceeds,  assuming certain rates
of return on investment of the reserve funds. If the assumed rates of return are
not realized  because of changes in interest  rate levels or for other  reasons,
the actual cash flow for  scheduled  payments of  principal  and interest on the
bonds may be inadequate.

ELECTRIC UTILITIES SECTOR. The electric utilities industry has experienced,  and
may experience in the future:  problems in financing large construction programs
in an  inflationary  period;  cost increases and delays caused by  environmental
considerations  (particularly with respect to nuclear facilities);  difficulties
in obtaining  fuel at  reasonable  prices;  the effects of  conservation  on the
demand for energy;  increased  competition from alternative energy sources;  and
the effects of rapidly changing licensing and safety requirements.

PROPOSED  LEGISLATION.  From time to time, proposals have been introduced before
Congress for the purpose of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal income tax
exemption for interest on debt obligations  issued by states and their political
subdivisions.  For example,  federal tax law now limits the types and amounts of
tax-exempt bonds issuable for industrial  development and other types of private
activities. These limitations may affect the future supply and yields of private
activity  securities.  Further  proposals  affecting  the  value  of  tax-exempt
securities  may be introduced in the future.  In addition,  proposals  have been
made,  such as that involving the "flat tax," that could reduce or eliminate the
value  of that  exemption.  If the  availability  of  municipal  securities  for
investment  or  the  value  of the  Municipal  Bond  Fund's  holdings  could  be
materially  affected by such changes in the law, the Trustees  would  reevaluate
the Fund's investment objective and policies or consider the Fund's dissolution.


FUND TURNOVER.  Fund turnover rates for the Series and its predecessor  fund for
the past 2 years, (or since the date of inception, if applicable) were:


                          12 MONTHS ENDED     12 MONTHS ENDED
                              6/30/00             6/30/99
                          ---------------     ---------------
Intermediate Bond              53.23%              36.22%

Municipal Bond                 50.26%              23.93%


                                THE EQUITY FUNDS

The "Equity Funds" are the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap Value and the Small Cap
Value Funds.

CASH  MANAGEMENT.  The  Equity  Fund may  invest  in cash and cash  equivalents,
including  high-quality money market instruments and money market funds in order
to manage cash flow. Certain of these instruments are described below.

o    MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  The Equity Funds may invest in the securities of other
     money market mutual funds, within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act.

o    U.S. GOVERNMENT  OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity Funds may invest in the same debt
     securities  issued or  guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies or
     instrumentalities  as the Money Market  Funds.  (See "Money  Market Funds -
     U.S. Government Obligations.")

                                       13
<PAGE>

o    COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The  Equity  Funds  may  invest  in  commercial  paper.
     Commercial  paper  consists  of  short-term  (up  to  270  days)  unsecured
     promissory  notes issued by  corporations in order to finance their current
     operations.  The Funds may invest  only in  commercial  paper  rated A-1 or
     higher by S&P or  Moody's  or if not rated,  determined  by the  adviser or
     sub-adviser to be of comparable quality.

o    BANK  OBLIGATIONS.  The Equity Funds may invest in the same  obligations of
     U.S.  banks as the Money  Market  Funds.  (See "Money  Market  Funds - Bank
     Obligations.")

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible securities have characteristics similar to
both fixed income and equity securities.  Because of the conversion feature, the
market value of  convertible  securities  tends to move together with the market
value of the underlying  stock. As a result,  a Fund's  selection of convertible
securities  is  based,  to  a  great  extent,   on  the  potential  for  capital
appreciation  that may exist in the underlying  stock.  The value of convertible
securities is also affected by prevailing  interest rates, the credit quality of
the issuers and any call provisions.

The Equity Funds may invest in  convertible  securities  that are rated,  at the
time of  purchase,  in the  three  highest  rating  categories  by a  nationally
recognized  statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") such as Moody's or S&P, or
if unrated,  are determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality.  Ratings
represent the rating agency's opinion  regarding the quality of the security and
are not a guarantee  of quality.  Should the rating of a security be  downgraded
subsequent  to a Fund's  purchase of the  security,  the adviser will  determine
whether it is in the best interest of the Fund to retain the security.

DEBT  SECURITIES.  Debt  securities  represent money borrowed that obligates the
issuer (e.g., a corporation,  municipality,  government,  government  agency) to
repay the borrowed  amount at maturity  (when the obligation is due and payable)
and usually to pay the holder interest at specific times.

HEDGING  STRATEGIES.  The Equity Funds may engage in certain hedging  strategies
that involve  options and futures.  These  hedging  strategies  are described in
detail in Appendix A.

ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  Each of the Funds may  invest no more than 10% of its net
assets in  securities  that at the time of  purchase  have legal or  contractual
restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid. If the limitations on illiquid
securities are exceeded,  other than by a change in market values, the condition
will be reported by the Fund's investment adviser to the Board of Trustees.

OPTIONS  ON  SECURITIES  AND  SECURITIES  INDEXES.  The Large Cap Value Fund may
purchase call options on securities  that the adviser  intends to include in the
Fund in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase or attempt to enhance return
by, for  example,  participating  in an  anticipated  increase in the value of a
security.  The Fund may purchase  put options to hedge  against a decline in the
market value of securities  held in the Fund or in an attempt to enhance return.
The Fund may write (sell) put and covered call  options on  securities  in which
they are authorized to invest.  The Fund may also purchase put and call options,
and write put and covered call options on U.S. securities  indexes.  Stock index
options serve to hedge against overall  fluctuations  in the securities  markets
rather than  anticipated  increases  or  decreases  in the value of a particular
security. Of the 65% of the total assets of the Fund that are invested in equity
(or related) securities, the Fund may not invest more than 10% of such assets in
covered call options on securities and/or options on securities indices.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The  Equity  Funds may  invest  in the same  repurchase
agreements,  as the Money Market  Funds.  (See "Money  Market Funds - Repurchase
Agreements.")

RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold
to the  public  without  registration  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933 or an
exemption  from  registration.  Each of the Equity Funds may invest up to 10% of
its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.   Restricted  securities,  including
securities eligible for re-sale under 1933 Act Rule 144A, that are determined to
be liquid are not subject to this limitation.  This  determination is to be made
by the adviser or a sub-adviser  pursuant to guidelines  adopted by the Board of
Trustees. Under these guidelines, the adviser or a sub-adviser will consider the
frequency

                                       14
<PAGE>

of trades and quotes for the  security,  the number of dealers in, and potential
purchasers  for, the  securities,  dealer  undertakings  to make a market in the
security,  and the nature of the  security  and of the  marketplace  trades.  In
purchasing such restricted  securities,  the adviser or a sub-adviser intends to
purchase  securities that are exempt from registration under Rule 144A under the
1933 Act.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  The Equity Funds may lend  securities  subject to the same
conditions  applicable  to  the  Bond  Funds.  (See  "Bond  Funds  -  Securities
Lending.")

FUND TURNOVER. Fund turnover rates for the past 2 years, (or since inception, if
applicable) were:


                          12 MONTHS ENDED     12 MONTHS ENDED
                              6/30/00             6/30/99
                          ---------------     ---------------
Large Cap Value               136.00%              67.05%

Mid Cap Value                 274.00%             118.00%

Small Cap Value                96.00%              64.00%

                             INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Except as otherwise provided,  the Funds and their  corresponding  master series
have adopted the investment  limitations set forth below.  Limitations which are
designated as fundamental  policies may not be changed  without the  affirmative
vote of the  lessor  of (i) 67% or more of the  shares  of a Fund  present  at a
shareholders  meeting if holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of
the  Fund are  present  in  person  or by  proxy  or (ii)  more  than 50% of the
outstanding  shares of a Fund. If any  percentage  restriction  on investment or
utilization  of assets is adhered to at the time an  investment is made, a later
change in  percentage  resulting  from a change in the market values of a Fund's
assets or  redemptions  of shares  will not be  considered  a  violation  of the
limitation.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS:
Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities of such issuer,  or
the Fund would own or hold 10% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of
that issuer, provided that (1) the Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets
without regard to these  limitations;  and (2) these limitations do not apply to
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of one or more issuers
having their principal business  activities in the same industry,  however,  the
Fund may invest more than 25% of its total assets in the obligations of banks;

3. borrow money, except (1) from a bank for temporary or emergency purposes (not
for  leveraging  or  investment)  or  (2)  by  engaging  in  reverse  repurchase
agreements if the Fund's  borrowings do not exceed an amount equal to 33 1/3% of
the current value of its assets taken at market value,  less  liabilities  other
than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets;

5. underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be
considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition of any
portfolio security;

6.  purchase  or sell  real  estate,  provided  that  the  Fund  may  invest  in
obligations secured by real estate or interests therein or obligations issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein;

                                       15
<PAGE>

7. purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts,  provided that currencies
and currency-related contracts will not be deemed physical commodities; or

8. issue senior securities,  except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that
the Fund is permitted to incur, provided that the Fund's use of options, futures
contracts and options thereon or  currency-related  contracts will not be deemed
to be senior securities for this purpose.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT INVESTMENT
TRUST I.

With respect to the exclusion from the investment limitation described in number
2 above, the Fund has been advised that it is the SEC staff's current  position,
that the  exclusion may be applied only to U.S.  bank  obligations;  the Premier
Money Market Fund, however, will consider both foreign and U.S. bank obligations
within this exclusion.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply  to the Fund  unless  otherwise
indicated,  and the  Board of  Trustees  may  change  them  without  shareholder
approval.

Each Fund will not:

1. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

2. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities;

3. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets,  and if at any time the Fund's bank borrowings exceed
its  fundamental  borrowing  limitations  due to a decline in net  assets,  such
borrowings will be promptly  (within 3 days) reduced to the extent  necessary to
comply with such limitations;

4. make loans of portfolio securities unless such loans are fully collateralized
by cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities,  or any combination of cash and securities,  marked to market
daily; or

5. purchase the  securities of any one issuer if as a result more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, provided
that this  limitation  does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the
U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

BOND FUNDS:
Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities  of any one issuer if, as a result,  more than 5% of
the Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities of such issuer,  or
the Fund would own or hold 10% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of
that  issuer,  provided  that (1) each  Fund may  invest  up to 25% of its total
assets without  regard to these  limitations;  and (2) these  limitations do not
apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities;

2. purchase the  securities of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of one or more issuers
having their principal business  activities in the same industry,  provided that
this  limitation  does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
Government,  its agencies or instrumentalities  (including repurchase agreements
fully collateralized by U.S. Government  obligations) or to tax-exempt municipal
securities;

                                       16
<PAGE>

3.  borrow  money,  provided  that the Fund may  borrow  money  from  banks  for
temporary  or  emergency  purposes  (not for  leveraging  or  investment)  or by
engaging in reverse repurchase agreements if the Fund's borrowings do not exceed
an amount  equal to 33 1/3% of the current  value of its assets  taken at market
value, less liabilities other than borrowings;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan  transactions
limited to 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund's total assets;

5. underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be
considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition of any
portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate or real estate  limited  partnership  interests,
provided  that the Fund may  invest in  obligations  secured  by real  estate or
interests therein or obligations  issued by companies that invest in real estate
or interests therein, including real estate investment trusts;

7.  purchase  or sell  physical  commodities  or  commodities  contracts  except
financial and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon, options on
foreign currencies and forward currency contracts; or

8. issue senior securities,  except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that
the Fund is  permitted  to incur,  provided  that  futures,  options and forward
currency transactions will not be deemed to be senior securities for purposes of
this limitation.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT INVESTMENT
TRUST I.

The following  non-fundamental policies apply to each Fund and may be changed by
the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. Each Fund will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage  or  hypothecate  its  assets,  except the Fund may pledge
securities having a market value at the time of the pledge not exceeding 33 1/3%
of the value of its total assets to secure borrowings,  and the Fund may deposit
initial  and  variation  margin  in  connection  with  transactions  in  futures
contracts and options on futures contracts;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

3. purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
provided  that the Fund  may make  initial  and  variation  margin  deposits  in
connection with permitted transactions in options or futures;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets;

5. when engaging in options, futures and forward currency contract strategies, a
Fund will  either:  (1) set  aside  cash or liquid  securities  in a  segregated
account  with  the  Fund's  custodian  in the  prescribed  amount;  or (2)  hold
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset  ("cover") its obligations  thereunder.  Securities,  currencies or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
the strategy is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar assets;

6. purchase  or sell  non-hedging  futures  contracts  or  related  options  if
aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions would
exceed  5% of  the  Fund's  total  assets.  For  purposes  of  this  limitation,
unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any open contracts are taken into
account,  and the  in-the-money  amount of an option that is in-the-money at the
time of purchase is excluded; or

                                       17
<PAGE>

7. write put or call options having  aggregate  exercise prices greater than 25%
of the Fund's net assets, except with respect to options attached to or acquired
with or traded  together with their  underlying  securities and securities  that
incorporate features similar to options.

EQUITY FUNDS:
Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1. purchase the  securities of any one issuer,  if as a result,  more than 5% of
the Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities of such issuer,  or
the Fund would own or hold 10% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of
that  issuer,  provided  that (1) each  Fund may  invest  up to 25% of its total
assets  without  regard to these  limitations  and (2) these  limitations do not
apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or
instrumentalities;

2. purchase  securities  of any  issuer  if, as a result,  more than 25% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of one or more issuers
having their principal  business  activities in the same industry,  however this
limitation  does not apply to  investments in short-term  obligations  issued or
guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities;

3. borrow  money,  however the Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency
purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests, in amounts up to 33 1/3%
of a Fund's assets;

4. make loans to other  persons,  except by (1)  purchasing  debt  securities in
accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations; (2) entering
into repurchase agreements; or (3) engaging in securities loan transactions;

5. underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be
considered to be acting as underwriter in connection with the disposition of any
portfolio security;

6. purchase or sell real estate.  The Funds  additionally  may not invest in any
interest in real estate except  securities  issued or guaranteed by corporate or
governmental  entities  secured by real  estate or  interests  therein,  such as
mortgage  pass-throughs and collateralized  mortgage  obligations,  or issued by
companies that invest in real estate or interests therein;

7. purchase or sell physical commodities.  The Funds additionally are restricted
from  purchasing  or selling  contracts,  options or  options  on  contracts  to
purchase or sell physical commodities; or

8. issue  senior  securities,  except to the extent  permitted  by the 1940 Act,
however the Funds may borrow money  subject to their  investment  limitation  on
borrowing.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END  INVESTMENT  COMPANY SUCH AS THE CORRESPONDING  SERIES OF WT INVESTMENT
TRUST I.

The  following  non-fundamental  policies  apply to each Fund  unless  otherwise
indicated,  and the  Board of  Trustees  may  change  them  without  shareholder
approval. Each Fund will not:

1. pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  its assets  except to secure  indebtedness
permitted  to be  incurred by the Fund,  provided  that the deposit in escrow of
securities   in   connection   with  the  writing  of  put  and  call   options,
collateralized  loans of securities and collateral  arrangements with respect to
margin for future contracts are not deemed to be pledges or  hypothecations  for
this purpose;

2. make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

                                       18
<PAGE>

3.  purchase  securities  on  margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
necessary  for the  clearance  of purchases  and sales of portfolio  securities,
however the Funds may make initial and variation  margin  deposits in connection
with permitted transactions in options without violating this limitation;

4. purchase portfolio securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of the
value of its total assets.

                             TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Board of Trustees  supervises the Funds' activities and reviews  contractual
arrangements  with the Funds' service  providers.  The Trustees and officers are
listed below. All persons named as Trustees and officers also serve in a similar
capacity for WT Investment Trust I. An asterisk (*) indicates those Trustees who
are "interested persons".


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
                                      POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                     HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                         THE FUND      PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
ROBERT ARNOLD                           Trustee     In 1989, Mr. Arnold founded,  and currently  co-manages,
152 W. 57th Street, 44th Floor                      R.  H.  Arnold  &  Co.,  Inc.,  an  investment   banking
New York, NY  10019                                 company.  Prior to  forming  R. H.  Arnold & Co.,  Inc.,
Date of Birth: 3/44                                 Mr. Arnold was Executive  Vice  President and a director
                                                    to Cambrian Capital  Corporation,  an investment banking
                                                    firm he co-founded in 1987.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN*                    Trustee,    Mr.  Christian  has been  Chief  Investment  Officer  of
Rodney Square North                    President    Wilmington   Trust  Company  since   February  1996  and
1100 N. Market Street                               Director of Rodney Square  Management  Corporation since
Wilmington, DE 19890                                1996.  He  was  Chairman  and  Director  of  PNC  Equity
Date of Birth: 2/49                                 Advisors  Company,  and President  and Chief  Investment
                                                    Officer of PNC Asset  Management Group Inc. from 1994 to
                                                    1996. He was Chief  Investment  Officer of PNC Bank from
                                                    1992  to  1996  and   Director  of   Provident   Capital
                                                    Management from 1993 to 1996.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
NICHOLAS A. GIORDANO                    Trustee     Mr.  Giordano  served as  interim  President  of LaSalle
LaSalle University                                  University  from  July 1,  1998 to June  1999  and was a
Philadelphia, PA 19141                              consultant  for financial  services  organizations  from
Date of Birth: 3/43                                 late 1997  through  1998.  He served  as  president  and
                                                    chief  executive  officer  of  the  Philadelphia   Stock
                                                    Exchange from 1981 through  August 1997, and also served
                                                    as  chairman  of  the  board  of  the   exchange's   two
                                                    subsidiaries: Stock Clearing Corporation of Philadelphia
                                                    and  Philadelphia   Depository  Trust  Company.   Before
                                                    joining the  Philadelphia  Stock Exchange,  Mr. Giordano
                                                    served as chief financial officer at two brokerage firms
                                                    (1968-1971). A certified public accountant, he began his
                                                    career at Price Waterhouse in 1965.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
JOHN J. QUINDLEN                        Trustee     Mr.  Quindlen  has  retired as Senior  Vice  President -
313 Southwinds                                      Finance  of E.I.  duPont  de  Nemours  &  Company,  Inc.
1250 W. Southwinds Blvd.                            (diversified  chemicals),  a position  held from 1984 to
Vero Beach, FL  32963                               November  30,  1993.   He  served  as  Chief   Financial
Date of Birth: 5/32                                 Officer of E.I.  duPont de  Nemours & Company  from 1984
                                                    through  June 1993.  He also serves as a Director of St.
                                                    Joe  Paper  Co.  and  as  a  Trustee  of  Kalmar  Pooled
                                                    Investment Trust.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                     19
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
                                      POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                     HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                         THE FUND      PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
LOUIS KLEIN JR.                         Trustee     Self-employed  financial  consultant  from  1991  to the
80 Butternut Lane                                   present.    Trustee   of   Manville    Personal   Injury
Stamford, CT  06903                                 Settlement Trust since 1991.
Date of Birth: 5/35

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
CLEMENT C. MOORE, II                    Trustee     Managing Partner,  Mariemont Holdings, LLC, a commercial
10 Rockefeller Plaza                                real estate holding and development company since 1980.
New York, NY  10004
Date of Birth: 9/44

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
ERIC BRUCKER                            Trustee     Dean of the  College  of  Business,  Public  Policy  and
University of Maine                                 Health  at  the   University  of  Southern  Maine  since
Orono, ME  04469                                    September  1998.  Dean of the  School of  Management  at
Date of Birth: 12/41                                the University of Michigan from 1992 to 1998.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
WILLIAM P. RICHARDS, JR.*               Trustee     Managing   Director  -  Client   Service  and  Portfolio
100 Wilshire Boulevard                              Communication,  Roxbury Capital  Management  since 1998.
Suite 600                                           Formerly,  Senior  Vice  President  and  Partner  at Van
Santa Monica, CA  90401                             Deventer  Hoch,  investment  management  firm.  Prior to
Date of Birth: 11/36                                that, he was with the  consulting  firm Booz,  Allen and
                                                    Hamilton

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
ERIC K. CHEUNG                            Vice      From 1978 to 1986, Mr. Cheung was the Portfolio  Manager
Rodney Square North                    President    for  fixed  income  assets  of  the  Meritor   Financial
1100 N. Market Street                               Group.  In 1986,  Mr.  Cheung  joined  Wilmington  Trust
Wilmington, DE 19890                                Company and in 1991, he became the Division  Manager for
Date of Birth: 12/54                                all fixed income products.
------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
JOHN R. GILES                             Vice      From 1991 to 1996,  Mr. Giles was employed by Consistent
Rodney Square North                    President    Asset  Management  Company;   From  April  1996  to  the
1100 N. Market Street                               present,  Mr.  Giles  has been  employed  by  Wilmington
Wilmington, DE 19890                                Trust Company and serves as Vice President.
Date of Birth: 8/57

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FRED FILOON                               Vice      Mr. Filoon is a Senior Vice  President of CRM LLC,  since
520 Madison Avenue                     President    1989.  Mr.  Filoon  also  serves as Chairman of the Round
New York, NY 10022                                  Hill  Community  Church and  Chairman  of the  Retirement
Date of Birth: 3/42                                 Board of the Town of Greenwich.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
PAT COLLETTI                              Vice      Mr.   Colletti  is  Vice   President   and  Director  of
400 Bellevue Parkway                   President    Investment  Accounting and  Administration  of PFPC Inc.
Wilmington, DE 19809                      and       since April 1999.  Prior to joining PFPC,  Mr.  Colletti
Date of Birth: 11/58                   Treasurer    was Controller for the Reserve Funds since 1986.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
GARY M. GARDNER                        Secretary    Mr.  Gardner  has been a Senior Vice  President  of PFPC
400 Bellevue Parkway                                Inc.  since January 1994.  Previously,  Mr.  Gardner had
Wilmington, DE  19809                               provided  legal and  regulatory  advice to mutual  funds
Date of Birth: 2/51                                 and  their  management  for more  than  twenty  years at
                                                    Federated Investors,  Inc.,  SunAmerica Asset Management
                                                    Corp. and The Boston Company, Inc.

------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

On October 29, 2000,  the Trustees and officers of the Fund,  as a group,  owned
beneficially,  or may be deemed to have owned beneficially,  less than 1% of the
outstanding shares of each Fund.

The fees and expenses of the Trustees  who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Fund ("Independent Trustees"), as defined in the 1940 Act are paid by each Fund.
The  following  table  shows the fees paid during the fiscal year ended June 30,
2000 to the  Independent  Trustees  for their  service to the Fund and the

                                       20
<PAGE>
total  compensation paid to the Trustees by the WT Fund Complex,  which consists
of the Fund and WT Investment Trust I.


              TRUSTEES FEES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2000


                                     AGGREGATE              TOTAL COMPENSATION
                               COMPENSATION FROM THE        FROM THE WT FUND
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE                     FUND                     COMPLEX
-------------------                     ----                     -------
Robert Arnold                         $10,700                    $21,100

Eric Brucker                           $8,700                    $19,600

Nicholas Giordano                     $11,800                    $22,200

Louis Klein, Jr.                       $8,700                    $17,100

Clement C. Moore, II                   $8,700                    $17,100

John J. Quindlen                      $10,700                    $23,600



               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Persons or  organizations  beneficially  owning  25% or more of the  outstanding
shares of a Fund may be  presumed  to  "control"  the Fund.  As a result,  those
persons or organizations could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares
of the Fund on any matter  requiring  the approval of the  shareholders  of that
Fund. As of October 29, 2000, no entities were known to own  beneficially  5% or
more of the outstanding shares of any Fund.

                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

RODNEY SQUARE MANAGEMENT CORPORATION
RSMC serves as the  investment  adviser to the Prime Money Market Series and the
Tax-Exempt  Series.  RSMC is a Delaware  corporation  organized on September 17,
1981. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of WTC, a  state-chartered  bank organized
as a  Delaware  corporation  in  1903.  WTC  is a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Wilmington Trust  Corporation,  a publicly held bank holding  company.  RSMC may
occasionally  consult,  on an informal basis, with personnel of WTC's investment
departments.

Several affiliates of RSMC are also engaged in the investment advisory business.
Wilmington  Trust FSB and Wilmington  Brokerage  Services  Company,  both wholly
owned subsidiaries of WTC, are registered investment advisers. In addition, WBSC
is a registered broker-dealer.

For its services as adviser, RSMC received the following fees:

                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/00           6/30/99           6/30/98
                             ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Prime Money Market Series       $9,040,719       $7,672,029         $5,078,193
Tax-Exempt Series               $2,104,423       $2,047,289         $1,246,730

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
Wilmington  Trust  Company,  the  parent  of  RSMC,  is a  state-chartered  bank
organized as a Delaware corporation in 1903. WTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Wilmington  Trust  Corporation,  a publicly  held bank holding  company.  WTC is
engaged in a variety of investment advisory activities, including the management
of collective  investment pools, and has nearly a century of experience managing
the personal  investments of high net-worth  individuals.  WTC presently manages
over $__ billion in fixed income assets and approximately $1__ billion in equity
assets for clients.

WTC serves as the adviser to the Intermediate Bond Series and the Municipal Bond
Series.

                                       21
<PAGE>

For WTC's  services as  investment  adviser to each  Series,  WTC  received  the
following fees:

                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/00           6/30/99           6/30/98
                             ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Intermediate Bond Series         $305,276         $322,428             N/A
Municipal Bond Series            $55,020           $61,687           $86,481

For its services as adviser, WTC waived the following fees:

                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/00           6/30/99           6/30/98
                             ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Intermediate Bond Series         $143,584         $103,995             N/A
Municipal Bond Series             $7,707           $36,996           $81,481

For  Institutional  shares,  CRM has agreed to reimburse  expenses to the extent
total operating  expenses exceed 0.80% for the Intermediate  Bond Fund and 1.00%
for the Municipal  Bond Fund.  This  undertaking  will remain in place until the
Board of Trustees approves its termination.

CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC
CRM serves as investment  adviser to the Large Cap Value,  the Mid Cap Value and
the Small Cap Series.  CRM and its  predecessors  have  managed  investments  in
small, medium and large  capitalization  companies for over 25 years. CRM is 67%
owned (and therefore controlled) by Cramer, Rosenthal, McGlynn, Inc. ("CRM") and
its shareholders. CRM is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.

For its services as adviser, CRM received the following fees:

                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/00           6/30/99           6/30/98
                             ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Large Cap Value Series           $305,109          $128,702          $6,174
Mid Cap Value Series              $91,720           $40,525            N/A
Small Cap Value Series          $1,277,831         $985,563        $1,434,005

For its services as adviser, CRM waived the following fees.

                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/00           6/30/99           6/30/98
                             ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Large Cap Value Series          $112,969           $61,969           $6,174
Mid Cap Value Series            $129,279           $40,525             N/A
Small Cap Value Series             $0                N/A               N/A

For both  Institutional and Investor shares,  CRM has voluntarily  undertaken to
waive a portion of its fees and assume  certain  expenses  of the above Funds to
the extent that the total annual  operating  expenses  exceed 1.15% and 1.50% of
net  assets  for the  Institutional  and  Investor  shares,  respectively.  This
undertaking  will  remain  in place  until the Board of  Trustees  approves  its
termination..

ADVISORY SERVICES.  Under the terms of advisory agreements,  each adviser agrees
to: (a) direct the investments of each Series, subject to and in accordance with
the Series'  investment  objective,  policies and  limitations  set forth in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional  Information;  (b) purchase and sell
for each Series,  securities and other  investments  consistent with the Series'
objectives and policies;  (c) supply office facilities,  equipment and personnel
necessary for servicing the  investments of the Series;  (d) pay the salaries of
all  personnel  of the Series and the adviser  performing  services  relating to
research,  statistical  and investment  activities on behalf of the Series;  (e)
make   available  and  provide  such   information  as  the  Series  and/or  its
administrator  may  reasonably  request  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  its
registration  statement,  reports and other documents required by any applicable
federal,  foreign or state  statutes or  regulations;  (f) make its officers and
employees  available to the  Trustees and officers of the Fund for

                                       22
<PAGE>

consultation  and  discussion  regarding  the  management of each Series and its
investment activities.  Additionally, each adviser agrees to create and maintain
all  necessary  records  in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,  rules  and
regulations  pertaining  to  the  various  functions  performed  by it  and  not
otherwise  created and maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the
Fund.  Each  adviser  may at any time or times,  upon  approval  by the Board of
Trustees,  enter into one or more  sub-advisory  agreements  with a  sub-advisor
pursuant to which the adviser delegates any or all of its duties as listed.

The  agreements  provide that each adviser  shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by a Series in  connection
with the matters to which the agreement relates,  except to the extent of a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in
the performance of its obligations and duties under the agreement.

The salaries of any officers  and the  interested  Trustees of the Funds who are
affiliated  with an adviser and the  salaries of all  personnel  of each adviser
performing  services  for  each  Fund  relating  to  research,  statistical  and
investment activities are paid by the adviser.

The Fund,  the Series and the Series'  investment  advisers  have each adopted a
code of ethics  pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. Among other  provisions,
such codes require investment personnel and certain other employees to pre-clear
securities  transactions that are subject to the code of ethics, to file reports
or duplicate  confirmations  regarding personal  securities  transactions and to
refrain from engaging in short-term  trading of a security and transactions of a
security within seven days of a Series' portfolio transaction involving the same
security.  Directors/trustees,  officers and employees of the Fund,  the Series,
and each adviser are required to abide by the provisions  under their respective
code of ethics.  On a quarterly and annual basis,  the Board of Trustees reviews
reports regarding the codes of ethics,  including information on any substantial
violations of the codes.

                     ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Under separate Administration and Accounting Services Agreements, PFPC Inc., 400
Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 performs certain administrative and
accounting services for WT Mutual Fund and WT Investment Trust I. These services
include preparing shareholder reports,  providing statistical and research data,
assisting the advisers in compliance  monitoring  activities,  and preparing and
filing  federal  and state tax  returns on behalf of the Fund and the Trust.  In
addition,   PFPC  prepares  and  files  various  reports  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies  and  prepares  materials  required by the SEC or any state
securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund. The accounting services
performed by PFPC include determining the net asset value per share of each Fund
and maintaining records relating to the securities transactions of the Fund. The
Administration  and Accounting  Services  Agreements  provides that PFPC and its
affiliates  shall not be liable for any error of  judgment  or mistake of law or
for any loss  suffered by the Fund or its Funds,  except to the extent of a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on their part
in the performance of their obligations and duties under the  Administration and
Accounting Services Agreements.

                          ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS. Ernst & Young LLP serves as the independent auditor to the
Funds and the Series  providing  services  which include (1) auditing the annual
financial   statements  for  the  Funds,  (2)  assistance  and  consultation  in
connection with SEC filings and (3) preparation of the annual federal income tax
returns filed on behalf of each Fund.

LEGAL  COUNSEL.  Pepper  Hamilton  LLP,  3000 Two  Logan  Square,  18th and Arch
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Fund and WT Investment
Trust I.

CUSTODIAN.  Wilmington  Trust Company,  1100 North Market Street,  Wilmington DE
19890, serves as the Custodian.

                                       23
<PAGE>

TRANSFER  AGENT.  PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue  Parkway,  Wilmington,  DE 19890-0001,
serves as the Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

Provident  Distributors,  Inc. 3200 Horizon  Drive,  King of Prussia,  PA 19406,
serves as the  underwriter  of the  Funds'  shares  pursuant  to a  Distribution
Agreement with the Fund.  Pursuant to the terms of the  Distribution  Agreement,
PDI is granted  the right to sell the shares of the Funds as agent for the Fund.
Shares of the Funds are offered continuously.

Under the terms of the Distribution Agreement,  PDI agrees to use all reasonable
efforts  to secure  purchasers  for  Investor  class  shares of the  Funds.  PDI
receives no  underwriting  commissions in connection with the sale of the Funds'
shares.

The  Distribution  Agreement  provides  that  PDI,  in the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under the
Agreements,  will not be liable to the Funds or their  shareholders  for  losses
arising in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

                    BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The advisers  place all portfolio  transactions  on behalf of each Series.  Debt
securities  purchased and sold by the Series are generally  traded on the dealer
market on a net basis (i.e.,  without  commission)  through  dealers  acting for
their own account and not as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly
with the issuer of the instrument. This means that a dealer (the securities firm
or bank dealing with a Series) makes a market for  securities by offering to buy
at one price and sell at a slightly  higher price.  The  difference  between the
prices is known as a spread.  When  securities  are  purchased  in  underwritten
offerings, they include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter.

The primary  objective of the advisers in placing orders on behalf of the Series
for the purchase and sale of securities is to obtain best  execution at the most
favorable prices through responsible brokers or dealers and, where the spread or
commission rates are negotiable,  at competitive rates. In selecting a broker or
dealer,  each  adviser  considers,  among  other  things:  (i) the  price of the
securities to be purchased or sold;  (ii) the rate of the spread or  commission;
(iii) the size and difficulty of the order; (iv) the nature and character of the
spread  or  commission  for the  securities  to be  purchased  or sold;  (v) the
reliability,  integrity,  financial condition, general execution and operational
capability  of the broker or dealer;  and (vi) the  quality of any  research  or
statistical  services  provided  by the broker or dealer to the Series or to the
advisers.

The advisers cannot readily  determine the extent to which spreads or commission
rates or net prices  charged by  brokers or dealers  reflect  the value of their
research,  analysis,  advice and similar  services.  In such cases, each adviser
receives  services it otherwise might have had to perform itself.  The research,
analysis,  advice and  similar  services  provided  by brokers or dealers can be
useful to the advisers in serving its other  clients,  as well as in serving the
Series.  Conversely,  information provided to the advisers by brokers or dealers
who have executed  transaction  orders on behalf of other clients of the adviser
may be useful in  providing  services  to the  Series.  During the  twelve-month
periods  ended  June 30,  2000,  1999 and 1998,  the Series  paid the  following
brokerage commissions:

                                       24
<PAGE>

                             12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED   12 MONTHS ENDED
                                 6/30/00           6/30/99           6/30/98
                             ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Prime Money Market Series          N/A               N/A               N/A
Tax-Exempt Series                  N/A               N/A               N/A
Intermediate Bond Series           N/A               N/A               N/A
Municipal Bond Series              N/A               N/A               N/A
Large Cap Value Series          $307,935          $234,362             N/A
Mid Cap Value Series             $93,494           $52,621           $16,841
Small Cap Value Series          $463,676          $424,842          $397,058

Some of the advisers'  other  clients have  investment  objectives  and programs
similar  to that of the  Series.  Occasionally,  recommendations  made to  other
clients may result in their purchasing or selling securities simultaneously with
the Series.  Consequently,  the demand for  securities  being  purchased  or the
supply of  securities  being sold may  increase,  and this could have an adverse
effect on the price of those securities. It is the policy of the advisers not to
favor one client over another in making recommendations or in placing orders. In
the event of a simultaneous  transaction,  purchases or sales are averaged as to
price,  transaction  costs  are  allocated  between a Series  and other  clients
participating in the transaction on a pro rata basis and purchases and sales are
normally  allocated  between  the  Series  and the  other  clients  as to amount
according to a formula determined prior to the execution of such transactions.

                       CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

The Fund  issues two  separate  classes of shares,  Institutional  and  Investor
shares,  for each Fund with a par value of $.01 per  share.  The  shares of each
Fund, when issued and paid for in accordance with the prospectus,  will be fully
paid and non-assessable  shares,  with equal voting rights and no preferences as
to conversion, exchange, dividends, redemption or any other feature.

The separate classes of shares each represent interests in the same portfolio of
investments, have the same rights and are identical in all respects, except that
the  Investor  class  shares  bear  shareholder  services  fees.  The net income
attributable  to Investor  shares and the dividends  payable on Investor  shares
will be reduced by the amount of the shareholder services fees; accordingly, the
net asset  value of the  Investor  shares  will be reduced by such amount to the
extent the Fund has undistributed net income.

Shares of a Fund entitle holders to one vote per share and fractional  votes for
fractional  shares held. Shares have  non-cumulative  voting rights, do not have
preemptive  or  subscription  rights and are  transferable.  Each Fund and class
takes separate votes on matters  affecting only that Fund or class. For example,
a change in the fundamental  investment  policies for a Fund would be voted upon
only by shareholders of that Fund.

The Funds do not hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trustees are required
to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of
removal of any Trustee when requested in writing to do so by the shareholders of
record owning not less than 10% of a Fund's outstanding shares.

                   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES


PURCHASE OF SHARES. Information regarding the purchase of shares is discussed in
the  "Purchase  of Shares"  section  of the  prospectus.  Additional  methods to
purchase shares are as follows:

INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS:  You may  purchase  shares  of the Funds for a
tax-deferred  retirement plan such as an individual  retirement account ("IRA").
To order an  application  for an IRA and a brochure  describing a Fund IRA, call
the Transfer Agent at (800) CRM-2883.  PFPC Trust Company, as custodian for each
IRA account  receives an annual fee of $10 per  account,  paid  directly to PFPC
Trust  Company by the IRA  shareholder.  If the fee is not paid by the due date,
the  appropriate  number  of  Fund  shares  owned  by the IRA  will be  redeemed
automatically as payment.

                                       25
<PAGE>

AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLAN:  You may purchase Fund shares  through an Automatic
Investment  Plan  ("AIP").  Under  the  AIP,  the  Transfer  Agent,  at  regular
intervals,  will automatically  debit your bank checking account in an amount of
$50 or more  (after the $1,000  minimum  initial  investment).  You may elect to
invest the specified  amount  monthly,  bimonthly,  quarterly,  semiannually  or
annually.  The purchase of Fund shares will be effected at their  offering price
at 12:00 p.m.  Eastern time for the Tax-Exempt  Fund, at 2:00 p.m.  Eastern Time
for the Prime Money Market,  Premier Money Market and U.S.  Government Funds, or
at the close of  regular  trading on the New York  Stock  Exchange  ("Exchange")
(currently 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time), for the Bond and Equity Funds, on or about
the 20th day of the month. For an application for the Automatic Investment Plan,
check the appropriate box of the application or call the Transfer Agent at (800)
CRM-2883.

PAYROLL INVESTMENT PLAN: The Payroll Investment Plan ("PIP") permits you to make
regularly scheduled purchases of Fund shares through payroll deductions. To open
a PIP  account,  you  must  submit  a  completed  account  application,  payroll
deduction  form and the  minimum  initial  deposit  to your  employer's  payroll
department.  Then, a portion of your paychecks will automatically be transferred
to your PIP account for as long as you wish to  participate  in the plan.  It is
the sole  responsibility  of your employer,  not the Fund, the distributor,  the
advisers or the transfer agent, to arrange for  transactions  under the PIP. The
Fund reserves the right to vary its minimum purchase  requirements for employees
participating in a PIP.

REDEMPTION  OF  SHARES.  Information  regarding  the  redemption  of  shares  is
discussed in the "Redemption of Shares"  section of the  prospectus.  Additional
methods to redeem shares are as follows:

BY CHECK: You may utilize the check writing option to redeem shares of the Prime
Money  Market  and the  Tax-Exempt  Funds by  drawing  a check  for $500 or more
against a Fund account.  When the check is presented  for payment,  a sufficient
number of shares will be redeemed  from your Fund account to cover the amount of
the check. This procedure enables you to continue  receiving  dividends on those
shares until the check is presented for payment. Because the aggregate amount of
Fund shares owned is likely to change each day, you should not attempt to redeem
all shares held in your account by using the check  writing  procedure.  Charges
will be imposed for  specially  imprinted  checks,  business  checks,  copies of
canceled  checks,  stop payment orders,  checks  returned due to  "nonsufficient
funds"  and  returned  checks.  These  charges  will be  paid  by  automatically
redeeming an appropriate number of Fund shares. Each Fund and the Transfer Agent
reserve the right to terminate or alter the check  writing  service at any time.
The  Transfer  Agent  also  reserves  the right to  impose a  service  charge in
connection  with the check writing  service.  If you are interested in the check
writing  service,  contact the  Transfer  Agency for further  information.  This
service is generally  not  available  for Service  Organization  clients who are
provided a similar service by those organizations.

BY WIRE:  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your predesignated bank account in
any  commercial  bank in the United States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The
receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also be mailed to
your bank or,  for  amounts  of  $10,000  or less,  mailed to your Fund  account
address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60 days. In
order to authorize the Transfer Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds to your Fund
account address of record,  complete the appropriate  section of the Application
for Telephone  Redemptions  or include your Fund account  address of record when
you  submit  written  instructions.  You may change  the  account  that you have
designated to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time.  Any request to change the
account  designated to receive  redemption  proceeds  should be accompanied by a
guarantee of the shareholder's signature by an eligible institution. A signature
and a signature guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account
is registered.  Further  documentation will be required to change the designated
account  when a  corporation,  other  organization,  trust,  fiduciary  or other
institutional investor holds the Fund shares.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL PLAN: If you own shares of a Fund with a value of $10,000
or more you may participate in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan ("SWP"). Under the
SWP, you may automatically redeem a portion of your account monthly,  bimonthly,
quarterly,  semiannually or annually.  The minimum withdrawal available is $100.
The redemption of Fund shares will be effected at the NAV determined on or about
the 25th day of the month.

                                       26
<PAGE>

ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING  REDEMPTIONS:  To ensure proper authorization
before redeeming shares of the Funds, the Transfer Agent may require  additional
documents such as, but not restricted to, stock powers, trust instruments, death
certificates, appointments as fiduciary, certificates of corporate authority and
waivers of tax required in some states when settling estates.

Clients  of  Service  Organizations  who have  purchased  shares  through  their
accounts  with  those   Service   Organizations   should   contact  the  Service
Organization  prior to  submitting  a  redemption  request  to  ensure  that all
necessary documents accompany the request. When shares are held in the name of a
corporation,  other  organization,   trust,  fiduciary  or  other  institutional
investor, the Transfer Agent requires, in addition to the stock power, certified
evidence of  authority to sign the  necessary  instruments  of  transfer.  THESE
PROCEDURES  ARE FOR THE  PROTECTION  OF  SHAREHOLDERS  AND SHOULD BE FOLLOWED TO
ENSURE PROMPT PAYMENT. Redemption requests must not be conditional as to date or
price of the redemption.  Proceeds of a redemption will be sent within 7 days of
acceptance of shares tendered for  redemption.  Delay may result if the purchase
check has not yet  cleared,  but the delay will be no longer  than  required  to
verify that the purchase check has cleared, and the Funds will act as quickly as
possible to minimize delay.

The value of shares  redeemed may be more or less than the  shareholder's  cost,
depending on the net asset value at the time of redemption. Redemption of shares
may  result  in tax  consequences  (gain or loss)  to the  shareholder,  and the
proceeds of a redemption may be subject to backup withholding.

A shareholder's  right to redeem shares and to receive payment  therefore may be
suspended  when (a) the  Exchange is closed,  other than  customary  weekend and
holiday  closings,  (b) trading on the Exchange is restricted,  (c) an emergency
exists as a result of which it is not  reasonably  practicable  to  dispose of a
Fund's  securities  or to  determine  the value of a Fund's net  assets,  or (d)
ordered  by a  governmental  body  having  jurisdiction  over  a  Fund  for  the
protection  of the  Fund's  shareholders,  provided  that  applicable  rules and
regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding  governmental  authority) shall govern
as to whether a condition  described in (b), (c) or (d) exists.  In case of such
suspension,  shareholders  of the affected Fund may withdraw  their requests for
redemption or may receive  payment based on the net asset value of the Fund next
determined after the suspension is lifted.

Each Fund  reserves  the right,  if  conditions  exist which make cash  payments
undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption by making payment in whole or
in part with readily marketable  securities chosen by the Fund and valued in the
same way as they would be valued for purposes of  computing  the net asset value
of the  applicable  Fund. If payment is made in  securities,  a shareholder  may
incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into cash. Each Fund
has  elected,  however,  to be  governed  by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a
result  of which a Fund is  obligated  to  redeem  shares  solely in cash if the
redemption  requests  are made by one  shareholder  account  up to the lesser of
$250,000  or 1% of the net  assets of the  applicable  Fund  during  any  90-day
period. This election is irrevocable unless the SEC permits its withdrawal.

PRICING OF SHARES. The Money Market Funds' securities are valued on the basis of
the  amortized  cost  valuation  technique.  This  involves  valuing a  security
initially  at its  cost and  thereafter  assuming  a  constant  amortization  to
maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of fluctuating interest rates on
the market value of the security.  The valuation of the Funds'  securities based
upon their  amortized  cost and the  accompanying  maintenance of the Funds' per
share net asset value of $1.00 is permitted in  accordance  with Rule 2a-7 under
the 1940 Act.  Certain  conditions  imposed  by that  Rule are set  forth  under
"Investment  Policies."  In  connection  with  the  use  of the  amortized  cost
valuation  technique,  each Fund's Board of Trustees has established  procedures
delegating  to the adviser the  responsibility  for  maintaining  a constant net
asset  value per share.  Such  procedures  include a daily  review of the Fund's
holdings to determine whether the Fund's net asset value,  calculated based upon
available market quotations, deviates from $1.00 per share. Should any deviation
exceed 1/2 of 1% of $1.00,  the  Trustees  will  promptly  consider  whether any
corrective  action should be initiated to eliminate or reduce material  dilution
or other unfair  results to  shareholders.  Such  corrective  action may include
selling of portfolio  securities  prior to maturity to realize  capital gains or
losses, shortening average portfolio maturity,  withholding dividends, redeeming
shares in kind and establishing a net asset value per share based upon available
market quotations.

                                       27
<PAGE>

Should the Money Market Funds incur or anticipate any unusual expense or loss or
depreciation that would adversely affect its net asset value per share or income
for a particular  period,  the Trustees  would at that time consider  whether to
adhere  to the  current  dividend  policy  or to  revise it in light of the then
prevailing  circumstances.  For example, if the Fund's net asset value per share
were reduced, or were anticipated to be reduced, below $1.00, the Trustees could
suspend or reduce further  dividend  payments until the net asset value returned
to $1.00 per share.  Thus, such expenses or losses or depreciation  could result
in investors  receiving no dividends or reduced  dividends for the period during
which they held their shares or in their  receiving upon  redemption a price per
share lower than that which they paid.

For the Bond Funds and the Equity  Funds,  the net asset value per share of each
Fund is  determined  by dividing the value of the Fund's net assets by the total
number of Fund shares outstanding. This determination is made by PFPC, as of the
close of regular  trading on the Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time)
each day the Funds are open for  business.  The Funds are open for  business  on
days when the Exchange,  PFPC and the Philadelphia  branch office of the Federal
Reserve are open for business.

In valuing a Fund's assets,  a security  listed on the Exchange (and not subject
to restrictions  against sale by the Fund on the Exchange) will be valued at its
last sale price on the Exchange on the day the  security is valued.  Lacking any
sales on such day, the  security  will be valued at the mean between the closing
asked price and the closing bid price. Securities listed on other exchanges (and
not subject to restriction  against sale by the Fund on such  exchanges) will be
similarly  valued,  using  quotations  on the  exchange on which the security is
traded most  extensively.  Unlisted  securities  that are quoted on the National
Association of Securities  Dealers' National Market System, for which there have
been  sales of such  securities  on such  day,  shall be valued at the last sale
price reported on such system on the day the security is valued. If there are no
such sales on such day,  the value shall be the mean  between the closing  asked
price and the  closing  bid price.  The value of such  securities  quoted on the
NASDAQ Stock Market System, but not listed on the National Market System,  shall
be valued at the mean between the closing asked price and the closing bid price.
Unlisted  securities  that are not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market  System and
for which  over-the-counter  market  quotations  are readily  available  will be
valued at the mean between the current bid and asked prices for such security in
the  over-the-counter  market.  Other unlisted securities (and listed securities
subject to  restriction  on sale) will be valued at fair value as  determined in
good faith  under the  direction  of the Board of Trustees  although  the actual
calculation  may be  done  by  others.  Short-term  investments  with  remaining
maturities of less than 61 days are valued at amortized cost.

                                    DIVIDENDS

Dividends from the Money Market Funds are declared on each Business Day and paid
to shareholders, generally on the first Business Day of the following month. The
dividend for a Business Day immediately  preceding a weekend or holiday normally
includes an amount equal to the net income for the subsequent  non-Business Days
on which  dividends are not  declared.  However,  no such dividend  includes any
amount of net income  earned in a subsequent  semiannual  accounting  period.  A
portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may be exempt from state taxes.

Dividends  from the Bond  Funds'  net  investment  income are  declared  on each
Business Day and paid to  shareholders  ordinarily on the first  Business Day of
the following  month.  The dividend for a Business Day  immediately  preceding a
weekend or holiday normally  includes an amount equal to the net income expected
for the  subsequent  non-Business  Days on  which  dividends  are not  declared.
However,  no such  dividend  included  any  amount  of net  income  earned  in a
subsequent  semiannual  period. Net short-term capital gain and net capital gain
(the excess of net  long-term  capital gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)
realized by each Fund,  after deducting any available  capital loss  carryovers,
are declared and paid annually.

Dividends from the Equity Funds' net investment  income and distributions of net
short-term  capital  gain and net  capital  gain (the  excess  of net  long-term
capital gain over the  short-term  capital loss),  realized by each Fund,  after
deducting any  available  capital loss  carryovers  are declared and paid to its
shareholders annually.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                              TAXATION OF THE FUNDS

GENERAL.  Each Fund is treated as a separate  corporation for federal income tax
purposes.  To qualify  or  continue  to qualify  for  treatment  as a  regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"),  each Fund must  distribute to its  shareholders  for each taxable
year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally
of net investment  income and net short-term  capital gain and must meet several
additional   requirements.   For  each  Fund,  these  requirements  include  the
following:  (1) the Fund  must  derive at least  90% of its  gross  income  each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans
and  gains  from  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  securities  or  foreign
currencies,  or other income (including gains from options,  futures and forward
contracts)  derived with respect to its business of investing in  securities  or
those  currencies;  (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year,
at least 50% of the value of its total  assets must be  represented  by cash and
cash  items,  U.S.  Government  securities,  securities  of other RICs and other
securities,  with these other securities  limited, in respect of any one issuer,
to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and
that  does not  represent  more  than  10% of the  issuer's  outstanding  voting
securities; and (3) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not
more than 25% of the value of its total  assets may be  invested  in  securities
(other than U.S.  Government  securities or the securities of other RICs) of any
one issuer.

If a Fund failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC in any taxable year, it would
be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates and all distributions
from  earnings and profits,  including any  distributions  from net capital gain
(the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net  short-term  capital  loss),
would be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income.  In addition,  the Fund
could be required to  recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay  substantial  taxes and
interest and make  substantial  distributions  before  qualifying  again for RIC
treatment.

Each Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (the "Excise Tax") to
the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year  substantially
all of its  ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net income for the
one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.

Each Fund will be taxed on the amount of its undistributed net capital gain over
the amount of its deduction for dividends  paid,  determined  with  reference to
capital gain dividends only. Each Fund is permitted to elect to include all or a
portion of such undistributed net capital gain in the income of its shareholders
on the last day of its  taxable  year.  In such  case the  shareholder  is given
credit for the tax that the RIC paid and is entitled  to  increase  its basis by
the  difference  between  the amount of  includible  gain and tax  deemed  paid.
Currently, an individual's maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 20%. A
capital gain dividend is treated by the shareholders as a long-term capital gain
regardless of how long the Investor has owned the stock in a Fund.

If a Fund invests in any instruments  that generate  taxable  income,  under the
circumstances described in the prospectus,  distributions of the interest earned
thereon will be taxable to its  shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of
its earnings and profits.  If such distribution to its shareholders is in excess
of its current and  accumulated  earnings and profits in any taxable  year,  the
excess  distribution  will be treated by each shareholder as a return of capital
to the extent of the  shareholder's tax basis and thereafter as capital gain. If
a  Fund  realizes  capital  gain  as  a  result  of  market  transactions,   any
distribution of that gain will be taxable to its  shareholders  and treated as a
capital gain.

Dividends  and other  distributions  declared by a Fund in October,  November or
December of any year and payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one of
those  months  will be deemed to have been paid by the Fund and  received by the
shareholders on December 31 of that year if they are paid by the Fund during the
following  January.  Accordingly,  such  distributions  will  be  taxed  to  the
shareholders for the year in which that December 31 falls.

                                       29
<PAGE>

Investors  should be aware that if Fund shares are purchased  shortly before the
record date for any dividend (other than an exempt-interest dividend) or capital
gain  distribution,  the shareholder will pay full price for the shares and will
receive some portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

Any loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption of shares within six months
from the date of their  purchase  will be treated as a  long-term,  instead of a
short-term,  capital  loss to the extent of any capital gain  distributions  (or
undistributed capital gain) to that shareholder with respect to those shares.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS:
Distributions  from the Funds'  investment  company taxable income,  if any, are
taxable  to its  shareholders  as  ordinary  income to the  extent of the Funds'
earnings and profits.  Because the Funds' net investment  income is derived from
interest  rather  than  dividends,  no portion of the  distributions  thereof is
eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporate shareholders.

BOND FUNDS:
Each Bond Fund may acquire zero coupon  securities  issued with  original  issue
discount.  As a holder of those  securities,  a Fund must take into  account the
original issue discount that accrues on the securities  during the taxable year,
even if it receives no  corresponding  payment on them during the year.  Because
each Fund must distribute  annually  substantially all of its investment company
taxable income and net tax-exempt income, including any original issue discount,
to satisfy  the  distribution  requirements  for RICs under the Code and (except
with respect to tax-exempt  income)  avoid  imposition of the Excise Tax, a Fund
may be required in a particular  year to distribute as a dividend an amount that
is  greater  than  the  total  amount  of  cash  it  actually  receives.   Those
distributions  will be made from a Fund's  cash  assets or from the  proceeds of
sales of portfolio securities, if necessary. A Fund may realize capital gains or
losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment company
taxable income and/or net capital gain.

TAX-EXEMPT FUND AND MUNICIPAL BOND FUND: Each of these Funds will be able to pay
exempt-interest  dividends  to its  shareholders  only if,  at the close of each
quarter  of its  taxable  year,  at least 50% of the  value of its total  assets
consists of  obligations  the interest on which is excludable  from gross income
under Section 103(a) of the Code;  both Funds intend to continue to satisfy this
requirement.  Distributions  that a Fund properly  designates as exempt-interest
dividends  are treated by its  shareholders  as interest  excludable  from their
gross income for federal income tax purposes but may be tax preference items for
purposes  of the  Alternative  Minimum  Tax  ("AMT").  The  aggregate  dividends
excludable  from the  shareholders'  gross  income may not exceed the Fund's net
tax-exempt  income.  The shareholders'  treatment of dividends from a Fund under
state and local income tax laws may differ from the treatment  thereof under the
Code.  In order to qualify to pay  exempt-interest  dividends,  each Fund may be
limited  in its  ability to engage in taxable  transactions  such as  repurchase
agreements, options and futures strategies and portfolio securities lending.

Tax-exempt  interest  attributable to certain "private  activity bonds" ("PABs")
(including,  in  the  case  of a  RIC  receiving  interest  on  those  bonds,  a
proportionate  part of the  exempt-interest  dividends paid by the RIC) is a tax
preference  item for purposes of AMT.  Furthermore,  even interest on tax-exempt
securities held by a Fund that are not PABs, which interest  otherwise would not
be a tax preference item,  nevertheless may be indirectly subject to the federal
alternative minimum tax in the hands of corporate  shareholders when distributed
to them by the  Fund.  Generally,  PABs are  issued  by or on  behalf  of public
authorities  to finance  various  privately  operated  facilities.  Entities  or
persons who are "substantial users" (or persons related to "substantial  users")
of facilities  financed by industrial  development  bonds or PABs should consult
their tax advisers before  purchasing a Fund's shares.  For these purposes,  the
term "substantial  user" is defined  generally to include a "non-exempt  person"
who regularly  uses in trade or business a part of a facility  financed from the
proceeds of such bonds.

Individuals who receive Social Security and railroad  retirement benefits may be
required  to  include  up to 85% of such  benefits  in  taxable  income if their
adjusted  gross income  (including  income from  tax-exempt  sources such as the
Tax-Exempt Municipal Bond Funds) plus 50% of their benefits exceeds certain base
amounts.  Exempt-interest  dividends  from each Fund still are tax-exempt to the
extent described in the prospectus; they are only included in the calculation of
whether a recipient's income exceeds the established amounts.

                                       30
<PAGE>

The Municipal  Bond Fund may invest in municipal  bonds that are purchased  with
"market discount." For these purposes,  market discount is the amount by which a
bond's purchase price is exceeded by its stated redemption price at maturity or,
in the case of a bond that was issued with original issue discount ("OID"),  the
sum of its issue price plus accrued  OID,  except that market  discount  that is
less than the product of (1) 0.25% of the redemption price at maturity times and
(2) the number of complete  years to maturity  after the  taxpayer  acquired the
bond is disregarded.  Market discount  generally is accrued ratably,  on a daily
basis,  over the period from the acquisition date to the date of maturity.  Gain
on the  disposition of such a bond (other than a bond with a fixed maturity date
within one year from its  issuance)  generally is treated as ordinary  (taxable)
income,  rather than capital  gain, to the extent of the bond's  accrued  market
discount at the time of disposition. In lieu of treating the disposition gain as
above, the Municipal Bond Fund may elect to include market discount in its gross
income currently, for each taxable year to which it is attributable.

The Tax-Exempt  Municipal Bond Funds informs  shareholders  within 60 days after
its fiscal  year-end  (August 31) of the percentage of its income  distributions
designated as exempt-interest  dividends. The percentage is applied uniformly to
all  distributions  made  during  the  year,  so the  percentage  designated  as
tax-exempt for any particular  distribution may be substantially  different from
the  percentage  of the  Fund's  income  that was  tax-exempt  during the period
covered by the distribution.

INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND: Interest and dividends received by the Intermediate Bond
Fund, and gains realized thereby, may be subject to income, withholding or other
taxes imposed by foreign  countries and U.S.  possessions  that would reduce the
yield and/or total return on their securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these taxes,  however,
and many foreign  countries  do not impose taxes on capital  gains in respect of
investments by foreign investors.


EQUITY FUNDS:
It is anticipated that all or a portion of the dividends from the net investment
income of each Equity Fund will  qualify  for the  dividends-received  deduction
allowed to  corporations.  Corporate  shareholders  of these Funds are generally
entitled  to take the  dividends  received  deduction  with  respect to all or a
portion  of the  ordinary  income  dividends  paid,  to the extent of the Fund's
qualifying  dividend income. The qualifying portion may not exceed the aggregate
dividends  received  by the Fund  from  U.S.  corporations.  However,  dividends
received  by a  corporate  shareholder  and  deducted  by  it  pursuant  to  the
dividends-received  deduction are subject indirectly to the federal  alternative
minimum tax. Moreover, the  dividends-received  deduction will be reduced to the
extent the shares with respect to which the  dividends  are received are treated
as debt-financed  and will be eliminated if those shares are deemed to have been
held for less than 46 days. Distributions of net short-term capital gain and net
capital gain are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Each  Equity  Fund will inform  shareholders  within 60 days after their  fiscal
year-end of the  percentage  of its dividends  designated as qualifying  for the
dividends received deduction.

HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.  The use of hedging strategies,  such as writing (selling)
and purchasing  options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency
contracts,  involves  complex rules that will  determine for federal  income tax
purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses
a Fund realizes in connection  therewith.  Gains from the disposition of foreign
currencies (except certain gains that may be excluded by future regulations) and
gains from options,  futures and foreign  currency  contracts  derived by a Fund
with respect to its business of investing in securities  qualify as  permissible
income under the Income Requirement.

                                       31
<PAGE>

SHORT SALES. Gain or loss from a short sale of property is generally  considered
as capital gain or loss to the extent the property  used to close the short sale
constitutes a capital asset in the Fund's hands.  Except in certain  situations,
special  rules  would  generally  treat the gains on short  sales as  short-term
capital  gains  and  would  terminate  the  running  of the  holding  period  of
"substantially identical property" held by the Fund. Moreover, a loss on a short
sale will be  treated  as a  long-term  loss if, on the date of the short  sale,
"substantially  identical  property"  held by the Fund has a  long-term  holding
period.

STRADDLES.  Code  Section  1092  (dealing  with  straddles)  also may affect the
taxation of options and futures  contracts  in which a Fund may invest.  Section
1092  defines a  "straddle"  as  offsetting  positions  with respect to personal
property;  for these  purposes,  options  and  futures  contracts  are  personal
property.  Under section 1092, any loss from the  disposition of a position in a
straddle  generally  may be  deducted  only to the extent the loss  exceeds  the
unrealized gain on the offsetting position(s) of the straddle. Section 1092 also
provides certain "wash sale" rules, which apply to transactions where a position
is sold at a loss and a new offsetting  position is acquired within a prescribed
period, and "short sale" rules applicable to straddles.  If a Fund makes certain
elections,  the amount,  character  and timing of the  recognition  of gains and
losses from the affected straddle positions would be determined under rules that
vary  according to the  elections  made.  Because only a few of the  regulations
implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences to a
Fund of straddle transactions are not entirely clear.

CONSTRUCTIVE  SALE.  If a  Fund  has  an  "appreciated  financial  position"  --
generally,  an interest  (including  an interest  through an option,  futures or
forward  contract  or short  sale) with  respect to any stock,  debt  instrument
(other than "straight  debt") or  partnership  interest the fair market value of
which exceeds its adjusted basis -and enters into a  "constructive  sale" of the
same or substantially similar property,  the Fund will be treated as having made
an actual sale  thereof,  with the result that gain will be  recognized  at that
time. A  constructive  sale  generally  consists of a short sale,  an offsetting
notional  principal  contract or futures or forward  contract  entered into by a
Fund or a related  person  with  respect  to the same or  substantially  similar
property.  In addition,  if the appreciated financial position is itself a short
sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially
similar property will be deemed a constructive sale.

The foregoing tax  discussion  is a summary  included for general  informational
purposes only.  Each  shareholder is advised to consult its own tax adviser with
respect to the  specific  tax  consequences  to it of an  investment  in a Fund,
including the effect and  applicability of state,  local,  foreign and other tax
laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Shortly  after the end of each year,  PFPC  calculates  the  federal  income tax
status of all distributions  made during the year. In addition to federal income
tax,  shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on

                                       32
<PAGE>

distributions  from a Fund.  Shareholders  should  consult  their  tax  advisers
regarding specific questions relating to federal, state and local taxes.

                     CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The  performance  of a Fund may be  quoted  in terms of its  yield and its total
return in advertising and other promotional  materials.  Performance data quoted
represents past performance and is not intended to indicate future  performance.
Performance of the Funds will vary based on changes in market conditions and the
level of each Fund's expenses.  These performance  figures are calculated in the
following manner:

MONEY MARKET FUNDS:

     A.   YIELD  for a  money  market  fund is the net  annualized  yield  for a
          specified 7 calendar days calculated at simple  interest rates.  Yield
          is  calculated  by  determining  the net change,  exclusive of capital
          changes, in the value of a hypothetical  pre-existing account having a
          balance of one share at the  beginning  of the period,  subtracting  a
          hypothetical charge reflecting  deductions from shareholder  accounts,
          and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value  of the  account  at the
          beginning  of the base  period to obtain the base period  return.  The
          yield is  annualized by  multiplying  the base period return by 365/7.
          The yield figure is stated to the nearest hundredth of one percent.

          The  yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 2000 was:

          Prime Money Market Fund            6.14%
          Tax-Exempt Fund                    3.96%

     B.   EFFECTIVE YIELD is the net annualized yield for a specified 7 calendar
          days assuming  reinvestment of income or compounding.  Effective yield
          is  calculated  by the same method as yield except the yield figure is
          compounded  by  adding  1,  raising  the sum to a power  equal  to 365
          divided by 7, and  subtracting  1 from the  result,  according  to the
          following formula:

             Effective yield = [(Base Period Return + 1) 365/7] - 1.

          The  effective yield for the 7-day period ended June 30, 2000 was:

          Prime Money Market Fund            6.33%
          Tax-Exempt Fund                    4.04%

ALL FUNDS:

     A.   AVERAGE  ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average  annual  compound  rate of
          return for the periods of one year, five years, ten years and the life
          of a Fund,  where  applicable,  all  ended on the last day of a recent
          calendar  quarter.  Average  annual  total return  quotations  reflect
          changes in the price of a Fund's  shares,  if any, and assume that all
          dividends  during  the  respective  periods  were  reinvested  in Fund
          shares.  Average  annual  total  return is  calculated  by finding the
          average annual  compound rates of return of a hypothetical  investment
          over such periods,  according to the following formula (average annual
          total return is then expressed as a percentage):

                                       33
<PAGE>

                                     T = (ERV/P)1/n - 1

           Where:   P        =       a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000

                    T        =       average annual total return

                    n        =       number of years

                    ERV      =       ending  redeemable value: ERV is the value,
                                     at the end of the applicable  period,  of a
                                     hypothetical  $1,000 investment made at the
                                     beginning of the applicable period.

           AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN FOR PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            1 YEAR        5 YEAR        10 YEAR
                                            ------        ------        -------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Prime Money Market (1)                       5.45%         5.20%         4.92%

Tax-Exempt Money Market (1)                  3.23%         3.07%         3.11%

Intermediate Bond (1)                        4.72%         5.62%          N/A

Municipal Bond (1)                           3.40%         5.13%          N/A

Large Cap Value - Investor Shares           (2.85%)         N/A           N/A

Mid Cap Value - Institutional Shares        19.30%          N/A           N/A

Small Cap Value - Investor Shares            8.84%          N/A           N/A

<FN>
(1)  Reflects the preformance of the respective  Wilmington  Prime Money Market,
     Tax-Exempt,   Intermediate   Bond  and  Municipal  Bond   Portfolios,   the
     predecessors of the Funds' master series.
</FN>
</TABLE>


     B.   YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  From  time to time,  an  Equity or Bond Fund may
          advertise  its yield.  Yield for these Funds is calculated by dividing
          the Fund's investment income for a 30-day period, net of expenses,  by
          the average number of shares entitled to receive dividends during that
          period according to the following formula:


                          YIELD = 2[((A-B)/CD + 1)6-1]

          where:

          a = dividends and interest earned during the period;
          b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);

          c = the average daily number of shares  outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive dividends; and

          d = the  maximum  offering  price  per  share  on the last day of the
              period.

The  result  is  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  (assuming  semiannual
compounding) of the maximum offering price per share at the end of the period.

         Except as noted below, in determining interest earned during the period
(variable "a" in the above formula), pfpc calculates the interest earned on each
debt  instrument  held  by a Fund  during  the  period  by:  (i)  computing  the
instrument's yield to maturity,  based on the value of the instrument (including
actual  accrued  interest) as of the last  business day of the period or, if the
instrument  was  purchased  during the period,  the purchase  price plus accrued
interest;  (ii) dividing the yield to maturity by 360; and (iii) multiplying the
resulting  quotient by the value of the  instrument  (including  actual  accrued
interest).  Once  interest  earned is  calculated  in this fashion for each debt
instrument  held  by the  Fund,  interest  earned  during  the  period  is  then
determined by totaling the interest earned on all debt  instruments  held by the
Fund.

                                       34
<PAGE>

         For purposes of these  calculations,  the maturity of a debt instrument
with one or more call  provisions  is  assumed  to be the next date on which the
instrument  reasonably  can be expected to be called or, if none,  the  maturity
date. In general,  interest  income is reduced with respect to debt  instruments
trading  at a  premium  over  their par value by  subtracting  a portion  of the
premium  from  income on a daily  basis,  and  increased  with  respect  to debt
instruments  trading at a discount by adding a portion of the  discount to daily
income.

         In determining  dividends earned by any preferred stock or other equity
securities held by a Fund during the period (variable "a" in the above formula),
PFPC accrues the dividends daily at their stated  dividend rates.  Capital gains
and losses generally are excluded from yield calculations.

         Because yield  accounting  methods differ from the  accounting  methods
used to calculate net investment  income for other purposes,  a Fund's yield may
not equal the dividend  income  actually paid to investors or the net investment
income reported with respect to the Fund in the Fund's financial statements.

         Yield  information may be useful in reviewing a Fund's  performance and
in providing a basis for comparison with other investment alternatives. However,
the Funds' yields fluctuate,  unlike  investments that pay a fixed interest rate
over a stated  period of time.  Investors  should  recognize  that in periods of
declining interest rates, the Funds' yields will tend to be somewhat higher than
prevailing  market rates,  and in periods of rising interest  rates,  the Funds'
yields will tend to be somewhat  lower.  Also,  when interest rates are falling,
the  inflow  of net new  money to the Funds  from the  continuous  sale of their
shares will likely be invested in  instruments  producing  lower yields than the
balance of the Funds'  holdings,  thereby  reducing  the  current  yields of the
Funds.  In periods of rising  interest  rates,  the  opposite can be expected to
occur.

COMPARISON OF FUND PERFORMANCE.  A comparison of the quoted performance  offered
for various  investments  is valid only if performance is calculated in the same
manner.  Since  there are many  methods of  calculating  performance,  investors
should  consider the effects of the methods used to calculate  performance  when
comparing  performance of a Fund with  performance  quoted with respect to other
investment companies or types of investments.  For example, it is useful to note
that yields reported on debt instruments are generally  prospective,  contrasted
with the historical yields reported by a Fund.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual  funds  tracked by mutual fund rating  services or to  unmanaged  indices
which  may  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  but  generally  do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

From time to time,  in marketing  and other  literature,  a Money Market  Fund's
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual funds or unmanaged indexes of comparable securities such as the IBC First
Tier  Money  Market  Index  for  the  Premier  Money  Market  Funds.  Yield  and
performance  over time may also be  compared  to the  performance  of bank money
market deposit accounts and fixed-rate insured certificates of deposit (CDs), or
unmanaged  indices of  securities  that are  comparable to money market funds in
their terms and intent, such as Treasury bills, bankers' acceptances, negotiable
order of  withdrawal  accounts,  and money  market  certificates.  Most bank CDs
differ from money market funds in several  ways:  the interest rate is fixed for
the term of the CD, there are interest  penalties  for early  withdrawal  of the
deposit from a CD, and the deposit principal in a CD is insured by the FDIC.

From time to time, in marketing and other literature, the Bond and Equity Funds'
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual  funds  or  unmanaged  indexes  of  comparable  securities  with  similar
investment  goals,  as tracked by independent  organizations  such as Investment
Company  Data,  Inc.  (an  organization  which  provides   performance   ranking
information for broad classes of mutual funds), Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.
("Lipper") (a mutual fund research firm which analyzes over 1,800 mutual funds),
CDA Investment  Technologies,  Inc. (an organization  which provides mutual fund
performance and ranking information),  Morningstar,  Inc. (an organization which
analyzes  over 2,400 mutual  funds) and other  independent  organizations.  When
Lipper's  tracking  results  are  used,  a Fund  will be  compared  to  Lipper's
appropriate  fund category,  that is, by fund objective and portfolio  holdings.
Rankings may be listed among one or more of the asset-size classes as determined
by

                                       35
<PAGE>

Lipper. When other  organizations'  tracking results are used, a Fund will be
compared  to the  appropriate  fund  category,  that is, by fund  objective  and
portfolio holdings, or to the appropriate volatility grouping,  where volatility
is a measure of a fund's risk.

Since the assets in all funds are always  changing,  a Fund may be ranked within
one asset-size  class at one time and in another  asset-size class at some other
time.  In  addition,  the  independent  organization  chosen  to  rank a Fund in
marketing and promotional literature may change from time to time depending upon
the basis of the  independent  organization's  categorizations  of mutual funds,
changes in a Fund's investment policies and investments, a Fund's asset size and
other factors deemed  relevant.  Advertisements  and other marketing  literature
will indicate the time period and Lipper  asset-size class or other  performance
ranking company criteria, as applicable, for the ranking in question.

Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent  sources may also be used in
advertisements  concerning a Fund,  including  reprints of or  selections  from,
editorials or articles about the Fund.  Sources for performance  information and
articles about a Fund may include the following:

BARRON'S,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

CDA INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an organization that provides performance and
ranking  information through examining the dollar results of hypothetical mutual
fund investments and comparing these results against appropriate market indices.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

IBC'S MONEY FUND REPORT, a weekly publication of IBC/Donoghue, Inc., of Ashland,
Massachusetts,  reporting on the performance of the nation's money market funds,
summarizing  money  market fund  activity,  and  including  certain  averages as
performance  benchmarks,  specifically  "IBC's Money Fund  Average,"  and "IBC's
Government Money Fund Average."

IBC'S MONEY FUND  DIRECTORY,  an annual  directory  ranking  money market mutual
funds.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  DATA,  INC., an  independent  organization  which  provides
performance ranking information for broad classes of mutual funds.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY, a daily  newspaper  that features  financial,  economic,  and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

                                       36
<PAGE>

MUTUAL FUND VALUES,  a biweekly  Morningstar,  Inc.  publication  that  provides
ratings  of  mutual  funds  based  on  fund   performance   risk  and  portfolio
characteristics.

THE NEW YORK TIMES, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA TODAY, the nation's number one daily newspaper.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a Dow Jones and Company,  Inc.  newspaper  that regularly
covers financial news.

WIESENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial  statements and financial  highlights of the CRM Small Cap
Value,  Mid Cap Value and Large Cap Value  Funds for the fiscal  year ended June
30, 2000, as set forth in CRM Funds annual  reports to  shareholders,  including
the notes thereto and the reports of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, are incorporated
herein by reference.

                                       37
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES

REGULATION  OF  THE  USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES.  As discussed in the prospectus,  in managing a Fund's corresponding
Series, the adviser may engage in certain options,  futures and forward currency
contract  strategies  for certain bona fide  hedging,  risk  management or other
portfolio  management  purposes.  Certain special  characteristics  of and risks
associated  with using these  strategies  are discussed  below.  Use of options,
futures and forward  currency  contracts  is subject to  applicable  regulations
and/or  interpretations of the SEC and the several options and futures exchanges
upon which these  instruments  may be traded.  The Board of Trustees has adopted
investment guidelines (described below) reflecting these regulations.

In addition to the products,  strategies  and risks  described  below and in the
prospectus,   the  adviser  expects  to  discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available as new  techniques  develop,  as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of  permitted  transactions  and as new  options,
futures and forward currency contracts are developed. These opportunities may be
utilized to the extent they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective
and  limitations  and  permitted  by  applicable  regulatory  authorities.   The
registration statement for the Funds will be supplemented to the extent that new
products and strategies involve materially  different risks than those described
below and in the prospectus.

COVER  REQUIREMENTS.  The Series  will not use  leverage  in their  options  and
futures.  Accordingly, the Series will comply with guidelines established by the
SEC with  respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either (1) setting  aside
cash or liquid,  unencumbered,  daily marked-to-market securities in one or more
segregated  accounts with the custodian in the prescribed amount; or (2) holding
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset ("cover") their obligations thereunder.  Securities, currencies, or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
these strategies are outstanding,  unless they are replaced with similar assets.
As a result,  there is a  possibility  that the use of cover  involving  a large
percentage  of the Series'  assets could  impede  portfolio  management,  or the
Series' ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS STRATEGIES. A Series may purchase and write (sell) only those options on
securities   and  securities   indices  that  are  traded  on  U.S.   exchanges.
Exchange-traded  options  in the U.S.  are  issued  by a  clearing  organization
affiliated with the exchange,  on which the option is listed,  which, in effect,
guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.

Each Series may purchase call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be
used as a means of  enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an
anticipated price increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security,  use of this  strategy  would  serve to limit  the
potential  loss to the Series to the option  premium  paid;  conversely,  if the
market price of the underlying  security  increases above the exercise price and
the Series either sells or exercises the option, any profit eventually  realized
would be reduced by the premium paid.

Each Series may  purchase  put options on  securities  that it holds in order to
hedge against a decline in the market value of the securities held or to enhance
return. The put option enables the Series to sell the underlying security at the
predetermined  exercise price;  thus, the potential for loss to the Series below
the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of
the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any
profit the Series realizes on the sale of the security is reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Each  Series may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline in the
market  value of  securities  that it holds at a time when put  options on those
particular securities are not available for purchase. At those times, the Series
may purchase a put option on other carefully selected  securities in which it is
authorized  to invest,  the values of which  historically  have a high degree of
positive  correlation  to the  value of the  securities  actually  held.  If the
adviser's  judgment is correct,  changes in the value of the put options  should
generally offset changes in the

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

value of the securities being hedged.  However,  the correlation between the two
values may not be as close in these  transactions  as in transactions in which a
Series  purchases a put option on a security that it holds.  If the value of the
securities  underlying  the put option  falls  below the value of the  portfolio
securities, the put option may not provide complete protection against a decline
in the value of the portfolio securities.

Each  Series  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in which it is
authorized to invest for hedging  purposes or to increase  return in the form of
premiums  received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation
to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period.
The strategy may be used to provide limited protection against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Series declines,  the amount of the decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Series. If, however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security and the option is  exercised,  the Series will be obligated to sell the
security at less than its market value.

Each  Series may also write  covered put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring it to make payment of
the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of
put options in other  respects,  including  their related risks and rewards,  is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised, the Series will realize income in the amount of the premium received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the  underlying  securities  would  decline  below the  exercise  price less the
premiums received, in which case the Series would expect to suffer a loss.

Each Series may  purchase  put and call  options and write  covered put and call
options  on  indexes  in much the same  manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in  the  securities  markets  (or a  market  sector)  rather  than
anticipated  increases or decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  An
index assigns values to the securities included in the index and fluctuates with
changes in such values.  Settlements  of index  options are  effected  with cash
payments and do not involve delivery of securities.  Thus, upon settlement of an
index  option,  the purchaser  will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount
based on the difference  between the exercise price and the closing price of the
index. The  effectiveness of hedging  techniques using index options will depend
on the extent to which price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with
price movements of the securities in which a Series invests. Perfect correlation
is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by the Series will
not exactly match the  composition  of indexes on which options are purchased or
written.

Each Series may purchase and write covered straddles on securities or indexes. A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise price on the call. The Series would enter into a long straddle when the
adviser  believes that it is likely that prices will be more volatile during the
term of the options than is implied by the option pricing. A short straddle is a
combination  of a call and a put written on the same security where the exercise
price on the put is less than or equal to the  exercise  price of the call where
the same issue of the  security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Series would enter into a short  straddle  when the adviser  believes
that it is  unlikely  that  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the option  pricing.  In such case, the Series will set
aside cash and/or liquid,  unencumbered  securities in a segregated account with
its  custodian  equivalent  in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put is
"in-the-money,"  that is,  that  amount by which the  exercise  price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying  security.  Because straddles
involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
difficult to open and close out.

Each Series may purchase put and call warrants  with values that vary  depending
on the change in the value of one or more specified indexes ("index  warrants").
An index warrant is usually issued by a bank or other financial  institution and
gives the Series  the right,  at any time  during  the term of the  warrant,  to
receive  upon  exercise  of the  warrant a cash  payment  from the issuer of the
warrant based on the value of the underlying  index at the time of exercise.  In
general,  if a Series holds a call warrant and the value of the underlying index
rises above the

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

exercise  price of the  warrant,  the Series  will be entitled to receive a cash
payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference  between the value
of the index and the exercise  price of the  warrant;  if the Series holds a put
warrant and the value of the underlying index falls, the Series will be entitled
to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise  based on the difference
between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The Series
holding a call warrant  would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at
any time when the  exercise  price is greater  than the value of the  underlying
index;  the Series  holding a put warrant  would not be entitled to any payments
when the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying  index.  If the
Series does not  exercise an index  warrant  prior to its  expiration,  then the
Series loses the amount of the purchase price that it paid for the warrant.

Each Series will normally use index  warrants as it may use index  options.  The
risks of the  Series'  use of index  warrants  are  generally  similar  to those
relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options,  however, index
warrants are issued in limited  amounts and are not  obligations  of a regulated
clearing  agency,  but  are  backed  only by the  credit  of the  bank or  other
institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer
terms than index options. Index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as index
options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition,  the terms of index
warrants  may limit the Series'  ability to exercise the warrants at any time or
in any quantity.

OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In  view  of the  risks  involved  in  using  the  options
strategies  described  above,  each Series has adopted the following  investment
guidelines  to  govern  its  use of such  strategies;  these  guidelines  may be
modified by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

     (1)  each Series will write only covered options, and each such option will
          remain covered so long as the Series is obligated thereby; and

     (2)  no Series will write  options  (whether on  securities  or  securities
          indexes) if aggregate exercise prices of previous written  outstanding
          options,  together  with  the  value  of  assets  used  to  cover  all
          outstanding positions, would exceed 25% of its total net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF OPTIONS TRADING. A Series may effectively
terminate  its right or  obligation  under an option by entering  into a closing
transaction.  If a Series wishes to terminate its obligation to purchase or sell
securities under a put or a call option it has written,  the Series may purchase
a put or a call option of the same series  (that is, an option  identical in its
terms to the option  previously  written).  This is known as a closing  purchase
transaction.  Conversely,  in order to  terminate  its right to purchase or sell
specified  securities under a call or put option it has purchased,  a Series may
sell an option of the same series as the option held. This is known as a closing
sale transaction.  Closing  transactions  essentially permit a Series to realize
profits  or limit  losses on its  options  positions  prior to the  exercise  or
expiration  of the  option.  If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase
transaction  with  respect to options it has  acquired,  the Series will have to
allow the options to expire  without  recovering  all or a portion of the option
premiums  paid. If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase  transaction
with respect to covered  options it has written,  the Series will not be able to
sell the  underlying  securities  or dispose of assets  used as cover  until the
options expire or are exercised,  and the Series may experience  material losses
due to losses on the option transaction itself and in the covering securities.


In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or for hedging  purposes,
particular note should be taken of the following:

     (1)  The value of an option position will reflect,  among other things, the
          current  market price of the  underlying  security or index,  the time
          remaining until expiration,  the relationship of the exercise price to
          the market price,  the historical  price  volatility of the underlying
          security or index, and general market conditions. For this reason, the
          successful  use of  options  depends  upon the  adviser's  ability  to
          forecast  the  direction  of  price  fluctuations  in  the  underlying
          securities  markets or, in the case of index options,  fluctuations in
          the market sector represented by the selected index.


     (2)  Options  normally  have  expiration  dates  of up to three  years.  An
          American  style put or call option may be exercised at any time during
          the option  period  while a European  style put or call

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

          option may be exercised only upon  expiration or during a fixed period
          prior to  expiration.  The exercise price of the options may be below,
          equal to or above the current market value of the underlying  security
          or index.  Purchased  options that expire  unexercised  have no value.
          Unless an option  purchased  by the  Series is  exercised  or unless a
          closing  transaction  is effected with respect to that  position,  the
          Series will  realize a loss in the amount of the premium  paid and any
          transaction costs.

     (3)  A position in an  exchange-listed  option may be closed out only on an
          exchange  that  provides a  secondary  market for  identical  options.
          Although   the  Series   intends  to  purchase  or  write  only  those
          exchange-traded  options  for  which  there  appears  to  be a  liquid
          secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market
          will exist for any particular  option at any particular time. A liquid
          market may be absent if: (i) there is insufficient trading interest in
          the option;  (ii) the  exchange has imposed  restrictions  on trading,
          such as trading  halts,  trading  suspensions  or daily price  limits;
          (iii) normal  exchange  operations  have been  disrupted;  or (iv) the
          exchange has inadequate facilities to handle current trading volume.

     (4)  With certain  exceptions,  exchange listed options generally settle by
          physical  delivery  of the  underlying  security.  Index  options  are
          settled  exclusively in cash for the net amount,  if any, by which the
          option is "in-the-money" (where the value of the underlying instrument
          exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of
          a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option
          is  exercised.  If the Series  writes a call  option on an index,  the
          Series will not know in advance the  difference,  if any,  between the
          closing value of the index on the exercise date and the exercise price
          of the call  option  itself  and thus will not know the amount of cash
          payable  upon  settlement.  If the  Series  holds an index  option and
          exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available,
          the Series  runs the risk that the level of the  underlying  index may
          subsequently change.

     (5)  A Series'  activities  in the  options  markets may result in a higher
          Series  turnover rate and additional  brokerage  costs;  however,  the
          Series also may save on commissions by using options as a hedge rather
          than buying or selling individual securities in anticipation of, or as
          a result of, market movements.

FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  Each  Series  may engage in futures
strategies  for certain  non-trading  bona fide  hedging,  risk  management  and
portfolio management purposes.

Each Series may sell  securities  index futures  contracts in  anticipation of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the  Series'  securities  holdings.  To the extent  that a portion of a
Series' holdings  correlate with a given index, the sale of futures contracts on
that index  could  reduce the risks  associated  with a market  decline and thus
provide an alternative to the liquidation of securities positions.  For example,
if a Series  correctly  anticipates  a general  market  decline  and sells index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset some or all of the decline in the value of the Series' holdings. A Series
may purchase  index futures  contracts if a significant  market or market sector
advance is anticipated.  Such a purchase of a futures  contract would serve as a
temporary  substitute for the purchase of the underlying  securities,  which may
then be purchased,  in an orderly fashion. This strategy may minimize the effect
of all or part of an increase in the market  price of  securities  that a Series
intends to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities should be in part or
wholly offset by gains in the futures position.

As in the case of a purchase of an index futures contract, a Series may purchase
a call option on an index futures  contract to hedge against a market advance in
securities  that the Series  plans to acquire at a future  date.  The Series may
write covered put options on index futures as a partial  anticipatory hedge, and
may write  covered call options on index  futures as a partial  hedge  against a
decline in the prices of  securities  held by the Series.  This is  analogous to
writing  covered  call options on  securities.  The Series also may purchase put
options on index futures contracts. The purchase of put options on index futures
contracts is analogous to the purchase of  protective  put options on individual
securities  where a level of  protection  is sought  below  which no  additional
economic loss would be incurred by the Series.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In view of the risks involved in using
the futures  strategies  that are described  above,  each Series has adopted the
following investment guidelines to govern its use of such strategies.  The Board
of Trustees may modify these guidelines without shareholder vote.

     (1)  The Series will engage only in covered futures transactions,  and each
          such  transaction  will  remain  covered  so  long  as the  Series  is
          obligated thereby.

     (2)  The Series will not write  options on futures  contracts  if aggregate
          exercise prices of previously written  outstanding options (whether on
          securities or securities  indexes),  together with the value of assets
          used to cover all outstanding  futures positions,  would exceed 25% of
          its total net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRADING.  No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures  contract,  a Series is required to deposit with its  custodian,  in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction is effected,  an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid  instruments  generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  This
amount is known as "initial  margin."  When  writing a call or a put option on a
futures  contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance  with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions. Rather, initial margin on a futures contract is in the nature of a
performance  bond or  good-faith  deposit on the contract  that is returned to a
Series upon termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations have been
satisfied.  Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility,  a
Series  may be  required  by a futures  exchange  to  increase  the level of its
initial  margin  payment.  Additionally,  initial  margin  requirements  may  be
increased  generally in the future by regulatory  action.  Subsequent  payments,
called "variation  margin," to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as
the value of the futures or options position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." For example, when a Series purchases a contract and the value of the
contract rises,  the Series receives from the broker a variation  margin payment
equal to that  increase  in  value.  Conversely,  if the  value  of the  futures
position  declines,  a Series is required to make a variation  margin payment to
the broker  equal to the  decline in value.  Variation  margin  does not involve
borrowing  to finance the futures  transaction,  but rather  represents  a daily
settlement of a Series' obligations to or from a clearing organization.

Buyers and  sellers of futures  positions  and  options  thereon  can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures
contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond  that  limit.  The daily  limit  governs  only price  movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for the  Series to close a
position and, in the event of adverse price movements,  the Series would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

In  considering  a  Series'  use  of  futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

     (1)  Successful  use by a Series of futures  contracts and related  options
          will depend upon the  adviser's  ability to predict  movements  in the
          direction of the securities  markets,  which requires different skills
          and  techniques  than  predicting  changes in the prices of individual
          securities. Moreover, futures contracts relate not only to the current
          price  level of the  underlying

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

          securities,  but also to anticipated price levels at some point in the
          future.  There is, in  addition,  the risk that the  movements  in the
          price of the futures contract will not correlate with the movements in
          the prices of the securities being hedged.  For example,  if the price
          of an  index  futures  contract  moves  less  than  the  price  of the
          securities  that are the  subject of the hedge,  the hedge will not be
          fully  effective,  but if the price of the securities being hedged has
          moved  in an  unfavorable  direction,  a  Series  would be in a better
          position  than  if it had  not  hedged  at all.  If the  price  of the
          securities  being  hedged  has  moved in a  favorable  direction,  the
          advantage may be partially  offset by losses in the futures  position.
          In addition,  if a Series has  insufficient  cash, it may have to sell
          assets to meet daily variation margin  requirements.  Any such sale of
          assets may or may not be made at prices that reflect a rising  market.
          Consequently,  a Series  may need to sell  assets  at a time when such
          sales are  disadvantageous  to the Series. If the price of the futures
          contract  moves more than the price of the  underlying  securities,  a
          Series will experience either a loss or a gain on the futures contract
          that may or may not be completely  offset by movements in the price of
          the securities that are the subject of the hedge.


     (2)  In  addition  to  the  possibility  that  there  may  be an  imperfect
          correlation,  or no correlation at all, between price movements in the
          futures  position and the  securities  being hedged,  movements in the
          prices of futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with movements
          in the prices of the hedged securities due to price distortions in the
          futures market. There may be several reasons unrelated to the value of
          the underlying  securities that cause this situation to occur.  First,
          as noted above,  all participants in the futures market are subject to
          initial  and  variation  margin  requirements.  If,  to avoid  meeting
          additional margin deposit requirements or for other reasons, investors
          choose to close a  significant  number of  futures  contracts  through
          offsetting transactions,  distortions in the normal price relationship
          between  the  securities  and the futures  markets may occur.  Second,
          because the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less
          onerous than margin  requirements in the securities market,  there may
          be increased  participation by speculators in the futures market. Such
          speculative  activity in the futures  market also may cause  temporary
          price  distortions.  As a result, a correct forecast of general market
          trends may not result in successful hedging through the use of futures
          contracts  over the  short  term.  In  addition,  activities  of large
          traders in both the futures and securities markets involving arbitrage
          and  other  investment   strategies  may  result  in  temporary  price
          distortions.


     (3)  Positions in futures  contracts  may be closed out only on an exchange
          or board of trade that  provides a secondary  market for such  futures
          contracts.  Although each Series  intends to purchase and sell futures
          only on  exchanges  or boards of trade  where  there  appears to be an
          active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary
          market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any  particular
          contract at any particular time. In such event, it may not be possible
          to  close a  futures  position,  and in the  event  of  adverse  price
          movements,  a Series would  continue to be required to make  variation
          margin payments.


     (4)  Like options on securities,  options on futures contracts have limited
          life.  The ability to establish  and close out options on futures will
          be subject to the  development  and  maintenance  of liquid  secondary
          markets on the relevant  exchanges or boards of trade. There can be no
          certainty that such markets for all options on futures  contracts will
          develop.


     (5)  Purchasers  of options on futures  contracts  pay a premium in cash at
          the time of purchase.  This amount and the  transaction  costs are all
          that is at risk.  Sellers of options  on futures  contracts,  however,
          must post initial  margin and are subject to  additional  margin calls
          that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements.  In
          addition,  although  the  maximum  amount  at  risk  when  the  Series
          purchases  an  option  is the  premium  paid  for the  option  and the
          transaction  costs, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an
          option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Series when
          the use of a futures  contract  would  not,  such as when  there is no
          movement in the level of the underlying  index value or the securities
          or currencies being hedged.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

     (6)  As is the case with  options,  a  Series'  activities  in the  futures
          markets may result in a higher portfolio  turnover rate and additional
          transaction costs in the form of added brokerage commissions. However,
          a Series also may save on  commissions  by using futures  contracts or
          options  thereon as a hedge  rather than buying or selling  individual
          securities in anticipation of, or as a result of, market movements.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

Moody's and S&P are private  services that provide ratings of the credit quality
of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P to
the securities in which the Funds'  corresponding Series may invest is discussed
below.  These ratings  represent the opinions of these rating services as to the
quality of the securities  that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized,
however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. The
advisers and  sub-advisers  attempt to discern  variations in credit rankings of
the  rating  services  and to  anticipate  changes in credit  ranking.  However,
subsequent to purchase by a Series, an issue of securities may cease to be rated
or its rating may be reduced below the minimum  rating  required for purchase by
the Series. In that event, an adviser or sub-adviser will consider whether it is
in the best interest of the Series to continue to hold the securities.

MOODY'S RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

Aaa:  Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa: Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A: Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade  obligations (i.e.,
they are neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured).  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The highest rating for corporate and
municipal commercial paper is "P-1" (Prime-1).  Issuers rated P-1 (or supporting
institutions)  have a superior  ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt
obligations.  P-1  repayment  ability  will  often be  evidenced  by many of the
following characteristics:

o    Leading market positions in well-established industries.

o    High rates of return on funds employed.

o    Conservative  capitalization  structure with moderate  reliance on debt and
     ample asset protection.

o    Broad  margins in  earnings  coverage of fixed  financial  charges and high
     internal cash generation.

o    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
     of alternate liquidity.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

MUNICIPAL  NOTES.  The  highest  ratings  for  state  and  municipal  short-term
obligations are "MIG 1," "MIG 2" and "MIG 3" (or "VMIG 1," "VMIG 2" and "VMIG 3"
in the case of an issue having a variable-rate demand feature). Notes rated "MIG
1" or "VMIG 1" are judged to be of the best  quality.  There is  present  strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broadbased access to the market for refinancing. Notes rated "MIG 2" or "VMIG 2"
are of high quality,  with margins of protection  that are ample although not so
large  as in the  preceding  group.  Notes  rated  "MIG  3" or  "VMIG  3" are of
favorable  quality,  with all security  elements  accounted  for but lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection
may be narrow,  and  market  access  for  refinancing  is likely to be less well
established.

S&P RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

AAA: Bonds rated AAA are highest grade debt  obligations.  This rating indicates
an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA:  Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A: Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB: Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

CORPORATE AND  MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The "A-1" rating for corporate and
municipal  commercial paper indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong safety
characteristics will be rated "A-1+."

MUNICIPAL  NOTES. The "SP-1" rating reflects a very strong or strong capacity to
pay  principal  and interest.  Those issues  determined to possess  overwhelming
safety  characteristics  will be rated  "SP-1+."  The "SP-2"  rating  reflects a
satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

FITCH RATINGS

DESCRIPTION OF FITCH'S HIGHEST STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES RATING.

AAA - Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality.
The  obligor  has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit  quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.

F-1+ - Issues  assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest  degree
of assurance for timely payment.

F-1 - Issues  assigned this rating  reflect an assurance of timely  payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
                       THE ROXBURY LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
                            THE ROXBURY MID CAP FUND
                     THE ROXBURY SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FUND
                      THE ROXBURY SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FUND

                              400 Bellevue Parkway
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19809

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                NOVEMBER 1, 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with each Fund's current  prospectus,  dated November 1, 2000, as
amended  from time to time. A copy of the current  prospectuses  may be obtained
without charge, by writing to Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI"), 3200 Horizon
Drive, King of Prussia, PA 19406, and from certain financial  professionals such
as  broker-dealers  that have entered into servicing  agreements  with PDI or by
calling (800) 497-2960.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL INFORMATION                                                           3
INVESTMENT POLICIES                                                           3
INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS                                                        5
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS                                                         6
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES                           8
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES                                        8
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN                                   10
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES                                     12
CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES                                           12
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES                                   13
DIVIDENDS                                                                    15
TAXATION OF THE FUND                                                         16
CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION                                       17
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                         21
APPENDIX A -- OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES     A-1
APPENDIX B -- DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS                                        B-1

                                       ii
<PAGE>

                               GENERAL INFORMATION

This  Statement of  Additional  Information  relates to the Class A, Class B and
Class C shares of The Roxbury  Large Cap Growth Fund ("Large Cap Growth  Fund"),
the Roxbury Mid Cap Fund ("Mid Cap Fund"),  the Roxbury  Science and  Technology
Fund ("Science & Technology  Fund") and the Roxbury  Socially  Responsible  Fund
("Socially  Responsible  Fund") (each, a "Fund" and collectively,  the "Funds").
All  references to the Funds shall include  references to the Series (as defined
herein)  in which each Fund  invests.  With the  exception  of the  Science  and
Technology  Fund,  each Fund is a  diversified  series  of WT  Mutual  Fund (the
"Trust") , a registered  open-end  management  investment company organized as a
Delaware  business  trust.  The Trust was organized on June 1, 1994. The name of
the Trust was changed  from Kiewit  Mutual Fund to WT Mutual Fund on October 20,
1998.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

Each  Fund  seeks to meet  its  investment  objective  by  investing  all of its
investable  assets  in a  corresponding  series  of WT  Investment  Trust I (the
"Master") that has the same  investment  objective,  policies and limitations as
the investing Fund. Large Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Fund,  Science and Technology
Fund, and Socially Responsible Fund invest all of its investable assets in Large
Cap Growth Series,  Mid Cap Series,  Science and Technology  Series and Socially
Responsible Series (each, a "Series"), respectively.

The following  information  supplements the  information  concerning each Fund's
investment objective,  policies and limitations found in the prospectus.  Unless
otherwise  indicated,  it applies to each Fund  through  its  investment  in its
corresponding  Series.  Although each Fund invests principally in common stocks,
each may make other kinds of investments from time to time.

CASH  MANAGEMENT.  Each Fund may invest in cash and cash  equivalents  including
high-quality  money market instruments and money market funds in order to manage
cash flow in each Fund. Certain of these instruments are described below.

o    MONEY MARKET FUNDS.  Each Fund may invest in the  securities of other money
     market mutual funds, within the limits prescribed by the Investment Company
     Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act"). These limitations  currently provide,
     in part,  that a Fund may not purchase  shares of an investment  company if
     (a) such a purchase  would cause the Fund to own in the aggregate more than
     3% of the total outstanding  voting stock of the investment  company or (b)
     such a  purchase  would  cause  the Fund to have  more than 5% of its total
     assets  invested  in the  investment  company  or (c) more  than 10% of the
     Fund's  total  assets to be invested  in the  aggregate  in all  investment
     companies.

o    U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS. Each Fund may invest in debt securities issued
     or guaranteed by the U.S.  Government,  its agencies or  instrumentalities.
     Although all obligations of agencies and  instrumentalities  are not direct
     obligations of the U.S. Treasury,  payment of the interest and principal on
     these  obligations is generally  backed  directly or indirectly by the U.S.
     government.

o    COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  Each Fund may invest in  commercial  paper.  Commercial
     paper consists of short-term (up to 270 days)  unsecured  promissory  notes
     issued by corporations in order to finance their current  operations.  Each
     Fund may  invest  only in  commercial  paper  rated A-1 or higher by S&P or
     Moody's  or if not rated,  determined  by the  adviser to be of  comparable
     quality. See "Appendix B - Description of Ratings."

o    BANK  OBLIGATIONS.   Each  Fund  may  invest  in  U.S.   dollar-denominated
     obligations  of major  banks,  including  certificates  of  deposits,  time
     deposits and bankers' acceptances of major U.S. and foreign banks and their
     branches located outside of the United States,  of U.S. branches of foreign
     banks, of foreign  branches of foreign banks,  of U.S.  agencies of foreign
     banks  and of  wholly-owned  banking  subsidiaries  of such  foreign  banks
     located in the U. S. Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and U.S.
     branches  of wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  foreign  banks may be general
     obligations  of the parent bank, or the issuing  branch or  subsidiary,  or
     both,  or may be  limited  by the  terms  of a  specific  obligation  or by
     governmental regulation.

                                                                               3
<PAGE>

     Because such  obligations  are issued by foreign entities, they are subject
     to the risks of foreign investing.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible securities have characteristics similar to
both fixed income and equity securities.  Because of the conversion feature, the
market value of  convertible  securities  tends to move together with the market
value of the underlying stock. As a result, each Fund's selection of convertible
securities  is  based,  to  a  great  extent,   on  the  potential  for  capital
appreciation  that may exist in the underlying  stock.  The value of convertible
securities is also affected by prevailing  interest rates, the credit quality of
the issuers and any call provisions.

Each Fund may invest in convertible  securities  that are rated,  at the time of
purchase,  in the three highest  rating  categories  by a nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organization  such as S&P or Moody's , or if  unrated,  are
determined  by  the  adviser  to  be  of  comparable  quality.  See  Appendix  B
"Description  of  Ratings."  Should  the  rating  of a  security  be  downgraded
subsequent to each Fund's purchase of the security,  the adviser, as applicable,
will  determine  whether it is in the best  interest  of each Fund to retain the
security.

DEBT  SECURITIES.  Debt  securities  represent money borrowed that obligates the
issuer (e.g., a corporation,  municipality,  government,  government  agency) to
repay the borrowed  amount at maturity  (when the obligation is due and payable)
and usually to pay the holder interest at specific times.

HEDGING  STRATEGIES.  Each Fund may engage in certain  hedging  strategies  that
involve options and futures. These hedging strategies are described in detail in
Appendix A.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  Each Fund may invest no more than 15% of its net assets in
securities  that at the time of purchase have legal or contractual  restrictions
on resale or are otherwise  illiquid.  If the limitations on illiquid securities
are exceeded,  other than by a change in market  values,  the condition  will be
reported by the adviser to the Board of Trustees.

OPTIONS ON  SECURITIES  AND  SECURITIES  INDEXES.  Each Fund may  purchase  call
options on securities  that the adviser intends to include in such Fund in order
to fix the cost of a future  purchase  or  attempt  to  enhance  return  by, for
example,  participating  in an anticipated  increase in the value of a security.
Each Fund may  purchase  put  options  to hedge  against a decline in the market
value of securities held in such Fund or in an attempt to enhance  return.  Each
Fund may write (sell) put and covered call options on  securities  in which they
are authorized to invest. Each Fund may also purchase put and call options,  and
write put and  covered  call  options on U.S.  securities  indexes.  Stock index
options serve to hedge against overall  fluctuations  in the securities  markets
rather than  anticipated  increases  or  decreases  in the value of a particular
security.  Of the  percentage of the total assets of each Fund that are invested
in equity (or  related)  securities,  each Fund may not invest  more than 10% of
such assets in covered call options on securities  and/or  options on securities
indices.

REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  Each  Fund  may  invest  in  repurchase  agreements.  A
repurchase  agreement is a transaction in which a Fund purchases a security from
a bank or recognized securities dealer and simultaneously commits to resell that
security  to a bank or dealer at an agreed  date and price  reflecting  a market
rate of interest,  unrelated to the coupon rate or the maturity of the purchased
security.   While  it  is  not  possible  to  eliminate  all  risks  from  these
transactions  (particularly  the possibility of a decline in the market value of
the underlying securities, as well as delays and costs to each Fund if the other
party to the repurchase  agreement becomes  bankrupt),  it is the policy of each
Fund to limit  repurchase  transactions  to  primary  dealers  and  banks  whose
creditworthiness  has been  reviewed  and  found  satisfactory  by the  adviser.
Repurchase  agreements  maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid
for purposes of each Fund's investment limitations.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold
to the public without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act")
or an exemption from registration.  Restricted securities,  including securities
eligible for re-sale under 1933 Act Rule 144A,  that are determined to be liquid
are not  subject to this  limitation.  This  determination  is to be made by the
adviser  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by the Board of Trustees.  Under these
guidelines, the adviser will consider the frequency of trades and quotes for the
security,   the  number  of  dealers  in,  and  potential  purchasers  for,  the
securities, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, and the nature
of the security and of the  marketplace  trades.  In purchasing  such restricted
securities,  the  adviser  intends to purchase  securities  that are exempt from
registration under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING. Each Fund may lend securities pursuant to agreements,  which
require that the loans be  continuously  secured by collateral  equal to 100% of
the market value of the loaned  securities.  Such  collateral  consists of cash,
securities of the U.S.  Government or its agencies,  or any  combination of cash
and such securities.  Such loans will not be made if, as a result, the aggregate
amount of all outstanding  securities  loans for each Fund exceeds  one-third of
the value of such Fund's total assets taken at fair market value. Each Fund will
continue to receive interest on the securities lent while simultaneously earning
interest on the investment of the cash collateral in U.S. Government securities.
However,  a Fund will  normally  pay  lending  fees to such  broker-dealers  and
related expenses from the interest earned on invested  collateral.  There may be
risks of delay in receiving additional  collateral or risks of delay in recovery
of the securities and even loss of rights in the collateral  should the borrower
of the securities fail  financially.  However,  loans are made only to borrowers
deemed by the adviser to be of good  standing  and when,  in the judgment of the
adviser,  the  consideration  that can be earned  currently from such securities
loans justifies the attendant risk.  Either party upon reasonable  notice to the
other party may terminate any loan.

                             INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

Except as otherwise provided, each Fund and its corresponding Series has adopted
the investment limitations set forth below.  Limitations which are designated as
fundamental  policies  may not be changed  without the  affirmative  vote of the
lessor of (i) 67% or more of the  shares  of a Fund  present  at a  shareholders
meeting if holders  of more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of the Fund are
present in person or by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of
a Fund. If any percentage  restriction on investment or utilization of assets is
adhered  to at the time an  investment  is made,  a later  change in  percentage
resulting  from a change in the market values of a Fund's assets or  redemptions
of shares will not be considered a violation of the limitation.

Each Fund will not as a matter of fundamental policy:

1.   purchase the securities of any one issuer, if as a result,  more than 5% of
     a Fund's total assets would be invested in the  securities  of such issuer,
     or the  Fund  would  own or  hold  10% or more  of the  outstanding  voting
     securities of that issuer, provided that (1) each Fund may invest up to 25%
     of its  total  assets  without  regard  to  these  limitations;  (2)  these
     limitations  do not apply to  securities  issued or  guaranteed by the U.S.
     Government,   its  agencies  or   instrumentalities;   and  (3)  repurchase
     agreements  fully  collateralized  by U.S.  Government  obligations will be
     treated as U.S. Government obligations; (This restriction does not apply to
     the Science and Technology Fund.)

2.   purchase  securities  of any issuer if, as a result,  more than 25% of each
     Fund's  total  assets  would be invested in the  securities  of one or more
     issuers having their  principal  business  activities in the same industry,
     provided, that this limitation does not apply to debt obligations issued or
     guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; (This
     restriction does not apply to the Science and Technology Fund. )

3.   borrow  money,  provided  that each Fund may borrow money for  temporary or
     emergency purposes, and then in an aggregate amount not in excess of 10% of
     a Fund's total assets;

4.   make loans to other persons,  except by (1) purchasing  debt  securities in
     accordance with its investment  objective,  policies and  limitations;  (2)
     entering into  repurchase  agreements;  or (3) engaging in securities  loan
     transactions;

5.   underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that a Fund may be
     considered to be acting as underwriter in connection  with the  disposition
     of any portfolio security;

6.   purchase  or sell  real  estate,  provided  that  each  Fund may  invest in
     obligations  secured by real  estate or  interests  therein or  obligations
     issued by  companies  that  invest in real  estate  or  interests  therein,
     including real estate investment trusts;

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

7.   purchase or sell physical  commodities,  provided that each Fund may invest
     in, purchase, sell or enter into financial options and futures, forward and
     spot currency contracts,  swap transactions and other derivative  financial
     instruments; or

8.   issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

THE INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE DO NOT PROHIBIT A FUND FROM INVESTING
ALL OR  SUBSTANTIALLY  ALL OF ITS  ASSETS IN THE  SHARES OF  ANOTHER  REGISTERED
OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY SIMILAR TO ITS CORRESPONDING SERIES.

The following  non-fundamental policies apply to each Fund and may be changed by
the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. Each Fund will not:

1.   make short sales of securities except short sales against the box;

2.   purchase  securities  on margin  except  for the use of  short-term  credit
     necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities;

3.   purchase  portfolio  securities if its outstanding  borrowings exceed 5% of
     the value of its total assets.

                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Board of Trustees  supervises each Fund's activities and reviews contractual
arrangements  with the Funds' service  providers.  The Trustees and officers are
listed below. All persons named as Trustees and officers also serve in a similar
capacity  for the Master.  An asterisk  (*)  indicates  those  Trustees  who are
"interested persons" of the Trust.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                        HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                            THE TRUST    PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
ROBERT ARNOLD                             Trustee     Mr. Arnold founded,  and currently  co-manages, R. H.  Arnold  &
152 W. 57th Street, 44th Floor                        Co., Inc., an investment  banking  company. Prior to  forming R.
New York, NY  10019                                   H. Arnold & Co., Inc.  in 1989,  Mr.  Arnold was  Executive Vice
Date of Birth: 3/44                                   President and a directo r to Cambrian  Capital  Corporation,  an
                                                      investment banking firm he co-founded in 1987.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ROBERT J. CHRISTIAN*                      Trustee,    Mr. Christian has been Chief   Investment Officer  of Wilmington
Rodney Square North                      President    Trust  Company  since  February  1996 and  a Director  of Rodney
1100 N. Market Street                                 Square  Management  Corporation since 1996. He was  Chairman and
Wilmington, DE 19890                                  Director  of  PNC  Equity  Advisors  Company, and  President and
Date of Birth: 2/49                                   Chief  Investment  Officer of PNC  Asset  Management Group  Inc.
                                                      from 1994 to 1996. He was Chief Investment  Officer of PNC  Bank
                                                      from 1992 to 1996 and a Director of Provident Capital Management
                                                      from 1993 to 1996.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NICHOLAS A. GIORDANO                      Trustee     Mr. Giordano served as interim President of   LaSalle University
1755 Governor's Way                                   from  July  1998 through  June  1999  and  was a  consultant for
Blue Bell, PA 19422                                   financial services organizations from late 1997 through 1998. He
Date of Birth: 3/43                                   served   as  president  and  chief  executive  officer   of  the
                                                      Philadelphia Stock Exchange  from 1981 through  August 1997, and
                                                      also  served  as  chairman  of the  board of the  exchange's two
                                                      subsidiaries:  Stock  Clearing  Corporation of  Philadelphia and
                                                      Philadelphia   Depository  Trust  Company.   Before  joining the
                                                      Philadelphia  Stock  Exchange,   Mr.  Giordano served  as  chief
                                                      financial  officer at two  brokerage  firms from 1968 to 1971. A
                                                      certified  public  accountant,  he  began  his  career  at Price
                                                      Waterhouse  in 1965.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                               6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                        HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                            THE TRUST    PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
JOHN J. QUINDLEN                          Trustee     Mr.   Quindlen  retired   as Senior Vice  President - Finance of
313 Southwinds                                        E.I. duPont de Nemours & Company,  Inc. (diversified chemicals),
1250 W. Southwinds Blvd.                              position  held from 1984 to 1993. He served as  Chief  Financial
Vero Beach, FL  32963                                 Officer  of E.I.  duPont de Nemours & Company  from 1984 through
Date of Birth: 5/32                                   June 1993.  He also  serves as a Director  of St. Joe Paper Co.,
                                                      and as a Trustee of Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOUIS KLEIN JR.                           Trustee     Mr.  Klein  has been a  self-employed financial consultant since
80 Butternut Lane                                     1991. He has served  as Trustee  of  Manville  Personal   Injury
Stamford, CT  06903                                   Settlement Trust since 1991.
Date of Birth: 5/35
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEMENT C. MOORE, II                      Trustee     Mr. Moore has been the  Managing  Partner,  Mariemont  Holdings,
5804 Quaker Neck Road                                 LLC, a commercial real  estate  holding and  development company
Chestertown, MD 21620                                 since 1980.
Date of Birth: 9/44
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERIC BRUCKER                              Trustee     Mr. Brucker has been the Dean of the College of Business, Public
University of Maine                                   Policy and  Health at the University  of Maine  since  September
Orono, ME  04473                                      1998. Prior to 1998, he was Dean of the  School of Management at
Date of Birth: 12/41                                  the University of Michigan.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WILLIAM P. RICHARDS, JR.*                 Trustee     Mr.  Richards  is  a  Managing  Director  and  Senior  Portfolio
100 Wilshire Boulevard                                Manager  with  Roxbury  Capital Management LLC. He has been with
Suite 600                                             the  firm  since  1998 and  works  with foundation and endowment
Santa Monica, CA  90401                               accounts and leads the firm's  mutual fund group. Previously, he
Date of Birth:  11/36                                 was a principal at Roger Engemann & Associates, and Van Deventer
                                                      & Hoc, an investment management firm. Prior to that, he was with
                                                      the consulting firm Booz, Allen and Hamilton.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ERIC K. CHEUNG                              Vice      Mr. Cheung has been a Vice President at Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North                      President    since 1986. From 1978 to 1986, he was the Fund Manager for fixed
1100 N. Market Street                                 income assets of the Meritor  Financial  Group. Since  1991, Mr.
Wilmington, DE 19890                                  Cheung has been the Division Manager,  Fixed  Income Products at
Date of Birth: 12/54                                  Wilmington Trust Company.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOSEPH M. FAHEY, JR.                        Vice      Mr.  Fahey  has   been  a  Vice  President   with  Rodney Square
Rodney Square North                      President    Management   Corporation  ("RSMC")  since  1992.   He has been a
1100 North Market Street                              Director and Secretary of RSMC since  1986 and  was an Assistant
Wilmington, DE 19809                                  Vice President from 1988 to 1992.
Date of Birth: 1/57
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRED FILOON                                 Vice      Mr. Filoon  is  a  Senior Vice President of CRM LLC, since 1989.
520 Madison Avenue                       President    Mr. Filoon  also serves  as Chairman of the Round Hill Community
New York, NY 10022                                    Church  and  Chairman  of  the  Retirement  Board of the Town of
Date of Birth: 3/42                                   Greenwich.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN R. GILES                               Vice      From 1991 to  1996, Mr. Giles was  employed by  Consistent Asset
Rodney Square North                      President    Management Company; From April 1996 to the present, Mr.Giles has
1100 N. Market Street                                 been employed by Wilmington Tru st Company  and  serves  as Vice
Wilmington, DE 19890                                  President.
Date of Birth: 8/57
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAT COLLETTI                                Vice      Mr. Colletti has  been Vice President and Director of Investment
400 Bellevue Parkway                     President    Accounting  and  Administration of PFPC Inc. since  April  1999.
Wilmington, DE 19809                        and       From 1986 to  April 1999,  he  was Controller  for  the  Reserve
Date of Birth: 11/58                     Treasurer    the Reserve Funds.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                               7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        POSITION(S)
NAME, ADDRESS AND                        HELD WITH
DATE OF BIRTH                            THE TRUST    PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
GARY M. GARDNER                          Secretary    Mr.  Gardner  has been a Senior  Vice   President  of PFPC  Inc.
400 Bellevue Parkway                                  since January 1994. Mr.  Gardner  provided  legal and regulatory
Wilmington, DE  19809                                 advice to  mutual  funds   and  their  management  for more than
Date of Birth: 2/51                                   twenty years at Federated  Investors,  Inc.,   SunAmerica  Asset
                                                      Management Corp. and The Boston Company, Inc.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The fees and expenses of the Trustees  who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Trust  ("Independent  Trustees"),  as  defined  in the  1940 Act are paid by the
Trust. The following table shows the fees paid during the fiscal year ended June
30,  2000 to the  Independent  Trustees  for their  service to the Trust and the
total  compensation paid to the Trustees by the WT Fund Complex,  which consists
of the Trust and the Master.

On October 31,  2000,  the Trustees and  the officers of the Trust,  as a group,
owned beneficially, or may be DEEMED to have owned beneficially, less than 1% of
the outstanding shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund.

             TRUSTEES' FEES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2000

                              COMPENSATION           TOTAL COMPENSATION
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEE          FROM THE TRUST       FROM THE WT FUND COMPLEX
-------------------          --------------       ------------------------
Robert Arnold                    $10,700                   $21,000
Eric Brucker                      $8,700                   $19,600
Nicholas Giordano                $11,800                   $22,200
Louis Klein, Jr.                  $8,700                   $17,100
Clement C. Moore, II              $8,700                   $17,100
John Quindlen                    $10,700                   $23,600

The  Trust has an Audit  Committee  which has the  responsibility,  among  other
things, to (1) recommend the selection of the Trust's independent auditors;  (2)
review and approve the scope of the independent  auditors'  audit activity;  (3)
review  the  financial  statements  which  are the  subject  of the  independent
auditors'  certifications;  and (4) review with such  independent  auditors  the
adequacy of the Trust's basic  accounting  system and the  effectiveness  of the
Trust's internal accounting controls.

               CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As  of  October  31,  2000,  the  following   shareholders  were  known  to  own
beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund:


                     INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

ADVISORY SERVICES

Roxbury  Capital  Management,  LLC  ("Roxbury" or the  "adviser")  serves as the
investment adviser to each Series. An employee of Roxbury, Mr. Richards,  serves
as Trustee for the Trust.  The Large Cap Growth  Series pays a monthly  advisory
fee to Roxbury at the annual rate of 0.55% of that  Series'  first $1 billion of
average daily net assets;  0.50% of the Series' next $1 billion of average daily
net assets;  and 0.45% of the Series'  average daily net assets over $2 billion.
The Mid Cap  Series  and the  Socially  Responsible  Series  each pay a  monthly
advisory  fee to  Roxbury at the annual  rate of 0.75% of the  Series'  first $1
billion  of average  daily net  assets;  0.70% of the  Series'  next  billion of
average daily net assets; and 0.65% of the Series' average daily net assets over
$2 billion.  The Science and  Technology  Series pays a monthly  advisory fee to
Roxbury at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Series'

                                                                               8
<PAGE>

first $1  billion  in assets;  0.95% of the  Series'  next $1 billion of average
daily net  assets;  and 0.90% for the Series'  average  daily net assets over $2
billion.

Roxbury has agreed to waive a portion of its advisory fee or reimburse  expenses
to the extent total operating  expenses,  as a percentage of average net assets,
exceed 1.30% for the Class A shares of Large Cap Growth Fund and 2.05% for Class
B and Class C shares of the Large Cap Growth  Fund.  With respect to the Mid Cap
Fund and Socially Responsible Fund, Roxbury has agreed to waive a portion of its
advisory fee or reimburse expenses to the extent total operating expenses,  as a
percentage  of average net assets,  exceed  1.55% for each Fund's Class A shares
and 2.30% for each  Fund's  Class B shares and Class C shares.  Roxbury has also
agreed to waive a portion  of its  advisory  fee or  reimburse  expenses  to the
extent total operating expenses,  as a percentage of average net assets,  exceed
1.80% for the Class A shares of the  Science and  Technology  Fund and 2.55% for
the Class B shares and Class C shares of the Science and Technology  Fund. These
undertakings  will remain in place until the Board of  Trustees  approves  their
terminations.

Under the terms of the  advisory  agreement,  Roxbury  agrees to: (a) direct the
investments  of each  Series,  subject to and in  accordance  with each  Series'
investment  objective,  policies and limitations set forth in its prospectus and
this Statement of Additional Information; (b) purchase and sell for each Series,
securities  and  other  investments  consistent  with  each  Series'  investment
objectives and policies;  (c) supply office facilities,  equipment and personnel
necessary for servicing the investments of each Series;  (d) pay the salaries of
all  personnel of each Series and the adviser  performing  services  relating to
research,  statistical and investment  activities on behalf of each Series;  (e)
make  available  and  provide  such   information  as  each  Series  and/or  its
administrator  may  reasonably  request  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  its
registration  statement,  reports and other documents required by any applicable
federal,  foreign or state  statutes or  regulations;  (f) make its officers and
employees  available to the Trustees and officers of the Trust for  consultation
and  discussion  regarding  the  management  of each  Series and its  investment
activities.  Additionally,  Roxbury  agrees to create and maintain all necessary
records in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations pertaining
to  the  various  functions  performed  by it  and  not  otherwise  created  and
maintained by another party pursuant to contract with the Trust. The adviser may
at any time or times, upon approval by the Board of Trustees,  enter into one or
more  sub-advisory  agreements with a sub-adviser  pursuant to which the adviser
delegates any or all of its duties as listed.

For the period  March 14, 2000  (commencement  of  operations)  through June 30,
2000, Roxbury waived its entire advisory fee.

The  agreement  provides  that the adviser  shall not be liable for any error of
judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any loss  suffered  by any of the Series in
connection with the matters to which the agreement relates, except to the extent
of a loss resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence on
its part in the performance of its obligations and duties under the agreement.

The salaries of any officers and Trustees of the Trust who are  affiliated  with
the adviser and the salaries of all personnel of the adviser performing services
for each Fund relating to research,  statistical  and investment  activities are
paid by the adviser.

CODE OF ETHICS

The  Board  of  Trustees  of the Fund and the  Master  and each of the  Master's
investment advisers have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of
1940 Act. Among other provisions,  such codes require  investment  personnel and
certain other employees to pre-clear securities transactions that are subject to
the  code of  ethics,  to file  reports  or  duplicate  confirmations  regarding
personal  securities  transactions  and to refrain from  engaging in  short-term
trading of a security  and  transactions  of a security  within  seven days of a
Series' portfolio transaction  involving the same security.  Directors/trustees,
officers  and  employees of the Fund,  Master,  and each adviser are required to
abide by the provisions  under their  respective code of ethics.  On a quarterly
and annual basis, the Board of Trustees  reviews reports  regarding the codes of
ethics, including information on any substantial violations of the codes.

                                                                               9
<PAGE>

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

Under separate Administration and Accounting Services Agreements, PFPC Inc., 400
Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 performs certain administrative and
accounting  services  for the  Trust  and the  Master.  These  services  include
preparing   shareholder  reports,   providing  statistical  and  research  data,
assisting the adviser in  compliance  monitoring  activities,  and preparing and
filing  federal and state tax returns on behalf of the Trust and the Master.  In
addition,   PFPC  prepares  and  files  various  reports  with  the  appropriate
regulatory  agencies  and  prepares  materials  required by the SEC or any state
securities  commission  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Trust.  The  accounting
services performed by PFPC include  determining the net asset value per share of
each  Fund  and  Series  and  maintaining  records  relating  to the  securities
transactions of each Fund and Series. The Administration and Accounting Services
Agreements  provide  that PFPC and its  affiliates  shall not be liable  for any
error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or the
Master,  except to the extent of a loss resulting from willful misfeasance,  bad
faith or gross negligence on their part in the performance of their  obligations
and duties under the Administration and Accounting Services Agreements.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE PROVIDERS

INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS.  Ernst & Young LLP, serves as the independent  auditor to
the Trust and the Master,  providing  services  which  include (1)  auditing the
annual  financial  statements for each Fund and its  corresponding  Series,  (2)
assistance and  consultation  in connection with SEC filings and (3) preparation
of the annual federal income tax returns filed on behalf of the Trust.

LEGAL  COUNSEL.  Pepper  Hamilton  LLP,  3000 Two  Logan  Square,  18th and Arch
Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to the Trust and the Master.

CUSTODIAN.  Wilmington  Trust  Company,  1100 N. Market Street,  Wilmington,  DE
19890, serves as the custodian.

TRANSFER  AGENT.  PFPC Inc.  ("PFPC"),  400  Bellevue  Parkway,  Wilmington,  DE
19809-0001, serves as the Transfer Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.

                   DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AND RULE 12B-1 PLAN

Pursuant  to an Amended  and  Restated  Distribution  Agreement  for the Class B
shares of the Trust and a  Distribution  Agreement  for all other  shares of the
Trust (each, a "Distribution Agreement"),  Provident Distributors, Inc. ("PDI"),
3200 Horizon Drive, King of Prussia,  PA 19406, serves as the underwriter of the
Trust's shares. The terms of each Distribution  Agreement grant PDI the right to
sell the  shares of the Trust as agent  for the  Trust.  Shares of the Trust are
offered continuously.

Under the terms of each Distribution Agreement, PDI agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to secure  purchasers for Class B and Class C shares of the Funds and to
pay expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses, statements of additional
information  and reports  prepared  for use in  connection  with the sale of the
Funds' Class B and Class C shares and any other  literature and advertising used
in connection with the offering, out of the compensation it receives pursuant to
the Funds' Amended and Restated Distribution Plan for its Class B Shares ("Class
B Plan")  and  Amended  and  Restated  Distribution  Plan for its Class C Shares
("Class C Plan"),  each of which have been adopted  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under
the  1940  Act  (collectively,   the  "Rule  12b-1  Plans").   PDI  receives  no
underwriting  commissions or Rule 12b-1 fees in connection  with the sale of the
Class A shares of the Funds.

Each  Distribution  Agreement  provides  that PDI,  in the  absence  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or
by reason of  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and  duties  under  each
agreement, will not be liable to any of the Funds or its shareholders for losses
arising in connection with the sale of shares of the Funds.

The Amended and Restated  Distribution  Agreement  for the Funds' Class B shares
became  effective as of October 17, 2000 and continues in effect for a period of
two years.  Thereafter,  the  agreement  may  continue in effect for  successive
annual  periods  provided such  continuance  is approved at least  annually by a
majority of the Trustees,  including a majority of the Independent Trustees. The
Distribution Agreement for the remaining shares of the Trust

                                                                              10
<PAGE>

became  effective as of November 1, 1999 and was amended on October 17, 2000. It
continues  in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter,  it may continue in
effect for successive  annual periods  provided such  continuance is approved at
least  annually  by a majority  of the  Trustees,  including  a majority  of the
Independent Trustees.

Each  Distribution  Agreement  terminates  automatically  in  the  event  of  an
assignment,  and is terminable  without payment of any penalty with respect to a
Fund  (i) (by  vote of a  majority  of the  Trustees  of the  Trust  who are not
interested  persons  of the Trust and who have no direct or  indirect  financial
interest in the operation of any Rule 12b-1 Plan of the Funds or any  agreements
related  to such  plan,  or by  vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the applicable Fund) on sixty (60) days' written notice to PDI; or
(ii) by PDI on sixty (60) days' written notice to the Trust.

PDI will be compensated for distribution  services according to the Class B Plan
and the Class C Plan, regardless of PDI's expenses. The Class B Plan and Class C
Plan provide that PDI will be paid for  distribution  activities  such as public
relations services,  telephone  services,  sales  presentations,  media charges,
preparation,  printing  and  mailing  advertising  and  sales  literature,  data
processing  necessary to support a distribution  effort and printing and mailing
of prospectuses to prospective shareholders.  Additionally,  PDI may pay certain
financial  institutions  such as banks or  broker-dealers  who have entered into
servicing agreements with PDI and other financial  institutions for distribution
and shareholder servicing activities.

The Class B Plan further  provides  that monthly  payments  shall be made in the
amount  of  0.75%  per  annum of the  Class B  shares'  average  net  assets  as
compensation for PDI's role in the distribution of a Fund's Class B shares.  The
Class C Plan provides that monthly payments shall be made in the amount of 0.75%
per annum of the  average  daily net assets to a Fund's  Class C shares (or such
lesser  amount as may be  established  by a majority  of the Board of  Trustees,
including a majority of the  non-interested  Trustees) as compensation for PDI's
role in the distribution of a Fund's Class C shares.

Under the Class B Plan and Class C Plan, if any payments made by the adviser out
of its advisory  fee, not to exceed the amount of that fee, to any third parties
(including  banks),  including  payments for shareholder  servicing and transfer
agent  functions,  were  deemed  to be  indirect  financing  by a  Fund  of  the
distribution of its shares,  such payments are authorized.  A Series may execute
portfolio  transactions  with  and  purchase  securities  issued  by  depository
institutions  that receive  payments  under the Class B Plan or Class C Plan. No
preference for instruments  issued by such  depository  institutions is shown in
the selection of investments.

When purchasing  Class A shares,  a sales charge will be incurred at the time of
purchase (a "front-end  load") based on the dollar  amount of the purchase.  The
maximum initial sales charge is 5.50%, which is reduced for purchases of $50,000
and more. Sales charges also may be reduced by using the accumulation  privilege
described  under "Sales Charge  Reductions  and Waiver".  Although  purchases of
$1,000,000 or more may not be subject to an initial sales charge, if the initial
sales charge is waived,  such purchases may be subject to a CDSC of 1.00% if the
shares are redeemed within one year after purchase.

Part of the front-end sales charge is paid directly to the selling broker-dealer
(the "dealer reallowance"). The remainder is retained by the distributor and may
be used either to promote the sale of each of the Fund's shares or to compensate
PDI for its efforts to sell the shares of each Fund.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             DEALER REALLOWANCE
YOUR INVESTMENT               AS A PERCENTAGE OF   AS A PERCENTAGE OF YOUR   AS A PERCENTAGE OF
                                OFFERING PRICE            INVESTMENT           OFFERING PRICE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                    <C>                     <C>
$50,000 and less                     5.50%                  5.82%                   4.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$50,000 up to $150,000               5.00%                  5.26%                   3.50%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$150,000 up to $250,000              4.50%                  4.71%                   3.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$250,000 up to $500,000              3.50%                  3.63%                   2.25%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$500,000 up to $1,000,000            3.00%                  3.09%                   1.74%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over $1,000,000                      0.00%                  0.00%                   0.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                                                              11
<PAGE>

                    BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

The adviser places all portfolio  transactions  on behalf of a Series.  Any debt
securities  purchased  and sold by a Series are  generally  traded on the dealer
market on a net basis (i.e.,  without  commission)  through  dealers  acting for
their own account and not as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly
with the issuer of the instrument. This means that a dealer (the securities firm
or bank dealing with a Series) makes a market for  securities by offering to buy
at one price and sell at a slightly  higher price.  The  difference  between the
prices is known as a spread.  When  securities  are  purchased  in  underwritten
offerings, they include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter.

The primary objective of the adviser in placing orders on behalf of a Series for
the  purchase  and sale of  securities  is to obtain best  execution at the most
favorable prices through responsible brokers or dealers and, where the spread or
commission rates are negotiable,  at competitive rates. In selecting a broker or
dealer,  the  adviser  considers,  among  other  things:  (i) the  price  of the
securities to be purchased or sold;  (ii) the rate of the spread or  commission;
(iii) the size and difficulty of the order; (iv) the nature and character of the
spread  or  commission  for the  securities  to be  purchased  or sold;  (v) the
reliability,  integrity,  financial condition, general execution and operational
capability  of the broker or dealer;  and (vi) the  quality of any  research  or
statistical  services  provided  by the  broker  or dealer to a Series or to the
adviser.

The adviser cannot  readily  determine the extent to which spreads or commission
rates or net prices  charged by  brokers or dealers  reflect  the value of their
research,  analysis,  advice and similar  services.  In such cases,  the adviser
receives  services it otherwise might have had to perform itself.  The research,
analysis,  advice and  similar  services  provided  by brokers or dealers can be
useful to the  adviser in  serving  its other  clients,  as well as in serving a
Series.  Conversely,  information  provided to the adviser by brokers or dealers
who have executed  transaction  orders on behalf of other clients of the adviser
may be useful in providing services to a Series.

Some of the adviser's other clients may have investment  objectives and programs
similar to that of one or more of the Series. Occasionally, recommendations made
to  other  clients  may  result  in  their  purchasing  or  selling   securities
simultaneously with a particular Series. Consequently, the demand for securities
being  purchased or the supply of securities  being sold may increase,  and this
could have an adverse effect on the price of those securities.  It is the policy
of the adviser not to favor one client over another in making recommendations or
in placing  orders.  In the event of a  simultaneous  transaction,  purchases or
sales are averaged as to price,  transaction  costs are allocated among a Series
and other  clients  participating  in the  transaction  on a pro rata  basis and
purchases and sales are normally  allocated among a series and the other clients
as to amount  according to a formula  determined  prior to the execution of such
transactions.

                       CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

With respect to the Funds,  the Trust issues three  separate  classes of shares,
Class A, Class B and Class C. The shares of each Fund,  when issued and paid for
in accordance with the prospectus, will be fully paid and non-assessable shares,
with  equal  voting  rights  and  no  preferences  as to  conversion,  exchange,
dividends, redemption or any other feature.

The separate classes of shares each represent interests in the same portfolio of
investments, have the same rights and are identical in all respects, except that
Class B and Class C shares bear Rule 12b-1 distribution expenses of 0.75% of the
average  net  assets  of the  respective  Class B and  Class C  shares  and have
exclusive  voting  rights with respect to the Rule 12b-1 Plan  pursuant to which
the Rule 12b-1 fee may be paid.  Each Class bears a  shareholder  service fee of
0.25% of the average net assets of the Class.  The net income  attributable to a
class of shares and the dividends  payable on such shares will be reduced by the
amount of any shareholder service or Rule 12b-1 fees; accordingly, the net asset
value of Class A, Class B and Class C shares  will be reduced by such  amount to
the extent a Fund has undistributed net income.

Shares of a Fund entitle holders to one vote per share and fractional  votes for
fractional  shares held. Shares have  non-cumulative  voting rights, do not have
preemptive  or  subscription  rights and are  transferable.  Each Fund and class
takes separate votes on matters  affecting only that Fund or class. For example,
a change in the fundamental  investment  policies for a Fund would be voted upon
only by shareholders of that Fund.

                                                                              12
<PAGE>

The Funds do not hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trustees are required
to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of
removal of any Trustee when requested in writing to do so by the shareholders of
record owning not less than 10% of a Fund's outstanding shares.

                   PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

PURCHASE OF SHARES.

BY MAIL: You or your  financial  intermediary  may purchase  shares by sending a
check drawn on a U.S.  bank  payable to either  Roxbury  Large Cap Growth  Fund,
Roxbury Mid Cap Fund,  Roxbury Science and Technology  Fund or Roxbury  Socially
Responsible Fund, along with a completed application (included at the end of the
prospectus).  If a subsequent  investment  is being made,  the check should also
indicate your Fund account  number.  When you make purchases by check,  the Fund
may withhold  payment on redemptions  until it is reasonably  satisfied that the
funds are collected  (which can take up to 10 days). If you purchase shares with
a check that does not clear,  your  purchase  will be  canceled  and you will be
responsible for any losses or fees incurred in that transaction.  Send the check
and application to:

       BY REGULAR MAIL                         BY OVERNIGHT MAIL
       ---------------                         -----------------
       Roxbury Funds                           Roxbury Funds
       c/o PFPC Inc.                           c/o PFPC Inc.
       P.O. Box 8784                           400 Bellevue Parkway - Suite 108
       Wilmington, DE  19899                   Wilmington, DE  19809

BY WIRE:  You may purchase  shares by wiring  federal funds  readily  available.
Please  call  PFPC at  (800)  497-2960  for  instructions  and to make  specific
arrangements  before  making  a  purchase  by wire,  and if  making  an  initial
purchase, to also obtain an account number.

INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS:  You  may  purchase  shares  of a  Fund  for a
tax-deferred  retirement plan such as an individual  retirement account ("IRA").
To order an  application  for an IRA and a brochure  describing a Fund IRA, call
the Transfer Agent at (800) 497-2960.  PFPC Trust Company, as custodian for each
IRA account  receives an annual fee of $10 per  account,  paid  directly to PFPC
Trust  Company by the IRA  shareholder.  If the fee is not paid by the due date,
the  appropriate  number  of  Fund  shares  owned  by the IRA  will be  redeemed
automatically as payment.

AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLAN:  You may purchase Fund shares  through an Automatic
Investment  Plan  ("AIP").  Under  the  AIP,  the  Transfer  Agent,  at  regular
intervals,  will automatically  debit your bank checking account in an amount of
$50 or more  (after the $2,000  minimum  initial  investment).  You may elect to
invest the specified  amount  monthly,  bimonthly,  quarterly,  semiannually  or
annually.  The purchase of Fund shares will be effected at their  offering price
at the close of  regular  trading on the New York  Stock  Exchange  ("Exchange")
(currently  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time), on or about the 20th day of the month. To
obtain an application  for the AIP, check the appropriate box of the application
or call the Transfer Agent at (800) 497-2960.

PAYROLL INVESTMENT PLAN: The Payroll Investment Plan ("PIP") permits you to make
regularly scheduled purchases of Fund shares through payroll deductions. To open
a PIP  account,  you  must  submit  a  completed  account  application,  payroll
deduction  form and the  minimum  initial  deposit  to your  employer's  payroll
department.  Then, a portion of your paycheck will  automatically be transferred
to your PIP account for as long as you wish to  participate  in the plan.  It is
the sole  responsibility  of your employer,  not the Fund, the distributor,  the
adviser or the transfer  agent, to arrange for  transactions  under the PIP. The
Fund reserves the right to vary its minimum purchase  requirements for employees
participating in a PIP.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES.

You or your financial  intermediary  may sell your shares on any Business Day as
described  below.  Redemptions are effected at the NAV next determined after the
Transfer Agent has received your redemption request. It is the responsibility of
your  financial  intermediary  to  transmit  redemption  orders and credit  your
account with redemption proceeds on a timely basis. Redemption checks are mailed
on the next Business Day following receipt by the

                                                                              13

<PAGE>

Transfer Agent of redemption instructions, but never later than 7 days following
such receipt. Amounts redeemed by wire are normally wired on the date of receipt
of redemption  instructions  (if received by the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m.
Eastern  time),  or the next Business Day (if received  after 4:00 p.m.  Eastern
time, or on a  non-Business  Day),  but never later than 7 days  following  such
receipt.

BY  MAIL:  If you  redeem  your  shares  by  mail,  you  should  submit  written
instructions with a "signature  guarantee." A signature  guarantee  verifies the
authenticity of your signature.  When the fund requires a signature guarantee, a
medallion signature guarantee must be provided.  A medallion signature guarantee
may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company,  broker, dealer, clearing
agency,  savings  association,   or  other  financial   institution,   which  is
participating  in a medallion  program  recognized  by the  Securities  Transfer
Association.  The three recognized  medallion  programs are Securities  Transfer
Agents Medallion Program (STAMP),  Stock Exchanges  Medallion Program (SEMP) and
New York Stock Exchange,  Inc. Medallion Signature Program (NYSE MSP). Signature
guarantees from financial  institutions,  which are not  participating in one of
these  programs  will not be  accepted.  You can  obtain  one from most  banking
institutions  or  securities  brokers,  but not from a Notary  Public.  You must
indicate  the Fund  name,  your  account  number  and  your  name.  The  written
instructions and signature guarantee should be mailed to:

        BY REGULAR MAIL                      BY OVERNIGHT MAIL
        ---------------                      -----------------
        Roxbury Funds                        Roxbury Funds
        c/o PFPC Inc.                        c/o PFPC Inc.
        P.O. Box 8784                        400 Bellevue Parkway - Suite 108
        Wilmington, DE  19809                Wilmington, DE  19809

BY TELEPHONE:  If you prefer to redeem your shares by telephone you may elect to
do so. However,  there are certain risks.  Each Fund has certain  safeguards and
procedures  to  confirm  the  identity  of  callers  and  to  confirm  that  the
instructions communicated are genuine. If such procedures are followed, you will
bear the risk of any losses.

BY WIRE:  Redemption proceeds may be wired to your predesignated bank account in
any  commercial  bank in the United States if the amount is $1,000 or more.  The
receiving bank may charge a fee for this service. Proceeds may also be mailed to
your bank or,  for  amounts  of  $10,000  or less,  mailed to your Fund  account
address of record if the address has been  established  for at least 60 days. In
order to authorize the Transfer Agent to mail  redemption  proceeds to your Fund
account address of record,  complete the appropriate  section of the Application
for Telephone  Redemptions  or include your Fund account  address of record when
you  submit  written  instructions.  You may change  the  account  that you have
designated to receive  amounts  redeemed at any time.  Any request to change the
account  designated to receive  redemption  proceeds  should be accompanied by a
guarantee of the shareholder's signature by an eligible institution. A signature
and a signature guarantee are required for each person in whose name the account
is registered.  Further  documentation will be required to change the designated
account  when a  corporation,  other  organization,  trust,  fiduciary  or other
institutional investor holds the Fund shares.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PLAN:  If you own Fund shares with a value of $10,000 or
more you may participate in the Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan ("SWP").  Under the
SWP, you may automatically redeem a portion of your account monthly,  bimonthly,
quarterly,  semiannually or annually.  The minimum withdrawal available is $100.
All the  redemptions of Fund shares,  including  bi-monthly  redemptions of Fund
shares,  will be effected at the NAV  determined on or about the 25th day of the
month.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REDEMPTIONS: If shares to be redeemed represent
a recent  investment made by check,  the Fund reserves the right not to make the
redemption  proceeds  available until it has reasonable  grounds to believe that
the check has been collected (which could take up to 10 days).

To ensure proper  authorization before redeeming Fund shares, the Transfer Agent
may require  additional  documents such as, but not restricted to, stock powers,
trust instruments, death certificates,  appointments as fiduciary,  certificates
of corporate  authority and waivers of tax required in some states when settling
estates.

When shares are held in the name of a corporation,  other  organization,  trust,
fiduciary or other  institutional  investor,  the Transfer  Agent  requires,  in
addition  to the  stock  power,  certified  evidence  of  authority  to sign the
necessary

                                                                              14
<PAGE>

instruments of transfer. These procedures are for the protection of shareholders
and should be followed to ensure prompt payment. Redemption requests must not be
conditional as to date or price of the redemption. Proceeds of a redemption will
be sent within 7 days of acceptance of shares tendered for redemption. Delay may
result if the  purchase  check  has not yet  cleared,  but the delay  will be no
longer than  required to verify that the  purchase  check has  cleared,  and the
Funds will act as quickly as possible to minimize delay.

The value of shares  redeemed  may be more or less than your cost,  depending on
the net asset value at the time of  redemption.  Redemption of shares may result
in tax consequences  (gain or loss) to you, and the proceeds of a redemption may
be subject to backup withholding.

Your right to redeem  shares and to receive  payment  therefore may be suspended
when (a) the  Exchange  is closed,  other than  customary  weekend  and  holiday
closings, (b) trading on the Exchange is restricted,  (c) an emergency exists as
a result of which it is not  reasonably  practicable  to  dispose  of the Fund's
securities or to determine the value of the Fund's net assets, or (d) ordered by
a governmental body having  jurisdiction over the Fund for the protection of the
Fund's  shareholders,  provided that applicable rules and regulations of the SEC
(or  any  succeeding  governmental  authority)  shall  govern  as to  whether  a
condition  described  in (b),  (c) or (d)  exists.  In case of such  suspension,
shareholders  of the Fund may  withdraw  their  requests for  redemption  or may
receive payment based on the net asset value of the Fund next  determined  after
the suspension is lifted.

Each Fund  reserves  the right,  if  conditions  exist which make cash  payments
undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption by making payment in whole or
in part with readily marketable securities chosen by each Fund and valued in the
same way as they would be valued for purposes of  computing  the net asset value
of each  Fund.  If  payment  is made in  securities,  you may incur  transaction
expenses  in  converting  these  securities  into cash.  Each Fund has  elected,
however,  to be  governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, as a result of which
each  Fund is  obligated  to  redeem  shares  solely  in cash if the  redemption
requests are made by one shareholder  account up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1%
of the net  assets of that  particular  Fund  during  any  90-day  period.  This
election is irrevocable unless the SEC permits its withdrawal.

The net asset value per share of each Fund is  determined  by dividing the value
of each Fund's net assets by the total number of that Fund's shares outstanding.
This  determination  is made by PFPC, as of the close of regular  trading on the
Exchange  (currently  4:00  p.m.,  Eastern  time)  each  day a Fund is open  for
business.  A Fund is  considered  to be open  for  business  on  days  when  the
Exchange,  PFPC and the  Philadelphia  branch office of the Federal  Reserve are
open for business.

In valuing a Fund's assets,  a security  listed on the Exchange (and not subject
to restrictions against sale by the Funds on the Exchange) will be valued at its
last sale price on the Exchange on the day the  security is valued.  Lacking any
sales on such day, the  security  will be valued at the mean between the closing
asked price and the closing bid price. Securities listed on other exchanges (and
not subject to restriction  against sale by the Funds on such exchanges) will be
similarly  valued,  using  quotations  on the  exchange on which the security is
traded most  extensively.  Unlisted  securities  that are quoted on the National
Association of Securities  Dealers' National Market System, for which there have
been  sales of such  securities  on such  day,  shall be valued at the last sale
price reported on such system on the day the security is valued. If there are no
such sales on such day,  the value shall be the mean  between the closing  asked
price and the  closing  bid price.  The value of such  securities  quoted on the
NASDAQ Stock Market System, but not listed on the National Market System,  shall
be valued at the mean between the closing asked price and the closing bid price.
Unlisted  securities  that are not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market  System and
for which  over-the-counter  market  quotations  are readily  available  will be
valued at the mean between the current bid and asked prices for such security in
the  over-the-counter  market.  Other unlisted securities (and listed securities
subject to  restriction  on sale) will be valued at fair value as  determined in
good faith  under the  direction  of the Board of Trustees  although  the actual
calculation  may be  done  by  others.  Short-term  investments  with  remaining
maturities of less than 61 days are valued at amortized cost.

                                    DIVIDENDS

Dividends  from each  Fund's  net  investment  income and  distributions  of net
short-term  capital  gain and net  capital  gain (the  excess  of net  long-term
capital gain over the  short-term  capital  loss)  realized by each Fund,  after
deducting any  available  capital loss  carryovers  are declared and paid to its
shareholders annually.

                                                                              15
<PAGE>

                              TAXATION OF THE FUND

GENERAL.  Each Fund is treated as a separate  corporation for federal income tax
purposes.  To qualify  or  continue  to qualify  for  treatment  as a  regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"),  each Fund must  distribute to its  shareholders  for each taxable
year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally
of net investment  income and net short-term  capital gain and must meet several
additional   requirements.   For  each  Fund,  these  requirements  include  the
following:  (1) the Fund  must  derive at least  90% of its  gross  income  each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans
and  gains  from  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  securities  or  foreign
currencies,  or other income (including gains from options,  futures and forward
contracts)  derived with respect to its business of investing in  securities  or
those  currencies;  (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year,
at least 50% of the value of its total  assets must be  represented  by cash and
cash  items,  U.S.  Government  securities,  securities  of other RICs and other
securities,  with these other securities  limited, in respect of any one issuer,
to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and
that  does not  represent  more  than  10% of the  issuer's  outstanding  voting
securities; and (3) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, not
more than 25% of the value of its total  assets may be  invested  in  securities
(other than U.S.  Government  securities or the securities of other RICs) of any
one issuer.

If a Fund failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC in any taxable year, it would
be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates and all distributions
from  earnings and profits,  including any  distributions  from net capital gain
(the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net  short-term  capital  loss),
would be taxable to its  shareholders as ordinary  income.  In addition,  a Fund
could be required to  recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay  substantial  taxes and
interest and make  substantial  distributions  before  qualifying  again for RIC
treatment.

Each Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (the "Excise Tax") to
the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year  substantially
all of its  ordinary  income for that year and  capital  gain net income for the
one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts.

Each Fund will be taxed on the amount of its undistributed net capital gain over
the amount of its deduction for dividends  paid,  determined  with  reference to
capital gain dividends only. Each Fund is permitted to elect to include all or a
portion of such undistributed net capital gain in the income of its shareholders
on the last day of its  taxable  year.  In such  case the  shareholder  is given
credit for the tax that the RIC paid and is entitled  to  increase  its basis by
the  difference  between  the amount of  includible  gain and tax  deemed  paid.
Currently, an individual's maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 20%. A
capital gain dividend is treated by the shareholders as a long-term capital gain
regardless of how long the Investor has owned the stock in a Fund.

If a Fund invests in any instruments  that generate  taxable  income,  under the
circumstances described in the prospectus,  distributions of the interest earned
thereon will be taxable to its  shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of
its earnings and profits.  If such distribution to its shareholders is in excess
of its current and  accumulated  earnings and profits in any taxable  year,  the
excess  distribution  will be treated by each shareholder as a return of capital
to the extent of the  shareholder's tax basis and thereafter as capital gain. If
a  Fund  realizes  capital  gain  as  a  result  of  market  transactions,   any
distribution of that gain will be taxable to its  shareholders  and treated as a
capital gain.

Dividends and other distributions declared by each Fund in October,  November or
December of any year and payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one of
those months will be deemed to have been paid by the Fund and received by you on
December  31 of that  year if they  are  paid  by a Fund  during  the  following
January.  Accordingly,  such  distributions will be taxed to you for the year in
which that December 31 falls.

You should be aware that if Fund shares are purchased  shortly before the record
date for any dividend (other than an  exempt-interest  dividend) or capital gain
distribution,  you will pay full  price for the  shares  and will  receive  some
portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

It is anticipated that all or a portion of the dividends from the net investment
income of a Fund will qualify for the  dividends-received  deduction  allowed to
corporations. Corporate shareholders of these Funds are generally entitled

                                                                              16
<PAGE>

to take the dividends received deduction with respect to all or a portion of the
ordinary income dividends paid, to the extent of the Fund's qualifying  dividend
income. The qualifying  portion may not exceed the aggregate  dividends received
by a Fund from U.S.  corporations.  However,  dividends  received by a corporate
shareholder and deducted by it pursuant to the dividends-received  deduction are
subject  indirectly  to the  federal  alternative  minimum  tax.  Moreover,  the
dividends-received  deduction  will be reduced  to the  extent  the shares  with
respect to which the  dividends  are received are treated as  debt-financed  and
will be eliminated if those shares are deemed to have been held for less than 46
days.  Distributions of net short-term capital gain and net capital gain are not
eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Each Fund will inform shareholders within 60 days after their fiscal year-end of
the  percentage  of its dividends  designated  as  qualifying  for the dividends
received deduction.

Any loss realized by you on the  redemption of shares within six months from the
date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term,  instead of a short-term,
capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions to that shareholder
with respect to those shares.

HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.  The use of hedging strategies,  such as writing (selling)
and purchasing  options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency
contracts,  involves  complex rules that will  determine for federal  income tax
purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses
each Fund  realizes  in  connection  therewith.  Gains from the  disposition  of
foreign  currencies  (except  certain  gains  that  may be  excluded  by  future
regulations)  and gains from  options,  futures and foreign  currency  contracts
derived by a Fund with  respect  to its  business  of  investing  in  securities
qualify as permissible income under the Income Requirement.

SHORT SALES. Gain or loss from a short sale of property is generally  considered
as capital gain or loss to the extent the property  used to close the short sale
constitutes a capital asset in the Fund's hands.  Except in certain  situations,
special  rules  would  generally  treat the gains on short  sales as  short-term
capital  gains  and  would  terminate  the  running  of the  holding  period  of
"substantially identical property" held by the Fund. Moreover, a loss on a short
sale will be  treated  as a  long-term  loss if, on the date of the short  sale,
"substantially  identical  property"  held by the Fund has a  long-term  holding
period.

STRADDLES.  Code  Section  1092  (dealing  with  straddles)  also may affect the
taxation  of  options,  futures  and  forward  contracts  in which each Fund may
invest.  Section 1092 defines a "straddle" as offsetting  positions with respect
to

                                                                              17
<PAGE>

personal property;  for these purposes,  options,  futures and forward contracts
are personal  property.  Under Section 1092, any loss from the  disposition of a
position in a straddle  generally  may be  deducted  only to the extent the loss
exceeds the  unrealized  gain on the  offsetting  position(s)  of the  straddle.
Section  1092  also  provides   certain  "wash  sale"  rules,   which  apply  to
transactions where a position is sold at a loss and a new offsetting position is
acquired  within a  prescribed  period,  and "short  sale" rules  applicable  to
straddles (see above). If a Fund makes certain elections,  the amount, character
and timing of the  recognition  of gains and losses from the  affected  straddle
positions  would be determined  under rules that vary according to the elections
made. Because only a few of the regulations implementing the straddle rules have
been  promulgated,  the tax consequences to a Fund of straddle  transactions are
not entirely clear.

CONSTRUCTIVE  SALE.  If a  Fund  has  an  "appreciated  financial  position"  --
generally,  an interest  (including  an interest  through an option,  futures or
forward  contract  or short  sale) with  respect to any stock,  debt  instrument
(other than "straight  debt") or  partnership  interest the fair market value of
which exceeds its adjusted basis -- and enters into a "constructive sale" of the
same or substantially similar property, a Fund will be treated as having made an
actual sale thereof,  with the result that gain will be recognized at that time.
A constructive sale generally  consists of a short sale, an offsetting  notional
principal  contract or futures or forward  contract  entered into by a Fund or a
related person with respect to the same or substantially  similar  property.  In
addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale or such a
contract,  acquisition  of the  underlying  property  or  substantially  similar
property will be deemed a constructive sale.

The foregoing tax  discussion  is a summary  included for general  informational
purposes only.  Each  shareholder is advised to consult its own tax adviser with
respect to the  specific  tax  consequences  to it of an  investment  in a Fund,
including the effect and  applicability of state,  local,  foreign and other tax
laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

Shortly  after the end of each year,  PFPC  calculates  the  federal  income tax
status of all distributions  made during the year. In addition to federal income
tax,  shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions from
a Fund.  You  should  consult  your tax  adviser  regarding  specific  questions
relating to federal, state and local taxes.

                     CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The  performance  of each Fund may be quoted in terms of its yield and its total
return in advertising and other promotional  materials.  Performance data quoted
represents past performance and is not intended to indicate future  performance.
Performance of each Fund will vary based on changes in market conditions and the
level of each Fund's expenses.  These performance  figures are calculated in the
following manner:

A. AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN is the average annual compound rate of return for
the  periods of one year,  five years,  ten years and the life of a Fund,  where
applicable,  all  ended on the last day of a recent  calendar  quarter.  Average
annual total return quotations  reflect changes in the price of a Fund's shares,
if any,  and assume  that all  dividends  during  the  respective  periods  were
reinvested in Fund shares.  Average annual total return is calculated by finding
the average annual  compound rates of return of a hypothetical  investment  over
such periods, according to the following formula (average annual total return is
then expressed as a percentage):

                              T = (ERV/P)1/n - 1

    Where:   P        =       a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000

             T        =       average annual total return

             n        =       number of years

             ERV      =       ending redeemable value: ERV is
                              the value, at the end of the
                              applicable period, of a hypothetical
                              $1,000 investment made at the
                              beginning of the applicable period.

                                                                              18
<PAGE>

         B. YIELD  CALCULATIONS.  From time to time,  a Fund may  advertise  its
yield. Yield for a Fund is calculated by dividing a Fund's investment income for
a 30-day period,  net of expenses,  by the average number of shares  entitled to
receive dividends during that period according to the following formula:

          YIELD = 2[((a-b)/cd + 1)6-1]

  where:

      a  =  dividends and interest earned during the period;
      b  =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements);
      c  =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
            period that were entitled to receive dividends; and
      d  =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

The  result  is  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  (assuming  semiannual
compounding) of the maximum offering price per share at the end of the period.

Except  as noted  below,  in  determining  interest  earned  during  the  period
(variable "a" in the above formula), pfpc calculates the interest earned on each
debt  instrument  held  by a Fund  during  the  period  by:  (i)  computing  the
instrument's yield to maturity,  based on the value of the instrument (including
actual  accrued  interest) as of the last  business day of the period or, if the
instrument  was  purchased  during the period,  the purchase  price plus accrued
interest;  (ii) dividing the yield to maturity by 360; and (iii) multiplying the
resulting  quotient by the value of the  instrument  (including  actual  accrued
interest).  Once  interest  earned is  calculated  in this fashion for each debt
instrument held by a Fund,  interest earned during the period is then determined
by totaling the interest earned on all debt instruments held by the Fund.

For purposes of these  calculations,  the maturity of a debt instrument with one
or more call  provisions is assumed to be the next date on which the  instrument
reasonably  can be  expected to be called or, if none,  the  maturity  date.  In
general,  interest income is reduced with respect to debt instruments trading at
a premium  over their par value by  subtracting  a portion of the  premium  from
income on a daily basis, and increased with respect to debt instruments  trading
at a discount by adding a portion of the discount to daily income.

In  determining  dividends  earned  by  any  preferred  stock  or  other  equity
securities  held by each  Fund  during  the  period  (variable  "a" in the above
formula),  PFPC  accrues the  dividends  daily at their stated  dividend  rates.
Capital gains and losses generally are excluded from yield calculations.

Because yield  accounting  methods  differ from the  accounting  methods used to
calculate net investment income for other purposes, a Fund's yield may not equal
the dividend  income  actually  paid to investors or the net  investment  income
reported with respect to a Fund in the Fund's financial statements.

Yield  information  may be  useful  in  reviewing  a Fund's  performance  and in
providing a basis for comparison with other investment alternatives.  However, a
Fund's yields fluctuate,  unlike investments that pay a fixed interest rate over
a stated period of time. Investors should recognize that in periods of declining
interest  rates, a Fund's yields will tend to be somewhat higher than prevailing
market rates, and in periods of rising interest rates, a Fund's yields will tend
to be somewhat lower.  Also, when interest rates are falling,  the inflow of net
new  money to a Fund  from the  continuous  sale of its  shares  will  likely be
invested  in  instruments  producing  lower  yields than the balance of a Funds'
holdings,  thereby  reducing the current  yields of a Fund. In periods of rising
interest rates, the opposite can be expected to occur.

COMPARISON OF FUND PERFORMANCE.  A comparison of the quoted performance  offered
for various  investments  is valid only if performance is calculated in the same
manner.  Since  there are many  methods of  calculating  performance,  investors
should  consider the effects of the methods used to calculate  performance  when
comparing performance of each Fund with performance quoted with respect to other
investment companies or types of investments.  For example, it is useful to note
that yields reported on debt instruments are generally  prospective,  contrasted
with the historical yields reported by a Fund.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual  funds  tracked by mutual fund rating  services or to  unmanaged  indices
which  may  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  but  generally  do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

From time to time, in marketing and other literature,  a Fund's  performance may
be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable  mutual funds or
unmanaged  indexes of comparable  securities with similar  investment  goals, as
tracked by independent  organizations  such as Investment Company Data, Inc. (an
organization which provides performance ranking information for broad classes of
mutual  funds),  Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc.  ("Lipper")  (a mutual fund
research  firm  which  analyzes  over  1,800  mutual   funds),   CDA  Investment
Technologies,  Inc. (an organization  which provides mutual fund performance and
ranking  information),  Morningstar,  Inc. (an organization  which analyzes over
2,400 mutual funds) and other independent organizations.  When Lipper's tracking
results  are used,  each Fund will be  compared  to  Lipper's  appropriate  fund
category,  that is, by fund  objective and portfolio  holdings.  Rankings may be
listed among one or more of the asset-size classes as determined by Lipper. When
other  organizations'  tracking results are used, a Fund will be compared to the
appropriate fund category, that is, by fund objective and portfolio holdings, or
to the  appropriate  volatility  grouping,  where  volatility  is a measure of a
fund's risk.

Since the assets in all funds are always  changing,  a Fund may be ranked within
one asset-size  class at one time and in another  asset-size class at some other
time.  In  addition,  the  independent  organization  chosen  to  rank a Fund in
marketing and promotional literature may change from time to time depending upon
the basis of the  independent  organization's  categorizations  of mutual funds,
changes in a Fund's investment policies and investments, a Fund's asset size and
other factors deemed  relevant.  Advertisements  and other marketing  literature
will indicate the time period and Lipper  asset-size class or other  performance
ranking company criteria, as applicable, for the ranking in question.

Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent  sources may also be used in
advertisements  concerning a Fund,  including  reprints of or  selections  from,
editorials or articles about a Fund.  Sources for  performance  information  and
articles about a Fund may include the following:

BARRON'S,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

CDA INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC., an organization that provides performance and
ranking  information through examining the dollar results of hypothetical mutual
fund investments and comparing these results against appropriate market indices.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

IBC'S MONEY FUND REPORT, a weekly publication of IBC/Donoghue, Inc., of Ashland,
Massachusetts,  reporting on the performance of the nation's money market funds,
summarizing  money  market fund  activity,  and  including  certain  averages as
performance  benchmarks,  specifically  "IBC's Money Fund  Average,"  and "IBC's
Government Money Fund Average."

IBC'S MONEY FUND  DIRECTORY,  an annual  directory  ranking  money market mutual
funds.

INVESTMENT  COMPANY  DATA,  INC., an  independent  organization  which  provides
performance ranking information for broad classes of mutual funds.

                                                                              20
<PAGE>

INVESTOR'S  DAILY, a daily  newspaper  that features  financial,  economic,  and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

MUTUAL FUND VALUES,  a biweekly  Morningstar,  Inc.  publication  that  provides
ratings  of  mutual  funds  based  on  fund   performance   risk  and  portfolio
characteristics.

THE NEW YORK TIMES, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA TODAY, the nation's number one daily newspaper.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a Dow Jones and Company,  Inc.  newspaper  that regularly
covers financial news.

WIESENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial  statements and financial  highlights of Roxbury Large Cap
Growth Fund and its  corresponding  Series for the fiscal  period from March 14,
2000,  commencement  of operations,  through June 30, 2000, as set forth in it's
Annual  Report to  shareholders,  including  the notes thereto and the report of
Ernst & Young LLP  thereon,  are  incorporated  herein by  reference.  Financial
statements  for the Mid Cap,  Science and  Technology  and Socially  Responsible
Funds are not  available  since  they were not in  operation  during  the fiscal
reporting period.

                                                                              21
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A
            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES

REGULATION  OF  THE  USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES.  As discussed in the prospectus, in managing the Series, the adviser
may engage in certain options,  futures and forward currency contract strategies
for certain bona fide hedging,  risk  management or other  portfolio  management
purposes.  Certain special  characteristics  of and risks  associated with using
these  strategies  are  discussed  below.  Use of  options,  futures and forward
currency contracts is subject to applicable  regulations and/or  interpretations
of the SEC and the  several  options  and  futures  exchanges  upon which  these
instruments  may be  traded.  The  Board  of  Trustees  has  adopted  investment
guidelines (described below) reflecting these regulations.

In addition to the products,  strategies  and risks  described  below and in the
prospectus,   the  adviser  expects  to  discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available as new  techniques  develop,  as regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of  permitted  transactions  and as new  options,
futures and forward currency contracts are developed. These opportunities may be
utilized to the extent they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective
and  limitations  and  permitted  by  applicable  regulatory  authorities.   The
registration statement for the Funds will be supplemented to the extent that new
products and strategies involve materially  different risks than those described
below and in the prospectus.

COVER  REQUIREMENTS.  The Series  will not use  leverage  in their  options  and
futures. Accordingly, each Series will comply with guidelines established by the
SEC with  respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either (1) setting  aside
cash or liquid,  unencumbered,  daily marked-to-market securities in one or more
segregated  accounts with the custodian in the prescribed amount; or (2) holding
securities  or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are expected to
offset ("cover") their obligations thereunder.  Securities, currencies, or other
options or futures  contracts  used for cover cannot be sold or closed out while
these strategies are outstanding,  unless they are replaced with similar assets.
As a result,  there is a  possibility  that the use of cover  involving  a large
percentage of a Series' assets could impede portfolio management, or the Series'
ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

OPTIONS STRATEGIES. Each Series may purchase and write (sell) only those options
on  securities  and  securities  indices  that  are  traded  on U.S.  exchanges.
Exchange-traded  options  in the U.S.  are  issued  by a  clearing  organization
affiliated with the exchange,  on which the option is listed,  which, in effect,
guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.

Each Series may purchase call options on securities in which it is authorized to
invest in order to fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be
used as a means of  enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an
anticipated price increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security,  use of this  strategy  would  serve to limit  the
potential loss to a Series to the option premium paid; conversely, if the market
price of the  underlying  security  increases  above the exercise  price and the
Series  either sells or exercises  the option,  any profit  eventually  realized
would be reduced by the premium paid.

Each Series may  purchase  put options on  securities  that it holds in order to
hedge against a decline in the market value of the securities held or to enhance
return.  The put option enables a Series to sell the underlying  security at the
predetermined exercise price; thus, the potential for loss to a Series below the
exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of the
underlying  security is higher than the  exercise  price of the put option,  any
profit the Series realizes on the sale of the security is reduced by the premium
paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Each  Series may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline in the
market  value of  securities  that it holds at a time when put  options on those
particular  securities are not available for purchase.  At those times, a Series
may purchase a put option on other carefully selected  securities in which it is
authorized  to invest,  the values of which  historically  have a high degree of
positive  correlation  to the  value of the  securities  actually  held.  If the
adviser's  judgment is correct,  changes in the value of the put options  should
generally offset changes in the value of the securities  being hedged.  However,
the correlation between the two values may not be as close in these transactions
as in transactions  in which a Series  purchases a put option on a security that
it holds.  If the

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

value of the  securities  underlying the put option falls below the value of the
portfolio securities, the put option may not provide complete protection against
a decline in the value of the portfolio securities.

Each  Series  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in which it is
authorized to invest for hedging  purposes or to increase  return in the form of
premiums  received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation
to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period.
The strategy may be used to provide limited protection against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Series declines,  the amount of the decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Series. If, however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security and the option is exercised, the corresponding Series will be obligated
to sell the security at less than its market value.

Each  Series may also write  covered put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring it to make payment of
the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation of
put options in other  respects,  including  their related risks and rewards,  is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised, the Series will realize income in the amount of the premium received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the  underlying  securities  would  decline  below the  exercise  price less the
premiums received, in which case the Series would expect to suffer a loss.

Each Series may  purchase  put and call  options and write  covered put and call
options  on  indexes  in much the same  manner as the more  traditional  options
discussed above,  except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall
fluctuations  in  the  securities  markets  (or a  market  sector)  rather  than
anticipated  increases or decreases  in the value of a particular  security.  An
index assigns values to the securities included in the index and fluctuates with
changes in such values.  Settlements  of index  options are  effected  with cash
payments and do not involve delivery of securities.  Thus, upon settlement of an
index  option,  the purchaser  will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount
based on the difference  between the exercise price and the closing price of the
index. The  effectiveness of hedging  techniques using index options will depend
on the extent to which price  movements  in the index  selected  correlate  with
price  movements  of  the  securities  in  which  the  Series  invests.  Perfect
correlation is not possible because the securities held or to be acquired by the
Series will not exactly  match the  composition  of indexes on which options are
purchased or written.

Each Series may purchase and write covered straddles on securities or indexes. A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise price on the call. The Series would enter into a long straddle when the
adviser  believes that it is likely that prices will be more volatile during the
term of the options than is implied by the option pricing. A short straddle is a
combination  of a call and a put written on the same security where the exercise
price on the put is less than or equal to the  exercise  price of the call where
the same issue of the  security is  considered  "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Series would enter into a short  straddle  when the adviser  believes
that it is  unlikely  that  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the option  pricing.  In such case, the Series will set
aside cash and/or liquid,  unencumbered  securities in a segregated account with
its  custodian  equivalent  in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put is
"in-the-money,"  that is,  that  amount by which the  exercise  price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying  security.  Because straddles
involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
difficult to open and close out.

Each Series may purchase put and call warrants  with values that vary  depending
on the change in the value of one or more specified indexes ("index  warrants").
An index warrant is usually issued by a bank or other financial  institution and
gives a Series the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive
upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer of the warrant based
on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise.  In general,  if a
Series  holds a call warrant and the value of the  underlying  index rises above
the exercise  price of the warrant,  a Series will be entitled to receive a cash
payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference  between the value
of the index and the  exercise  price of the  warrant;  if a Series  holds a put
warrant

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

and the value of the  underlying  index  falls,  a Series  will be  entitled  to
receive a cash payment  from the issuer upon  exercise  based on the  difference
between the exercise  price of the warrant and the value of the index.  A Series
holding a call warrant  would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at
any time when the  exercise  price is greater  than the value of the  underlying
index; a Series holding a put warrant would not be entitled to any payments when
the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying  index.  If a Series
does not exercise an index  warrant  prior to its  expiration,  then that Series
loses the amount of the purchase price that it paid for the warrant.

A Series will normally use index warrants as it may use index options. The risks
of a Series' use of index  warrants are generally  similar to those  relating to
its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, index warrants are
issued in  limited  amounts  and are not  obligations  of a  regulated  clearing
agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution which
issues the warrant.  Also, index warrants generally have longer terms than index
options.  Index  warrants are not likely to be as liquid as index options backed
by a recognized  clearing agency.  In addition,  the terms of index warrants may
limit a Series' ability to exercise the warrants at any time or in any quantity.

OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In  view  of the  risks  involved  in  using  the  options
strategies  described  above,  each Series has adopted the following  investment
guidelines  to  govern  its  use of such  strategies;  these  guidelines  may be
modified by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

                  (1)      each Series will write only covered options, and each
                           such  option  will  remain  covered  so  long as each
                           Series is obligated thereby; and

                  (2)      each   Series   will not   write  options (whether on
                           securities  or   securities   indexes)  if  aggregate
                           exercise  prices  of  previous  written   outstanding
                           options,  together  with the value of assets  used to
                           cover all outstanding positions,  would exceed 25% of
                           the corresponding Series' total net assets.

SPECIAL   CHARACTERISTICS  AND  RISKS  OF  OPTIONS  TRADING.   Each  Series  may
effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a
closing transaction.  If a Series wishes to terminate its obligation to purchase
or sell securities under a put or a call option it has written,  such Series may
purchase a put or a call option of the same series (that is, an option identical
in its  terms to the  option  previously  written).  This is known as a  closing
purchase transaction. Conversely, in order to terminate its right to purchase or
sell specified securities under a call or put option it has purchased,  a Series
may sell an option of the same  series as the  option  held.  This is known as a
closing sale transaction.  Closing  transactions  essentially permit a Series to
realize  profits or limit losses on its options  positions prior to the exercise
or expiration of the option.  If a Series is unable to effect a closing purchase
transaction  with respect to options it has  acquired,  that Series will have to
allow the options to expire  without  recovering  all or a portion of the option
premiums  paid. If a Series is unable to effect a closing  purchase  transaction
with respect to covered  options it has written,  the Series will not be able to
sell the  underlying  securities  or dispose of assets  used as cover  until the
options expire or are exercised,  and the Series may experience  material losses
due to losses on the option transaction itself and in the covering securities.

In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or for hedging  purposes,
particular note should be taken of the following:

          (1)     The value of an option  position  will  reflect,  among  other
                  things, the current market price of the underlying security or
                  index, the time remaining until  expiration,  the relationship
                  of the  exercise  price to the market  price,  the  historical
                  price  volatility  of the  underlying  security or index,  and
                  general market conditions. For this reason, the successful use
                  of options depends upon the adviser's  ability to forecast the
                  direction of price  fluctuations in the underlying  securities
                  markets or, in the case of index options,  fluctuations in the
                  market sector represented by the selected index.

          (2)     Options  normally have expiration  dates of up to three years.
                  An American  style put or call option may be  exercised at any
                  time during the option  period  while a European  style put or
                  call

                                                                             A-3
<PAGE>

                  option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed
                  period prior to expiration.  The exercise price of the options
                  may be below,  equal to or above the current  market  value of
                  the  underlying  security  or index.  Purchased  options  that
                  expire  unexercised have no value.  Unless an option purchased
                  by a Series is  exercised or unless a closing  transaction  is
                  effected  with  respect to that  position,  the  corresponding
                  Series will  realize a loss in the amount of the premium  paid
                  and any transaction costs.

          (3)     A position in an exchange-listed option may be closed out only
                  on an exchange that provides a secondary  market for identical
                  options.  Although a Series  intends to purchase or write only
                  those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to be a
                  liquid secondary  market,  there is no assurance that a liquid
                  secondary  market will exist for any particular  option at any
                  particular  time. A liquid  market may be absent if: (i) there
                  is  insufficient  trading  interest  in the  option;  (ii) the
                  exchange has imposed restrictions on trading,  such as trading
                  halts, trading suspensions or daily price limits; (iii) normal
                  exchange operations have been disrupted;  or (iv) the exchange
                  has inadequate facilities to handle current trading volume.

          (4)     With certain  exceptions,  exchange  listed options  generally
                  settle by physical delivery of the underlying security.  Index
                  options are settled exclusively in cash for the net amount, if
                  any, by which the option is "in-the-money" (where the value of
                  the  underlying  instrument  exceeds,  in the  case  of a call
                  option,  or is less  than,  in the case of a put  option,  the
                  exercise  price  of the  option)  at the time  the  option  is
                  exercised.  If a Series writes a call option on an index, that
                  Series  will  not  know in  advance  the  difference,  if any,
                  between the closing  value of the index on the  exercise  date
                  and the exercise price of the call option itself and thus will
                  not know the  amount of cash  payable  upon  settlement.  If a
                  Series  holds an index  option  and  exercises  it before  the
                  closing  index  value for that day is  available,  that Series
                  runs the risk  that the  level  of the  underlying  index  may
                  subsequently change.

          (5)     A Series'  activities  in the options  markets may result in a
                  higher Series  turnover rate and additional  brokerage  costs;
                  however,  a  Series  also  may  save on  commissions  by using
                  options as a hedge  rather than  buying or selling  individual
                  securities  in  anticipation  of,  or as a result  of,  market
                  movements.

FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  Each  Series  may engage in futures
strategies  for certain  non-trading  bona fide  hedging,  risk  management  and
portfolio management purposes.

A Series may sell  securities  index  futures  contracts  in  anticipation  of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the  Series'  securities  holdings.  To the extent  that a portion of a
Series' holdings  correlate with a given index, the sale of futures contracts on
that index  could  reduce the risks  associated  with a market  decline and thus
provide an alternative to the liquidation of securities positions.  For example,
if a Series  correctly  anticipates  a general  market  decline  and sells index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset  some or all of the  decline  in the value of that  Series'  holdings.  A
Series may purchase  index futures  contracts if a significant  market or market
sector advance is anticipated. Such a purchase of a futures contract would serve
as a temporary substitute for the purchase of the underlying  securities,  which
may then be  purchased,  in an orderly  fashion.  This strategy may minimize the
effect of all or part of an increase in the market  price of  securities  that a
Series intends to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities  should be in
part or wholly offset by gains in the futures position.

As in the case of a purchase of an index futures contract, a Series may purchase
a call option on an index futures  contract to hedge against a market advance in
securities that the corresponding  Series plans to acquire at a future date. The
Series may write covered put options on index futures as a partial  anticipatory
hedge,  and may write  covered call options on index  futures as a partial hedge
against a decline  in the  prices of  securities  held by that  Series.  This is
analogous to writing  covered call  options on  securities.  The Series also may
purchase put options on index futures contracts.  The purchase of put options on
index futures  contracts is analogous to the purchase of protective  put options
on  individual  securities  where a level of protection is sought below which no
additional economic loss would be incurred by the Series.

                                                                             A-4
<PAGE>

FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  GUIDELINES.  In view of the risks involved in using
the futures  strategies  that are described  above,  each Series has adopted the
following investment guidelines to govern its use of such strategies.  The Board
of Trustees may modify these guidelines without shareholder vote.

          (1)     Each Series will engage only in covered futures  transactions,
                  and each such  transaction will remain covered so long as each
                  Series is obligated thereby.

          (2)     Each Series  will not write  options on futures  contracts  if
                  aggregate  exercise prices of previously  written  outstanding
                  options   (whether  on  securities  or  securities   indexes),
                  together   with  the  value  of  assets   used  to  cover  all
                  outstanding  futures positions,  would exceed 25% of its total
                  net assets.

SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRADING.  No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures contract,  each Series is required to deposit with its custodian, in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction is effected,  an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities or other
liquid  instruments  generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  This
amount is known as "initial  margin."  When  writing a call or a put option on a
futures  contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance  with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions. Rather, initial margin on a futures contract is in the nature of a
performance  bond or good-faith  deposit on the contract that is returned to the
Series upon termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations have been
satisfied.  Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility,  a
Series  may be  required  by a futures  exchange  to  increase  the level of its
initial  margin  payment.  Additionally,  initial  margin  requirements  may  be
increased  generally in the future by regulatory  action.  Subsequent  payments,
called "variation  margin," to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as
the value of the futures or options position varies, a process known as "marking
to market." For example, when a Series purchases a contract and the value of the
contract rises,  the Series receives from the broker a variation  margin payment
equal to that  increase  in  value.  Conversely,  if the  value  of the  futures
position declines,  the Series is required to make a variation margin payment to
the broker  equal to the  decline in value.  Variation  margin  does not involve
borrowing  to finance the futures  transaction,  but rather  represents  a daily
settlement of the Series' obligations to or from a clearing organization.

Buyers and  sellers of futures  positions  and  options  thereon  can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures
contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the
amount that the price of a futures contract or related option may vary either up
or down from the previous day's settlement  price. Once the daily limit has been
reached  in a  particular  contract,  no trades  may be made that day at a price
beyond  that  limit.  The daily  limit  governs  only price  movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for a  Series  to  close a
position and, in the event of adverse price movements,  the Series would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

In  considering  a  Series'  use  of  futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

          (1)     Successful  use by a Series of futures  contracts  and related
                  options  will  depend  upon the  adviser's  ability to predict
                  movements in the direction of the  securities  markets,  which
                  requires  different  skills  and  techniques  than  predicting
                  changes  in the  prices of  individual  securities.  Moreover,
                  futures  contracts  relate not only to the current price level
                  of the underlying

                                                                             A-5
<PAGE>

                  securities, but also to anticipated price levels at some point
                  in the  future.  There  is,  in  addition,  the risk  that the
                  movements  in the  price  of the  futures  contract  will  not
                  correlate  with the movements in the prices of the  securities
                  being  hedged.  For example,  if the price of an index futures
                  contract moves less than the price of the securities  that are
                  the  subject  of the  hedge,  the  hedge  will  not  be  fully
                  effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has
                  moved in an  unfavorable  direction,  a  Series  would be in a
                  better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price
                  of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved  in a  favorable
                  direction,  the advantage may be partially offset by losses in
                  the  futures   position.   In   addition,   if  a  Series  has
                  insufficient  cash,  it may have to sell  assets to meet daily
                  variation margin requirements.  Any such sale of assets may or
                  may  not be made at  prices  that  reflect  a  rising  market.
                  Consequently,  a Series may need to sell assets at a time when
                  such sales are disadvantageous to that Series. If the price of
                  the  futures  contract  moves  more  than  the  price  of  the
                  underlying securities,  a Series will experience either a loss
                  or a gain  on the  futures  contract  that  may or may  not be
                  completely  offset by movements in the price of the securities
                  that are the subject of the hedge.

          (2)     In addition to the possibility  that there may be an imperfect
                  correlation, or no correlation at all, between price movements
                  in the  futures  position  and the  securities  being  hedged,
                  movements in the prices of futures contracts may not correlate
                  perfectly   with   movements  in  the  prices  of  the  hedged
                  securities  due to price  distortions  in the futures  market.
                  There may be  several  reasons  unrelated  to the value of the
                  underlying  securities  that  cause this  situation  to occur.
                  First, as noted above,  all participants in the futures market
                  are subject to initial and variation margin requirements.  If,
                  to avoid meeting additional margin deposit requirements or for
                  other reasons,  investors choose to close a significant number
                  of  futures   contracts   through   offsetting   transactions,
                  distortions  in the  normal  price  relationship  between  the
                  securities and the futures markets may occur. Second,  because
                  the margin deposit requirements in the futures market are less
                  onerous than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market,
                  there may be increased  participation  by  speculators  in the
                  futures  market.  Such  speculative  activity  in the  futures
                  market  also  may  cause  temporary  price  distortions.  As a
                  result,  a correct  forecast of general  market trends may not
                  result  in  successful  hedging  through  the  use of  futures
                  contracts  over the short term.  In  addition,  activities  of
                  large  traders  in both the  futures  and  securities  markets
                  involving arbitrage and other investment strategies may result
                  in temporary price distortions.

          (3)     Positions  in futures  contracts  may be closed out only on an
                  exchange or board of trade that  provides a  secondary  market
                  for such  futures  contracts.  Although  the Series  intend to
                  purchase and sell futures only on exchanges or boards of trade
                  where there appears to be an active secondary market, there is
                  no assurance that a liquid  secondary market on an exchange or
                  board of trade will exist for any  particular  contract at any
                  particular  time.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible to
                  close a futures  position,  and in the event of adverse  price
                  movements,  the Series  would  continue to be required to make
                  variation margin payments.

          (4)     Like options on securities,  options on futures contracts have
                  limited  life.  The ability to establish and close out options
                  on futures will be subject to the  development and maintenance
                  of liquid  secondary  markets  on the  relevant  exchanges  or
                  boards of trade.  There can be no certainty  that such markets
                  for all options on futures contracts will develop.

          (5)     Purchasers  of options on futures  contracts  pay a premium in
                  cash at the time of purchase.  This amount and the transaction
                  costs are all that is at risk.  Sellers  of options on futures
                  contracts,  however,  must post initial margin and are subject
                  to additional  margin calls that could be  substantial  in the
                  event of adverse price  movements.  In addition,  although the
                  maximum  amount at risk when a Series  purchases  an option is
                  the  premium  paid for the option and the  transaction  costs,
                  there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a
                  futures  contract  would result in a loss to a Series when the
                  use of a futures  contract would not, such as when there is no
                  movement  in the level of the  underlying  index  value or the
                  securities or currencies being hedged.
                                      A-6
<PAGE>

          (6)     As is the case  with  options,  a  Series'  activities  in the
                  futures markets may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate
                  and  additional   transaction  costs  in  the  form  of  added
                  brokerage  commissions.  However,  a  Series  also may save on
                  commissions by using futures contracts or options thereon as a
                  hedge rather than buying or selling  individual  securities in
                  anticipation of, or as a result of, market movements.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

Moody's and S&P are private  services that provide ratings of the credit quality
of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody's and S&P to
the securities in which each Series may invest is discussed below. These ratings
represent  the  opinions  of these  rating  services  as to the  quality  of the
securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized,  however,  that
ratings are  general  and are not  absolute  standards  of quality.  The adviser
attempts to discern  variations in credit rankings of the rating services and to
anticipate  changes in credit  ranking.  However,  subsequent  to  purchase by a
Series,  an issue of  securities  may  cease  to be rated or its  rating  may be
reduced  below the minimum  rating  required for  purchase by a Series.  In that
event,  the adviser  will  consider  whether it is in the best  interest of that
Series to continue to hold the securities.

MOODY'S RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

Aaa:  Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as "gilt
edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa: Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A: Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal  and interest  are  considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa: Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade  obligations (i.e.,
they are neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured).  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER. The highest rating for corporate and
municipal commercial paper is "P-1" (Prime-1).  Issuers rated P-1 (or supporting
institutions)  have a superior  ability for repayment of senior  short-term debt
obligations.  P-1  repayment  ability  will  often be  evidenced  by many of the
following characteristics:

o    Leading market positions in well-established industries.

o    High rates of return on funds employed.

o    Conservative  capitalization  structure with moderate  reliance on debt and
     ample asset protection.

o    Broad  margins in  earnings  coverage of fixed  financial  charges and high
     internal cash generation.

o    Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
     of alternate liquidity.

MUNICIPAL  NOTES.  The  highest  ratings  for  state  and  municipal  short-term
obligations are "MIG 1," "MIG 2" and "MIG 3" (or "VMIG 1," "VMIG 2" and "VMIG 3"
in the case of an issue having a variable-rate demand feature). Notes rated "MIG
1" or "VMIG 1" are judged to be of the best  quality.  There is  present  strong
protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated
broad based access to the market for  refinancing.  Notes rated "MIG 2" or "VMIG
2" are of high quality,  with margins of protection  that are ample although not
so large  as in the  preceding  group.  Notes  rated  "MIG 3" or "VMIG 3" are of
favorable  quality,  with all security  elements  accounted  for but lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection
may be narrow,  and  market  access  for  refinancing  is likely to be less well
established.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

S&P RATINGS

CORPORATE AND MUNICIPAL BONDS.

AAA: Bonds rated AAA are highest grade debt  obligations.  This rating indicates
an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

AA:  Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A: Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB: Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

CORPORATE AND  MUNICIPAL  COMMERCIAL  PAPER.  The "A-1" rating for corporate and
municipal  commercial paper indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
payment is strong.  Those issues  determined to possess  extremely strong safety
characteristics will be rated "A-1+."

MUNICIPAL  NOTES. The "SP-1" rating reflects a very strong or strong capacity to
pay  principal  and interest.  Those issues  determined to possess  overwhelming
safety  characteristics  will be rated  "SP-1+."  The "SP-2"  rating  reflects a
satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.

FITCH RATINGS

DESCRIPTION OF FITCH'S HIGHEST STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES RATING.

AAA - Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality.
The  obligor  has an  exceptionally  strong  ability to pay  interest  and repay
principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA - Bonds  considered to be investment  grade and of very high credit  quality.
The  obligor's  ability to pay  interest  and repay  principal  is very  strong,
although  not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.

F-1+ - Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest degree
of assurance for timely payment.

F-1 - Issues assigned this rating reflect an assurance of timely payment only
slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission